<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/420/index.xml"/>
    <title>Explore the Latest Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
    <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp;amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp;amp; Religion, and Business &amp;amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </description>
    <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/</link>
    <language>en-US</language>
    <copyright>All rights reserved</copyright>
    <pubDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Wed, 20 Nov 2024 01:22:22 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>Notepad++</generator>
    <docs>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/</docs>
    <image>
      <url>https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/420/logo.jpg</url>
      <title>Explore the Latest Full Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/420/logo.jpg"/>
    <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Chaya Bauch</itunes:name>
      <itunes:email>bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com</itunes:email>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/420/</a>]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we bring you diverse categories such as Biography &amp;amp; Memoir, Spirituality &amp;amp; Religion, and Business &amp;amp; Career Development. Get 3 free audiobooks to experience. You can listen to books on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you save time and enhance knowledge. Don't miss this great opportunity!

Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.
            </itunes:summary>
    <itunes:category text="Education"/>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Niccolò Machiavelli: Der Fürst: Ungekürzte Lesung by Niccolo Machiavelli</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niccolò Machiavelli: Der Fürst: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie gelange ich an die Macht? Und wenn ich sie habe - wie erhalte ich sie? Machiavellis Klassiker &amp;#039;Der Fürst&amp;#039; gilt noch heute als Standardwerk und Pflichtlektüre für Politiker und Manager. Ungekürzt gelesen.</description>
      <author>Niccolo Machiavelli</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 May 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783955975081.mp3" length="826000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783955975081.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niccolò Machiavelli: Der Fürst: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie gelange ich an die Macht? Und wenn ich sie habe - wie erhalte ich sie? Machiavellis Klassiker &amp;#039;Der Fürst&amp;#039; gilt noch heute als Standardwerk und Pflichtlektüre für Politiker und Manager. Ungekürzt gelesen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476724</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Niccolò Machiavelli: Der Fürst: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Niccolo Machiavelli
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie gelange ich an die Macht? Und wenn ich sie habe - wie erhalte ich sie? Machiavellis Klassiker &amp;#039;Der Fürst&amp;#039; gilt noch heute als Standardwerk und Pflichtlektüre für Politiker und Manager. Ungekürzt gelesen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Konservativ 21.0: Eine Agenda für Deutschland by Andreas Rödder</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Konservativ 21.0: Eine Agenda für Deutschland
Author: Andreas Rödder
Narrator: Christopher Mayer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Volksparteien sind in der Defensive. In den Jahren der großen Koalitionen hat sich der politische Meinungsstreit an die Ränder des politischen Spektrums verlagert. Sie werden immer stärker, während die politische Mitte weithin sprachlos bleibt. Die SPD befindet sich im freien Fall, doch auch die CDU verliert immer weiter an Wählerzuspruch - eine hochbrisante Entwicklung für das Parteiensystem und die parlamentarische Demokratie, wie wir sie kennen. Wie aber könnte ein neuer und zeitgemäßer Konservatismus aussehen, der diesen Trend umkehrt? Andreas Rödder analysiert zunächst die aktuelle Lage der deutschen Demokratie und definiert dann den Kern konservativen Denkens, um einen Konservatismus der Zukunft in zwölf Thesen auf die konkreten Politikfelder anzuwenden: von der Europapolitik und den großen Themen Migration, Umwelt und Bildung bis hin zum Lieblingsthema der rechten Populisten: Heimat und Patriotismus. &amp;#039;Konservativ 21.0&amp;#039; ist eine brillante Analyse der konservativen Defizite, an denen die Politik heute krankt, und zugleich ein leidenschaftlicher Appell, sich nicht ins populistische Bockshorn jagen zu lassen. © Verlag C.H.Beck oHG, München 2019. Umschlaggestaltung: Rothfos &amp;amp; Gabler, Hamburg</description>
      <author>Andreas Rödder</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 21 Mar 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783406739033.mp3" length="861082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783406739033.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Konservativ 21.0: Eine Agenda für Deutschland
Author: Andreas Rödder
Narrator: Christopher Mayer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Volksparteien sind in der Defensive. In den Jahren der großen Koalitionen hat sich der politische Meinungsstreit an die Ränder des politischen Spektrums verlagert. Sie werden immer stärker, während die politische Mitte weithin sprachlos bleibt. Die SPD befindet sich im freien Fall, doch auch die CDU verliert immer weiter an Wählerzuspruch - eine hochbrisante Entwicklung für das Parteiensystem und die parlamentarische Demokratie, wie wir sie kennen. Wie aber könnte ein neuer und zeitgemäßer Konservatismus aussehen, der diesen Trend umkehrt? Andreas Rödder analysiert zunächst die aktuelle Lage der deutschen Demokratie und definiert dann den Kern konservativen Denkens, um einen Konservatismus der Zukunft in zwölf Thesen auf die konkreten Politikfelder anzuwenden: von der Europapolitik und den großen Themen Migration, Umwelt und Bildung bis hin zum Lieblingsthema der rechten Populisten: Heimat und Patriotismus. &amp;#039;Konservativ 21.0&amp;#039; ist eine brillante Analyse der konservativen Defizite, an denen die Politik heute krankt, und zugleich ein leidenschaftlicher Appell, sich nicht ins populistische Bockshorn jagen zu lassen. © Verlag C.H.Beck oHG, München 2019. Umschlaggestaltung: Rothfos &amp;amp; Gabler, Hamburg</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476582</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Konservativ 21.0: Eine Agenda für Deutschland
Author: Andreas Rödder
Narrator: Christopher Mayer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 28 minutes
Release date: March 21, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Volksparteien sind in der Defensive. In den Jahren der großen Koalitionen hat sich der politische Meinungsstreit an die Ränder des politischen Spektrums verlagert. Sie werden immer stärker, während die politische Mitte weithin sprachlos bleibt. Die SPD befindet sich im freien Fall, doch auch die CDU verliert immer weiter an Wählerzuspruch - eine hochbrisante Entwicklung für das Parteiensystem und die parlamentarische Demokratie, wie wir sie kennen. Wie aber könnte ein neuer und zeitgemäßer Konservatismus aussehen, der diesen Trend umkehrt? Andreas Rödder analysiert zunächst die aktuelle Lage der deutschen Demokratie und definiert dann den Kern konservativen Denkens, um einen Konservatismus der Zukunft in zwölf Thesen auf die konkreten Politikfelder anzuwenden: von der Europapolitik und den großen Themen Migration, Umwelt und Bildung bis hin zum Lieblingsthema der rechten Populisten: Heimat und Patriotismus. &amp;#039;Konservativ 21.0&amp;#039; ist eine brillante Analyse der konservativen Defizite, an denen die Politik heute krankt, und zugleich ein leidenschaftlicher Appell, sich nicht ins populistische Bockshorn jagen zu lassen. © Verlag C.H.Beck oHG, München 2019. Umschlaggestaltung: Rothfos &amp;amp; Gabler, Hamburg</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Trump: The Art of the Deal by Tony Schwartz, Donald J. Trump</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trump: The Art of the Deal
Author: Tony Schwartz, Donald J. Trump
Narrator: Christopher Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Buch machte Donald Trump zur Marke in den USA. Es zeigt ihn in Aktion - im Business, im Alltag, mit seinen Freunden, seinen Geschäftspartnern, seiner Familie - und versammelt seine elf goldenen Erfolgsregeln, destilliert aus seinen besten &amp;#039;Deals&amp;#039;. Und auch im Jahr 2017 ist &amp;#039;Trump: The Art of the Deal&amp;#039; noch brandaktuell: Politische Kommentatoren zitieren es regelmäßig, wenn es um die Interpretation von Trumps Politik und Politikstil geht. Die Leser bekommen damit den Schlüssel dazu, wie der Präsident die Dinge anpackt - &amp;#039;Dealmaking&amp;#039; mit dem Ziel, das beste Ergebnis herauszuholen, sowohl auf dem geschäftlichen als auch auf dem politischen Parkett.</description>
      <author>Tony Schwartz, Donald J. Trump</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 Dec 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864706332.mp3" length="839730" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864706332.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trump: The Art of the Deal
Author: Tony Schwartz, Donald J. Trump
Narrator: Christopher Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Buch machte Donald Trump zur Marke in den USA. Es zeigt ihn in Aktion - im Business, im Alltag, mit seinen Freunden, seinen Geschäftspartnern, seiner Familie - und versammelt seine elf goldenen Erfolgsregeln, destilliert aus seinen besten &amp;#039;Deals&amp;#039;. Und auch im Jahr 2017 ist &amp;#039;Trump: The Art of the Deal&amp;#039; noch brandaktuell: Politische Kommentatoren zitieren es regelmäßig, wenn es um die Interpretation von Trumps Politik und Politikstil geht. Die Leser bekommen damit den Schlüssel dazu, wie der Präsident die Dinge anpackt - &amp;#039;Dealmaking&amp;#039; mit dem Ziel, das beste Ergebnis herauszuholen, sowohl auf dem geschäftlichen als auch auf dem politischen Parkett.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476508</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trump: The Art of the Deal
Author: Tony Schwartz, Donald J. Trump
Narrator: Christopher Bremer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 6 minutes
Release date: December  6, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dieses Buch machte Donald Trump zur Marke in den USA. Es zeigt ihn in Aktion - im Business, im Alltag, mit seinen Freunden, seinen Geschäftspartnern, seiner Familie - und versammelt seine elf goldenen Erfolgsregeln, destilliert aus seinen besten &amp;#039;Deals&amp;#039;. Und auch im Jahr 2017 ist &amp;#039;Trump: The Art of the Deal&amp;#039; noch brandaktuell: Politische Kommentatoren zitieren es regelmäßig, wenn es um die Interpretation von Trumps Politik und Politikstil geht. Die Leser bekommen damit den Schlüssel dazu, wie der Präsident die Dinge anpackt - &amp;#039;Dealmaking&amp;#039; mit dem Ziel, das beste Ergebnis herauszuholen, sowohl auf dem geschäftlichen als auch auf dem politischen Parkett.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 715 Euro: Wenn die Rente nicht zum Leben reicht. Eine Reinigungskraft klagt an by Susanne Holtkotte</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 715 Euro: Wenn die Rente nicht zum Leben reicht. Eine Reinigungskraft klagt an
Author: Susanne Holtkotte
Narrator: Michèle Tichawsky
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen sind von Altersarmut betroffen. So auch Susanne Holtkotte, Reinigungskraft aus Bochum, deren Rente einmal 715 Euro im Monat betragen soll. In der Talkshow Hart aber fair trat sie angesichts der Debatte um Grundrente leidenschaftlich für mehr soziale Gerechtigkeit ein, woraufhin Arbeitsminister Hubertus Heil ihr anbot, einen Tag lang den Job zu tauschen. In 715 Euro zeigt Holtkotte, was in der Rentenpolitik alles schiefläuft: Privatisierung, leere Versprechungen von Seiten der Politik und Menschen, die ihr Leben lang gearbeitet haben und dennoch gezwungen sind, Flaschen zu sammeln. Holtkotte macht deutlich, dass sich das ändern muss, und fordert: Rettet die Rente! Eine starke Stimme aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft.</description>
      <author>Susanne Holtkotte</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jul 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783745309126.mp3" length="890053" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783745309126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 715 Euro: Wenn die Rente nicht zum Leben reicht. Eine Reinigungskraft klagt an
Author: Susanne Holtkotte
Narrator: Michèle Tichawsky
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen sind von Altersarmut betroffen. So auch Susanne Holtkotte, Reinigungskraft aus Bochum, deren Rente einmal 715 Euro im Monat betragen soll. In der Talkshow Hart aber fair trat sie angesichts der Debatte um Grundrente leidenschaftlich für mehr soziale Gerechtigkeit ein, woraufhin Arbeitsminister Hubertus Heil ihr anbot, einen Tag lang den Job zu tauschen. In 715 Euro zeigt Holtkotte, was in der Rentenpolitik alles schiefläuft: Privatisierung, leere Versprechungen von Seiten der Politik und Menschen, die ihr Leben lang gearbeitet haben und dennoch gezwungen sind, Flaschen zu sammeln. Holtkotte macht deutlich, dass sich das ändern muss, und fordert: Rettet die Rente! Eine starke Stimme aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476511</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 715 Euro: Wenn die Rente nicht zum Leben reicht. Eine Reinigungskraft klagt an
Author: Susanne Holtkotte
Narrator: Michèle Tichawsky
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 23 minutes
Release date: July 19, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen sind von Altersarmut betroffen. So auch Susanne Holtkotte, Reinigungskraft aus Bochum, deren Rente einmal 715 Euro im Monat betragen soll. In der Talkshow Hart aber fair trat sie angesichts der Debatte um Grundrente leidenschaftlich für mehr soziale Gerechtigkeit ein, woraufhin Arbeitsminister Hubertus Heil ihr anbot, einen Tag lang den Job zu tauschen. In 715 Euro zeigt Holtkotte, was in der Rentenpolitik alles schiefläuft: Privatisierung, leere Versprechungen von Seiten der Politik und Menschen, die ihr Leben lang gearbeitet haben und dennoch gezwungen sind, Flaschen zu sammeln. Holtkotte macht deutlich, dass sich das ändern muss, und fordert: Rettet die Rente! Eine starke Stimme aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vorwärts: Riesenbrand im Reichstag by Karmers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vorwärts: Riesenbrand im Reichstag
Author: Karmers
Narrator: Nils C. Freytag, Marina Zimmermann, Frank Rebel, Angelika Bartsch, Karin Nennemann, Thomas B. Hoffmann, Frank Roder, Isabella Lewandowski, Wilfried Dziallas, Oliver Hermann, Andreas Birnbaum, Ulrich Tukur, Frank Gustavus, Michael Bideller, Frank Arnold, E
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Vertonung des sozialdemokratischen VORWÄRTS (Berliner Morgenausgabe) erinnert an den Moment das Scheiterns der Demokratie in Deutschland in der Nacht zum 28. Februar 1933. Der Reichstagsbrand war der NSDAP-dominierten Regierung willkommener Anlass zum Verbot aller missliebigen Presse. So auch des letzten offiziell  erschienenen VORWÄRTS der Weimarer Republik. Welche Stimmung mochte vor dem Verbot in der Redaktion des VORWÄRTS geherrscht haben? Was war zu hören in den Büros, den Fluren und der Druckerei? Was spielte sich rund ums Verlagshaus ab? Welche Nachrichten gab es an diesem Tag, neben dem Reichstagsbrand? Welche Werbung wurde geschaltet und welcher Humor veröffentlicht?  Die eingelesene Artikel, die Musik und die Kulisse des Redaktionsbetriebs, eingefangen mit einem fiktiven Mikrophon, verdichten sich auf diesem Hörbuch zu einer Atmosphäre des drohenden Untergangs, am Tag der Entscheidung.  So hört sich der letzte Tag einer Pressefreiheit an.</description>
      <author>Karmers</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 28 Feb 2017 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783981743920.mp3" length="933202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783981743920.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vorwärts: Riesenbrand im Reichstag
Author: Karmers
Narrator: Nils C. Freytag, Marina Zimmermann, Frank Rebel, Angelika Bartsch, Karin Nennemann, Thomas B. Hoffmann, Frank Roder, Isabella Lewandowski, Wilfried Dziallas, Oliver Hermann, Andreas Birnbaum, Ulrich Tukur, Frank Gustavus, Michael Bideller, Frank Arnold, E
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Vertonung des sozialdemokratischen VORWÄRTS (Berliner Morgenausgabe) erinnert an den Moment das Scheiterns der Demokratie in Deutschland in der Nacht zum 28. Februar 1933. Der Reichstagsbrand war der NSDAP-dominierten Regierung willkommener Anlass zum Verbot aller missliebigen Presse. So auch des letzten offiziell  erschienenen VORWÄRTS der Weimarer Republik. Welche Stimmung mochte vor dem Verbot in der Redaktion des VORWÄRTS geherrscht haben? Was war zu hören in den Büros, den Fluren und der Druckerei? Was spielte sich rund ums Verlagshaus ab? Welche Nachrichten gab es an diesem Tag, neben dem Reichstagsbrand? Welche Werbung wurde geschaltet und welcher Humor veröffentlicht?  Die eingelesene Artikel, die Musik und die Kulisse des Redaktionsbetriebs, eingefangen mit einem fiktiven Mikrophon, verdichten sich auf diesem Hörbuch zu einer Atmosphäre des drohenden Untergangs, am Tag der Entscheidung.  So hört sich der letzte Tag einer Pressefreiheit an.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476443</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vorwärts: Riesenbrand im Reichstag
Author: Karmers
Narrator: Nils C. Freytag, Marina Zimmermann, Frank Rebel, Angelika Bartsch, Karin Nennemann, Thomas B. Hoffmann, Frank Roder, Isabella Lewandowski, Wilfried Dziallas, Oliver Hermann, Andreas Birnbaum, Ulrich Tukur, Frank Gustavus, Michael Bideller, Frank Arnold, E
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 20 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Vertonung des sozialdemokratischen VORWÄRTS (Berliner Morgenausgabe) erinnert an den Moment das Scheiterns der Demokratie in Deutschland in der Nacht zum 28. Februar 1933. Der Reichstagsbrand war der NSDAP-dominierten Regierung willkommener Anlass zum Verbot aller missliebigen Presse. So auch des letzten offiziell  erschienenen VORWÄRTS der Weimarer Republik. Welche Stimmung mochte vor dem Verbot in der Redaktion des VORWÄRTS geherrscht haben? Was war zu hören in den Büros, den Fluren und der Druckerei? Was spielte sich rund ums Verlagshaus ab? Welche Nachrichten gab es an diesem Tag, neben dem Reichstagsbrand? Welche Werbung wurde geschaltet und welcher Humor veröffentlicht?  Die eingelesene Artikel, die Musik und die Kulisse des Redaktionsbetriebs, eingefangen mit einem fiktiven Mikrophon, verdichten sich auf diesem Hörbuch zu einer Atmosphäre des drohenden Untergangs, am Tag der Entscheidung.  So hört sich der letzte Tag einer Pressefreiheit an.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Im Angesicht des Bösen: Ungewöhnliche Fallberichte eines Profilers by Axel Petermann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Angesicht des Bösen: Ungewöhnliche Fallberichte eines Profilers
Author: Axel Petermann
Narrator: Michael A. Grimm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Menschliche Abgründe Deutschlands bekanntester Profiler berichtet fesselnd über die oft ebenso schwierige wie verblüffende Aufklärung authentischer Kriminalfälle und lässt uns tief in seine Suche nach den Tätern eintauchen. Wahre Geschichten, die unter die Haut gehen: Die tatsächliche Bedeutung eines vermeintlich unwichtigen Fundstücks demaskiert den Täter. Die bizarren Phantasien eines Sexualmörders. Nahezu 20 Jahre lang bleibt ein Mord ungeklärt, bis kriminalistisches Gespür einen Serienmörder entlarvt. Eine wahrhaft komplizierte Fallgeschichte. Ein Serienmörder erkennt die besondere Bedeutung der symbolischen Handlung eines anderen Mordes. Die Psyche eines sadistischen Mörders. Erst als das Baby einer tot aufgefundenen Frau vermisst wird, kann das Verbrechen aufgeklärt werden. Eine unfassbare Tat.</description>
      <author>Axel Petermann</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748401155.mp3" length="864831" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748401155.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Angesicht des Bösen: Ungewöhnliche Fallberichte eines Profilers
Author: Axel Petermann
Narrator: Michael A. Grimm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Menschliche Abgründe Deutschlands bekanntester Profiler berichtet fesselnd über die oft ebenso schwierige wie verblüffende Aufklärung authentischer Kriminalfälle und lässt uns tief in seine Suche nach den Tätern eintauchen. Wahre Geschichten, die unter die Haut gehen: Die tatsächliche Bedeutung eines vermeintlich unwichtigen Fundstücks demaskiert den Täter. Die bizarren Phantasien eines Sexualmörders. Nahezu 20 Jahre lang bleibt ein Mord ungeklärt, bis kriminalistisches Gespür einen Serienmörder entlarvt. Eine wahrhaft komplizierte Fallgeschichte. Ein Serienmörder erkennt die besondere Bedeutung der symbolischen Handlung eines anderen Mordes. Die Psyche eines sadistischen Mörders. Erst als das Baby einer tot aufgefundenen Frau vermisst wird, kann das Verbrechen aufgeklärt werden. Eine unfassbare Tat.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476369</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Im Angesicht des Bösen: Ungewöhnliche Fallberichte eines Profilers
Author: Axel Petermann
Narrator: Michael A. Grimm
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Menschliche Abgründe Deutschlands bekanntester Profiler berichtet fesselnd über die oft ebenso schwierige wie verblüffende Aufklärung authentischer Kriminalfälle und lässt uns tief in seine Suche nach den Tätern eintauchen. Wahre Geschichten, die unter die Haut gehen: Die tatsächliche Bedeutung eines vermeintlich unwichtigen Fundstücks demaskiert den Täter. Die bizarren Phantasien eines Sexualmörders. Nahezu 20 Jahre lang bleibt ein Mord ungeklärt, bis kriminalistisches Gespür einen Serienmörder entlarvt. Eine wahrhaft komplizierte Fallgeschichte. Ein Serienmörder erkennt die besondere Bedeutung der symbolischen Handlung eines anderen Mordes. Die Psyche eines sadistischen Mörders. Erst als das Baby einer tot aufgefundenen Frau vermisst wird, kann das Verbrechen aufgeklärt werden. Eine unfassbare Tat.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kapitalismus ist nicht das Problem, sondern die Lösung: Eine Zeitreise durch fünf Kontinente by Rainer Zitelmann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ist nicht das Problem, sondern die Lösung: Eine Zeitreise durch fünf Kontinente
Author: Rainer Zitelmann
Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Der Markt hat versagt, wir brauchen mehr Staat!&amp;#039; - das behaupten seit dem Ausbruch der Finanzkrise vor zehn Jahren Politik, Medien und Intellektuelle. Rainer Zitelmann, mehrfacher Bestsellerautor, vertritt die Gegenthese: Mehr Kapitalismus tut den Menschen gut. Der Autor begibt sich mit dem Leser auf eine Reise durch die Kontinente und Zeiten und zeigt: In Ländern, in denen der Staat seinen Einfluss beschränkt und die Menschen dem Markt mehr vertrauen, steigt der Wohlstand und geht die Armut zurück. Belege für diese These finden sich in Afrika, Asien, Europa und Amerika. Zitelmann vergleicht die Entwicklung in Ost- und Westdeutschland und in Nord- und Südkorea nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg, im kapitalistischen Chile und im sozialistischen Venezuela. Starben in China Ende der 50er-Jahre noch 45 Millionen Menschen an einer durch sozialistische Experimente ausgelösten Hungersnot, wurde das Land dank kapitalistischer Reformen die führende Exportnation der Welt; Hunderte Millionen Arme stiegen auf in die Mittelschicht. Der Kapitalismus hat gewaltige Probleme gelöst - und dies immer wieder in der Geschichte der Menschheit. Die größte Gefahr für unseren Wohlstand ist, dass diese Erfahrungen in Vergessenheit geraten. Ein hochaktuelles Buch in einer Zeit, in der der Staat sich immer hemmungsloser mit planwirtschaftlichen Methoden in das Leben von Menschen und Unternehmen einmischt.</description>
      <author>Rainer Zitelmann</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Sep 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783960923015.mp3" length="889539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783960923015.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ist nicht das Problem, sondern die Lösung: Eine Zeitreise durch fünf Kontinente
Author: Rainer Zitelmann
Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Der Markt hat versagt, wir brauchen mehr Staat!&amp;#039; - das behaupten seit dem Ausbruch der Finanzkrise vor zehn Jahren Politik, Medien und Intellektuelle. Rainer Zitelmann, mehrfacher Bestsellerautor, vertritt die Gegenthese: Mehr Kapitalismus tut den Menschen gut. Der Autor begibt sich mit dem Leser auf eine Reise durch die Kontinente und Zeiten und zeigt: In Ländern, in denen der Staat seinen Einfluss beschränkt und die Menschen dem Markt mehr vertrauen, steigt der Wohlstand und geht die Armut zurück. Belege für diese These finden sich in Afrika, Asien, Europa und Amerika. Zitelmann vergleicht die Entwicklung in Ost- und Westdeutschland und in Nord- und Südkorea nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg, im kapitalistischen Chile und im sozialistischen Venezuela. Starben in China Ende der 50er-Jahre noch 45 Millionen Menschen an einer durch sozialistische Experimente ausgelösten Hungersnot, wurde das Land dank kapitalistischer Reformen die führende Exportnation der Welt; Hunderte Millionen Arme stiegen auf in die Mittelschicht. Der Kapitalismus hat gewaltige Probleme gelöst - und dies immer wieder in der Geschichte der Menschheit. Die größte Gefahr für unseren Wohlstand ist, dass diese Erfahrungen in Vergessenheit geraten. Ein hochaktuelles Buch in einer Zeit, in der der Staat sich immer hemmungsloser mit planwirtschaftlichen Methoden in das Leben von Menschen und Unternehmen einmischt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476281</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kapitalismus ist nicht das Problem, sondern die Lösung: Eine Zeitreise durch fünf Kontinente
Author: Rainer Zitelmann
Narrator: Josef Vossenkuhl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September 14, 2018
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Der Markt hat versagt, wir brauchen mehr Staat!&amp;#039; - das behaupten seit dem Ausbruch der Finanzkrise vor zehn Jahren Politik, Medien und Intellektuelle. Rainer Zitelmann, mehrfacher Bestsellerautor, vertritt die Gegenthese: Mehr Kapitalismus tut den Menschen gut. Der Autor begibt sich mit dem Leser auf eine Reise durch die Kontinente und Zeiten und zeigt: In Ländern, in denen der Staat seinen Einfluss beschränkt und die Menschen dem Markt mehr vertrauen, steigt der Wohlstand und geht die Armut zurück. Belege für diese These finden sich in Afrika, Asien, Europa und Amerika. Zitelmann vergleicht die Entwicklung in Ost- und Westdeutschland und in Nord- und Südkorea nach dem Zweiten Weltkrieg, im kapitalistischen Chile und im sozialistischen Venezuela. Starben in China Ende der 50er-Jahre noch 45 Millionen Menschen an einer durch sozialistische Experimente ausgelösten Hungersnot, wurde das Land dank kapitalistischer Reformen die führende Exportnation der Welt; Hunderte Millionen Arme stiegen auf in die Mittelschicht. Der Kapitalismus hat gewaltige Probleme gelöst - und dies immer wieder in der Geschichte der Menschheit. Die größte Gefahr für unseren Wohlstand ist, dass diese Erfahrungen in Vergessenheit geraten. Ein hochaktuelles Buch in einer Zeit, in der der Staat sich immer hemmungsloser mit planwirtschaftlichen Methoden in das Leben von Menschen und Unternehmen einmischt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Quantenwirtschaft: Was kommt nach der Digitalisierung? by Anders Indset</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Quantenwirtschaft: Was kommt nach der Digitalisierung?
Author: Anders Indset
Narrator: Anders Indset
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die rasante Entwicklung von künstlicher Intelligenz, die ersten Quantencomputer und die Automatisierung von immer weiteren Lebens- und Arbeitsbereichen wird massive Auswirkungen auf unsere Zukunft und unser Wirtschaftsmodell haben. Algorithmen werden zu Autoritäten und diese werden unvermeidlich im Wettbewerb gegeneinander antreten. Aber Technologie allein kann und wird nicht die Antwort auf alle unsere Herausforderungen sein. Noch sind wir Menschen die Treiber und Bindeglieder, die unsere Umwelt, Gesellschaft, Wirtschaft und Realität steuern können. Anders Indset entwickelt drei Szenarien für die nächsten 10 bis 20 Jahre in denen unsere Zukunft unumkehrbar entschieden wird.</description>
      <author>Anders Indset</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Oct 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748401131.mp3" length="869826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748401131.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Quantenwirtschaft: Was kommt nach der Digitalisierung?
Author: Anders Indset
Narrator: Anders Indset
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die rasante Entwicklung von künstlicher Intelligenz, die ersten Quantencomputer und die Automatisierung von immer weiteren Lebens- und Arbeitsbereichen wird massive Auswirkungen auf unsere Zukunft und unser Wirtschaftsmodell haben. Algorithmen werden zu Autoritäten und diese werden unvermeidlich im Wettbewerb gegeneinander antreten. Aber Technologie allein kann und wird nicht die Antwort auf alle unsere Herausforderungen sein. Noch sind wir Menschen die Treiber und Bindeglieder, die unsere Umwelt, Gesellschaft, Wirtschaft und Realität steuern können. Anders Indset entwickelt drei Szenarien für die nächsten 10 bis 20 Jahre in denen unsere Zukunft unumkehrbar entschieden wird.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476186</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Quantenwirtschaft: Was kommt nach der Digitalisierung?
Author: Anders Indset
Narrator: Anders Indset
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 33 minutes
Release date: October 18, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die rasante Entwicklung von künstlicher Intelligenz, die ersten Quantencomputer und die Automatisierung von immer weiteren Lebens- und Arbeitsbereichen wird massive Auswirkungen auf unsere Zukunft und unser Wirtschaftsmodell haben. Algorithmen werden zu Autoritäten und diese werden unvermeidlich im Wettbewerb gegeneinander antreten. Aber Technologie allein kann und wird nicht die Antwort auf alle unsere Herausforderungen sein. Noch sind wir Menschen die Treiber und Bindeglieder, die unsere Umwelt, Gesellschaft, Wirtschaft und Realität steuern können. Anders Indset entwickelt drei Szenarien für die nächsten 10 bis 20 Jahre in denen unsere Zukunft unumkehrbar entschieden wird.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Neuerfindung der Diktatur: Wie China den digitalen Überwachungsstaat aufbaut und uns damit herausfordert by Kai Strittmatter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Neuerfindung der Diktatur: Wie China den digitalen Überwachungsstaat aufbaut und uns damit herausfordert
Author: Kai Strittmatter
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China ist Boomland, längst einer der Motoren der Weltwirtschaft. Innenpolitisch blieb das Land dabei immer autoritär, außenpolitisch zurückhaltend. Doch unter Xi Jinping, dem mächtigsten Staats- und Parteichef seit Mao, erfindet sich der autoritäre Staat neu, in offener Konkurrenz zum Westen. China marschiert nun selbstbewusst in die Welt, gleichzeitig gewährt sich sein System ein Update mit den Instrumenten des 21. Jahrhunderts: Peking setzt auf Big Data und künstliche Intelligenz wie keine zweite Regierung. Die Partei glaubt, den perfektesten Überwachungsstaat schaffen zu können, den die Erde je gesehen hat. Das Ziel ist die Kontrolle der KP über alle und alles. Kai Strittmatter beschreibt die Mechanismen der Diktatur, er zeigt, wie Xi Jinping China umbaut und was diese Entwicklung für uns bedeutet.</description>
      <author>Kai Strittmatter</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 06 May 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748401377.mp3" length="938725" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748401377.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Neuerfindung der Diktatur: Wie China den digitalen Überwachungsstaat aufbaut und uns damit herausfordert
Author: Kai Strittmatter
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China ist Boomland, längst einer der Motoren der Weltwirtschaft. Innenpolitisch blieb das Land dabei immer autoritär, außenpolitisch zurückhaltend. Doch unter Xi Jinping, dem mächtigsten Staats- und Parteichef seit Mao, erfindet sich der autoritäre Staat neu, in offener Konkurrenz zum Westen. China marschiert nun selbstbewusst in die Welt, gleichzeitig gewährt sich sein System ein Update mit den Instrumenten des 21. Jahrhunderts: Peking setzt auf Big Data und künstliche Intelligenz wie keine zweite Regierung. Die Partei glaubt, den perfektesten Überwachungsstaat schaffen zu können, den die Erde je gesehen hat. Das Ziel ist die Kontrolle der KP über alle und alles. Kai Strittmatter beschreibt die Mechanismen der Diktatur, er zeigt, wie Xi Jinping China umbaut und was diese Entwicklung für uns bedeutet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476158</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Neuerfindung der Diktatur: Wie China den digitalen Überwachungsstaat aufbaut und uns damit herausfordert
Author: Kai Strittmatter
Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 31 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China ist Boomland, längst einer der Motoren der Weltwirtschaft. Innenpolitisch blieb das Land dabei immer autoritär, außenpolitisch zurückhaltend. Doch unter Xi Jinping, dem mächtigsten Staats- und Parteichef seit Mao, erfindet sich der autoritäre Staat neu, in offener Konkurrenz zum Westen. China marschiert nun selbstbewusst in die Welt, gleichzeitig gewährt sich sein System ein Update mit den Instrumenten des 21. Jahrhunderts: Peking setzt auf Big Data und künstliche Intelligenz wie keine zweite Regierung. Die Partei glaubt, den perfektesten Überwachungsstaat schaffen zu können, den die Erde je gesehen hat. Das Ziel ist die Kontrolle der KP über alle und alles. Kai Strittmatter beschreibt die Mechanismen der Diktatur, er zeigt, wie Xi Jinping China umbaut und was diese Entwicklung für uns bedeutet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Digitales Unbehagen: Risiken, Nebenwirkungen und Gefahren der Digitalisierung by Manfred Spitzer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Digitales Unbehagen: Risiken, Nebenwirkungen und Gefahren der Digitalisierung
Author: Manfred Spitzer
Narrator: Peter Wolter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kann Fernsehen zu Demenz führen? Warum reduziert ein Smartphone unser Denkvermögen? Wie nutzen Kriminelle das Internet für ihre Machenschaften? Und was hat die digitale Infrastruktur mit den weltweiten Treibhausemissionen zu tun? Deutschlands bekanntester Hirnforscher Manfred Spitzer deckt die Gefahren von Handys, Gaming und Social Media auf und erklärt dabei gewohnt verständlich, welche Auswirkung das digitale Leben auf uns hat. Ein beeindruckender Blick in unsere Zukunft und ein Augenöffner, der zeigt, wie wichtig ein bewusster Umgang mit den neuen Medien ist.</description>
      <author>Manfred Spitzer</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783961216468.mp3" length="895990" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783961216468.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Digitales Unbehagen: Risiken, Nebenwirkungen und Gefahren der Digitalisierung
Author: Manfred Spitzer
Narrator: Peter Wolter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kann Fernsehen zu Demenz führen? Warum reduziert ein Smartphone unser Denkvermögen? Wie nutzen Kriminelle das Internet für ihre Machenschaften? Und was hat die digitale Infrastruktur mit den weltweiten Treibhausemissionen zu tun? Deutschlands bekanntester Hirnforscher Manfred Spitzer deckt die Gefahren von Handys, Gaming und Social Media auf und erklärt dabei gewohnt verständlich, welche Auswirkung das digitale Leben auf uns hat. Ein beeindruckender Blick in unsere Zukunft und ein Augenöffner, der zeigt, wie wichtig ein bewusster Umgang mit den neuen Medien ist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/476156</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Digitales Unbehagen: Risiken, Nebenwirkungen und Gefahren der Digitalisierung
Author: Manfred Spitzer
Narrator: Peter Wolter
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 5 minutes
Release date: November  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kann Fernsehen zu Demenz führen? Warum reduziert ein Smartphone unser Denkvermögen? Wie nutzen Kriminelle das Internet für ihre Machenschaften? Und was hat die digitale Infrastruktur mit den weltweiten Treibhausemissionen zu tun? Deutschlands bekanntester Hirnforscher Manfred Spitzer deckt die Gefahren von Handys, Gaming und Social Media auf und erklärt dabei gewohnt verständlich, welche Auswirkung das digitale Leben auf uns hat. Ein beeindruckender Blick in unsere Zukunft und ein Augenöffner, der zeigt, wie wichtig ein bewusster Umgang mit den neuen Medien ist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Stunde der Dilettanten: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen by Thomas Rietzschel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stunde der Dilettanten: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen
Author: Thomas Rietzschel
Narrator: Anke Fabian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant.  Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein.  Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und so-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst.  Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle.   Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen.Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. &amp;#039;Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt.&amp;#039;  Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben.   Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, um einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen zu wirken. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi.</description>
      <author>Thomas Rietzschel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 09 Nov 2012 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664324658.mp3" length="887810" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664324658.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stunde der Dilettanten: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen
Author: Thomas Rietzschel
Narrator: Anke Fabian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant.  Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein.  Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und so-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst.  Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle.   Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen.Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. &amp;#039;Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt.&amp;#039;  Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben.   Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, um einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen zu wirken. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475988</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Stunde der Dilettanten: Wie wir uns verschaukeln lassen
Author: Thomas Rietzschel
Narrator: Anke Fabian
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der moderne Beruf: Dilettant.  Nicht erlernbar, kein Studium erforderlich, auf allen (Interessens-)Gebieten anzutreffen, Wissen unnötig. Zeichnet sich besonders durch Ahnungslosigkeit aus, spricht ohne Sinn und Verstand unqualifiziertes Zeug, handelt ohne sich der Konsequenzen bewusst zu sein, es geht um mehr Schein als Sein.  Trotz Kompetenzmangel sind höchste Positionen erreichbar mit Wollen und so-tun-als-ob, eben durch perfekte Inszenierung des eigenen Selbst.  Dilettanten bekleiden höchste Ämter und Würden, stehen über &amp;#039;normal&amp;#039; arbeitenden Personen, erhalten beachtliche Einkommen und scheuen sich nicht, das gesellschaftliche Niveau um jeden Preis abzusenken, koste es, was es wolle.   Das dabei hart erkämpfte und errungene Werte und Kulturgüter sang- und klanglos aufgegeben werden, wird (bisher) ohne Aufschrei hingenommen.Sich nicht länger verschaukeln und für dumm verkaufen zu lassen, weder von Anlageberatern, Politikern, Medien, ist das Plädoyer von Thomas Rietzschel. &amp;#039;Denn es gibt noch etwas außer dem eigenen Vorteil, etwas, das es um seiner selbst willen zu bewahren gilt.&amp;#039;  Der Autor veranschaulicht in acht Kapiteln aktuellere Ereignisse, nennt Ross und Reiter, um Entstehung, Verbreitungsgrad, Mechanismen in Industrie, Wirtschaft und Politik darzulegen. Auswirkungen auf Bildung und Wissen, die Rolle der Medien sowie gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen mit Beispielen werden ungeschönt, auf hohem Niveau beschrieben.   Ein erbaulicher Beitrag, der hoffen lässt, um einer weiteren Volksverdummung entgegen zu wirken. Ein kurzweiliges Wirtschaftsbuch zum Hören, das aufklärend und genauso spannend ist wie ein Krimi.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Was zu sagen ist...: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen by Gerald Grosz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was zu sagen ist...: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen
Author: Gerald Grosz
Narrator: Gerald Grosz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gerald Grosz trifft den Nagel auf den Kopf! Seine messerscharfen, oft polemisch-witzigen Analysen auf YouTube wie auch seine scharfzüngigen und tiefschürfenden Kommentare in Zeitungen wie der Schweizer &amp;#039;Weltwoche&amp;#039; erreichen Millionen; seine ebenso unterhaltsamen wie grundsätzlichen Diskussionen mit Sebastian Bohrn Mena auf oe24.at sehen jede Woche Hunderttausende Österreicher. Die kontroversesten, die witzigsten und wichtigsten Stellungnahmen von Gerald Grosz aus den letzten Jahren sind nun in einem Buch versammelt, zusammen mit zuvor unveröffentlichten Grundlagentexten zu Meinungsfreiheit, Islamisierung, EU …</description>
      <author>Gerald Grosz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 29 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707382376.mp3" length="894314" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707382376.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was zu sagen ist...: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen
Author: Gerald Grosz
Narrator: Gerald Grosz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gerald Grosz trifft den Nagel auf den Kopf! Seine messerscharfen, oft polemisch-witzigen Analysen auf YouTube wie auch seine scharfzüngigen und tiefschürfenden Kommentare in Zeitungen wie der Schweizer &amp;#039;Weltwoche&amp;#039; erreichen Millionen; seine ebenso unterhaltsamen wie grundsätzlichen Diskussionen mit Sebastian Bohrn Mena auf oe24.at sehen jede Woche Hunderttausende Österreicher. Die kontroversesten, die witzigsten und wichtigsten Stellungnahmen von Gerald Grosz aus den letzten Jahren sind nun in einem Buch versammelt, zusammen mit zuvor unveröffentlichten Grundlagentexten zu Meinungsfreiheit, Islamisierung, EU …</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475952</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Was zu sagen ist...: Zeitkritische Betrachtungen
Author: Gerald Grosz
Narrator: Gerald Grosz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 11 minutes
Release date: July 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gerald Grosz trifft den Nagel auf den Kopf! Seine messerscharfen, oft polemisch-witzigen Analysen auf YouTube wie auch seine scharfzüngigen und tiefschürfenden Kommentare in Zeitungen wie der Schweizer &amp;#039;Weltwoche&amp;#039; erreichen Millionen; seine ebenso unterhaltsamen wie grundsätzlichen Diskussionen mit Sebastian Bohrn Mena auf oe24.at sehen jede Woche Hunderttausende Österreicher. Die kontroversesten, die witzigsten und wichtigsten Stellungnahmen von Gerald Grosz aus den letzten Jahren sind nun in einem Buch versammelt, zusammen mit zuvor unveröffentlichten Grundlagentexten zu Meinungsfreiheit, Islamisierung, EU …</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - In der Männer-Republik: Wie Frauen die Politik eroberten by Torsten Körner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - In der Männer-Republik: Wie Frauen die Politik eroberten
Author: Torsten Körner
Narrator: Martin Wehrmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik ist eine viel zu ernste Sache, als dass man sie allein den Männern überlassen sollte. Bundesgesundheitsministerin Käte Strobel, 1959. Die Bundesrepublik war lange eine Männerrepublik. Männer schrieben Geschichte. Männer besetzten Ämter. Männer gaben den Ton an. Und Frauen? Dieses Buch erzählt die politische Geschichte der Bundesrepublik Deutschland aus weiblichen Perspektiven. Lange Jahre waren Politikerinnen in der Bundesrepublik kaum sichtbar. Die erste Ministerin wurde 1961 berufen. Erst ein Sitzstreik von CDU-Frauen vor dem Kabinettssaal zwang Kanzler Konrad Adenauer dazu, Elisabeth Schwarzhaupt in sein viertes Kabinett aufzunehmen. Was ihn nicht daran hinderte, die Regierungsmitglieder weiterhin mit Guten Morgen, meine Herren zu begrüßen...</description>
      <author>Torsten Körner</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783963840296.mp3" length="846119" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783963840296.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - In der Männer-Republik: Wie Frauen die Politik eroberten
Author: Torsten Körner
Narrator: Martin Wehrmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik ist eine viel zu ernste Sache, als dass man sie allein den Männern überlassen sollte. Bundesgesundheitsministerin Käte Strobel, 1959. Die Bundesrepublik war lange eine Männerrepublik. Männer schrieben Geschichte. Männer besetzten Ämter. Männer gaben den Ton an. Und Frauen? Dieses Buch erzählt die politische Geschichte der Bundesrepublik Deutschland aus weiblichen Perspektiven. Lange Jahre waren Politikerinnen in der Bundesrepublik kaum sichtbar. Die erste Ministerin wurde 1961 berufen. Erst ein Sitzstreik von CDU-Frauen vor dem Kabinettssaal zwang Kanzler Konrad Adenauer dazu, Elisabeth Schwarzhaupt in sein viertes Kabinett aufzunehmen. Was ihn nicht daran hinderte, die Regierungsmitglieder weiterhin mit Guten Morgen, meine Herren zu begrüßen...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - In der Männer-Republik: Wie Frauen die Politik eroberten
Author: Torsten Körner
Narrator: Martin Wehrmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: February 28, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Politik ist eine viel zu ernste Sache, als dass man sie allein den Männern überlassen sollte. Bundesgesundheitsministerin Käte Strobel, 1959. Die Bundesrepublik war lange eine Männerrepublik. Männer schrieben Geschichte. Männer besetzten Ämter. Männer gaben den Ton an. Und Frauen? Dieses Buch erzählt die politische Geschichte der Bundesrepublik Deutschland aus weiblichen Perspektiven. Lange Jahre waren Politikerinnen in der Bundesrepublik kaum sichtbar. Die erste Ministerin wurde 1961 berufen. Erst ein Sitzstreik von CDU-Frauen vor dem Kabinettssaal zwang Kanzler Konrad Adenauer dazu, Elisabeth Schwarzhaupt in sein viertes Kabinett aufzunehmen. Was ihn nicht daran hinderte, die Regierungsmitglieder weiterhin mit Guten Morgen, meine Herren zu begrüßen...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Verschwörungstheorien - eine Frage der Perspektive: Von Chemtrails, Ufos, Reptiloiden und Reichsbürgern by Joachim Stall, Ingo Leipner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verschwörungstheorien - eine Frage der Perspektive: Von Chemtrails, Ufos, Reptiloiden und Reichsbürgern
Author: Joachim Stall, Ingo Leipner
Narrator: Max Hoffmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beflügelt von dem Anstieg der Fake News und befeuert vom Internet haben Verschwörungstheorien Hochkonjunktur: 9/11? Die CIA. Die Weltherrschaft? Die haben Reptiloiden aus dem Erdinneren inne. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland? Ein Fake-Staat, um uns an der Kandare zu halten. So jedenfalls die Reichbürger. Es gibt unzählige Verschwörungstheorien, und noch weit mehr Anhänger, die Stein und Bein glauben, was anderen im besten Fall ein Kopfschütteln entlockt. Die Autoren Ingo Leipner und Joachim Stall haben sich diesen Anhängern über viele Interviews genähert und herausgefunden, was die Verschwörungstheoretiker antreibt und wie sie zu ihrem &amp;#039;ver-rückten&amp;#039; Weltbild gekommen sind. Ihr Buch bietet die Chance, all die Zeitgenossen zu verstehen, die tagtäglich die Internetforen bevölkern. Eines ist sicher: Wir alle sitzen öfters Fake News und kruden Theorien auf, als wir glauben - und unser Schritt in diese Filterblasen ist weitaus kleiner, als wir wahrhaben wollen.</description>
      <author>Joachim Stall, Ingo Leipner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783962671709.mp3" length="849408" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783962671709.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verschwörungstheorien - eine Frage der Perspektive: Von Chemtrails, Ufos, Reptiloiden und Reichsbürgern
Author: Joachim Stall, Ingo Leipner
Narrator: Max Hoffmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beflügelt von dem Anstieg der Fake News und befeuert vom Internet haben Verschwörungstheorien Hochkonjunktur: 9/11? Die CIA. Die Weltherrschaft? Die haben Reptiloiden aus dem Erdinneren inne. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland? Ein Fake-Staat, um uns an der Kandare zu halten. So jedenfalls die Reichbürger. Es gibt unzählige Verschwörungstheorien, und noch weit mehr Anhänger, die Stein und Bein glauben, was anderen im besten Fall ein Kopfschütteln entlockt. Die Autoren Ingo Leipner und Joachim Stall haben sich diesen Anhängern über viele Interviews genähert und herausgefunden, was die Verschwörungstheoretiker antreibt und wie sie zu ihrem &amp;#039;ver-rückten&amp;#039; Weltbild gekommen sind. Ihr Buch bietet die Chance, all die Zeitgenossen zu verstehen, die tagtäglich die Internetforen bevölkern. Eines ist sicher: Wir alle sitzen öfters Fake News und kruden Theorien auf, als wir glauben - und unser Schritt in diese Filterblasen ist weitaus kleiner, als wir wahrhaben wollen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475857</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Verschwörungstheorien - eine Frage der Perspektive: Von Chemtrails, Ufos, Reptiloiden und Reichsbürgern
Author: Joachim Stall, Ingo Leipner
Narrator: Max Hoffmann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 5 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Beflügelt von dem Anstieg der Fake News und befeuert vom Internet haben Verschwörungstheorien Hochkonjunktur: 9/11? Die CIA. Die Weltherrschaft? Die haben Reptiloiden aus dem Erdinneren inne. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland? Ein Fake-Staat, um uns an der Kandare zu halten. So jedenfalls die Reichbürger. Es gibt unzählige Verschwörungstheorien, und noch weit mehr Anhänger, die Stein und Bein glauben, was anderen im besten Fall ein Kopfschütteln entlockt. Die Autoren Ingo Leipner und Joachim Stall haben sich diesen Anhängern über viele Interviews genähert und herausgefunden, was die Verschwörungstheoretiker antreibt und wie sie zu ihrem &amp;#039;ver-rückten&amp;#039; Weltbild gekommen sind. Ihr Buch bietet die Chance, all die Zeitgenossen zu verstehen, die tagtäglich die Internetforen bevölkern. Eines ist sicher: Wir alle sitzen öfters Fake News und kruden Theorien auf, als wir glauben - und unser Schritt in diese Filterblasen ist weitaus kleiner, als wir wahrhaben wollen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sterben sollst du für dein Glück: Gefangen zwischen zwei Welten by Sabatina James</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sterben sollst du für dein Glück: Gefangen zwischen zwei Welten
Author: Sabatina James
Narrator: Sabatina James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihre Eltern sind Muslime. Sie leben in einem kleinen österreichischen Dorf. Hier wächst Sabatina auf. Doch dann wird sie 16 und ihre Eltern sind der Meinung, dass sie zu westlich geworden ist. Sie schicken sie in eine Koran-Schule nach Pakistan, wo sie geschlagen und misshandelt wird. Als Sabatina gegen ihren Willen heiraten soll, flieht sie und kehrt nach Europa zurück. Doch trifft sie dort die harte Antwort des Islam umso mehr: Ihre Familie kündigt an, sie zu töten.</description>
      <author>Sabatina James</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451880247.mp3" length="813503" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451880247.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sterben sollst du für dein Glück: Gefangen zwischen zwei Welten
Author: Sabatina James
Narrator: Sabatina James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihre Eltern sind Muslime. Sie leben in einem kleinen österreichischen Dorf. Hier wächst Sabatina auf. Doch dann wird sie 16 und ihre Eltern sind der Meinung, dass sie zu westlich geworden ist. Sie schicken sie in eine Koran-Schule nach Pakistan, wo sie geschlagen und misshandelt wird. Als Sabatina gegen ihren Willen heiraten soll, flieht sie und kehrt nach Europa zurück. Doch trifft sie dort die harte Antwort des Islam umso mehr: Ihre Familie kündigt an, sie zu töten.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475335</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sterben sollst du für dein Glück: Gefangen zwischen zwei Welten
Author: Sabatina James
Narrator: Sabatina James
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 42 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ihre Eltern sind Muslime. Sie leben in einem kleinen österreichischen Dorf. Hier wächst Sabatina auf. Doch dann wird sie 16 und ihre Eltern sind der Meinung, dass sie zu westlich geworden ist. Sie schicken sie in eine Koran-Schule nach Pakistan, wo sie geschlagen und misshandelt wird. Als Sabatina gegen ihren Willen heiraten soll, flieht sie und kehrt nach Europa zurück. Doch trifft sie dort die harte Antwort des Islam umso mehr: Ihre Familie kündigt an, sie zu töten.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Volker Westermann - Verrückt nach Herd: gemeinsam kochen - leben - genießen by Volker Westermann</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Volker Westermann - Verrückt nach Herd: gemeinsam kochen - leben - genießen
Author: Volker Westermann
Narrator: Dominik Umberto Schott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wollt Ihr Volker Westermann auf seiner Küchenreise begleiten? Volker hat seine Lieblingsrezepte aus der ganzen Welt gesammelt und seine Freunde, mit und ohne Handicap, eingeladen mit ihm dieses Buch zu machen. Beim gemeinsamen Schnippeln, Vorbereiten, Kochen und Probieren, Reden und Lachen spielen Status, Geschlecht, Alter, Herkunft oder Behinderung keine Rolle. Entscheidend sind das gemeinsame Erlebnis, der Spaß und der gemeinsame Genuss. Jeder kann sich entsprechend seinen Fähigkeiten, Kenntnissen, seiner Lust und Laune einbringen. Macht mit und werdet auch &amp;#039;verrückt nach Herd&amp;#039;!</description>
      <author>Volker Westermann</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707219498.mp3" length="841864" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707219498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Volker Westermann - Verrückt nach Herd: gemeinsam kochen - leben - genießen
Author: Volker Westermann
Narrator: Dominik Umberto Schott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wollt Ihr Volker Westermann auf seiner Küchenreise begleiten? Volker hat seine Lieblingsrezepte aus der ganzen Welt gesammelt und seine Freunde, mit und ohne Handicap, eingeladen mit ihm dieses Buch zu machen. Beim gemeinsamen Schnippeln, Vorbereiten, Kochen und Probieren, Reden und Lachen spielen Status, Geschlecht, Alter, Herkunft oder Behinderung keine Rolle. Entscheidend sind das gemeinsame Erlebnis, der Spaß und der gemeinsame Genuss. Jeder kann sich entsprechend seinen Fähigkeiten, Kenntnissen, seiner Lust und Laune einbringen. Macht mit und werdet auch &amp;#039;verrückt nach Herd&amp;#039;!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475218</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Volker Westermann - Verrückt nach Herd: gemeinsam kochen - leben - genießen
Author: Volker Westermann
Narrator: Dominik Umberto Schott
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 28 minutes
Release date: September  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wollt Ihr Volker Westermann auf seiner Küchenreise begleiten? Volker hat seine Lieblingsrezepte aus der ganzen Welt gesammelt und seine Freunde, mit und ohne Handicap, eingeladen mit ihm dieses Buch zu machen. Beim gemeinsamen Schnippeln, Vorbereiten, Kochen und Probieren, Reden und Lachen spielen Status, Geschlecht, Alter, Herkunft oder Behinderung keine Rolle. Entscheidend sind das gemeinsame Erlebnis, der Spaß und der gemeinsame Genuss. Jeder kann sich entsprechend seinen Fähigkeiten, Kenntnissen, seiner Lust und Laune einbringen. Macht mit und werdet auch &amp;#039;verrückt nach Herd&amp;#039;!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sex bitte nur in der Suite: Aus dem Leben eines Grand Hoteliers by Carsten K. Rath</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sex bitte nur in der Suite: Aus dem Leben eines Grand Hoteliers
Author: Carsten K. Rath
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
12 Hotels. 12 Storys. 12 Meilensteine eines 5 Sterne-Lebens. Alles für ein Ziel: den besten Service der Welt. Carsten K. Rath nimmt seine Leser mit auf eine heitere und manchmal irrwitzige Weltreise hinter die Kulissen der Haute Hotellerie. Von Helmut Kohl bis Bill Clinton: Carsten K. Rath hat ihnen allen ein Dach über dem Kopf gegeben.</description>
      <author>Carsten K. Rath</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451881398.mp3" length="933032" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451881398.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sex bitte nur in der Suite: Aus dem Leben eines Grand Hoteliers
Author: Carsten K. Rath
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
12 Hotels. 12 Storys. 12 Meilensteine eines 5 Sterne-Lebens. Alles für ein Ziel: den besten Service der Welt. Carsten K. Rath nimmt seine Leser mit auf eine heitere und manchmal irrwitzige Weltreise hinter die Kulissen der Haute Hotellerie. Von Helmut Kohl bis Bill Clinton: Carsten K. Rath hat ihnen allen ein Dach über dem Kopf gegeben.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475185</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sex bitte nur in der Suite: Aus dem Leben eines Grand Hoteliers
Author: Carsten K. Rath
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 39 minutes
Release date: March 26, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
12 Hotels. 12 Storys. 12 Meilensteine eines 5 Sterne-Lebens. Alles für ein Ziel: den besten Service der Welt. Carsten K. Rath nimmt seine Leser mit auf eine heitere und manchmal irrwitzige Weltreise hinter die Kulissen der Haute Hotellerie. Von Helmut Kohl bis Bill Clinton: Carsten K. Rath hat ihnen allen ein Dach über dem Kopf gegeben.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch, Deutschland?: Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und 20 Ideen, wie es wieder besser wird by Claus Strunz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch, Deutschland?: Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und 20 Ideen, wie es wieder besser wird
Author: Claus Strunz
Narrator: Claus Strunz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abrechnung und Perspektive zugleich Ob Asyl-Chaos, Bildungsnotstand, Abschiebe-Irrsinn oder unsere kaputten Brücken und Straßen. Ob im Bund, auf Länderebene oder vor der eigenen Haustüre - in den vergangenen Jahren sorgten viele politische Entscheidungen beim Wahlvolk für Erstaunen, Kopfschütteln, ja sogar Wut. Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich die Frage: &amp;#039;Geht&amp;#039;s noch?&amp;#039; Mit dieser bewusst zugespitzten Formulierung greift Claus Strunz die aktuelle Stimmung in Deutschland auf. Er benennt Probleme und ihre Ursachen, er kommentiert Missstände und Abenteuerlichkeiten, die sich die deutsche Politik in den vergangenen Jahren geleistet hat, und versucht, Probleme neu zu denken und Lösungsansätze zu liefern. Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und was getan werden muss, damit es wieder besser wird.</description>
      <author>Claus Strunz</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Nov 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864706288.mp3" length="900245" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864706288.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch, Deutschland?: Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und 20 Ideen, wie es wieder besser wird
Author: Claus Strunz
Narrator: Claus Strunz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abrechnung und Perspektive zugleich Ob Asyl-Chaos, Bildungsnotstand, Abschiebe-Irrsinn oder unsere kaputten Brücken und Straßen. Ob im Bund, auf Länderebene oder vor der eigenen Haustüre - in den vergangenen Jahren sorgten viele politische Entscheidungen beim Wahlvolk für Erstaunen, Kopfschütteln, ja sogar Wut. Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich die Frage: &amp;#039;Geht&amp;#039;s noch?&amp;#039; Mit dieser bewusst zugespitzten Formulierung greift Claus Strunz die aktuelle Stimmung in Deutschland auf. Er benennt Probleme und ihre Ursachen, er kommentiert Missstände und Abenteuerlichkeiten, die sich die deutsche Politik in den vergangenen Jahren geleistet hat, und versucht, Probleme neu zu denken und Lösungsansätze zu liefern. Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und was getan werden muss, damit es wieder besser wird.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/475009</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch, Deutschland?: Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und 20 Ideen, wie es wieder besser wird
Author: Claus Strunz
Narrator: Claus Strunz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 21 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abrechnung und Perspektive zugleich Ob Asyl-Chaos, Bildungsnotstand, Abschiebe-Irrsinn oder unsere kaputten Brücken und Straßen. Ob im Bund, auf Länderebene oder vor der eigenen Haustüre - in den vergangenen Jahren sorgten viele politische Entscheidungen beim Wahlvolk für Erstaunen, Kopfschütteln, ja sogar Wut. Immer mehr Menschen stellen sich die Frage: &amp;#039;Geht&amp;#039;s noch?&amp;#039; Mit dieser bewusst zugespitzten Formulierung greift Claus Strunz die aktuelle Stimmung in Deutschland auf. Er benennt Probleme und ihre Ursachen, er kommentiert Missstände und Abenteuerlichkeiten, die sich die deutsche Politik in den vergangenen Jahren geleistet hat, und versucht, Probleme neu zu denken und Lösungsansätze zu liefern. Die schlimmsten Fehler, die unser Land lähmen - und was getan werden muss, damit es wieder besser wird.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Jeder kann zum Mörder werden: Wahre Fälle einer forensischen Psychiaterin by Nahlah Saimeh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jeder kann zum Mörder werden: Wahre Fälle einer forensischen Psychiaterin
Author: Nahlah Saimeh
Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Georg T. erstickte seine Frau und verbrannte ihre Leiche auf der Straße. Über die Motive schwieg er. Tanja G. tötete ihre neugeborenen Kinder, versteckte sie im Kleiderschrank. Die forensische Psychiaterin Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass es meist profane Gründe sind, die aus Menschen Mörder machen: Selbsthass, Eifersucht, Einsamkeit oder Angst. Sie zeigt, wie alltäglich das Böse ist und warum sich eine Gesellschaft gerade deswegen ihre Menschlichkeit bewahren muss.</description>
      <author>Nahlah Saimeh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Aug 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748400349.mp3" length="889341" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748400349.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jeder kann zum Mörder werden: Wahre Fälle einer forensischen Psychiaterin
Author: Nahlah Saimeh
Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Georg T. erstickte seine Frau und verbrannte ihre Leiche auf der Straße. Über die Motive schwieg er. Tanja G. tötete ihre neugeborenen Kinder, versteckte sie im Kleiderschrank. Die forensische Psychiaterin Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass es meist profane Gründe sind, die aus Menschen Mörder machen: Selbsthass, Eifersucht, Einsamkeit oder Angst. Sie zeigt, wie alltäglich das Böse ist und warum sich eine Gesellschaft gerade deswegen ihre Menschlichkeit bewahren muss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474925</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Jeder kann zum Mörder werden: Wahre Fälle einer forensischen Psychiaterin
Author: Nahlah Saimeh
Narrator: Ursula Berlinghof
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: August  6, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Georg T. erstickte seine Frau und verbrannte ihre Leiche auf der Straße. Über die Motive schwieg er. Tanja G. tötete ihre neugeborenen Kinder, versteckte sie im Kleiderschrank. Die forensische Psychiaterin Nahlah Saimeh weiß, dass es meist profane Gründe sind, die aus Menschen Mörder machen: Selbsthass, Eifersucht, Einsamkeit oder Angst. Sie zeigt, wie alltäglich das Böse ist und warum sich eine Gesellschaft gerade deswegen ihre Menschlichkeit bewahren muss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der unterlegene Mensch: Digitalisieren wir uns mit Algorithmen, künstlicher Intelligenz und Robotern selbst weg? by Armin Grunwald</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der unterlegene Mensch: Digitalisieren wir uns mit Algorithmen, künstlicher Intelligenz und Robotern selbst weg?
Author: Armin Grunwald
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Alle reden von Digitalisierung. Wunderbare Zukunftsperspektiven werden entworfen. Komfort und Wohlstand, mehr Gesundheit und möglicherweise die digitale Unsterblichkeit warten auf uns. Diese neuen Annehmlichkeiten sind aber nur die eine Seite der Medaille. Zunehmende Abhängigkeit von digitalen Technologien, das Risiko totaler Überwachung, massenweise Übernahme menschlicher Arbeitsplätze durch Roboter, die Manipulation öffentlicher Meinung, der drohende Kontrollverlust des Menschen über die Technik – diese andere Seite zeigt bedrohliche Züge. Dieses Buch entwirft ein kritisches Bild der Welt von morgen und zeigt auf, womit wir zu rechnen haben, wenn wir die Digitalisierung nicht bewusst gestalten und uns selbst komplett ersetzbar machen.</description>
      <author>Armin Grunwald</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Dec 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783745305210.mp3" length="875755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783745305210.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der unterlegene Mensch: Digitalisieren wir uns mit Algorithmen, künstlicher Intelligenz und Robotern selbst weg?
Author: Armin Grunwald
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Alle reden von Digitalisierung. Wunderbare Zukunftsperspektiven werden entworfen. Komfort und Wohlstand, mehr Gesundheit und möglicherweise die digitale Unsterblichkeit warten auf uns. Diese neuen Annehmlichkeiten sind aber nur die eine Seite der Medaille. Zunehmende Abhängigkeit von digitalen Technologien, das Risiko totaler Überwachung, massenweise Übernahme menschlicher Arbeitsplätze durch Roboter, die Manipulation öffentlicher Meinung, der drohende Kontrollverlust des Menschen über die Technik – diese andere Seite zeigt bedrohliche Züge. Dieses Buch entwirft ein kritisches Bild der Welt von morgen und zeigt auf, womit wir zu rechnen haben, wenn wir die Digitalisierung nicht bewusst gestalten und uns selbst komplett ersetzbar machen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/474904</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der unterlegene Mensch: Digitalisieren wir uns mit Algorithmen, künstlicher Intelligenz und Robotern selbst weg?
Author: Armin Grunwald
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 16 minutes
Release date: December 20, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Alle reden von Digitalisierung. Wunderbare Zukunftsperspektiven werden entworfen. Komfort und Wohlstand, mehr Gesundheit und möglicherweise die digitale Unsterblichkeit warten auf uns. Diese neuen Annehmlichkeiten sind aber nur die eine Seite der Medaille. Zunehmende Abhängigkeit von digitalen Technologien, das Risiko totaler Überwachung, massenweise Übernahme menschlicher Arbeitsplätze durch Roboter, die Manipulation öffentlicher Meinung, der drohende Kontrollverlust des Menschen über die Technik – diese andere Seite zeigt bedrohliche Züge. Dieses Buch entwirft ein kritisches Bild der Welt von morgen und zeigt auf, womit wir zu rechnen haben, wenn wir die Digitalisierung nicht bewusst gestalten und uns selbst komplett ersetzbar machen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege by Jörg Lehmann, Carl Von Clausewitz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege
Author: Jörg Lehmann, Carl Von Clausewitz
Narrator: Anette Daugardt, Uwe Neumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie muß die Strategie moderner Kriegführung angelegt sein, damit Kriege gewonnen werden können?  Diese Frage stellte sich Carl von Clausewitz. Als Ergebnis seiner Überlegungen entstand eine der wichtigsten militärtheoretischen Abhandlungen der Weltgeschichte und ein Meisterwerk der Strategie: &amp;#039;Vom Kriege&amp;#039;. -  Die CD fasst die wichtigsten Gedanken und Zitate auf 76 Minuten zusammen.</description>
      <author>Jörg Lehmann, Carl Von Clausewitz</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Oct 2008 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198960028.mp3" length="802600" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198960028.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege
Author: Jörg Lehmann, Carl Von Clausewitz
Narrator: Anette Daugardt, Uwe Neumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie muß die Strategie moderner Kriegführung angelegt sein, damit Kriege gewonnen werden können?  Diese Frage stellte sich Carl von Clausewitz. Als Ergebnis seiner Überlegungen entstand eine der wichtigsten militärtheoretischen Abhandlungen der Weltgeschichte und ein Meisterwerk der Strategie: &amp;#039;Vom Kriege&amp;#039;. -  Die CD fasst die wichtigsten Gedanken und Zitate auf 76 Minuten zusammen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473700</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Carl von Clausewitz: Vom Kriege
Author: Jörg Lehmann, Carl Von Clausewitz
Narrator: Anette Daugardt, Uwe Neumann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 16 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie muß die Strategie moderner Kriegführung angelegt sein, damit Kriege gewonnen werden können?  Diese Frage stellte sich Carl von Clausewitz. Als Ergebnis seiner Überlegungen entstand eine der wichtigsten militärtheoretischen Abhandlungen der Weltgeschichte und ein Meisterwerk der Strategie: &amp;#039;Vom Kriege&amp;#039;. -  Die CD fasst die wichtigsten Gedanken und Zitate auf 76 Minuten zusammen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - So sterben wir: Unser Ende und was wir darüber wissen sollten by Roland Schulz</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So sterben wir: Unser Ende und was wir darüber wissen sollten
Author: Roland Schulz
Narrator: Frank Stöckle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was passiert mit deinem Körper, wenn du stirbst? Was fühlst du - Trauer, Schmerz? Und dann, wenn dein Herzschlag verstummt ist? Was geschieht mit deinem Leichnam, bis du bestattet wirst? Wie wird man um dich trauern? Sterben, Tod und Trauer sind unumgänglich, für jeden von uns. Und doch wissen wir kaum etwas darüber. Wer diese Frage stellt, nähert sich einem Tabu - aber auch einer Wissenslücke. Minutiös und eindringlich beschreibt Roland Schulz, was wir während unserer letzten Tage und Stunden erleben. Er verfolgt die Reise des Körpers von der Leichenschau bis zur Bestattung und fragt schließlich, was Sterben und Tod für diejenigen bedeutet, die zurückbleiben. Wie trauern wir - und wie können wir weiterleben? In seinem ebenso schonungslosen wie brillanten Text gibt Schulz Antworten auf die tiefsten Fragen des Lebens.</description>
      <author>Roland Schulz</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Oct 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451882456.mp3" length="848784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451882456.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So sterben wir: Unser Ende und was wir darüber wissen sollten
Author: Roland Schulz
Narrator: Frank Stöckle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was passiert mit deinem Körper, wenn du stirbst? Was fühlst du - Trauer, Schmerz? Und dann, wenn dein Herzschlag verstummt ist? Was geschieht mit deinem Leichnam, bis du bestattet wirst? Wie wird man um dich trauern? Sterben, Tod und Trauer sind unumgänglich, für jeden von uns. Und doch wissen wir kaum etwas darüber. Wer diese Frage stellt, nähert sich einem Tabu - aber auch einer Wissenslücke. Minutiös und eindringlich beschreibt Roland Schulz, was wir während unserer letzten Tage und Stunden erleben. Er verfolgt die Reise des Körpers von der Leichenschau bis zur Bestattung und fragt schließlich, was Sterben und Tod für diejenigen bedeutet, die zurückbleiben. Wie trauern wir - und wie können wir weiterleben? In seinem ebenso schonungslosen wie brillanten Text gibt Schulz Antworten auf die tiefsten Fragen des Lebens.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473524</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - So sterben wir: Unser Ende und was wir darüber wissen sollten
Author: Roland Schulz
Narrator: Frank Stöckle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 19 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was passiert mit deinem Körper, wenn du stirbst? Was fühlst du - Trauer, Schmerz? Und dann, wenn dein Herzschlag verstummt ist? Was geschieht mit deinem Leichnam, bis du bestattet wirst? Wie wird man um dich trauern? Sterben, Tod und Trauer sind unumgänglich, für jeden von uns. Und doch wissen wir kaum etwas darüber. Wer diese Frage stellt, nähert sich einem Tabu - aber auch einer Wissenslücke. Minutiös und eindringlich beschreibt Roland Schulz, was wir während unserer letzten Tage und Stunden erleben. Er verfolgt die Reise des Körpers von der Leichenschau bis zur Bestattung und fragt schließlich, was Sterben und Tod für diejenigen bedeutet, die zurückbleiben. Wie trauern wir - und wie können wir weiterleben? In seinem ebenso schonungslosen wie brillanten Text gibt Schulz Antworten auf die tiefsten Fragen des Lebens.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Deine Wahl by Christopher Peterka, Sebastian Michael</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deine Wahl
Author: Christopher Peterka, Sebastian Michael
Narrator: Christopher Peterka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deine Wahl: Analoger Opportunist oder Progressiver Optimist? Der Wandel ist heute so schnell wie noch nie. Wir drohen an Überforderung durch neue Technologien und maßlose Informationsvielfalt kollektiv zu ersticken - und mit uns das, was wir einmal Gesellschaft nannten. Jene, die den Wandel vorantreiben, haben vor allem zweierlei im Sinn: Profit und Macht. Sie missbrauchen uns als Klickvieh und Datenlieferant, reduzieren uns auf ein Dasein als Human Ressource und Konsument. Dadurch gefährden sie unsere Demokratie, Vielfalt und heute schon die Menschheit als solche. So muss es nicht weitergehen, sagt Humanist und Unternehmer Christopher Peterka. Statt unser Streben nur noch auf seine Wirtschaftlichkeit abzustellen, plädiert er für einen radikal offenen Dialog über das Menschsein: Wer wollen wir sein? Wie wollen wir miteinander leben? Welchen Sinn soll unser Streben haben? Wir müssen diese fundamentalen Fragen neu verhandeln - sonst tun es andere. Ein Weckruf, der uns ermutigt, den Status quo in Frage zu stellen und als progressiver Optimist das System nachhaltig zu verändern.</description>
      <author>Christopher Peterka, Sebastian Michael</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783961428823.mp3" length="886822" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783961428823.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deine Wahl
Author: Christopher Peterka, Sebastian Michael
Narrator: Christopher Peterka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deine Wahl: Analoger Opportunist oder Progressiver Optimist? Der Wandel ist heute so schnell wie noch nie. Wir drohen an Überforderung durch neue Technologien und maßlose Informationsvielfalt kollektiv zu ersticken - und mit uns das, was wir einmal Gesellschaft nannten. Jene, die den Wandel vorantreiben, haben vor allem zweierlei im Sinn: Profit und Macht. Sie missbrauchen uns als Klickvieh und Datenlieferant, reduzieren uns auf ein Dasein als Human Ressource und Konsument. Dadurch gefährden sie unsere Demokratie, Vielfalt und heute schon die Menschheit als solche. So muss es nicht weitergehen, sagt Humanist und Unternehmer Christopher Peterka. Statt unser Streben nur noch auf seine Wirtschaftlichkeit abzustellen, plädiert er für einen radikal offenen Dialog über das Menschsein: Wer wollen wir sein? Wie wollen wir miteinander leben? Welchen Sinn soll unser Streben haben? Wir müssen diese fundamentalen Fragen neu verhandeln - sonst tun es andere. Ein Weckruf, der uns ermutigt, den Status quo in Frage zu stellen und als progressiver Optimist das System nachhaltig zu verändern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473364</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deine Wahl
Author: Christopher Peterka, Sebastian Michael
Narrator: Christopher Peterka
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 12 minutes
Release date: July 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deine Wahl: Analoger Opportunist oder Progressiver Optimist? Der Wandel ist heute so schnell wie noch nie. Wir drohen an Überforderung durch neue Technologien und maßlose Informationsvielfalt kollektiv zu ersticken - und mit uns das, was wir einmal Gesellschaft nannten. Jene, die den Wandel vorantreiben, haben vor allem zweierlei im Sinn: Profit und Macht. Sie missbrauchen uns als Klickvieh und Datenlieferant, reduzieren uns auf ein Dasein als Human Ressource und Konsument. Dadurch gefährden sie unsere Demokratie, Vielfalt und heute schon die Menschheit als solche. So muss es nicht weitergehen, sagt Humanist und Unternehmer Christopher Peterka. Statt unser Streben nur noch auf seine Wirtschaftlichkeit abzustellen, plädiert er für einen radikal offenen Dialog über das Menschsein: Wer wollen wir sein? Wie wollen wir miteinander leben? Welchen Sinn soll unser Streben haben? Wir müssen diese fundamentalen Fragen neu verhandeln - sonst tun es andere. Ein Weckruf, der uns ermutigt, den Status quo in Frage zu stellen und als progressiver Optimist das System nachhaltig zu verändern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wähl&amp;#039; mal wieder!: Das ABC des mündigen Bürgers by Jutta Förtsch, Ulrich Offenberg</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wähl&amp;#039; mal wieder!: Das ABC des mündigen Bürgers
Author: Jutta Förtsch, Ulrich Offenberg
Narrator: Oliver Luxenburger, Achim Höppner, Peter Bertram
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Demokratie - das heißt Freiheit, Recht und Verantwortung. Verantwortung heißt: Wählen! Wählen heißt: sich eine Meinung bilden, sich entscheiden. Richtig entscheiden heißt: sich zu informieren, Bescheid zu wissen über sein Land, seine Menschen, das politische Koordinatensystem, in dem jeder Bürger eine gleiche Stimme zur Mitsprache hat. Demokratie eben! Dieses Hörbuch macht Sie in 130 Minuten wieder fit als mündigen Bürger in unserem Lande. Es zeigt dessen steinigen Weg zur Demokratie, dem Wahlrecht für jedermann und -frau bis zur heutigen Verfassung, dem Föderalismus und zur Rolle der Parteien. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland ist nicht perfekt, aber der beste Staat, den wir jemals hatten. Wir: das Volk, der Souverän, den die Geschichte nicht oft nach seiner Meinung gefragt hat. Also: Informieren, Meinung bilden, wählen! Weil zur Freiheit die Verantwortung jedes einzelnen gehört.</description>
      <author>Jutta Förtsch, Ulrich Offenberg</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2005 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198014929.mp3" length="917302" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198014929.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wähl&amp;#039; mal wieder!: Das ABC des mündigen Bürgers
Author: Jutta Förtsch, Ulrich Offenberg
Narrator: Oliver Luxenburger, Achim Höppner, Peter Bertram
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Demokratie - das heißt Freiheit, Recht und Verantwortung. Verantwortung heißt: Wählen! Wählen heißt: sich eine Meinung bilden, sich entscheiden. Richtig entscheiden heißt: sich zu informieren, Bescheid zu wissen über sein Land, seine Menschen, das politische Koordinatensystem, in dem jeder Bürger eine gleiche Stimme zur Mitsprache hat. Demokratie eben! Dieses Hörbuch macht Sie in 130 Minuten wieder fit als mündigen Bürger in unserem Lande. Es zeigt dessen steinigen Weg zur Demokratie, dem Wahlrecht für jedermann und -frau bis zur heutigen Verfassung, dem Föderalismus und zur Rolle der Parteien. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland ist nicht perfekt, aber der beste Staat, den wir jemals hatten. Wir: das Volk, der Souverän, den die Geschichte nicht oft nach seiner Meinung gefragt hat. Also: Informieren, Meinung bilden, wählen! Weil zur Freiheit die Verantwortung jedes einzelnen gehört.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473295</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wähl&amp;#039; mal wieder!: Das ABC des mündigen Bürgers
Author: Jutta Förtsch, Ulrich Offenberg
Narrator: Oliver Luxenburger, Achim Höppner, Peter Bertram
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 11 minutes
Release date: September 12, 2005
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Demokratie - das heißt Freiheit, Recht und Verantwortung. Verantwortung heißt: Wählen! Wählen heißt: sich eine Meinung bilden, sich entscheiden. Richtig entscheiden heißt: sich zu informieren, Bescheid zu wissen über sein Land, seine Menschen, das politische Koordinatensystem, in dem jeder Bürger eine gleiche Stimme zur Mitsprache hat. Demokratie eben! Dieses Hörbuch macht Sie in 130 Minuten wieder fit als mündigen Bürger in unserem Lande. Es zeigt dessen steinigen Weg zur Demokratie, dem Wahlrecht für jedermann und -frau bis zur heutigen Verfassung, dem Föderalismus und zur Rolle der Parteien. Die Bundesrepublik Deutschland ist nicht perfekt, aber der beste Staat, den wir jemals hatten. Wir: das Volk, der Souverän, den die Geschichte nicht oft nach seiner Meinung gefragt hat. Also: Informieren, Meinung bilden, wählen! Weil zur Freiheit die Verantwortung jedes einzelnen gehört.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das RAF-Gespenst by Klaus Theweleit</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das RAF-Gespenst
Author: Klaus Theweleit
Narrator: Klaus Theweleit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Gespenst geht um in Deutschland - das Gespenst der RAF… Mit der Generation von Vietnam und SDS, mit der APO und ihren überhitzten theoretischen Endlos-Schleifen, den ersten Kommunarden und sexuellen Hochleistungsartisten, dem Zusammengehen von Kontrazeptiva und wildem Denken, erproben sich neue Formen des Sprechens und schließlich auch die Sprache der Gewalt. Als das Klima sich später verschärft, man das Reaktionäre, Überlebte mit Terror zu exorzieren versucht, werden die Aktionen zu wütenden Selbstläufern. Dem eigenen Dilemma von Sympathie und Verweigerung angesichts der hochgeputschten militanten Töne und paranoiden Zwischentöne der regiden Revolutionäre folgt Klaus Theweleit in seinen sehr persönlichen, durch die eigene Biografie angereicherten Analysen bis hin zu der Frage: Radikalismus der RAF und Radikalismus in der Kunst - was hat das miteinander zu tun? Worin liegt ihre gespenstische Schönheit, die Blässe des Todes und das Geheimnis dieses noch immer lebendigen Mythos?</description>
      <author>Klaus Theweleit</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863851378.mp3" length="905406" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863851378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das RAF-Gespenst
Author: Klaus Theweleit
Narrator: Klaus Theweleit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Gespenst geht um in Deutschland - das Gespenst der RAF… Mit der Generation von Vietnam und SDS, mit der APO und ihren überhitzten theoretischen Endlos-Schleifen, den ersten Kommunarden und sexuellen Hochleistungsartisten, dem Zusammengehen von Kontrazeptiva und wildem Denken, erproben sich neue Formen des Sprechens und schließlich auch die Sprache der Gewalt. Als das Klima sich später verschärft, man das Reaktionäre, Überlebte mit Terror zu exorzieren versucht, werden die Aktionen zu wütenden Selbstläufern. Dem eigenen Dilemma von Sympathie und Verweigerung angesichts der hochgeputschten militanten Töne und paranoiden Zwischentöne der regiden Revolutionäre folgt Klaus Theweleit in seinen sehr persönlichen, durch die eigene Biografie angereicherten Analysen bis hin zu der Frage: Radikalismus der RAF und Radikalismus in der Kunst - was hat das miteinander zu tun? Worin liegt ihre gespenstische Schönheit, die Blässe des Todes und das Geheimnis dieses noch immer lebendigen Mythos?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473267</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das RAF-Gespenst
Author: Klaus Theweleit
Narrator: Klaus Theweleit
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 10 minutes
Release date: August 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Gespenst geht um in Deutschland - das Gespenst der RAF… Mit der Generation von Vietnam und SDS, mit der APO und ihren überhitzten theoretischen Endlos-Schleifen, den ersten Kommunarden und sexuellen Hochleistungsartisten, dem Zusammengehen von Kontrazeptiva und wildem Denken, erproben sich neue Formen des Sprechens und schließlich auch die Sprache der Gewalt. Als das Klima sich später verschärft, man das Reaktionäre, Überlebte mit Terror zu exorzieren versucht, werden die Aktionen zu wütenden Selbstläufern. Dem eigenen Dilemma von Sympathie und Verweigerung angesichts der hochgeputschten militanten Töne und paranoiden Zwischentöne der regiden Revolutionäre folgt Klaus Theweleit in seinen sehr persönlichen, durch die eigene Biografie angereicherten Analysen bis hin zu der Frage: Radikalismus der RAF und Radikalismus in der Kunst - was hat das miteinander zu tun? Worin liegt ihre gespenstische Schönheit, die Blässe des Todes und das Geheimnis dieses noch immer lebendigen Mythos?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Schnauze, Alexa!: Ich kaufe nicht bei Amazon, Vorsicht! Dieses Buch liefert überzeugende Argumente by Johannes Bröckers</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnauze, Alexa!: Ich kaufe nicht bei Amazon, Vorsicht! Dieses Buch liefert überzeugende Argumente
Author: Johannes Bröckers
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fast alle kaufen bei Amazon – ist ja so bequem. Die Innenstädte veröden, die Straßen verstopfen und die Papiertonnen quellen über. Die Hersteller von qualitativen Waren werden ökonomisch ausgepresst, kopiert (Amazon produziert dann gleich günstiger selber) und die Konzentration auf allen Ebenen nimmt unaufhörlich zu. Und noch schlimmer: Alexa hört weltweit in allen Wohnstuben alles mit, auch die intimsten Informationen über uns kennt der weltweit größte Händler – und könnte heute schon entscheiden, was er uns morgen verkaufen will – noch fragt er uns vorher, aber bald kommt es von selber bei uns an. Amazon weiß ja auch, was wir gerne lesen und so rund um die Uhr auf unseren Amazon-Bildschirmen schauen, und wo wir dann das Buch aus Langeweile zuschlagen – da lässt man doch gleich leichter verdaubares schreiben und liefert dies an den inzwischen vollkommen unmündigen Konsumenten. Da hilft nur zu sagen &amp;#039;Schnauze, Alexa&amp;#039;!</description>
      <author>Johannes Bröckers</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 22 Nov 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664467973.mp3" length="898611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664467973.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnauze, Alexa!: Ich kaufe nicht bei Amazon, Vorsicht! Dieses Buch liefert überzeugende Argumente
Author: Johannes Bröckers
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fast alle kaufen bei Amazon – ist ja so bequem. Die Innenstädte veröden, die Straßen verstopfen und die Papiertonnen quellen über. Die Hersteller von qualitativen Waren werden ökonomisch ausgepresst, kopiert (Amazon produziert dann gleich günstiger selber) und die Konzentration auf allen Ebenen nimmt unaufhörlich zu. Und noch schlimmer: Alexa hört weltweit in allen Wohnstuben alles mit, auch die intimsten Informationen über uns kennt der weltweit größte Händler – und könnte heute schon entscheiden, was er uns morgen verkaufen will – noch fragt er uns vorher, aber bald kommt es von selber bei uns an. Amazon weiß ja auch, was wir gerne lesen und so rund um die Uhr auf unseren Amazon-Bildschirmen schauen, und wo wir dann das Buch aus Langeweile zuschlagen – da lässt man doch gleich leichter verdaubares schreiben und liefert dies an den inzwischen vollkommen unmündigen Konsumenten. Da hilft nur zu sagen &amp;#039;Schnauze, Alexa&amp;#039;!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473211</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Schnauze, Alexa!: Ich kaufe nicht bei Amazon, Vorsicht! Dieses Buch liefert überzeugende Argumente
Author: Johannes Bröckers
Narrator: Dominic Kolb
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 13 minutes
Release date: November 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fast alle kaufen bei Amazon – ist ja so bequem. Die Innenstädte veröden, die Straßen verstopfen und die Papiertonnen quellen über. Die Hersteller von qualitativen Waren werden ökonomisch ausgepresst, kopiert (Amazon produziert dann gleich günstiger selber) und die Konzentration auf allen Ebenen nimmt unaufhörlich zu. Und noch schlimmer: Alexa hört weltweit in allen Wohnstuben alles mit, auch die intimsten Informationen über uns kennt der weltweit größte Händler – und könnte heute schon entscheiden, was er uns morgen verkaufen will – noch fragt er uns vorher, aber bald kommt es von selber bei uns an. Amazon weiß ja auch, was wir gerne lesen und so rund um die Uhr auf unseren Amazon-Bildschirmen schauen, und wo wir dann das Buch aus Langeweile zuschlagen – da lässt man doch gleich leichter verdaubares schreiben und liefert dies an den inzwischen vollkommen unmündigen Konsumenten. Da hilft nur zu sagen &amp;#039;Schnauze, Alexa&amp;#039;!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Utopien für Realisten: Die Zeit ist reif für die 15-Stunden-Woche, offene Grenzen und das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen by Rutger Bregman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Utopien für Realisten: Die Zeit ist reif für die 15-Stunden-Woche, offene Grenzen und das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Stefan Lehnen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was sind heute die großen Ideen? Historischer Fortschritt basierte fast immer auf utopischen Ideen: Noch vor 100 Jahren hätte niemand für möglich gehalten, dass die Sklaverei abgeschafft oder die Demokratie wirklich existieren würde. Doch wie begegnen wir den Herausforderungen der modernen Arbeitswelt, des Familienlebens, des gesamten globalen Gefüges? Der niederländische Vordenker Rutger Bregman sagt: &amp;#039;Das wahre Problem unserer Zeit ist nicht, dass es uns nicht gut ginge oder dass es uns in Zukunft schlechter gehen könnte. Das wahre Problem ist, dass wir uns nichts Besseres vorstellen können.&amp;#039; Wir müssen es wagen, das Unmögliche zu denken, denn nur so finden wir Lösungen für die Probleme unserer Zeit. Bregman macht deutlich, warum das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen eine echte Option ist und inwiefern die 15-Stunden-Woche eine Antwort auf die Digitalisierung der Arbeit sein kann. &amp;#039;Alternativlos&amp;#039; ist für Bregman keine Option, sogar die Armut kann abgeschafft werden, wie er am Beispiel einer kanadischen Stadt zeigt. Bregmans Visionen sind inspirierend, seine Energie ist mitreißend; er zeigt: Utopien können schneller Realität werden, als wir denken.</description>
      <author>Rutger Bregman</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 20 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748401261.mp3" length="882773" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748401261.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Utopien für Realisten: Die Zeit ist reif für die 15-Stunden-Woche, offene Grenzen und das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Stefan Lehnen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was sind heute die großen Ideen? Historischer Fortschritt basierte fast immer auf utopischen Ideen: Noch vor 100 Jahren hätte niemand für möglich gehalten, dass die Sklaverei abgeschafft oder die Demokratie wirklich existieren würde. Doch wie begegnen wir den Herausforderungen der modernen Arbeitswelt, des Familienlebens, des gesamten globalen Gefüges? Der niederländische Vordenker Rutger Bregman sagt: &amp;#039;Das wahre Problem unserer Zeit ist nicht, dass es uns nicht gut ginge oder dass es uns in Zukunft schlechter gehen könnte. Das wahre Problem ist, dass wir uns nichts Besseres vorstellen können.&amp;#039; Wir müssen es wagen, das Unmögliche zu denken, denn nur so finden wir Lösungen für die Probleme unserer Zeit. Bregman macht deutlich, warum das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen eine echte Option ist und inwiefern die 15-Stunden-Woche eine Antwort auf die Digitalisierung der Arbeit sein kann. &amp;#039;Alternativlos&amp;#039; ist für Bregman keine Option, sogar die Armut kann abgeschafft werden, wie er am Beispiel einer kanadischen Stadt zeigt. Bregmans Visionen sind inspirierend, seine Energie ist mitreißend; er zeigt: Utopien können schneller Realität werden, als wir denken.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/473121</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Utopien für Realisten: Die Zeit ist reif für die 15-Stunden-Woche, offene Grenzen und das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen
Author: Rutger Bregman
Narrator: Stefan Lehnen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 0 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was sind heute die großen Ideen? Historischer Fortschritt basierte fast immer auf utopischen Ideen: Noch vor 100 Jahren hätte niemand für möglich gehalten, dass die Sklaverei abgeschafft oder die Demokratie wirklich existieren würde. Doch wie begegnen wir den Herausforderungen der modernen Arbeitswelt, des Familienlebens, des gesamten globalen Gefüges? Der niederländische Vordenker Rutger Bregman sagt: &amp;#039;Das wahre Problem unserer Zeit ist nicht, dass es uns nicht gut ginge oder dass es uns in Zukunft schlechter gehen könnte. Das wahre Problem ist, dass wir uns nichts Besseres vorstellen können.&amp;#039; Wir müssen es wagen, das Unmögliche zu denken, denn nur so finden wir Lösungen für die Probleme unserer Zeit. Bregman macht deutlich, warum das bedingungslose Grundeinkommen eine echte Option ist und inwiefern die 15-Stunden-Woche eine Antwort auf die Digitalisierung der Arbeit sein kann. &amp;#039;Alternativlos&amp;#039; ist für Bregman keine Option, sogar die Armut kann abgeschafft werden, wie er am Beispiel einer kanadischen Stadt zeigt. Bregmans Visionen sind inspirierend, seine Energie ist mitreißend; er zeigt: Utopien können schneller Realität werden, als wir denken.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die große Gereiztheit. Wege aus der kollektiven Erregung: Ungekürzte Lesung by Bernhard Pörksen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die große Gereiztheit. Wege aus der kollektiven Erregung: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Bernhard Pörksen
Narrator: Bernhard Pörksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Öffentliche Debatten werden immer aggressiver, Lügen verbreiten sich so leicht wie nie. Bernhard Pörksen beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Terrorwarnungen, Gerüchte, die Fake-News-Panik, Skandale und Spektakel in Echtzeit - die vernetzte Welt existiert längst in einer Stimmung der Nervosität und Gereiztheit. Bernhard Pörksen analysiert die Erregungsmuster des digitalen Zeitaltersund beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Er führt vor, wie sich unsere Idee von Wahrheit, die Dynamik von Enthüllungen und der Charakter von Debatten verändern. Heute ist jeder zum Sender geworden, der Einfluss etablierter Medien schwindet. In dieser Situation gehört der kluge Umgang mit Informationen zur Allgemeinbildung und sollte in der Schule gelehrt werden. Medienmündigkeit ist zur Existenzfrage der Demokratie geworden. Die gleichnamige Buchausgabe erscheint bei Hanser.</description>
      <author>Bernhard Pörksen</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4064066578084.mp3" length="836240" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4064066578084.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die große Gereiztheit. Wege aus der kollektiven Erregung: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Bernhard Pörksen
Narrator: Bernhard Pörksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Öffentliche Debatten werden immer aggressiver, Lügen verbreiten sich so leicht wie nie. Bernhard Pörksen beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Terrorwarnungen, Gerüchte, die Fake-News-Panik, Skandale und Spektakel in Echtzeit - die vernetzte Welt existiert längst in einer Stimmung der Nervosität und Gereiztheit. Bernhard Pörksen analysiert die Erregungsmuster des digitalen Zeitaltersund beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Er führt vor, wie sich unsere Idee von Wahrheit, die Dynamik von Enthüllungen und der Charakter von Debatten verändern. Heute ist jeder zum Sender geworden, der Einfluss etablierter Medien schwindet. In dieser Situation gehört der kluge Umgang mit Informationen zur Allgemeinbildung und sollte in der Schule gelehrt werden. Medienmündigkeit ist zur Existenzfrage der Demokratie geworden. Die gleichnamige Buchausgabe erscheint bei Hanser.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472912</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die große Gereiztheit. Wege aus der kollektiven Erregung: Ungekürzte Lesung
Author: Bernhard Pörksen
Narrator: Bernhard Pörksen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 53 minutes
Release date: June 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Öffentliche Debatten werden immer aggressiver, Lügen verbreiten sich so leicht wie nie. Bernhard Pörksen beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Terrorwarnungen, Gerüchte, die Fake-News-Panik, Skandale und Spektakel in Echtzeit - die vernetzte Welt existiert längst in einer Stimmung der Nervosität und Gereiztheit. Bernhard Pörksen analysiert die Erregungsmuster des digitalen Zeitaltersund beschreibt das große Geschäft mit der Desinformation. Er führt vor, wie sich unsere Idee von Wahrheit, die Dynamik von Enthüllungen und der Charakter von Debatten verändern. Heute ist jeder zum Sender geworden, der Einfluss etablierter Medien schwindet. In dieser Situation gehört der kluge Umgang mit Informationen zur Allgemeinbildung und sollte in der Schule gelehrt werden. Medienmündigkeit ist zur Existenzfrage der Demokratie geworden. Die gleichnamige Buchausgabe erscheint bei Hanser.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Märchen vom reichen Land: Wie die Politik uns ruiniert by Daniel Stelter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Märchen vom reichen Land: Wie die Politik uns ruiniert
Author: Daniel Stelter
Narrator: Andi Königsmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir leben in Deutschland in der scheinbar besten aller Welten, doch schon bald werden wir feststellen, dass wir nicht das reiche Land sind, das uns Medien und Politik glauben machen wollen. Denn der Boom der hiesigen Wirtschaft ist nicht unser Verdienst, sondern in erster Linie eine Folge der tiefen Zinsen, des schwachen Euro und des Verschuldungsexzesses im Rest der Welt. Um unseren Wohlstand zu sichern, müssten die regierenden Politiker den aktuellen Aufschwung nutzen, um in Infrastruktur, Bildung und Digitalisierung und somit in die Zukunft des Landes zu investieren. Doch stattdessen werfen sie das Geld für höhere Renten und Sozialausgaben zum Fenster raus. In seinem neuen Buch zeigt Daniel Stelter, einer der klarsten und profiliertesten Denker in Sachen Ökonomie: Wenn wir weitermachen wie bisher, wird nicht nur unsere Wirtschaftskraft in den kommenden Jahren rapide sinken, sondern nachfolgende Generationen werden die finanziellen Lasten, die uns heutige Politiker aufbürden, nicht stemmen können. Es droht der volkswirtschaftliche Kollaps. Doch der Bestsellerautor entlarvt nicht nur das Märchen vom &amp;#039;reichen Land&amp;#039; als eben solches, er zeigt auch konkrete Wege auf, wie wir dem Albtraumszenario entgehen können.</description>
      <author>Daniel Stelter</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 Feb 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783960924463.mp3" length="886621" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783960924463.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Märchen vom reichen Land: Wie die Politik uns ruiniert
Author: Daniel Stelter
Narrator: Andi Königsmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir leben in Deutschland in der scheinbar besten aller Welten, doch schon bald werden wir feststellen, dass wir nicht das reiche Land sind, das uns Medien und Politik glauben machen wollen. Denn der Boom der hiesigen Wirtschaft ist nicht unser Verdienst, sondern in erster Linie eine Folge der tiefen Zinsen, des schwachen Euro und des Verschuldungsexzesses im Rest der Welt. Um unseren Wohlstand zu sichern, müssten die regierenden Politiker den aktuellen Aufschwung nutzen, um in Infrastruktur, Bildung und Digitalisierung und somit in die Zukunft des Landes zu investieren. Doch stattdessen werfen sie das Geld für höhere Renten und Sozialausgaben zum Fenster raus. In seinem neuen Buch zeigt Daniel Stelter, einer der klarsten und profiliertesten Denker in Sachen Ökonomie: Wenn wir weitermachen wie bisher, wird nicht nur unsere Wirtschaftskraft in den kommenden Jahren rapide sinken, sondern nachfolgende Generationen werden die finanziellen Lasten, die uns heutige Politiker aufbürden, nicht stemmen können. Es droht der volkswirtschaftliche Kollaps. Doch der Bestsellerautor entlarvt nicht nur das Märchen vom &amp;#039;reichen Land&amp;#039; als eben solches, er zeigt auch konkrete Wege auf, wie wir dem Albtraumszenario entgehen können.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472666</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Märchen vom reichen Land: Wie die Politik uns ruiniert
Author: Daniel Stelter
Narrator: Andi Königsmann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 43 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wir leben in Deutschland in der scheinbar besten aller Welten, doch schon bald werden wir feststellen, dass wir nicht das reiche Land sind, das uns Medien und Politik glauben machen wollen. Denn der Boom der hiesigen Wirtschaft ist nicht unser Verdienst, sondern in erster Linie eine Folge der tiefen Zinsen, des schwachen Euro und des Verschuldungsexzesses im Rest der Welt. Um unseren Wohlstand zu sichern, müssten die regierenden Politiker den aktuellen Aufschwung nutzen, um in Infrastruktur, Bildung und Digitalisierung und somit in die Zukunft des Landes zu investieren. Doch stattdessen werfen sie das Geld für höhere Renten und Sozialausgaben zum Fenster raus. In seinem neuen Buch zeigt Daniel Stelter, einer der klarsten und profiliertesten Denker in Sachen Ökonomie: Wenn wir weitermachen wie bisher, wird nicht nur unsere Wirtschaftskraft in den kommenden Jahren rapide sinken, sondern nachfolgende Generationen werden die finanziellen Lasten, die uns heutige Politiker aufbürden, nicht stemmen können. Es droht der volkswirtschaftliche Kollaps. Doch der Bestsellerautor entlarvt nicht nur das Märchen vom &amp;#039;reichen Land&amp;#039; als eben solches, er zeigt auch konkrete Wege auf, wie wir dem Albtraumszenario entgehen können.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Uli das UFO Folge 1: Das Uforennen by Franziska Bruck, Fabian Bruck</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uli das UFO Folge 1: Das Uforennen
Series: #1 of Uli das UFO
Author: Franziska Bruck, Fabian Bruck
Narrator: Simon Koller, Werner Bruck, Tina Schlechter, Martin Gluschke, Markus Büttner, David Brey, Dirk-Oliver Lange, Stefan Müller-Doriat, Carolin Guhl, Sasha Bornemann, Fabian Bruck, Diana Gantner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Willkommen in der Welt von Triangelienius!   Habt Ihr euch nicht mal gefragt, ob wir alleine im Universum sind? Unzählig viele Galaxien, Planeten und Sonnen die da draußen Ihren Platz haben. Ich kann euch sagen, dass sind wir nicht! Hunderte Millionen von Lichtjahren von der Erde entfernt, gibt es einen kleinen Planten namens &amp;#039;Alienus&amp;#039; der unscheinbar seine Bahnen zieht. Ein bisschen ähnelt er unserer Erde, doch was sich auf dem Boden oder besser in der Luft abspielt ist irgendwie so ganz unmenschlich. Es ist irgendwie Außerirdisch. Ein Planet, besiedelt von seltsamen Wesen, Tieren und nicht zuletzt UFOS, wirkt irgendwie wie aus einem Sciencefiction Abenteuer, doch ist hier Alltag und pure Realität.&amp;#039;  Wie auch auf der Erde gibt es hier Jahreszeiten, Straßen und Ampeln, Landwirtschaft, Länder und unterschiedliche Sprachen. In einem kleinen Land, dort herrscht sogar noch ein König, passieren so ganz merkwürdige Dinge Tag für Tag und einer fühlt sich ganz entschlossen diesen Geschehnissen auf den Grund zu gehen. Prinz Uli von Triangel oder kurz &amp;#039;Uli das Ufo&amp;#039;. Ja ihr habt richtig gehört, Prinz Uli! Sein Vater, Gerhard von Triangel der IV ist herrschender König von &amp;#039;Triangelienius&amp;#039;, so heißt nämlich dieses Land! Etwas schwer auszusprechen, nicht?!</description>
      <author>Franziska Bruck, Fabian Bruck</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Jan 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707224553.mp3" length="961954" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707224553.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uli das UFO Folge 1: Das Uforennen
Series: #1 of Uli das UFO
Author: Franziska Bruck, Fabian Bruck
Narrator: Simon Koller, Werner Bruck, Tina Schlechter, Martin Gluschke, Markus Büttner, David Brey, Dirk-Oliver Lange, Stefan Müller-Doriat, Carolin Guhl, Sasha Bornemann, Fabian Bruck, Diana Gantner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Willkommen in der Welt von Triangelienius!   Habt Ihr euch nicht mal gefragt, ob wir alleine im Universum sind? Unzählig viele Galaxien, Planeten und Sonnen die da draußen Ihren Platz haben. Ich kann euch sagen, dass sind wir nicht! Hunderte Millionen von Lichtjahren von der Erde entfernt, gibt es einen kleinen Planten namens &amp;#039;Alienus&amp;#039; der unscheinbar seine Bahnen zieht. Ein bisschen ähnelt er unserer Erde, doch was sich auf dem Boden oder besser in der Luft abspielt ist irgendwie so ganz unmenschlich. Es ist irgendwie Außerirdisch. Ein Planet, besiedelt von seltsamen Wesen, Tieren und nicht zuletzt UFOS, wirkt irgendwie wie aus einem Sciencefiction Abenteuer, doch ist hier Alltag und pure Realität.&amp;#039;  Wie auch auf der Erde gibt es hier Jahreszeiten, Straßen und Ampeln, Landwirtschaft, Länder und unterschiedliche Sprachen. In einem kleinen Land, dort herrscht sogar noch ein König, passieren so ganz merkwürdige Dinge Tag für Tag und einer fühlt sich ganz entschlossen diesen Geschehnissen auf den Grund zu gehen. Prinz Uli von Triangel oder kurz &amp;#039;Uli das Ufo&amp;#039;. Ja ihr habt richtig gehört, Prinz Uli! Sein Vater, Gerhard von Triangel der IV ist herrschender König von &amp;#039;Triangelienius&amp;#039;, so heißt nämlich dieses Land! Etwas schwer auszusprechen, nicht?!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472276</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uli das UFO Folge 1: Das Uforennen
Series: #1 of Uli das UFO
Author: Franziska Bruck, Fabian Bruck
Narrator: Simon Koller, Werner Bruck, Tina Schlechter, Martin Gluschke, Markus Büttner, David Brey, Dirk-Oliver Lange, Stefan Müller-Doriat, Carolin Guhl, Sasha Bornemann, Fabian Bruck, Diana Gantner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 5 minutes
Release date: January 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Willkommen in der Welt von Triangelienius!   Habt Ihr euch nicht mal gefragt, ob wir alleine im Universum sind? Unzählig viele Galaxien, Planeten und Sonnen die da draußen Ihren Platz haben. Ich kann euch sagen, dass sind wir nicht! Hunderte Millionen von Lichtjahren von der Erde entfernt, gibt es einen kleinen Planten namens &amp;#039;Alienus&amp;#039; der unscheinbar seine Bahnen zieht. Ein bisschen ähnelt er unserer Erde, doch was sich auf dem Boden oder besser in der Luft abspielt ist irgendwie so ganz unmenschlich. Es ist irgendwie Außerirdisch. Ein Planet, besiedelt von seltsamen Wesen, Tieren und nicht zuletzt UFOS, wirkt irgendwie wie aus einem Sciencefiction Abenteuer, doch ist hier Alltag und pure Realität.&amp;#039;  Wie auch auf der Erde gibt es hier Jahreszeiten, Straßen und Ampeln, Landwirtschaft, Länder und unterschiedliche Sprachen. In einem kleinen Land, dort herrscht sogar noch ein König, passieren so ganz merkwürdige Dinge Tag für Tag und einer fühlt sich ganz entschlossen diesen Geschehnissen auf den Grund zu gehen. Prinz Uli von Triangel oder kurz &amp;#039;Uli das Ufo&amp;#039;. Ja ihr habt richtig gehört, Prinz Uli! Sein Vater, Gerhard von Triangel der IV ist herrschender König von &amp;#039;Triangelienius&amp;#039;, so heißt nämlich dieses Land! Etwas schwer auszusprechen, nicht?!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Über menschliche Freiheit: Vorlesung by Julian Nida-Rümelin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über menschliche Freiheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unser Gefühl frei zu sein, Entscheidungen nach Abwägung des Für und Wider zu treffen und dann auch dafür die Verantwortung zu tragen, Autoren unseres Lebens zu sein, wird heute von einigen Neurowissenschaftlern, aber von je her von Deterministen unterschiedlicher Couleur, als eine Illusion bezeichnet. Julian Nida-Rümelin entwickelt in diesem Vortrag Gedanken zur menschlichen Freiheit, die unserer lebensweltlichen Praxis entsprechen und mit wissenschaftlichen Forschungsergebnissen vereinbar sind. Theoretische Gründe für Überzeugungen und praktische Gründe für Handlungen spielen ein zentrale Rolle. Beide Typen von Gründen haben die gleiche logische Form und beide lassen sich nicht naturalisieren. Die hier entwickelte Freiheitskonzeption fügt sich gut in ein komplexes und mehrstufiges wissenschaftliches Weltbild ein, zu dem die Physik, die Biologie, die Neurowissenschaft und die Philosophie heute wichtige und komplementäre Teile beisteuern.</description>
      <author>Julian Nida-Rümelin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2009 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198038253.mp3" length="929291" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198038253.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über menschliche Freiheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unser Gefühl frei zu sein, Entscheidungen nach Abwägung des Für und Wider zu treffen und dann auch dafür die Verantwortung zu tragen, Autoren unseres Lebens zu sein, wird heute von einigen Neurowissenschaftlern, aber von je her von Deterministen unterschiedlicher Couleur, als eine Illusion bezeichnet. Julian Nida-Rümelin entwickelt in diesem Vortrag Gedanken zur menschlichen Freiheit, die unserer lebensweltlichen Praxis entsprechen und mit wissenschaftlichen Forschungsergebnissen vereinbar sind. Theoretische Gründe für Überzeugungen und praktische Gründe für Handlungen spielen ein zentrale Rolle. Beide Typen von Gründen haben die gleiche logische Form und beide lassen sich nicht naturalisieren. Die hier entwickelte Freiheitskonzeption fügt sich gut in ein komplexes und mehrstufiges wissenschaftliches Weltbild ein, zu dem die Physik, die Biologie, die Neurowissenschaft und die Philosophie heute wichtige und komplementäre Teile beisteuern.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472163</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Über menschliche Freiheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 2 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unser Gefühl frei zu sein, Entscheidungen nach Abwägung des Für und Wider zu treffen und dann auch dafür die Verantwortung zu tragen, Autoren unseres Lebens zu sein, wird heute von einigen Neurowissenschaftlern, aber von je her von Deterministen unterschiedlicher Couleur, als eine Illusion bezeichnet. Julian Nida-Rümelin entwickelt in diesem Vortrag Gedanken zur menschlichen Freiheit, die unserer lebensweltlichen Praxis entsprechen und mit wissenschaftlichen Forschungsergebnissen vereinbar sind. Theoretische Gründe für Überzeugungen und praktische Gründe für Handlungen spielen ein zentrale Rolle. Beide Typen von Gründen haben die gleiche logische Form und beide lassen sich nicht naturalisieren. Die hier entwickelte Freiheitskonzeption fügt sich gut in ein komplexes und mehrstufiges wissenschaftliches Weltbild ein, zu dem die Physik, die Biologie, die Neurowissenschaft und die Philosophie heute wichtige und komplementäre Teile beisteuern.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Sachsen - Wenn Rechte nach der Macht greifen: Die schlei­chen­de Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sachsen - Wenn Rechte nach der Macht greifen: Die schlei­chen­de Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Chemnitz bedrohen Neonazis und Hooligans Aus­län­der.  Die Hem­mungs­lo­sig­keit, mit der Neo­na­zis und ihre bür­ger­li­chen Sym­pa­thi­san­ten im Sommer 2018 die Stra­ße er­obern und eine Po­grom­stim­mung ent­fach­en ist die Fol­ge ei­ner schlei­chen­den Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit. Politiker wollen härter gegen Radikale vorgehen und wirken doch hilflos.  All das gibt eine Ahnung davon, was passiert, wenn Rechte an Macht gewinnen. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2018.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Sep 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664446107.mp3" length="885156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664446107.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sachsen - Wenn Rechte nach der Macht greifen: Die schlei­chen­de Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Chemnitz bedrohen Neonazis und Hooligans Aus­län­der.  Die Hem­mungs­lo­sig­keit, mit der Neo­na­zis und ihre bür­ger­li­chen Sym­pa­thi­san­ten im Sommer 2018 die Stra­ße er­obern und eine Po­grom­stim­mung ent­fach­en ist die Fol­ge ei­ner schlei­chen­den Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit. Politiker wollen härter gegen Radikale vorgehen und wirken doch hilflos.  All das gibt eine Ahnung davon, was passiert, wenn Rechte an Macht gewinnen. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2018.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/472164</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Sachsen - Wenn Rechte nach der Macht greifen: Die schlei­chen­de Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Der Spiegel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 57 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Chemnitz bedrohen Neonazis und Hooligans Aus­län­der.  Die Hem­mungs­lo­sig­keit, mit der Neo­na­zis und ihre bür­ger­li­chen Sym­pa­thi­san­ten im Sommer 2018 die Stra­ße er­obern und eine Po­grom­stim­mung ent­fach­en ist die Fol­ge ei­ner schlei­chen­den Wie­der­an­nä­he­rung Deutsch­lands an sei­ne brau­ne Ver­gan­gen­heit. Politiker wollen härter gegen Radikale vorgehen und wirken doch hilflos.  All das gibt eine Ahnung davon, was passiert, wenn Rechte an Macht gewinnen. Dies ist die Vertonung der Titelgeschichte zur SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2018.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wirtschaftsstrafrecht: Recht by Klaus Volk</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wirtschaftsstrafrecht: Recht
Author: Klaus Volk
Narrator: Klaus Volk
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Skandale ohne Ende: Korruption, verbotene Absprachen, dubiose Bankgeschäfte, Betrug und Untreue, Lug und Trug überall? Wirtschaftskriminalität: Was kennzeichnet sie und was macht sie so gefährlich? Der Staat bekämpft sie energisch und wartet nicht mehr, bis ein Schaden eingetreten ist. Neue Gesetze: Sie haben die Strafbarkeit weit in das Vorfeld verlagert und bestrafen bereits riskantes Verhalten. Gefährdungsdelikte: Wo aber ist die Grenze zwischen dem Mut zum Risiko, der belohnt werden soll, und dem kriminell riskanten Tun? Vorsatz und Fahrlässigkeit: Eine schwierige Unterscheidung, von der es abhängt, ob der Staatsanwalt kommt. Darf man auch Übermut und Leichtsinn im Wirtschaftsleben bestrafen? Strafe gegen Unternehmen: Noch gibt es sie in Deutschland nicht. Brauchen wir das? Organisiertes Verbrechen: Das ist eine andere Dimension, und nicht jede organisierte Straftat gehört dazu. Verbrechen lohnt sich nicht: Wie man es nimmt. Über das Gute im Schlechten, Geld und Moral.</description>
      <author>Klaus Volk</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2008 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198064504.mp3" length="947086" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198064504.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wirtschaftsstrafrecht: Recht
Author: Klaus Volk
Narrator: Klaus Volk
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Skandale ohne Ende: Korruption, verbotene Absprachen, dubiose Bankgeschäfte, Betrug und Untreue, Lug und Trug überall? Wirtschaftskriminalität: Was kennzeichnet sie und was macht sie so gefährlich? Der Staat bekämpft sie energisch und wartet nicht mehr, bis ein Schaden eingetreten ist. Neue Gesetze: Sie haben die Strafbarkeit weit in das Vorfeld verlagert und bestrafen bereits riskantes Verhalten. Gefährdungsdelikte: Wo aber ist die Grenze zwischen dem Mut zum Risiko, der belohnt werden soll, und dem kriminell riskanten Tun? Vorsatz und Fahrlässigkeit: Eine schwierige Unterscheidung, von der es abhängt, ob der Staatsanwalt kommt. Darf man auch Übermut und Leichtsinn im Wirtschaftsleben bestrafen? Strafe gegen Unternehmen: Noch gibt es sie in Deutschland nicht. Brauchen wir das? Organisiertes Verbrechen: Das ist eine andere Dimension, und nicht jede organisierte Straftat gehört dazu. Verbrechen lohnt sich nicht: Wie man es nimmt. Über das Gute im Schlechten, Geld und Moral.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471847</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wirtschaftsstrafrecht: Recht
Author: Klaus Volk
Narrator: Klaus Volk
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: June 26, 2008
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Skandale ohne Ende: Korruption, verbotene Absprachen, dubiose Bankgeschäfte, Betrug und Untreue, Lug und Trug überall? Wirtschaftskriminalität: Was kennzeichnet sie und was macht sie so gefährlich? Der Staat bekämpft sie energisch und wartet nicht mehr, bis ein Schaden eingetreten ist. Neue Gesetze: Sie haben die Strafbarkeit weit in das Vorfeld verlagert und bestrafen bereits riskantes Verhalten. Gefährdungsdelikte: Wo aber ist die Grenze zwischen dem Mut zum Risiko, der belohnt werden soll, und dem kriminell riskanten Tun? Vorsatz und Fahrlässigkeit: Eine schwierige Unterscheidung, von der es abhängt, ob der Staatsanwalt kommt. Darf man auch Übermut und Leichtsinn im Wirtschaftsleben bestrafen? Strafe gegen Unternehmen: Noch gibt es sie in Deutschland nicht. Brauchen wir das? Organisiertes Verbrechen: Das ist eine andere Dimension, und nicht jede organisierte Straftat gehört dazu. Verbrechen lohnt sich nicht: Wie man es nimmt. Über das Gute im Schlechten, Geld und Moral.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Europäische Integration: Politikwissenschaft by Werner Weidenfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Europäische Integration: Politikwissenschaft
Author: Werner Weidenfeld
Narrator: Werner Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
GESCHICHTE:  Am Anfang standen Krieg, Verwüstung, Leid. Plötzlich machen sich einige Staaten Europas auf, ihre Zukunft gemeinsam zu gestalten. Entlang welcher Leitbilder entwerfen sie dieses Projekt ohne Vorlage? Was sind die wichtigsten Stationen der europäischen Einigung? INSTITUTIONEN:  Die politischen Systeme der Nationalstaaten sind vielen von uns ein Begriff. In der Europäischen Union aber wird überstaatlich regiert. Welche Institutionen gibt es und was sind ihre Aufgaben? Was hat die EU-Verfassung mit all dem zu tun? ENTSCHEIDUNGSPROZESSE:  Die Europäische Union hat schon heute 27 Mitglieder. Trotz vieler Gemeinsamkeiten hat jedes Land eigene Interessen und Ideen. Wie können diese unter einen Hut gebracht werden? Die Entscheidungsverfahren spielen deshalb eine besondere Rolle. Wie funktionieren sie in der Europäischen Union? Wie können sie weiter verbessert werden? ZUKUNFT:  Die Europäische Einigung lässt sich nur aus unserer gemeinsamen Geschichte verstehen. Aber sie ist vor allem eine Aufgabe für die kommenden Jahre und Jahrzehnte. Wo liegt die Zukunft der europäischen Einigung?</description>
      <author>Werner Weidenfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Nov 2007 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198024331.mp3" length="947132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198024331.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Europäische Integration: Politikwissenschaft
Author: Werner Weidenfeld
Narrator: Werner Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
GESCHICHTE:  Am Anfang standen Krieg, Verwüstung, Leid. Plötzlich machen sich einige Staaten Europas auf, ihre Zukunft gemeinsam zu gestalten. Entlang welcher Leitbilder entwerfen sie dieses Projekt ohne Vorlage? Was sind die wichtigsten Stationen der europäischen Einigung? INSTITUTIONEN:  Die politischen Systeme der Nationalstaaten sind vielen von uns ein Begriff. In der Europäischen Union aber wird überstaatlich regiert. Welche Institutionen gibt es und was sind ihre Aufgaben? Was hat die EU-Verfassung mit all dem zu tun? ENTSCHEIDUNGSPROZESSE:  Die Europäische Union hat schon heute 27 Mitglieder. Trotz vieler Gemeinsamkeiten hat jedes Land eigene Interessen und Ideen. Wie können diese unter einen Hut gebracht werden? Die Entscheidungsverfahren spielen deshalb eine besondere Rolle. Wie funktionieren sie in der Europäischen Union? Wie können sie weiter verbessert werden? ZUKUNFT:  Die Europäische Einigung lässt sich nur aus unserer gemeinsamen Geschichte verstehen. Aber sie ist vor allem eine Aufgabe für die kommenden Jahre und Jahrzehnte. Wo liegt die Zukunft der europäischen Einigung?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Europäische Integration: Politikwissenschaft
Author: Werner Weidenfeld
Narrator: Werner Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
GESCHICHTE:  Am Anfang standen Krieg, Verwüstung, Leid. Plötzlich machen sich einige Staaten Europas auf, ihre Zukunft gemeinsam zu gestalten. Entlang welcher Leitbilder entwerfen sie dieses Projekt ohne Vorlage? Was sind die wichtigsten Stationen der europäischen Einigung? INSTITUTIONEN:  Die politischen Systeme der Nationalstaaten sind vielen von uns ein Begriff. In der Europäischen Union aber wird überstaatlich regiert. Welche Institutionen gibt es und was sind ihre Aufgaben? Was hat die EU-Verfassung mit all dem zu tun? ENTSCHEIDUNGSPROZESSE:  Die Europäische Union hat schon heute 27 Mitglieder. Trotz vieler Gemeinsamkeiten hat jedes Land eigene Interessen und Ideen. Wie können diese unter einen Hut gebracht werden? Die Entscheidungsverfahren spielen deshalb eine besondere Rolle. Wie funktionieren sie in der Europäischen Union? Wie können sie weiter verbessert werden? ZUKUNFT:  Die Europäische Einigung lässt sich nur aus unserer gemeinsamen Geschichte verstehen. Aber sie ist vor allem eine Aufgabe für die kommenden Jahre und Jahrzehnte. Wo liegt die Zukunft der europäischen Einigung?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Antike und moderne Demokratie by Michael Stahl</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Antike und moderne Demokratie
Author: Michael Stahl
Narrator: Michael Stahl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hat die griechische Demokratie einen Platz im modernen Geschichtsbewußtsein? Wie könnte die Brücke aussehen, über die der Historiker von seiner politischen Gegenwartserfahrung aus zu den alten Athenern gelangt? Vom Selbstverständnis der modernen Demokratie aus betrachtet, erscheint die politische Ordnung Athens in klassischer Zeit als etwas weitgehend Fremdes: Der die beiden Epochen trennende Graben scheint nicht überbrückbar zu sein. Man kann jedoch die Wesenszüge der griechischen Demokratie mit den unübersehbaren Problemen und Schwierigkeiten der modernen Demokratie konfrontieren. Deren Hintergründe werden dann deutlicher, und es eröffnen sich Perspektiven für Weiterentwicklung und Wandel.</description>
      <author>Michael Stahl</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Mar 2012 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198058541.mp3" length="870395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198058541.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Antike und moderne Demokratie
Author: Michael Stahl
Narrator: Michael Stahl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hat die griechische Demokratie einen Platz im modernen Geschichtsbewußtsein? Wie könnte die Brücke aussehen, über die der Historiker von seiner politischen Gegenwartserfahrung aus zu den alten Athenern gelangt? Vom Selbstverständnis der modernen Demokratie aus betrachtet, erscheint die politische Ordnung Athens in klassischer Zeit als etwas weitgehend Fremdes: Der die beiden Epochen trennende Graben scheint nicht überbrückbar zu sein. Man kann jedoch die Wesenszüge der griechischen Demokratie mit den unübersehbaren Problemen und Schwierigkeiten der modernen Demokratie konfrontieren. Deren Hintergründe werden dann deutlicher, und es eröffnen sich Perspektiven für Weiterentwicklung und Wandel.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471802</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Antike und moderne Demokratie
Author: Michael Stahl
Narrator: Michael Stahl
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: March 12, 2012
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Hat die griechische Demokratie einen Platz im modernen Geschichtsbewußtsein? Wie könnte die Brücke aussehen, über die der Historiker von seiner politischen Gegenwartserfahrung aus zu den alten Athenern gelangt? Vom Selbstverständnis der modernen Demokratie aus betrachtet, erscheint die politische Ordnung Athens in klassischer Zeit als etwas weitgehend Fremdes: Der die beiden Epochen trennende Graben scheint nicht überbrückbar zu sein. Man kann jedoch die Wesenszüge der griechischen Demokratie mit den unübersehbaren Problemen und Schwierigkeiten der modernen Demokratie konfrontieren. Deren Hintergründe werden dann deutlicher, und es eröffnen sich Perspektiven für Weiterentwicklung und Wandel.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Familie und Recht: Recht by Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Familie und Recht: Recht
Author: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Narrator: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Grundgesetz geht von der Ehe und der Familie als Keimzelle der Gesellschaft aus. Sie geben die bestmögliche Garantie für das Wohl der Kinder und bieten das ideale Umfeld für ihr Heranwachsen. Die sich daraus ergebenden Fragestellungen werden verständlich und alltagsnah erläutert: - Was hat Staat mit Familie zu tun? - Warum mischt sich der Staat in unseren Privatbereich ein?  - Wer ist gemeint, wenn die Rechtsordnung von &amp;#039;Familie&amp;#039; spricht? - Was heißt das für nichteheliche Lebensgemeinschaften oder für dauerhafte gleichgeschlechtliche Beziehungen? - Was ist gemeint mit Ehe - Verwandtschaft - Vormundschaft und Rechtlicher Betreuung? - Welche Gesetze bestimmen unser Familienleben? - Was beinhaltet das Familienrecht im einzelnen?</description>
      <author>Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Nov 2007 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198024324.mp3" length="927875" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198024324.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Familie und Recht: Recht
Author: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Narrator: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Grundgesetz geht von der Ehe und der Familie als Keimzelle der Gesellschaft aus. Sie geben die bestmögliche Garantie für das Wohl der Kinder und bieten das ideale Umfeld für ihr Heranwachsen. Die sich daraus ergebenden Fragestellungen werden verständlich und alltagsnah erläutert: - Was hat Staat mit Familie zu tun? - Warum mischt sich der Staat in unseren Privatbereich ein?  - Wer ist gemeint, wenn die Rechtsordnung von &amp;#039;Familie&amp;#039; spricht? - Was heißt das für nichteheliche Lebensgemeinschaften oder für dauerhafte gleichgeschlechtliche Beziehungen? - Was ist gemeint mit Ehe - Verwandtschaft - Vormundschaft und Rechtlicher Betreuung? - Welche Gesetze bestimmen unser Familienleben? - Was beinhaltet das Familienrecht im einzelnen?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471782</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Familie und Recht: Recht
Author: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Narrator: Gabriele Kokott-Weidenfeld
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 59 minutes
Release date: November 21, 2007
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Grundgesetz geht von der Ehe und der Familie als Keimzelle der Gesellschaft aus. Sie geben die bestmögliche Garantie für das Wohl der Kinder und bieten das ideale Umfeld für ihr Heranwachsen. Die sich daraus ergebenden Fragestellungen werden verständlich und alltagsnah erläutert: - Was hat Staat mit Familie zu tun? - Warum mischt sich der Staat in unseren Privatbereich ein?  - Wer ist gemeint, wenn die Rechtsordnung von &amp;#039;Familie&amp;#039; spricht? - Was heißt das für nichteheliche Lebensgemeinschaften oder für dauerhafte gleichgeschlechtliche Beziehungen? - Was ist gemeint mit Ehe - Verwandtschaft - Vormundschaft und Rechtlicher Betreuung? - Welche Gesetze bestimmen unser Familienleben? - Was beinhaltet das Familienrecht im einzelnen?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Weltkrieg um Aleppo: Droht eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington? by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weltkrieg um Aleppo: Droht eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Assad-Regime und seine russischen Verbündeten bombardieren die größte Stadt des Landes - und Irans Söldnertruppen bereiten ihre Erstürmung vor. Droht nun eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 41/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Oct 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664062161.mp3" length="882609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664062161.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weltkrieg um Aleppo: Droht eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Assad-Regime und seine russischen Verbündeten bombardieren die größte Stadt des Landes - und Irans Söldnertruppen bereiten ihre Erstürmung vor. Droht nun eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 41/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Weltkrieg um Aleppo: Droht eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Assad-Regime und seine russischen Verbündeten bombardieren die größte Stadt des Landes - und Irans Söldnertruppen bereiten ihre Erstürmung vor. Droht nun eine Eskalation zwischen Moskau und Washington? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 41/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch?: Die Kanzlerin und ihr Seehofer: Eine eitle Feindschaft wird zur Gefahr für das Land. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch?: Die Kanzlerin und ihr Seehofer: Eine eitle Feindschaft wird zur Gefahr für das Land.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie war die Kluft zwischen CDU und CSU so tief. Es ist die Geschichte einer Entfremdung,die schleichend begann und die nun, durch die Flüchtlingskrise, in aller Schonungslosigkeit offengelegt wird. Sie offenbart aber auch die Schwächen zweier Parteiführer: Merkel, die anfangs fremd war in ihrer Partei und die sie nun inhaltlich so auf sich ausgerichtet hat, dass die CDU nur noch ein klappriges Gerüst ist, das ihre Kanzlerschaft trägt. Und Seehofer, der nie ganz herausgefunden hat aus seiner Rolle als bayerischer Lokalpolitiker und der nun verzweifelt gegen die Weltpolitikerin Merkel ankämpft. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 23/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Jun 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664046222.mp3" length="839016" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664046222.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch?: Die Kanzlerin und ihr Seehofer: Eine eitle Feindschaft wird zur Gefahr für das Land.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie war die Kluft zwischen CDU und CSU so tief. Es ist die Geschichte einer Entfremdung,die schleichend begann und die nun, durch die Flüchtlingskrise, in aller Schonungslosigkeit offengelegt wird. Sie offenbart aber auch die Schwächen zweier Parteiführer: Merkel, die anfangs fremd war in ihrer Partei und die sie nun inhaltlich so auf sich ausgerichtet hat, dass die CDU nur noch ein klappriges Gerüst ist, das ihre Kanzlerschaft trägt. Und Seehofer, der nie ganz herausgefunden hat aus seiner Rolle als bayerischer Lokalpolitiker und der nun verzweifelt gegen die Weltpolitikerin Merkel ankämpft. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 23/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471520</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Geht&amp;#039;s noch?: Die Kanzlerin und ihr Seehofer: Eine eitle Feindschaft wird zur Gefahr für das Land.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: June  3, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie war die Kluft zwischen CDU und CSU so tief. Es ist die Geschichte einer Entfremdung,die schleichend begann und die nun, durch die Flüchtlingskrise, in aller Schonungslosigkeit offengelegt wird. Sie offenbart aber auch die Schwächen zweier Parteiführer: Merkel, die anfangs fremd war in ihrer Partei und die sie nun inhaltlich so auf sich ausgerichtet hat, dass die CDU nur noch ein klappriges Gerüst ist, das ihre Kanzlerschaft trägt. Und Seehofer, der nie ganz herausgefunden hat aus seiner Rolle als bayerischer Lokalpolitiker und der nun verzweifelt gegen die Weltpolitikerin Merkel ankämpft. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 23/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Strategen des Terrors - Wie der &amp;#039;IS&amp;#039; seinen Krieg nach Europa trägt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strategen des Terrors - Wie der &amp;#039;IS&amp;#039; seinen Krieg nach Europa trägt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorismus - Das Abenteuer Gewalt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur. Der &amp;#039;Islamische Staat&amp;#039; griff am 13.11.2015 erstmals mitten in einer europäischen Hauptstadt an. Auch in Zukunft wollen westliche Dschihadisten den Krieg aus Syrien zurück in die alte Heimat tragen. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 28 Nov 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664032843.mp3" length="853609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664032843.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strategen des Terrors - Wie der &amp;#039;IS&amp;#039; seinen Krieg nach Europa trägt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorismus - Das Abenteuer Gewalt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur. Der &amp;#039;Islamische Staat&amp;#039; griff am 13.11.2015 erstmals mitten in einer europäischen Hauptstadt an. Auch in Zukunft wollen westliche Dschihadisten den Krieg aus Syrien zurück in die alte Heimat tragen. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471527</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Strategen des Terrors - Wie der &amp;#039;IS&amp;#039; seinen Krieg nach Europa trägt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 43 minutes
Release date: November 28, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Terrorismus - Das Abenteuer Gewalt: Die Anschläge von Paris markieren eine Zäsur. Der &amp;#039;Islamische Staat&amp;#039; griff am 13.11.2015 erstmals mitten in einer europäischen Hauptstadt an. Auch in Zukunft wollen westliche Dschihadisten den Krieg aus Syrien zurück in die alte Heimat tragen. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 49/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der Wert des Lebens: Vorlesung by Julian Nida-Rümelin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wert des Lebens: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Welchen Wert hat individuelles, menschliches Leben? Zunächst steht die subjektive Perspektive, in der wir Risiken für unser Leben eingehen und damit implizit eine Bewertung vornehmen. Diese subjektive Perspektive ist allerdings mit einer ganzen Reihe von Problemen verbunden, darunter dem, was überhaupt als vergleichbar gelten kann. Dem wird eine objektive Perspektive gegenüber gestellt, wonach das menschliche Leben extern betrachtet einen bestimmten Wert habe, was ebenfalls zu Aporien führt. Aufgrund dieses negativen Ergebnisses plädiert dann der Referent für eine deontologische Konzeption, die nicht auf den Wert des Lebens selbst, sondern auf die Regeln des Umgangs mit individuellem menschlichen Leben Wert legt, wobei die Autonomie der einzelnen Person, ihre Autoreigenschaft und Eigenverantwortung im Mittelpunkt stehen.</description>
      <author>Julian Nida-Rümelin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2009 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198038239.mp3" length="943085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198038239.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wert des Lebens: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Welchen Wert hat individuelles, menschliches Leben? Zunächst steht die subjektive Perspektive, in der wir Risiken für unser Leben eingehen und damit implizit eine Bewertung vornehmen. Diese subjektive Perspektive ist allerdings mit einer ganzen Reihe von Problemen verbunden, darunter dem, was überhaupt als vergleichbar gelten kann. Dem wird eine objektive Perspektive gegenüber gestellt, wonach das menschliche Leben extern betrachtet einen bestimmten Wert habe, was ebenfalls zu Aporien führt. Aufgrund dieses negativen Ergebnisses plädiert dann der Referent für eine deontologische Konzeption, die nicht auf den Wert des Lebens selbst, sondern auf die Regeln des Umgangs mit individuellem menschlichen Leben Wert legt, wobei die Autonomie der einzelnen Person, ihre Autoreigenschaft und Eigenverantwortung im Mittelpunkt stehen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471490</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der Wert des Lebens: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Welchen Wert hat individuelles, menschliches Leben? Zunächst steht die subjektive Perspektive, in der wir Risiken für unser Leben eingehen und damit implizit eine Bewertung vornehmen. Diese subjektive Perspektive ist allerdings mit einer ganzen Reihe von Problemen verbunden, darunter dem, was überhaupt als vergleichbar gelten kann. Dem wird eine objektive Perspektive gegenüber gestellt, wonach das menschliche Leben extern betrachtet einen bestimmten Wert habe, was ebenfalls zu Aporien führt. Aufgrund dieses negativen Ergebnisses plädiert dann der Referent für eine deontologische Konzeption, die nicht auf den Wert des Lebens selbst, sondern auf die Regeln des Umgangs mit individuellem menschlichen Leben Wert legt, wobei die Autonomie der einzelnen Person, ihre Autoreigenschaft und Eigenverantwortung im Mittelpunkt stehen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Charlies Geheimnis: Luisa entdeckt den Mond by Angelika Grothues</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Charlies Geheimnis: Luisa entdeckt den Mond
Author: Angelika Grothues
Narrator: Paula Hammacher, Julia Hammacher, Barbara Hammacher, Thomas Müskens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Luisa verbringt die Osterferien zum ersten Mal ohne Mama und Papa bei ihren Großeltern auf dem Land. Die geben sich große Mühe, das anfängliche Heimweh ihrer Enkelin zu vertreiben. Vor allem Opa Hannes versucht alles, um Luisa aufzumuntern. Er verspricht ihr viele Ausflüge und spannende Geschichten aus der Natur, vom Nachthimmel, dem Mond und den Sternen. Als er schließlich einen alten, schäbigen Teddybären vom Speicher holt, beginnt für Luisa ein höchst aufregendes Ferienabenteuer.   Eine spannende Mondgeschichte nach dem gleichnamigen Buch von Angelika Grothues, für Kinder ab 5 Jahren. Das Hörspiel wird begleitet von eigens dafür geschriebenen Kompositionen.   Die Geschichte vermittelt viel Wissenswertes über die Sterne und die erste Mondlandung und lädt durch die gefühlvolle Musik zum Träumen ein.</description>
      <author>Angelika Grothues</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707416699.mp3" length="887513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707416699.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Charlies Geheimnis: Luisa entdeckt den Mond
Author: Angelika Grothues
Narrator: Paula Hammacher, Julia Hammacher, Barbara Hammacher, Thomas Müskens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Luisa verbringt die Osterferien zum ersten Mal ohne Mama und Papa bei ihren Großeltern auf dem Land. Die geben sich große Mühe, das anfängliche Heimweh ihrer Enkelin zu vertreiben. Vor allem Opa Hannes versucht alles, um Luisa aufzumuntern. Er verspricht ihr viele Ausflüge und spannende Geschichten aus der Natur, vom Nachthimmel, dem Mond und den Sternen. Als er schließlich einen alten, schäbigen Teddybären vom Speicher holt, beginnt für Luisa ein höchst aufregendes Ferienabenteuer.   Eine spannende Mondgeschichte nach dem gleichnamigen Buch von Angelika Grothues, für Kinder ab 5 Jahren. Das Hörspiel wird begleitet von eigens dafür geschriebenen Kompositionen.   Die Geschichte vermittelt viel Wissenswertes über die Sterne und die erste Mondlandung und lädt durch die gefühlvolle Musik zum Träumen ein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471483</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Charlies Geheimnis: Luisa entdeckt den Mond
Author: Angelika Grothues
Narrator: Paula Hammacher, Julia Hammacher, Barbara Hammacher, Thomas Müskens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Luisa verbringt die Osterferien zum ersten Mal ohne Mama und Papa bei ihren Großeltern auf dem Land. Die geben sich große Mühe, das anfängliche Heimweh ihrer Enkelin zu vertreiben. Vor allem Opa Hannes versucht alles, um Luisa aufzumuntern. Er verspricht ihr viele Ausflüge und spannende Geschichten aus der Natur, vom Nachthimmel, dem Mond und den Sternen. Als er schließlich einen alten, schäbigen Teddybären vom Speicher holt, beginnt für Luisa ein höchst aufregendes Ferienabenteuer.   Eine spannende Mondgeschichte nach dem gleichnamigen Buch von Angelika Grothues, für Kinder ab 5 Jahren. Das Hörspiel wird begleitet von eigens dafür geschriebenen Kompositionen.   Die Geschichte vermittelt viel Wissenswertes über die Sterne und die erste Mondlandung und lädt durch die gefühlvolle Musik zum Träumen ein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - &amp;#039;Wir werden gewinnen&amp;#039;: Frankreich by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Wir werden gewinnen&amp;#039;: Frankreich
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Attentäter von Paris zielten auf ein junges, lässiges Paris und meinten unser aller Alltag in der offenen Gesellschaft: Ein fal­scher Früh­ling be­herrscht Pa­ris im No­vem­ber, seit Wo­chen ist das Wet­ter mild, die Aben­de sind lau, die Stra­ßen be­lebt, die Ter­ras­sen voll, als käme nicht bald der Win­ter. In leich­ten Ja­cken sit­zen 80 000 Men­schen un­ter frei­em Him­mel im Sta­de de Fran­ce, als sich am ver­gan­ge­nen Frei­tag die hei­mi­sche und die deut­sche Fuß­ball-Na­tio­nal­mann­schaft zu den Hym­nen am Mit­tel­kreis auf­stel­len. Die Mar­seil­lai­se er­klingt, das alte Kriegs­lied, Frank­reichs Hym­ne: &amp;#039;... Ge­gen uns wur­de der Ty­ran­nei blu­ti­ges Ban­ner er­ho­ben! Hört ihr im Land das Brül­len der grau­sa­men Krie­ger? Sie rü­cken uns auf den Leib, eure Söh­ne, eure Frau­en zu köp­fen!&amp;#039; His­to­ri­sche Ver­se, sie wer­den gleich auf grau­en­haf­te Wei­se ak­tu­ell. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 48/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664031594.mp3" length="886851" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664031594.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:53:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Wir werden gewinnen&amp;#039;: Frankreich
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Attentäter von Paris zielten auf ein junges, lässiges Paris und meinten unser aller Alltag in der offenen Gesellschaft: Ein fal­scher Früh­ling be­herrscht Pa­ris im No­vem­ber, seit Wo­chen ist das Wet­ter mild, die Aben­de sind lau, die Stra­ßen be­lebt, die Ter­ras­sen voll, als käme nicht bald der Win­ter. In leich­ten Ja­cken sit­zen 80 000 Men­schen un­ter frei­em Him­mel im Sta­de de Fran­ce, als sich am ver­gan­ge­nen Frei­tag die hei­mi­sche und die deut­sche Fuß­ball-Na­tio­nal­mann­schaft zu den Hym­nen am Mit­tel­kreis auf­stel­len. Die Mar­seil­lai­se er­klingt, das alte Kriegs­lied, Frank­reichs Hym­ne: &amp;#039;... Ge­gen uns wur­de der Ty­ran­nei blu­ti­ges Ban­ner er­ho­ben! Hört ihr im Land das Brül­len der grau­sa­men Krie­ger? Sie rü­cken uns auf den Leib, eure Söh­ne, eure Frau­en zu köp­fen!&amp;#039; His­to­ri­sche Ver­se, sie wer­den gleich auf grau­en­haf­te Wei­se ak­tu­ell. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 48/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471462</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Wir werden gewinnen&amp;#039;: Frankreich
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 53 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Attentäter von Paris zielten auf ein junges, lässiges Paris und meinten unser aller Alltag in der offenen Gesellschaft: Ein fal­scher Früh­ling be­herrscht Pa­ris im No­vem­ber, seit Wo­chen ist das Wet­ter mild, die Aben­de sind lau, die Stra­ßen be­lebt, die Ter­ras­sen voll, als käme nicht bald der Win­ter. In leich­ten Ja­cken sit­zen 80 000 Men­schen un­ter frei­em Him­mel im Sta­de de Fran­ce, als sich am ver­gan­ge­nen Frei­tag die hei­mi­sche und die deut­sche Fuß­ball-Na­tio­nal­mann­schaft zu den Hym­nen am Mit­tel­kreis auf­stel­len. Die Mar­seil­lai­se er­klingt, das alte Kriegs­lied, Frank­reichs Hym­ne: &amp;#039;... Ge­gen uns wur­de der Ty­ran­nei blu­ti­ges Ban­ner er­ho­ben! Hört ihr im Land das Brül­len der grau­sa­men Krie­ger? Sie rü­cken uns auf den Leib, eure Söh­ne, eure Frau­en zu köp­fen!&amp;#039; His­to­ri­sche Ver­se, sie wer­den gleich auf grau­en­haf­te Wei­se ak­tu­ell. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 48/2015. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Paris - Die unbesiegte Schönheit: Frankreichs Hauptstadt durchlebt einen unruhigen Mai. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Paris - Die unbesiegte Schönheit: Frankreichs Hauptstadt durchlebt einen unruhigen Mai.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Paris ist zu groß, zu alt, zu beschäftigt, zu gewichtig, zu oft und zu ausgiebig besungen, zu schillernd schön, zu ausgefranst an seinen Rändern, zu verdichtet in seinem Zentrum, als dass sich die Geschichte der Stadt und ihre Zukunft so ganz auf die Schnelle erfassen ließen. Sie beginnt nie ohne ein tiefes Luftholen, weil dort an den Ufern der Seine, so scheint es, von jeher auch die Geschicke der Menschheit verhandelt werden. Die Zukunft der Stadt, sie entscheidet sich dauernd, es sind bange Monate nach der Gewalt, unruhige Tage vor einem hoffentlich festlichen europäischen Fußballturnier. Paris stellt sich Fragen. Nicht nur danach, warum es von manchen fanatisch gehasst wird, sondern auch: wofür es künftig geliebt werden will. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 22/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 May 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664045768.mp3" length="852854" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664045768.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Paris - Die unbesiegte Schönheit: Frankreichs Hauptstadt durchlebt einen unruhigen Mai.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Paris ist zu groß, zu alt, zu beschäftigt, zu gewichtig, zu oft und zu ausgiebig besungen, zu schillernd schön, zu ausgefranst an seinen Rändern, zu verdichtet in seinem Zentrum, als dass sich die Geschichte der Stadt und ihre Zukunft so ganz auf die Schnelle erfassen ließen. Sie beginnt nie ohne ein tiefes Luftholen, weil dort an den Ufern der Seine, so scheint es, von jeher auch die Geschicke der Menschheit verhandelt werden. Die Zukunft der Stadt, sie entscheidet sich dauernd, es sind bange Monate nach der Gewalt, unruhige Tage vor einem hoffentlich festlichen europäischen Fußballturnier. Paris stellt sich Fragen. Nicht nur danach, warum es von manchen fanatisch gehasst wird, sondern auch: wofür es künftig geliebt werden will. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 22/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471434</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Paris - Die unbesiegte Schönheit: Frankreichs Hauptstadt durchlebt einen unruhigen Mai.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 41 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Paris ist zu groß, zu alt, zu beschäftigt, zu gewichtig, zu oft und zu ausgiebig besungen, zu schillernd schön, zu ausgefranst an seinen Rändern, zu verdichtet in seinem Zentrum, als dass sich die Geschichte der Stadt und ihre Zukunft so ganz auf die Schnelle erfassen ließen. Sie beginnt nie ohne ein tiefes Luftholen, weil dort an den Ufern der Seine, so scheint es, von jeher auch die Geschicke der Menschheit verhandelt werden. Die Zukunft der Stadt, sie entscheidet sich dauernd, es sind bange Monate nach der Gewalt, unruhige Tage vor einem hoffentlich festlichen europäischen Fußballturnier. Paris stellt sich Fragen. Nicht nur danach, warum es von manchen fanatisch gehasst wird, sondern auch: wofür es künftig geliebt werden will. Dies ist die Vertonung des Titelthemas der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 22/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Aus eigener Kraft... Mutmacher für starke Kinder! by Jako-O, Petra Grube</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aus eigener Kraft... Mutmacher für starke Kinder!
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Geschichten und Lieder vom Großwerden – zum Nachdenken und Mutmachen! - Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Einfach &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; Bücher zu machen, war uns nicht genug! Kinder fürs Lesen und für Literatur zu begeistern, kann auch durch Bilder und Musik gelingen. Hier sind Geschichten, die Kinder berühren! Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind. Eingebettet in musikalischer Vielfalt und in außergewöhnlichen Illustrationen mit Augenzwinkern, bei denen es viel zu entdecken gibt!</description>
      <author>Jako-O, Petra Grube</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Nov 2014 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707252686.mp3" length="994228" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707252686.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aus eigener Kraft... Mutmacher für starke Kinder!
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Geschichten und Lieder vom Großwerden – zum Nachdenken und Mutmachen! - Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Einfach &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; Bücher zu machen, war uns nicht genug! Kinder fürs Lesen und für Literatur zu begeistern, kann auch durch Bilder und Musik gelingen. Hier sind Geschichten, die Kinder berühren! Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind. Eingebettet in musikalischer Vielfalt und in außergewöhnlichen Illustrationen mit Augenzwinkern, bei denen es viel zu entdecken gibt!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Aus eigener Kraft... Mutmacher für starke Kinder!
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 52 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Geschichten und Lieder vom Großwerden – zum Nachdenken und Mutmachen! - Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Einfach &amp;#039;nur&amp;#039; Bücher zu machen, war uns nicht genug! Kinder fürs Lesen und für Literatur zu begeistern, kann auch durch Bilder und Musik gelingen. Hier sind Geschichten, die Kinder berühren! Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind. Eingebettet in musikalischer Vielfalt und in außergewöhnlichen Illustrationen mit Augenzwinkern, bei denen es viel zu entdecken gibt!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kohärenztraining - Meditation by Ulrich Eckardt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kohärenztraining - Meditation
Author: Ulrich Eckardt
Narrator: Ulrich Eckardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem Kohärenztraining kann man einen Ausgleich im System des Sympathikus und des Parasympathikus herstellen. Dieser Ausgleich sorgt dafür, dass das Herz in einem regelmäßigen Rhythmus schlägt, das Herz also in den Zustand der Herzkohärenz kommt. Chaotische Herzfrequenzen, also genau das Gegenteil eines regelmäßigen Herzschlages, können übrigens durch Stress und andere emotionale Belastungen, erzeugt werden. Da es sich bei dem Kohärenztraining um eine Entspannungsübung handelt, sollte es in einer ruhigen Umgebung durchgeführt werden.</description>
      <author>Ulrich Eckardt</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Sep 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707207921.mp3" length="887766" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707207921.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:29:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kohärenztraining - Meditation
Author: Ulrich Eckardt
Narrator: Ulrich Eckardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem Kohärenztraining kann man einen Ausgleich im System des Sympathikus und des Parasympathikus herstellen. Dieser Ausgleich sorgt dafür, dass das Herz in einem regelmäßigen Rhythmus schlägt, das Herz also in den Zustand der Herzkohärenz kommt. Chaotische Herzfrequenzen, also genau das Gegenteil eines regelmäßigen Herzschlages, können übrigens durch Stress und andere emotionale Belastungen, erzeugt werden. Da es sich bei dem Kohärenztraining um eine Entspannungsübung handelt, sollte es in einer ruhigen Umgebung durchgeführt werden.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471246</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kohärenztraining - Meditation
Author: Ulrich Eckardt
Narrator: Ulrich Eckardt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 29 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit dem Kohärenztraining kann man einen Ausgleich im System des Sympathikus und des Parasympathikus herstellen. Dieser Ausgleich sorgt dafür, dass das Herz in einem regelmäßigen Rhythmus schlägt, das Herz also in den Zustand der Herzkohärenz kommt. Chaotische Herzfrequenzen, also genau das Gegenteil eines regelmäßigen Herzschlages, können übrigens durch Stress und andere emotionale Belastungen, erzeugt werden. Da es sich bei dem Kohärenztraining um eine Entspannungsübung handelt, sollte es in einer ruhigen Umgebung durchgeführt werden.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gesund Abnehmen: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung by Norman Wiehe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gesund Abnehmen: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abnehmen ist ein Buch mit 7 Siegeln. Es ist ein ständiger Kampf gegen innere Wiederstände. Obwohl wir wissen was richtig ist, schaffen wir es nicht konsequent zu bleiben und durchzuhalten. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen, die Kontrolle über Dein Essverhalten zurückzubekommen.  Deine Verhaltensweisen sind in den tiefen Deines Unterbewusstseins gespeichert und können dort geändert werden, wenn man weiß wie.    Dieser PodCast nutzt den Entspannungszustand der Hypnose und vereint ihn mit der Visualisierung. So bekommt Dein Unterbewusstsein eine klare Information, was es für Dich tun soll.    Bitte höre diesen PodCast über einen Zeitraum von 2 Wochen ein Mal täglich. Höre ihn bitte nicht während der Autofahrt oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksam benötigen.</description>
      <author>Norman Wiehe</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707301254.mp3" length="684395" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707301254.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gesund Abnehmen: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abnehmen ist ein Buch mit 7 Siegeln. Es ist ein ständiger Kampf gegen innere Wiederstände. Obwohl wir wissen was richtig ist, schaffen wir es nicht konsequent zu bleiben und durchzuhalten. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen, die Kontrolle über Dein Essverhalten zurückzubekommen.  Deine Verhaltensweisen sind in den tiefen Deines Unterbewusstseins gespeichert und können dort geändert werden, wenn man weiß wie.    Dieser PodCast nutzt den Entspannungszustand der Hypnose und vereint ihn mit der Visualisierung. So bekommt Dein Unterbewusstsein eine klare Information, was es für Dich tun soll.    Bitte höre diesen PodCast über einen Zeitraum von 2 Wochen ein Mal täglich. Höre ihn bitte nicht während der Autofahrt oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksam benötigen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gesund Abnehmen: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 39 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Abnehmen ist ein Buch mit 7 Siegeln. Es ist ein ständiger Kampf gegen innere Wiederstände. Obwohl wir wissen was richtig ist, schaffen wir es nicht konsequent zu bleiben und durchzuhalten. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen, die Kontrolle über Dein Essverhalten zurückzubekommen.  Deine Verhaltensweisen sind in den tiefen Deines Unterbewusstseins gespeichert und können dort geändert werden, wenn man weiß wie.    Dieser PodCast nutzt den Entspannungszustand der Hypnose und vereint ihn mit der Visualisierung. So bekommt Dein Unterbewusstsein eine klare Information, was es für Dich tun soll.    Bitte höre diesen PodCast über einen Zeitraum von 2 Wochen ein Mal täglich. Höre ihn bitte nicht während der Autofahrt oder bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksam benötigen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Motivation: So wirst Du motiviert by Norman Wiehe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Motivation: So wirst Du motiviert
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ohne ein klares Ziel vor Augen sind wir oft unmotiviert und lustlos. Wenn wir nicht wissen wohin die Reise gehen soll, können wir auch nicht den ersten Schritt machen. Dieser PodCast soll Dir dabei helfen ein klares Ziel zu definieren und dann in Deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern. Dazu nutzen wir bewährte Methoden aus Tiefenentspannung und der neurolinguistischen Programmierung.</description>
      <author>Norman Wiehe</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707296352.mp3" length="809811" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707296352.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Motivation: So wirst Du motiviert
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ohne ein klares Ziel vor Augen sind wir oft unmotiviert und lustlos. Wenn wir nicht wissen wohin die Reise gehen soll, können wir auch nicht den ersten Schritt machen. Dieser PodCast soll Dir dabei helfen ein klares Ziel zu definieren und dann in Deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern. Dazu nutzen wir bewährte Methoden aus Tiefenentspannung und der neurolinguistischen Programmierung.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471127</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Motivation: So wirst Du motiviert
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 30 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ohne ein klares Ziel vor Augen sind wir oft unmotiviert und lustlos. Wenn wir nicht wissen wohin die Reise gehen soll, können wir auch nicht den ersten Schritt machen. Dieser PodCast soll Dir dabei helfen ein klares Ziel zu definieren und dann in Deinem Unterbewusstsein zu verankern. Dazu nutzen wir bewährte Methoden aus Tiefenentspannung und der neurolinguistischen Programmierung.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Großwerden...ist sooo aufregend by Jako-O, Petra Grube</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Großwerden...ist sooo aufregend
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Sensibel, aber immer mit Köpfchen wird auf viele Alltagsprobleme der Kinder und Eltern eingegangen. Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind.</description>
      <author>Jako-O, Petra Grube</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Nov 2014 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707252723.mp3" length="1015312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707252723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Großwerden...ist sooo aufregend
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Sensibel, aber immer mit Köpfchen wird auf viele Alltagsprobleme der Kinder und Eltern eingegangen. Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/471095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Großwerden...ist sooo aufregend
Author: Jako-O, Petra Grube
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November  1, 2014
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit Themen, die Kinder bewegen!    Sensibel, aber immer mit Köpfchen wird auf viele Alltagsprobleme der Kinder und Eltern eingegangen. Geschichten, die helfen, sich selbst zu akzeptieren und andere so zu nehmen, wie sie sind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Menschenrechte sind universell: Vorlesung by Julian Nida-Rümelin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte sind universell: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Am 10. Dezember 1948 verabschiedeten die noch jungen Vereinten Nationen die &amp;#039;Allgemeine Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, die zur Grundlage völkerrechtlich verbindlicher Verträge in Gestalt des sogenannten Zivil- und des Sozialpaktes und weiterer völkerrechtlicher Vereinbarungen wurde. Julian Nida-Rümelin erläutert in diesem Vortrag anlässlich des 60. Jubiläums die Genese der Menschenrechtsidee, und begründet in philosophischer, kultureller und politischer Hinsicht, in welchem Sinne die Menschenrechte universell gültig sind. Dabei wendet er sich gegen verbreitete &amp;#039;Legenden&amp;#039;: Menschenrechte sind keine ausschließlich westliche Errungenschaft und ihre universelle Geltung verlangt nicht nach einem gemeinsamen philosophischen Fundament. Eine Aufzeichnung eines Vortrages zum 60. Jubiläum der &amp;#039;Allgemeinen Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, Human Rights Watch, München.</description>
      <author>Julian Nida-Rümelin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2009 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198038260.mp3" length="897056" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198038260.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte sind universell: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Am 10. Dezember 1948 verabschiedeten die noch jungen Vereinten Nationen die &amp;#039;Allgemeine Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, die zur Grundlage völkerrechtlich verbindlicher Verträge in Gestalt des sogenannten Zivil- und des Sozialpaktes und weiterer völkerrechtlicher Vereinbarungen wurde. Julian Nida-Rümelin erläutert in diesem Vortrag anlässlich des 60. Jubiläums die Genese der Menschenrechtsidee, und begründet in philosophischer, kultureller und politischer Hinsicht, in welchem Sinne die Menschenrechte universell gültig sind. Dabei wendet er sich gegen verbreitete &amp;#039;Legenden&amp;#039;: Menschenrechte sind keine ausschließlich westliche Errungenschaft und ihre universelle Geltung verlangt nicht nach einem gemeinsamen philosophischen Fundament. Eine Aufzeichnung eines Vortrages zum 60. Jubiläum der &amp;#039;Allgemeinen Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, Human Rights Watch, München.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470980</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Menschenrechte sind universell: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 48 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Am 10. Dezember 1948 verabschiedeten die noch jungen Vereinten Nationen die &amp;#039;Allgemeine Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, die zur Grundlage völkerrechtlich verbindlicher Verträge in Gestalt des sogenannten Zivil- und des Sozialpaktes und weiterer völkerrechtlicher Vereinbarungen wurde. Julian Nida-Rümelin erläutert in diesem Vortrag anlässlich des 60. Jubiläums die Genese der Menschenrechtsidee, und begründet in philosophischer, kultureller und politischer Hinsicht, in welchem Sinne die Menschenrechte universell gültig sind. Dabei wendet er sich gegen verbreitete &amp;#039;Legenden&amp;#039;: Menschenrechte sind keine ausschließlich westliche Errungenschaft und ihre universelle Geltung verlangt nicht nach einem gemeinsamen philosophischen Fundament. Eine Aufzeichnung eines Vortrages zum 60. Jubiläum der &amp;#039;Allgemeinen Erklärung der Menschenrechte&amp;#039;, Human Rights Watch, München.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - RECHT - Die Hass-Maschine: Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das? by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - RECHT - Die Hass-Maschine: Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Deutschland ist es verboten, den Holocaust zu leugnen oder gegen Menschen zu hetzen. Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664062246.mp3" length="878646" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664062246.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - RECHT - Die Hass-Maschine: Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Deutschland ist es verboten, den Holocaust zu leugnen oder gegen Menschen zu hetzen. Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470940</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - RECHT - Die Hass-Maschine: Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In Deutschland ist es verboten, den Holocaust zu leugnen oder gegen Menschen zu hetzen. Auf den Seiten von Facebook ist alles möglich. Wie geht das? Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Epitaph (Elegie auf die klassische Arbeiterbewegung) by Robert Schediwy</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Epitaph (Elegie auf die klassische Arbeiterbewegung)
Author: Robert Schediwy
Narrator: Robert Schediwy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gewidmet den ehemaligen Angehörigen der Sozialistischen Arbeiterjugend der Zwanziger- und Dreißigerjahre des 20. Jahrhunderts, und denen, die als Junge diese Menschen in den Sechzigerjahren noch erlebten – und die heute auch nicht mehr jung sind.</description>
      <author>Robert Schediwy</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707424441.mp3" length="845578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707424441.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Epitaph (Elegie auf die klassische Arbeiterbewegung)
Author: Robert Schediwy
Narrator: Robert Schediwy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gewidmet den ehemaligen Angehörigen der Sozialistischen Arbeiterjugend der Zwanziger- und Dreißigerjahre des 20. Jahrhunderts, und denen, die als Junge diese Menschen in den Sechzigerjahren noch erlebten – und die heute auch nicht mehr jung sind.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470902</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Epitaph (Elegie auf die klassische Arbeiterbewegung)
Author: Robert Schediwy
Narrator: Robert Schediwy
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: October  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gewidmet den ehemaligen Angehörigen der Sozialistischen Arbeiterjugend der Zwanziger- und Dreißigerjahre des 20. Jahrhunderts, und denen, die als Junge diese Menschen in den Sechzigerjahren noch erlebten – und die heute auch nicht mehr jung sind.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - ZEIT­GE­SCHICH­TE - Der Prozess: Das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ZEIT­GE­SCHICH­TE - Der Prozess: Das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 70 Jahren endete in Nürnberg das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten. Zum ersten Mal wurde versucht, Krieg nicht als Fortsetzung der Politik mit anderen Mitteln zu rechtfertigen, sondern ihn als das zu sehen, was er immer war: ein Verbrechen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Sep 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664062178.mp3" length="779900" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664062178.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ZEIT­GE­SCHICH­TE - Der Prozess: Das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 70 Jahren endete in Nürnberg das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten. Zum ersten Mal wurde versucht, Krieg nicht als Fortsetzung der Politik mit anderen Mitteln zu rechtfertigen, sondern ihn als das zu sehen, was er immer war: ein Verbrechen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - ZEIT­GE­SCHICH­TE - Der Prozess: Das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 70 Jahren endete in Nürnberg das Verfahren gegen führende Nationalsozialisten. Zum ersten Mal wurde versucht, Krieg nicht als Fortsetzung der Politik mit anderen Mitteln zu rechtfertigen, sondern ihn als das zu sehen, was er immer war: ein Verbrechen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 40/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Besser schlafen: Gesunder Schlaf durch Hypnose by Norman Wiehe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Besser schlafen: Gesunder Schlaf durch Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen schlafen schlecht und kommen auch Nachts nicht mehr zur Ruhe. Die Gedanken kreisen und der Körper kann nicht entspannen. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen die Kontrolle über Deinen Schlaf zurück zu bekommen.    Mit dieser Audiodatei werden Aufgaben an das Unterbewusstsein übergeben und das bewusste Denken wird entlastet. Denn niemand kennt Deinen Körper und Deine Lebenssituation besser als das Unbewusste.</description>
      <author>Norman Wiehe</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 29 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707298165.mp3" length="878842" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707298165.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Besser schlafen: Gesunder Schlaf durch Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen schlafen schlecht und kommen auch Nachts nicht mehr zur Ruhe. Die Gedanken kreisen und der Körper kann nicht entspannen. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen die Kontrolle über Deinen Schlaf zurück zu bekommen.    Mit dieser Audiodatei werden Aufgaben an das Unterbewusstsein übergeben und das bewusste Denken wird entlastet. Denn niemand kennt Deinen Körper und Deine Lebenssituation besser als das Unbewusste.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Besser schlafen: Gesunder Schlaf durch Hypnose
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: February 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Immer mehr Menschen schlafen schlecht und kommen auch Nachts nicht mehr zur Ruhe. Die Gedanken kreisen und der Körper kann nicht entspannen. Dieser PodCast kann Dir dabei helfen die Kontrolle über Deinen Schlaf zurück zu bekommen.    Mit dieser Audiodatei werden Aufgaben an das Unterbewusstsein übergeben und das bewusste Denken wird entlastet. Denn niemand kennt Deinen Körper und Deine Lebenssituation besser als das Unbewusste.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Trennung überwinden: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung by Norman Wiehe</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trennung überwinden: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Trennung überwinden ist nicht immer einfach. Ständig kreisen die Gedanken und erzeugen immer wieder negative Emotionen. Da sind Trauer, Wut und Zweifel und ein Gefühl von Ohnmacht. Man denkt, man kann nie wieder glücklich sein. Doch zwischen glücklich und unglücklich sein liegt nur ein Umdenkprozess.    Viele haben die Hypnose bereits genutzt um Trennungsschmerz zu überwinden. Dabei verliert die Vergangenheit an Einfluss und die Kontrolle über die eigenen Emotionen werden wieder hergestellt. Nicht selten sind Menschen nach der Hypnose wie ausgetauscht.    Bitte höre die Hypnose nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie.</description>
      <author>Norman Wiehe</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 30 Aug 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707416378.mp3" length="904861" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707416378.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trennung überwinden: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Trennung überwinden ist nicht immer einfach. Ständig kreisen die Gedanken und erzeugen immer wieder negative Emotionen. Da sind Trauer, Wut und Zweifel und ein Gefühl von Ohnmacht. Man denkt, man kann nie wieder glücklich sein. Doch zwischen glücklich und unglücklich sein liegt nur ein Umdenkprozess.    Viele haben die Hypnose bereits genutzt um Trennungsschmerz zu überwinden. Dabei verliert die Vergangenheit an Einfluss und die Kontrolle über die eigenen Emotionen werden wieder hergestellt. Nicht selten sind Menschen nach der Hypnose wie ausgetauscht.    Bitte höre die Hypnose nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470851</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Trennung überwinden: Mit Hypnose und Visualisierung
Author: Norman Wiehe
Narrator: Norman Wiehe
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 47 minutes
Release date: August 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Trennung überwinden ist nicht immer einfach. Ständig kreisen die Gedanken und erzeugen immer wieder negative Emotionen. Da sind Trauer, Wut und Zweifel und ein Gefühl von Ohnmacht. Man denkt, man kann nie wieder glücklich sein. Doch zwischen glücklich und unglücklich sein liegt nur ein Umdenkprozess.    Viele haben die Hypnose bereits genutzt um Trennungsschmerz zu überwinden. Dabei verliert die Vergangenheit an Einfluss und die Kontrolle über die eigenen Emotionen werden wieder hergestellt. Nicht selten sind Menschen nach der Hypnose wie ausgetauscht.    Bitte höre die Hypnose nur dann, wenn Du entspannen kannst. Höre sie nicht bei Tätigkeiten, die Deine volle Aufmerksamkeit benötigen.    Diese Hypnose ersetzt keinen Arztbesuch oder eine Therapie.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Demokratie und Wahrheit: Vorlesung by Julian Nida-Rümelin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Demokratie und Wahrheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entgegen der verbreiteten Auffassung, das Wahrheitsansprüche in der Demokratie unangemessen seien, begründet Nida-Rümelin die These, dass ohne normative Wahrheitsansprüche die demokratische Gesellschaft und Politik undenkbar seien. Die demokratische Ordnung beruht auf normativen Überzeugungen, wie die der Toleranz aus Respekt und der gleichen Freiheit aller Menschen. Wenn die Überzeugungen zur Disposition stünden, wäre auch die Demokratie als Lebensform obsolet.</description>
      <author>Julian Nida-Rümelin</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Apr 2009 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4056198070192.mp3" length="963632" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4056198070192.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Demokratie und Wahrheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entgegen der verbreiteten Auffassung, das Wahrheitsansprüche in der Demokratie unangemessen seien, begründet Nida-Rümelin die These, dass ohne normative Wahrheitsansprüche die demokratische Gesellschaft und Politik undenkbar seien. Die demokratische Ordnung beruht auf normativen Überzeugungen, wie die der Toleranz aus Respekt und der gleichen Freiheit aller Menschen. Wenn die Überzeugungen zur Disposition stünden, wäre auch die Demokratie als Lebensform obsolet.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470786</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Demokratie und Wahrheit: Vorlesung
Author: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Narrator: Julian Nida-Rümelin
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  8, 2009
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Entgegen der verbreiteten Auffassung, das Wahrheitsansprüche in der Demokratie unangemessen seien, begründet Nida-Rümelin die These, dass ohne normative Wahrheitsansprüche die demokratische Gesellschaft und Politik undenkbar seien. Die demokratische Ordnung beruht auf normativen Überzeugungen, wie die der Toleranz aus Respekt und der gleichen Freiheit aller Menschen. Wenn die Überzeugungen zur Disposition stünden, wäre auch die Demokratie als Lebensform obsolet.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Bgb - Allgemeiner Teil: Definitionen, die ins Ohr gehen by Thomas Degenhart</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bgb - Allgemeiner Teil: Definitionen, die ins Ohr gehen
Author: Thomas Degenhart
Narrator: Dr. Degenhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
BGB-AT-Definitionen will dem Hörer auditiv juristische Rechtsbegriffe näher bringen. Lernen für unterwegs, wendet sich an alle Jurastudierenden, die ihre Zeit effizient nutzen wollen. Eine Lernhilfe, die zentrale Basics behandelt, aber nicht den Anspruch auf Vollständigkeit erhebt.</description>
      <author>Thomas Degenhart</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 31 May 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4250444789177.mp3" length="861151" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4250444789177.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bgb - Allgemeiner Teil: Definitionen, die ins Ohr gehen
Author: Thomas Degenhart
Narrator: Dr. Degenhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
BGB-AT-Definitionen will dem Hörer auditiv juristische Rechtsbegriffe näher bringen. Lernen für unterwegs, wendet sich an alle Jurastudierenden, die ihre Zeit effizient nutzen wollen. Eine Lernhilfe, die zentrale Basics behandelt, aber nicht den Anspruch auf Vollständigkeit erhebt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470760</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Bgb - Allgemeiner Teil: Definitionen, die ins Ohr gehen
Author: Thomas Degenhart
Narrator: Dr. Degenhart
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May 31, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
BGB-AT-Definitionen will dem Hörer auditiv juristische Rechtsbegriffe näher bringen. Lernen für unterwegs, wendet sich an alle Jurastudierenden, die ihre Zeit effizient nutzen wollen. Eine Lernhilfe, die zentrale Basics behandelt, aber nicht den Anspruch auf Vollständigkeit erhebt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Einhornranch by Isabelle Fellner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Einhornranch
Series: #1 of die erste Flugstunde
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleo und ihr Einhorn Kyro wären perfekt geeignet für den Profi-Turnier-Sport. Leider hatte Cleos Mutter einen schweren Unfall bei einem Frei-Flug-Wettbewerb und sitzt nun im Rollstuhl, weshalb es dem talentierten Mädchen und seinem Einhorn streng untersagt ist, an den Turnieren teilzunehmen. Einzig zwei Flugstunden zur Vorbereitung auf eine wichtige Prüfung werden Cleo gewährt, doch nach einem Flug auf ihrem Einhorn ist sie erst richtig auf den Geschmack gekommen. Sie weiß genau: &amp;#039;Ich werde niemals aufhören zu fliegen, und wenn ich es heimlich machen muss!&amp;#039;</description>
      <author>Isabelle Fellner</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 May 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707165498.mp3" length="832076" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707165498.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Einhornranch
Series: #1 of die erste Flugstunde
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleo und ihr Einhorn Kyro wären perfekt geeignet für den Profi-Turnier-Sport. Leider hatte Cleos Mutter einen schweren Unfall bei einem Frei-Flug-Wettbewerb und sitzt nun im Rollstuhl, weshalb es dem talentierten Mädchen und seinem Einhorn streng untersagt ist, an den Turnieren teilzunehmen. Einzig zwei Flugstunden zur Vorbereitung auf eine wichtige Prüfung werden Cleo gewährt, doch nach einem Flug auf ihrem Einhorn ist sie erst richtig auf den Geschmack gekommen. Sie weiß genau: &amp;#039;Ich werde niemals aufhören zu fliegen, und wenn ich es heimlich machen muss!&amp;#039;</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470734</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Einhornranch
Series: #1 of die erste Flugstunde
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Cleo und ihr Einhorn Kyro wären perfekt geeignet für den Profi-Turnier-Sport. Leider hatte Cleos Mutter einen schweren Unfall bei einem Frei-Flug-Wettbewerb und sitzt nun im Rollstuhl, weshalb es dem talentierten Mädchen und seinem Einhorn streng untersagt ist, an den Turnieren teilzunehmen. Einzig zwei Flugstunden zur Vorbereitung auf eine wichtige Prüfung werden Cleo gewährt, doch nach einem Flug auf ihrem Einhorn ist sie erst richtig auf den Geschmack gekommen. Sie weiß genau: &amp;#039;Ich werde niemals aufhören zu fliegen, und wenn ich es heimlich machen muss!&amp;#039;</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Die Heimat des Safet Babic: Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen? by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Heimat des Safet Babic: Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Eltern von Safet Babic waren bosnische Gastarbeiter. Ihr Sohn wurde Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 02 Sep 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664060860.mp3" length="760049" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664060860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Heimat des Safet Babic: Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Eltern von Safet Babic waren bosnische Gastarbeiter. Ihr Sohn wurde Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470690</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Die Heimat des Safet Babic: Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 26 minutes
Release date: September  2, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Eltern von Safet Babic waren bosnische Gastarbeiter. Ihr Sohn wurde Mitglied der NPD. Wie konnte es dazu kommen?  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 36/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Für starke Kinder - 15 bekannte Lieder aus dem Grips Theater Berlin by Jako-O, Volker Ludwig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für starke Kinder - 15 bekannte Lieder aus dem Grips Theater Berlin
Author: Jako-O, Volker Ludwig
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Produktion von JAKO-O mit den besten Liedern aus den bekannten Stücken des Grips Theaters. Starke und lustige Lieder für selbstbewusste Kinder und die, die es werden wollen. Fetzige Retro-Musik, die auch Erwachsene gern hören.</description>
      <author>Jako-O, Volker Ludwig</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 Jan 1998 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707253454.mp3" length="1063356" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707253454.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für starke Kinder - 15 bekannte Lieder aus dem Grips Theater Berlin
Author: Jako-O, Volker Ludwig
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Produktion von JAKO-O mit den besten Liedern aus den bekannten Stücken des Grips Theaters. Starke und lustige Lieder für selbstbewusste Kinder und die, die es werden wollen. Fetzige Retro-Musik, die auch Erwachsene gern hören.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470677</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Für starke Kinder - 15 bekannte Lieder aus dem Grips Theater Berlin
Author: Jako-O, Volker Ludwig
Narrator: Jako-O
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 35 minutes
Release date: January  1, 1998
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Eine Produktion von JAKO-O mit den besten Liedern aus den bekannten Stücken des Grips Theaters. Starke und lustige Lieder für selbstbewusste Kinder und die, die es werden wollen. Fetzige Retro-Musik, die auch Erwachsene gern hören.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.: Es &amp;#039;spuckt&amp;#039; im Leuchtturm by Mike Brandt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.: Es &amp;#039;spuckt&amp;#039; im Leuchtturm
Series: #2 of 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.
Author: Mike Brandt
Narrator: Mike Brandt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die beiden bekannten Detektive James K. und Billy B. werden in das Café &amp;#039;Leuchtturm&amp;#039; am Lippe-See eingeladen. Dort vertreibt ein Geist Gäste und sorgt für Unruhe. Können die beiden Freunde helfen?</description>
      <author>Mike Brandt</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 14 Aug 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707405600.mp3" length="909909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707405600.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.: Es &amp;#039;spuckt&amp;#039; im Leuchtturm
Series: #2 of 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.
Author: Mike Brandt
Narrator: Mike Brandt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die beiden bekannten Detektive James K. und Billy B. werden in das Café &amp;#039;Leuchtturm&amp;#039; am Lippe-See eingeladen. Dort vertreibt ein Geist Gäste und sorgt für Unruhe. Können die beiden Freunde helfen?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470669</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.: Es &amp;#039;spuckt&amp;#039; im Leuchtturm
Series: #2 of 2 Detektive: James K. und Billy B.
Author: Mike Brandt
Narrator: Mike Brandt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 25 minutes
Release date: August 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die beiden bekannten Detektive James K. und Billy B. werden in das Café &amp;#039;Leuchtturm&amp;#039; am Lippe-See eingeladen. Dort vertreibt ein Geist Gäste und sorgt für Unruhe. Können die beiden Freunde helfen?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Neue Medien: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt der Medien. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Neue Medien: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt der Medien.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie entstand das Silicon Valley und wie viel Geld wird dort verdient? Was ist Quantum Insert und wie funktioniert Rocket Internet? Die Welt der Medien entwickelt sich schnell. Tag für Tag kommen neue Geschäftsmodelle auf den Markt. Egal ob in der S-Bahn, im Gespräch mit den Kollegen oder in den Nachrichten, die Medien sind in aller Munde. Sie wollen mitreden und aktuelle Entwicklungen nachvollziehen können? In jedem Smalltalk FunFacts rund um das Thema Medien parat haben? DER SPIEGEL erklärt in diesem Audiobook wichtige Daten, Trends und Entwicklungen. Dieses Audiobook entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 11 Nov 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664062413.mp3" length="976468" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664062413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Neue Medien: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt der Medien.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie entstand das Silicon Valley und wie viel Geld wird dort verdient? Was ist Quantum Insert und wie funktioniert Rocket Internet? Die Welt der Medien entwickelt sich schnell. Tag für Tag kommen neue Geschäftsmodelle auf den Markt. Egal ob in der S-Bahn, im Gespräch mit den Kollegen oder in den Nachrichten, die Medien sind in aller Munde. Sie wollen mitreden und aktuelle Entwicklungen nachvollziehen können? In jedem Smalltalk FunFacts rund um das Thema Medien parat haben? DER SPIEGEL erklärt in diesem Audiobook wichtige Daten, Trends und Entwicklungen. Dieses Audiobook entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470625</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Neue Medien: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt der Medien.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 11, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie entstand das Silicon Valley und wie viel Geld wird dort verdient? Was ist Quantum Insert und wie funktioniert Rocket Internet? Die Welt der Medien entwickelt sich schnell. Tag für Tag kommen neue Geschäftsmodelle auf den Markt. Egal ob in der S-Bahn, im Gespräch mit den Kollegen oder in den Nachrichten, die Medien sind in aller Munde. Sie wollen mitreden und aktuelle Entwicklungen nachvollziehen können? In jedem Smalltalk FunFacts rund um das Thema Medien parat haben? DER SPIEGEL erklärt in diesem Audiobook wichtige Daten, Trends und Entwicklungen. Dieses Audiobook entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Pegida - Herr Preuß schreibt Geschichte: Außenseiter - Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida? by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pegida - Herr Preuß schreibt Geschichte: Außenseiter - Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida? Einer von ihnen ist Torsten Preuß. Er war: Dissident, Punk, Reporter, Surfer, Buchautor. Er hatte immer nur Sehnsucht und Wut. Jetzt scheint er eine Heimat gefunden zu haben.  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 20/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 13 May 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664045690.mp3" length="589623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664045690.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pegida - Herr Preuß schreibt Geschichte: Außenseiter - Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida? Einer von ihnen ist Torsten Preuß. Er war: Dissident, Punk, Reporter, Surfer, Buchautor. Er hatte immer nur Sehnsucht und Wut. Jetzt scheint er eine Heimat gefunden zu haben.  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 20/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470552</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Pegida - Herr Preuß schreibt Geschichte: Außenseiter - Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida?
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 23 minutes
Release date: May 13, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Was treibt Menschen zu Pegida? Einer von ihnen ist Torsten Preuß. Er war: Dissident, Punk, Reporter, Surfer, Buchautor. Er hatte immer nur Sehnsucht und Wut. Jetzt scheint er eine Heimat gefunden zu haben.  Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 20/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Zeitalter der Wutwähler: Viele gehören zu den Verlierern der Globalisierung. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Zeitalter der Wutwähler: Viele gehören zu den Verlierern der Globalisierung.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Mau­er, die Trump an der Gren­ze zu Me­xi­ko bau­en will, löst kei­ne kon­kre­ten Pro­ble­me, sie ist aber ein kraft­vol­les Sym­bol. So wie längst nicht je­der Brex­it-Wäh­ler den Aus­tritt aus der EU woll­te, son­dern ein­fach ein Zei­chen set­zen woll­te: Es gibt uns. Nehmt uns wahr. Tut et­was für uns. Wir ha­ben ge­nug von euch. Viel­leicht hat das Zeit­al­ter der Wut­wäh­ler ge­ra­de erst be­gon­nen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 27/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664047953.mp3" length="592775" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664047953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Zeitalter der Wutwähler: Viele gehören zu den Verlierern der Globalisierung.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Mau­er, die Trump an der Gren­ze zu Me­xi­ko bau­en will, löst kei­ne kon­kre­ten Pro­ble­me, sie ist aber ein kraft­vol­les Sym­bol. So wie längst nicht je­der Brex­it-Wäh­ler den Aus­tritt aus der EU woll­te, son­dern ein­fach ein Zei­chen set­zen woll­te: Es gibt uns. Nehmt uns wahr. Tut et­was für uns. Wir ha­ben ge­nug von euch. Viel­leicht hat das Zeit­al­ter der Wut­wäh­ler ge­ra­de erst be­gon­nen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 27/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470529</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Zeitalter der Wutwähler: Viele gehören zu den Verlierern der Globalisierung.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 22 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Die Mau­er, die Trump an der Gren­ze zu Me­xi­ko bau­en will, löst kei­ne kon­kre­ten Pro­ble­me, sie ist aber ein kraft­vol­les Sym­bol. So wie längst nicht je­der Brex­it-Wäh­ler den Aus­tritt aus der EU woll­te, son­dern ein­fach ein Zei­chen set­zen woll­te: Es gibt uns. Nehmt uns wahr. Tut et­was für uns. Wir ha­ben ge­nug von euch. Viel­leicht hat das Zeit­al­ter der Wut­wäh­ler ge­ra­de erst be­gon­nen. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 27/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Konsum: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt des Konsums by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Konsum: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt des Konsums
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kuh oder SUV wer ist der größere Klimasünder? Ist Weidemilch von glücklichen Kühen?  Wie verbreitet sich Nahrungsmittelunverträglichkeit? Wie viele Menschen auf unserem Planeten schnupfen Kokain? Unsere westliche Gesellschaft ist geprägt von Konsum. Welche Auswirkungen hat dieser auf unser Leben? Dieses Hörbuch bietet jede Menge Stoff zum Verdauen: Fakten, Entwicklungen und die Suche nach Antworten. Dieses Hörbuch entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Nov 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664062604.mp3" length="969454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664062604.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Konsum: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt des Konsums
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kuh oder SUV wer ist der größere Klimasünder? Ist Weidemilch von glücklichen Kühen?  Wie verbreitet sich Nahrungsmittelunverträglichkeit? Wie viele Menschen auf unserem Planeten schnupfen Kokain? Unsere westliche Gesellschaft ist geprägt von Konsum. Welche Auswirkungen hat dieser auf unser Leben? Dieses Hörbuch bietet jede Menge Stoff zum Verdauen: Fakten, Entwicklungen und die Suche nach Antworten. Dieses Hörbuch entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470394</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - DER SPIEGEL ERKLÄRT: Konsum: Zwölf Einblicke in die Welt des Konsums
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Spiegel Ipad Redaktion
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 31 minutes
Release date: November 18, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Kuh oder SUV wer ist der größere Klimasünder? Ist Weidemilch von glücklichen Kühen?  Wie verbreitet sich Nahrungsmittelunverträglichkeit? Wie viele Menschen auf unserem Planeten schnupfen Kokain? Unsere westliche Gesellschaft ist geprägt von Konsum. Welche Auswirkungen hat dieser auf unser Leben? Dieses Hörbuch bietet jede Menge Stoff zum Verdauen: Fakten, Entwicklungen und die Suche nach Antworten. Dieses Hörbuch entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der SPIEGEL iPad Redaktion.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Dein Wolkentier 2: Spielerische Achtsamkeit by Isabelle Fellner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dein Wolkentier 2: Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Series: #2 of Dein Wolkentier
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund, erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise. Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen. Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und beim Einschlafen helfen. Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</description>
      <author>Isabelle Fellner</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 27 Sep 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707226618.mp3" length="598011" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707226618.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dein Wolkentier 2: Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Series: #2 of Dein Wolkentier
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund, erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise. Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen. Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und beim Einschlafen helfen. Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470333</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Dein Wolkentier 2: Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Series: #2 of Dein Wolkentier
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 27, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund, erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise. Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen. Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und beim Einschlafen helfen. Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Lara &amp;amp; Mona im Zoo: Das ABC der Tiere by Armin Bichler</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lara &amp;amp; Mona im Zoo: Das ABC der Tiere
Author: Armin Bichler
Narrator: Armin Bichler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spielerisch Tiere und Buchstaben lernen mit dem ABC der Tiere.  Lara und Mona sind 4 Jahre alt und beste Freundinnen.   An einem schönen Tag besuchen sie ihre Freunde im Zoo.   Damit sie niemanden vergessen gehen sie die Tiere nach dem Alphabet durch.</description>
      <author>Armin Bichler</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707287305.mp3" length="595201" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707287305.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lara &amp;amp; Mona im Zoo: Das ABC der Tiere
Author: Armin Bichler
Narrator: Armin Bichler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spielerisch Tiere und Buchstaben lernen mit dem ABC der Tiere.  Lara und Mona sind 4 Jahre alt und beste Freundinnen.   An einem schönen Tag besuchen sie ihre Freunde im Zoo.   Damit sie niemanden vergessen gehen sie die Tiere nach dem Alphabet durch.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470323</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Lara &amp;amp; Mona im Zoo: Das ABC der Tiere
Author: Armin Bichler
Narrator: Armin Bichler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 18 minutes
Release date: August  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Spielerisch Tiere und Buchstaben lernen mit dem ABC der Tiere.  Lara und Mona sind 4 Jahre alt und beste Freundinnen.   An einem schönen Tag besuchen sie ihre Freunde im Zoo.   Damit sie niemanden vergessen gehen sie die Tiere nach dem Alphabet durch.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kindermeditation - Lernen und Konzentrieren - Gedankenreise durch den Wald by Isabelle Fellner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Lernen und Konzentrieren - Gedankenreise durch den Wald
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Konzentration fördern.   Perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet!  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</description>
      <author>Isabelle Fellner</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707158353.mp3" length="563558" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707158353.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Lernen und Konzentrieren - Gedankenreise durch den Wald
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Konzentration fördern.   Perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet!  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470250</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Lernen und Konzentrieren - Gedankenreise durch den Wald
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 12 minutes
Release date: May 30, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Konzentration fördern.   Perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet!  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Kindermeditation - Dein Wolkentier - Spielerische Achtsamkeit by Isabelle Fellner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Dein Wolkentier - Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Kreativität fördern.   Auch perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet, um die Konzentration zu steigern.  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</description>
      <author>Isabelle Fellner</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 May 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707157684.mp3" length="577738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707157684.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:9:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Dein Wolkentier - Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Kreativität fördern.   Auch perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet, um die Konzentration zu steigern.  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470194</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Kindermeditation - Dein Wolkentier - Spielerische Achtsamkeit
Author: Isabelle Fellner
Narrator: Isabelle Fellner
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 9 minutes
Release date: May  3, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unter dem Motto Kindermeditation mit wertvollem psychologischen Hintergrund erzählt Isabelle Fellner eine Gedankenreise.   Diese wird ihr Kind in eine eigene Welt der Achtsamkeit eintauchen lassen.   Das Hörbuch soll dabei helfen, zur Ruhe zu kommen, den Bezug zum Ich zu pflegen und die Kreativität fördern.   Auch perfekt vor dem Lernen geeignet, um die Konzentration zu steigern.  Unter Erwachsenen ist es mittlerweile schon weit verbreitet zu meditieren und dem eigenen Geist zur Ruhe kommen zu lassen. Warum sollte dies ihren Kindern verwehrt bleiben?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ulrike Meinhofs Flaschenpost: Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962. by Der Spiegel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ulrike Meinhofs Flaschenpost: Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 40 Jahren beging die Terroristin Ulrike Meinhof Suizid. Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962 beschreibt, in welchem Deutschland sie gern alt geworden wäre. Zu den Red­nern auf der Be­er­di­gung von Ul­ri­ke Mein­hof im Mai 1976 in Ber­lin-Tem­pel­hof ge­hör­te Pfar­rer Hel­mut Goll­wit­zer. Am of­fe­nen Grab be­schrieb der Theo­lo­gie­pro­fes­sor die Jour­na­lis­tin und Ter­ro­ris­tin als ei­nen &amp;#039;Men­schen mit ei­nem schwe­ren Le­ben, der sich das Le­ben da­durch schwer ge­macht hat, dass er das Elend an­de­rer Men­schen sich so na­he­ge­hen ließ&amp;#039;. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</description>
      <author>Der Spiegel</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 12 Aug 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4057664060334.mp3" length="586005" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4057664060334.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ulrike Meinhofs Flaschenpost: Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 40 Jahren beging die Terroristin Ulrike Meinhof Suizid. Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962 beschreibt, in welchem Deutschland sie gern alt geworden wäre. Zu den Red­nern auf der Be­er­di­gung von Ul­ri­ke Mein­hof im Mai 1976 in Ber­lin-Tem­pel­hof ge­hör­te Pfar­rer Hel­mut Goll­wit­zer. Am of­fe­nen Grab be­schrieb der Theo­lo­gie­pro­fes­sor die Jour­na­lis­tin und Ter­ro­ris­tin als ei­nen &amp;#039;Men­schen mit ei­nem schwe­ren Le­ben, der sich das Le­ben da­durch schwer ge­macht hat, dass er das Elend an­de­rer Men­schen sich so na­he­ge­hen ließ&amp;#039;. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470171</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ulrike Meinhofs Flaschenpost: Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962.
Author: Der Spiegel
Narrator: Deutsche Blindenstudienanstalt E.V.
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 7 minutes
Release date: August 12, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Vor 40 Jahren beging die Terroristin Ulrike Meinhof Suizid. Ein bislang unbekannter Text aus dem Jahr 1962 beschreibt, in welchem Deutschland sie gern alt geworden wäre. Zu den Red­nern auf der Be­er­di­gung von Ul­ri­ke Mein­hof im Mai 1976 in Ber­lin-Tem­pel­hof ge­hör­te Pfar­rer Hel­mut Goll­wit­zer. Am of­fe­nen Grab be­schrieb der Theo­lo­gie­pro­fes­sor die Jour­na­lis­tin und Ter­ro­ris­tin als ei­nen &amp;#039;Men­schen mit ei­nem schwe­ren Le­ben, der sich das Le­ben da­durch schwer ge­macht hat, dass er das Elend an­de­rer Men­schen sich so na­he­ge­hen ließ&amp;#039;. Dies ist die Vertonung eines Artikels aus der SPIEGEL-Ausgabe 33/2016. Sie entstand in Zusammenarbeit mit der Deutschen Blindenstudienanstalt e.V.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Prof. Dr. Rainer Mausfeld: &amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer&amp;#039;: Live-Mitschnitt Vortrag und Diskussion am 9.10.2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche by Rainer Mausfeld</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prof. Dr. Rainer Mausfeld: &amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer&amp;#039;: Live-Mitschnitt Vortrag und Diskussion am 9.10.2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche
Author: Rainer Mausfeld
Narrator: Rainer Mausfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; - unter diesem Titel hat Prof. Rainer Mausfeld am 9. Oktober 2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche über Ursachen von sozialer Spaltung der Gesellschaft gesprochen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In der Dresdner Kreuzkirche verfolgten mehr als tausend Menschen seine Thesen und kamen im Anschluss mit ihm ins Gespräch. Zum 30. Jubiläum der Friedlichen Revolution brennen am 9. Oktober in der Leipziger Innenstadt 25.000 Kerzen. Festreden zollen den ehemaligen DDR-Bürgern Anerkennung, die damals den Mut hatten, in den Montagsdemonstrationen für Freiheit und Demokratie auf die Straße zu gehen. Zur gleichen Zeit wurde in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche Bilanz einer 30-jährigen Nach-Wendegeschichte gezogen. Dazu war Rainer Mausfeld, der emeritierte Professor für Allgemeine Psychologie an der Universität Kiel, nach Dresden gekommen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In seinem zuletzt erschienenen Spiegel-Bestseller mit dem Titel &amp;#039;Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; analysiert er, wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Lebensgrundlagen zerstören. Seinem Vortrag in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche hörten mehr als tausend Menschen zu. Einer seiner Hauptkritikpunkte ist, dass die wichtigsten Grundprinzipien der Demokratie aktuell nicht gelebt werden, dazu gehört die Gewaltenteilung ...</description>
      <author>Rainer Mausfeld</author>
      <pubDate>Sat, 09 Nov 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783906212524.mp3" length="871447" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783906212524.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prof. Dr. Rainer Mausfeld: &amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer&amp;#039;: Live-Mitschnitt Vortrag und Diskussion am 9.10.2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche
Author: Rainer Mausfeld
Narrator: Rainer Mausfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; - unter diesem Titel hat Prof. Rainer Mausfeld am 9. Oktober 2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche über Ursachen von sozialer Spaltung der Gesellschaft gesprochen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In der Dresdner Kreuzkirche verfolgten mehr als tausend Menschen seine Thesen und kamen im Anschluss mit ihm ins Gespräch. Zum 30. Jubiläum der Friedlichen Revolution brennen am 9. Oktober in der Leipziger Innenstadt 25.000 Kerzen. Festreden zollen den ehemaligen DDR-Bürgern Anerkennung, die damals den Mut hatten, in den Montagsdemonstrationen für Freiheit und Demokratie auf die Straße zu gehen. Zur gleichen Zeit wurde in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche Bilanz einer 30-jährigen Nach-Wendegeschichte gezogen. Dazu war Rainer Mausfeld, der emeritierte Professor für Allgemeine Psychologie an der Universität Kiel, nach Dresden gekommen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In seinem zuletzt erschienenen Spiegel-Bestseller mit dem Titel &amp;#039;Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; analysiert er, wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Lebensgrundlagen zerstören. Seinem Vortrag in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche hörten mehr als tausend Menschen zu. Einer seiner Hauptkritikpunkte ist, dass die wichtigsten Grundprinzipien der Demokratie aktuell nicht gelebt werden, dazu gehört die Gewaltenteilung ...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/470081</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Prof. Dr. Rainer Mausfeld: &amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer&amp;#039;: Live-Mitschnitt Vortrag und Diskussion am 9.10.2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche
Author: Rainer Mausfeld
Narrator: Rainer Mausfeld
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 46 minutes
Release date: November  9, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;30 Jahre Mauerfall - Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; - unter diesem Titel hat Prof. Rainer Mausfeld am 9. Oktober 2019 in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche über Ursachen von sozialer Spaltung der Gesellschaft gesprochen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In der Dresdner Kreuzkirche verfolgten mehr als tausend Menschen seine Thesen und kamen im Anschluss mit ihm ins Gespräch. Zum 30. Jubiläum der Friedlichen Revolution brennen am 9. Oktober in der Leipziger Innenstadt 25.000 Kerzen. Festreden zollen den ehemaligen DDR-Bürgern Anerkennung, die damals den Mut hatten, in den Montagsdemonstrationen für Freiheit und Demokratie auf die Straße zu gehen. Zur gleichen Zeit wurde in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche Bilanz einer 30-jährigen Nach-Wendegeschichte gezogen. Dazu war Rainer Mausfeld, der emeritierte Professor für Allgemeine Psychologie an der Universität Kiel, nach Dresden gekommen. Seine Vorträge auf Youtube haben zum Teil mehr als eine Million Aufrufe. In seinem zuletzt erschienenen Spiegel-Bestseller mit dem Titel &amp;#039;Warum schweigen die Lämmer?&amp;#039; analysiert er, wie Elitendemokratie und Neoliberalismus unsere Lebensgrundlagen zerstören. Seinem Vortrag in der Dresdner Kreuzkirche hörten mehr als tausend Menschen zu. Einer seiner Hauptkritikpunkte ist, dass die wichtigsten Grundprinzipien der Demokratie aktuell nicht gelebt werden, dazu gehört die Gewaltenteilung ...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Karl Marx / Friedrich Engels: Das kommunistische Manifest by Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Karl Marx / Friedrich Engels: Das kommunistische Manifest
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das kommunistische Manifest ist wahrlich eines der bekanntesten Werke der Welt – doch wer kennt wirklich seinen Inhalt? Beim Hören wird klar, dass einiges heute überholt ist – während erstaunlich Vieles auch heute noch Bestand und Gültigkeit hat! Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 21 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783955976279.mp3" length="804278" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783955976279.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Karl Marx / Friedrich Engels: Das kommunistische Manifest
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das kommunistische Manifest ist wahrlich eines der bekanntesten Werke der Welt – doch wer kennt wirklich seinen Inhalt? Beim Hören wird klar, dass einiges heute überholt ist – während erstaunlich Vieles auch heute noch Bestand und Gültigkeit hat! Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469976</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Karl Marx / Friedrich Engels: Das kommunistische Manifest
Author: Friedrich Engels, Karl Marx
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 32 minutes
Release date: February 21, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das kommunistische Manifest ist wahrlich eines der bekanntesten Werke der Welt – doch wer kennt wirklich seinen Inhalt? Beim Hören wird klar, dass einiges heute überholt ist – während erstaunlich Vieles auch heute noch Bestand und Gültigkeit hat! Mit dabei: Ein pdf-Dokument mit Titelliste.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Eine Hand voll Sternenstaub: Was das Universum über das Glück des Daseins erzählt by Lorenz Marti</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eine Hand voll Sternenstaub: Was das Universum über das Glück des Daseins erzählt
Author: Lorenz Marti
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum der blick zu den Sternen unsere seele berührt Wir sind Sternenstaub: Das sagen nicht nur die Dichter, sondern auch die Wissenschaftler. Das Universum spiegelt sich in uns - und wir uns in ihm. Wir entdecken uns dabei aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive. Sie kann unser Leben verändern. Leicht und flüssig erzählt, verbindet Lorenz Marti wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse mit philosophisch-poetischen Weisheiten und ermöglicht so eine vertiefte Wahrnehmung unserer ebenso rätselhaften wie wunderbaren Welt. Gelesen von Rudolf Guckelsberger. Gesamtspielzeit ca. 70 Min.</description>
      <author>Lorenz Marti</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451881268.mp3" length="811007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451881268.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eine Hand voll Sternenstaub: Was das Universum über das Glück des Daseins erzählt
Author: Lorenz Marti
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum der blick zu den Sternen unsere seele berührt Wir sind Sternenstaub: Das sagen nicht nur die Dichter, sondern auch die Wissenschaftler. Das Universum spiegelt sich in uns - und wir uns in ihm. Wir entdecken uns dabei aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive. Sie kann unser Leben verändern. Leicht und flüssig erzählt, verbindet Lorenz Marti wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse mit philosophisch-poetischen Weisheiten und ermöglicht so eine vertiefte Wahrnehmung unserer ebenso rätselhaften wie wunderbaren Welt. Gelesen von Rudolf Guckelsberger. Gesamtspielzeit ca. 70 Min.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469895</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eine Hand voll Sternenstaub: Was das Universum über das Glück des Daseins erzählt
Author: Lorenz Marti
Narrator: Rudolf Guckelsberger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 26 minutes
Release date: February 16, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Warum der blick zu den Sternen unsere seele berührt Wir sind Sternenstaub: Das sagen nicht nur die Dichter, sondern auch die Wissenschaftler. Das Universum spiegelt sich in uns - und wir uns in ihm. Wir entdecken uns dabei aus einer ganz neuen Perspektive. Sie kann unser Leben verändern. Leicht und flüssig erzählt, verbindet Lorenz Marti wissenschaftliche Erkenntnisse mit philosophisch-poetischen Weisheiten und ermöglicht so eine vertiefte Wahrnehmung unserer ebenso rätselhaften wie wunderbaren Welt. Gelesen von Rudolf Guckelsberger. Gesamtspielzeit ca. 70 Min.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Laotse: Tao Te King by Laotse</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Laotse: Tao Te King
Author: Laotse
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Laotses Tao Te King ist eine Staatslehre, die zutiefst humanistische Züge trägt. Harmonisches Zusammenleben und Weltfrieden sind das Ziel, Güte, Integrität und Tugend die Mittel dazu.</description>
      <author>Laotse</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783955976231.mp3" length="623531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783955976231.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Laotse: Tao Te King
Author: Laotse
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Laotses Tao Te King ist eine Staatslehre, die zutiefst humanistische Züge trägt. Harmonisches Zusammenleben und Weltfrieden sind das Ziel, Güte, Integrität und Tugend die Mittel dazu.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469837</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Laotse: Tao Te King
Author: Laotse
Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: February  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Laotses Tao Te King ist eine Staatslehre, die zutiefst humanistische Züge trägt. Harmonisches Zusammenleben und Weltfrieden sind das Ziel, Güte, Integrität und Tugend die Mittel dazu.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Illegale Kriege - Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren: Eine Chronik von Kuba über Afghanistan bis Syrien by Dr. Daniele Ganser</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege - Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren: Eine Chronik von Kuba über Afghanistan bis Syrien
Author: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Narrator: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Wir, die Völker der Vereinten Nationen - fest entschlossen, künftige Geschlechter vor der Geißel des Krieges zu bewahren, die zweimal zu unseren Lebzeiten unsagbares Leid über die Menschheit gebracht hat -, haben beschlossen: Alle Mitglieder unterlassen in ihren internationalen Beziehungen jede gegen die territoriale Unversehrtheit oder die politische Unabhängigkeit eines Staates gerichtete oder sonst mit den Zielen der Vereinten Nationen unvereinbare Androhung oder Anwendung von Gewalt.&amp;#039; Charta der Vereinten Nationen, abgeschlossen in San Francisco am 26. Juni 1945. Mit der Gründung der UNO gilt ein weltweites Kriegsverbot. Nur in zwei Ausnahmen sind kriegerische Maßnahmen zugelassen (Selbstverteidigung oder Mandat des UNO-Sicherheitsrats). Die Realität ist jedoch eine ganz andere. In seinem neuen Vortrag beschreibt Dr. Ganser, wie in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart illegale Kriege geführt werden. Er zeigt, wie die Regeln der UNO und vor allem das Kriegsverbot gezielt sabotiert wurden und welch unrühmliche Rolle hierbei die Länder der NATO spielen. Es ist ein Vortrag von beklemmender Aktualität. Jetzt auch als Hörbuch.</description>
      <author>Dr. Daniele Ganser</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 08 Feb 2017 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783906212289.mp3" length="973524" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783906212289.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege - Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren: Eine Chronik von Kuba über Afghanistan bis Syrien
Author: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Narrator: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Wir, die Völker der Vereinten Nationen - fest entschlossen, künftige Geschlechter vor der Geißel des Krieges zu bewahren, die zweimal zu unseren Lebzeiten unsagbares Leid über die Menschheit gebracht hat -, haben beschlossen: Alle Mitglieder unterlassen in ihren internationalen Beziehungen jede gegen die territoriale Unversehrtheit oder die politische Unabhängigkeit eines Staates gerichtete oder sonst mit den Zielen der Vereinten Nationen unvereinbare Androhung oder Anwendung von Gewalt.&amp;#039; Charta der Vereinten Nationen, abgeschlossen in San Francisco am 26. Juni 1945. Mit der Gründung der UNO gilt ein weltweites Kriegsverbot. Nur in zwei Ausnahmen sind kriegerische Maßnahmen zugelassen (Selbstverteidigung oder Mandat des UNO-Sicherheitsrats). Die Realität ist jedoch eine ganz andere. In seinem neuen Vortrag beschreibt Dr. Ganser, wie in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart illegale Kriege geführt werden. Er zeigt, wie die Regeln der UNO und vor allem das Kriegsverbot gezielt sabotiert wurden und welch unrühmliche Rolle hierbei die Länder der NATO spielen. Es ist ein Vortrag von beklemmender Aktualität. Jetzt auch als Hörbuch.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469781</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Illegale Kriege - Wie die NATO-Länder die UNO sabotieren: Eine Chronik von Kuba über Afghanistan bis Syrien
Author: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Narrator: Dr. Daniele Ganser
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 21 minutes
Release date: February  8, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Wir, die Völker der Vereinten Nationen - fest entschlossen, künftige Geschlechter vor der Geißel des Krieges zu bewahren, die zweimal zu unseren Lebzeiten unsagbares Leid über die Menschheit gebracht hat -, haben beschlossen: Alle Mitglieder unterlassen in ihren internationalen Beziehungen jede gegen die territoriale Unversehrtheit oder die politische Unabhängigkeit eines Staates gerichtete oder sonst mit den Zielen der Vereinten Nationen unvereinbare Androhung oder Anwendung von Gewalt.&amp;#039; Charta der Vereinten Nationen, abgeschlossen in San Francisco am 26. Juni 1945. Mit der Gründung der UNO gilt ein weltweites Kriegsverbot. Nur in zwei Ausnahmen sind kriegerische Maßnahmen zugelassen (Selbstverteidigung oder Mandat des UNO-Sicherheitsrats). Die Realität ist jedoch eine ganz andere. In seinem neuen Vortrag beschreibt Dr. Ganser, wie in Vergangenheit und Gegenwart illegale Kriege geführt werden. Er zeigt, wie die Regeln der UNO und vor allem das Kriegsverbot gezielt sabotiert wurden und welch unrühmliche Rolle hierbei die Länder der NATO spielen. Es ist ein Vortrag von beklemmender Aktualität. Jetzt auch als Hörbuch.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Cannabis: Was man weiß, was man wissen sollte by Peter Cremer-Schaeffer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Cannabis: Was man weiß, was man wissen sollte
Author: Peter Cremer-Schaeffer
Narrator: Bernd Gnann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fluch oder Segen? Für die einen ist Cannabis eine harmlose Droge, für andere der Einstieg in eine zerstörerische Sucht. Doch die Wirkstoffe dieser Pflanze können auch als Medizin schwer kranken Menschen helfen, und ein neues Gesetz erlaubt es nun allen Ärzten, Cannabis-Arzneimittel zu verschreiben. Was dies genau bedeutet, wird in diesem Hörbuch erläutert. Schon lange wird unter Fachleuten diskutiert, ob das Verbot von Cannabis und die Kriminalisierung der Konsumenten eher schaden als nützen. Sollte die Droge frei erhältlich sein? In diesem Hörbuch sind die sachlichen Hintergründe zur Diskussion zusammengestellt. Wir müssen uns entscheiden, ob Cannabis als Genussmittel Teil unserer Kultur werden soll oder nicht. Inhalt Einleitung Cannabis - die Pflanze Cannabis - die Droge Cannabis in Deutschland Gesetzliche Regelungen Cannabis als Genussmittel Dauerhafte Folgen des Konsums Cannabis als Einstiegsdroge Vergleich mit Alkohol, Nikotin und Heroin Cannabis als Heilpflanze Cannabis als Arzneimittel Medizinische Anwendungsgebiete Das Cannabisgesetz Wie geht es weiter in Deutschland? Zehn Fragen und Antworten Schlussbemerkung</description>
      <author>Peter Cremer-Schaeffer</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Jul 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783777627250.mp3" length="882270" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783777627250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Cannabis: Was man weiß, was man wissen sollte
Author: Peter Cremer-Schaeffer
Narrator: Bernd Gnann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fluch oder Segen? Für die einen ist Cannabis eine harmlose Droge, für andere der Einstieg in eine zerstörerische Sucht. Doch die Wirkstoffe dieser Pflanze können auch als Medizin schwer kranken Menschen helfen, und ein neues Gesetz erlaubt es nun allen Ärzten, Cannabis-Arzneimittel zu verschreiben. Was dies genau bedeutet, wird in diesem Hörbuch erläutert. Schon lange wird unter Fachleuten diskutiert, ob das Verbot von Cannabis und die Kriminalisierung der Konsumenten eher schaden als nützen. Sollte die Droge frei erhältlich sein? In diesem Hörbuch sind die sachlichen Hintergründe zur Diskussion zusammengestellt. Wir müssen uns entscheiden, ob Cannabis als Genussmittel Teil unserer Kultur werden soll oder nicht. Inhalt Einleitung Cannabis - die Pflanze Cannabis - die Droge Cannabis in Deutschland Gesetzliche Regelungen Cannabis als Genussmittel Dauerhafte Folgen des Konsums Cannabis als Einstiegsdroge Vergleich mit Alkohol, Nikotin und Heroin Cannabis als Heilpflanze Cannabis als Arzneimittel Medizinische Anwendungsgebiete Das Cannabisgesetz Wie geht es weiter in Deutschland? Zehn Fragen und Antworten Schlussbemerkung</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469694</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Cannabis: Was man weiß, was man wissen sollte
Author: Peter Cremer-Schaeffer
Narrator: Bernd Gnann
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 19 minutes
Release date: July  1, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Fluch oder Segen? Für die einen ist Cannabis eine harmlose Droge, für andere der Einstieg in eine zerstörerische Sucht. Doch die Wirkstoffe dieser Pflanze können auch als Medizin schwer kranken Menschen helfen, und ein neues Gesetz erlaubt es nun allen Ärzten, Cannabis-Arzneimittel zu verschreiben. Was dies genau bedeutet, wird in diesem Hörbuch erläutert. Schon lange wird unter Fachleuten diskutiert, ob das Verbot von Cannabis und die Kriminalisierung der Konsumenten eher schaden als nützen. Sollte die Droge frei erhältlich sein? In diesem Hörbuch sind die sachlichen Hintergründe zur Diskussion zusammengestellt. Wir müssen uns entscheiden, ob Cannabis als Genussmittel Teil unserer Kultur werden soll oder nicht. Inhalt Einleitung Cannabis - die Pflanze Cannabis - die Droge Cannabis in Deutschland Gesetzliche Regelungen Cannabis als Genussmittel Dauerhafte Folgen des Konsums Cannabis als Einstiegsdroge Vergleich mit Alkohol, Nikotin und Heroin Cannabis als Heilpflanze Cannabis als Arzneimittel Medizinische Anwendungsgebiete Das Cannabisgesetz Wie geht es weiter in Deutschland? Zehn Fragen und Antworten Schlussbemerkung</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Christoph Maria Herbst liest Tucholsky by Kurt Tucholsky</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Christoph Maria Herbst liest Tucholsky
Author: Kurt Tucholsky
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn Christoph Maria Herbst sich aufmacht, um dem Meister von Satire und Humor zu huldigen, dann kommt ein erstklassiges und witziges Hörbuch dabei heraus. Tucholsky, der vielleicht hellsichtigste Beobachter der Weimarer Republik, zeichnet Deutschland und die Deutschen mal boshaft, mal liebevoll - aber immer pointiert. Dabei sind seine Texte bis heute so verblüffend aktuell, als hätte er sie erst gestern auf einer Familienfeier abgelauscht. Die besten Texte von Tucholsky - meisterhaft interpretiert:   Vorsätze   Der Floh   Die Kunst, falsch zu reisen   Die Zeitbremse   Der Mann, der zu spät kam   Die letzte Seite</description>
      <author>Kurt Tucholsky</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451881329.mp3" length="769687" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451881329.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Christoph Maria Herbst liest Tucholsky
Author: Kurt Tucholsky
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn Christoph Maria Herbst sich aufmacht, um dem Meister von Satire und Humor zu huldigen, dann kommt ein erstklassiges und witziges Hörbuch dabei heraus. Tucholsky, der vielleicht hellsichtigste Beobachter der Weimarer Republik, zeichnet Deutschland und die Deutschen mal boshaft, mal liebevoll - aber immer pointiert. Dabei sind seine Texte bis heute so verblüffend aktuell, als hätte er sie erst gestern auf einer Familienfeier abgelauscht. Die besten Texte von Tucholsky - meisterhaft interpretiert:   Vorsätze   Der Floh   Die Kunst, falsch zu reisen   Die Zeitbremse   Der Mann, der zu spät kam   Die letzte Seite</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469683</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Christoph Maria Herbst liest Tucholsky
Author: Kurt Tucholsky
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 20 minutes
Release date: April 22, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenn Christoph Maria Herbst sich aufmacht, um dem Meister von Satire und Humor zu huldigen, dann kommt ein erstklassiges und witziges Hörbuch dabei heraus. Tucholsky, der vielleicht hellsichtigste Beobachter der Weimarer Republik, zeichnet Deutschland und die Deutschen mal boshaft, mal liebevoll - aber immer pointiert. Dabei sind seine Texte bis heute so verblüffend aktuell, als hätte er sie erst gestern auf einer Familienfeier abgelauscht. Die besten Texte von Tucholsky - meisterhaft interpretiert:   Vorsätze   Der Floh   Die Kunst, falsch zu reisen   Die Zeitbremse   Der Mann, der zu spät kam   Die letzte Seite</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vertrauen: Für eine Philosophie der Politik by Gesine Schwan, Klaus Sander</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vertrauen: Für eine Philosophie der Politik
Author: Gesine Schwan, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Gesine Schwan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenige Begriffe haben in der letzten Zeit eine größere Konjunktur gehabt als das Wort &amp;#039;Vertrauen&amp;#039;. Eine solche Konjunktur verweist auf ein erhebliches Defizit, gerät aber auch in die Gefahr, Überdruss zu wecken, weil man das Wort nicht mehr hören kann. Hilfreich dagegen könnte es sein, sich anhand der Ideengeschichte die historische Kontinuität und die grundsätzliche Bedeutung des Zusammenhangs von Vertrauen und freiheitlichem Zusammenleben vor Augen zu führen, um die Wiederholungen der Tagesdebatten für einen Augenblick zu verlassen. Oft öffnet die Rückbesinnung auf die Geschichte zudem einen neuen Blick auf die Gegenwart. Überlegungen zur politisch-philosophischen Bedeutung von Vertrauen sind wichtig, um die Fundierung der gegenwärtigen Debatte in der Ideengeschichte zu verstehen. Von heute aus betrachtet, stellt sich die Frage, wie es um die Chance von Vertrauen in Deutschland, in Europa und in der Welt gegenwärtig wirklich bestellt ist. Denn der seit Jahrzehnten anhaltende Vertrauensschwund in den westlichen Demokratien kann ja nicht nur mit der moralischen Qualität der Politiker bzw. überhaupt der Bürger zu tun haben. Wenn zum Beispiel historische Erfahrungen oder politische Handlungen die Misstrauenspotenziale in den Menschen stärken, dann helfen philosophische Klärungen, so notwendig sie sind, in der Praxis nur bedingt weiter. Die Chancen demokratischer freiheitlicher Politik werden in dem Maße steigen, wie es uns gelingt, das Vertrauenspotenzial in der Gesellschaft zu stärken. Das ist nicht die Aufgabe der Politik allein, denn wir sind nicht einfach Konsumenten, die zurückgelehnt das Treiben auf dem Markt der Möglichkeiten betrachten oder schauen können, wie wir die Konkurrenz am besten ausstechen. Wir sind immer auch Bürger (citoyens), denen das Gemeinwohl, wenn es nicht vor die Hunde gehen soll, im wohlverstandenen eigenen Interesse genauso am Herzen liegen muss wie das private... Inhalt: Die philosophische Seite der Politik 01 Gesine ist kritisch 02 Entlang der Geschichte politischer Ideen 03 Schulderfahrungen 04 Rebellion und Schuld Bewährung in der Praxis 05 Präsidentin der Europa-Universität Viadrina 06 Die Kandidatur zur Bundespräsidentin Politik und Vertrauen 07 Grundkonsens als Voraussetzung demokratischen Handelns</description>
      <author>Gesine Schwan, Klaus Sander</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 20 Feb 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783863851248.mp3" length="891191" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783863851248.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vertrauen: Für eine Philosophie der Politik
Author: Gesine Schwan, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Gesine Schwan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenige Begriffe haben in der letzten Zeit eine größere Konjunktur gehabt als das Wort &amp;#039;Vertrauen&amp;#039;. Eine solche Konjunktur verweist auf ein erhebliches Defizit, gerät aber auch in die Gefahr, Überdruss zu wecken, weil man das Wort nicht mehr hören kann. Hilfreich dagegen könnte es sein, sich anhand der Ideengeschichte die historische Kontinuität und die grundsätzliche Bedeutung des Zusammenhangs von Vertrauen und freiheitlichem Zusammenleben vor Augen zu führen, um die Wiederholungen der Tagesdebatten für einen Augenblick zu verlassen. Oft öffnet die Rückbesinnung auf die Geschichte zudem einen neuen Blick auf die Gegenwart. Überlegungen zur politisch-philosophischen Bedeutung von Vertrauen sind wichtig, um die Fundierung der gegenwärtigen Debatte in der Ideengeschichte zu verstehen. Von heute aus betrachtet, stellt sich die Frage, wie es um die Chance von Vertrauen in Deutschland, in Europa und in der Welt gegenwärtig wirklich bestellt ist. Denn der seit Jahrzehnten anhaltende Vertrauensschwund in den westlichen Demokratien kann ja nicht nur mit der moralischen Qualität der Politiker bzw. überhaupt der Bürger zu tun haben. Wenn zum Beispiel historische Erfahrungen oder politische Handlungen die Misstrauenspotenziale in den Menschen stärken, dann helfen philosophische Klärungen, so notwendig sie sind, in der Praxis nur bedingt weiter. Die Chancen demokratischer freiheitlicher Politik werden in dem Maße steigen, wie es uns gelingt, das Vertrauenspotenzial in der Gesellschaft zu stärken. Das ist nicht die Aufgabe der Politik allein, denn wir sind nicht einfach Konsumenten, die zurückgelehnt das Treiben auf dem Markt der Möglichkeiten betrachten oder schauen können, wie wir die Konkurrenz am besten ausstechen. Wir sind immer auch Bürger (citoyens), denen das Gemeinwohl, wenn es nicht vor die Hunde gehen soll, im wohlverstandenen eigenen Interesse genauso am Herzen liegen muss wie das private... Inhalt: Die philosophische Seite der Politik 01 Gesine ist kritisch 02 Entlang der Geschichte politischer Ideen 03 Schulderfahrungen 04 Rebellion und Schuld Bewährung in der Praxis 05 Präsidentin der Europa-Universität Viadrina 06 Die Kandidatur zur Bundespräsidentin Politik und Vertrauen 07 Grundkonsens als Voraussetzung demokratischen Handelns</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/469011</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vertrauen: Für eine Philosophie der Politik
Author: Gesine Schwan, Klaus Sander
Narrator: Gesine Schwan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: February 20, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wenige Begriffe haben in der letzten Zeit eine größere Konjunktur gehabt als das Wort &amp;#039;Vertrauen&amp;#039;. Eine solche Konjunktur verweist auf ein erhebliches Defizit, gerät aber auch in die Gefahr, Überdruss zu wecken, weil man das Wort nicht mehr hören kann. Hilfreich dagegen könnte es sein, sich anhand der Ideengeschichte die historische Kontinuität und die grundsätzliche Bedeutung des Zusammenhangs von Vertrauen und freiheitlichem Zusammenleben vor Augen zu führen, um die Wiederholungen der Tagesdebatten für einen Augenblick zu verlassen. Oft öffnet die Rückbesinnung auf die Geschichte zudem einen neuen Blick auf die Gegenwart. Überlegungen zur politisch-philosophischen Bedeutung von Vertrauen sind wichtig, um die Fundierung der gegenwärtigen Debatte in der Ideengeschichte zu verstehen. Von heute aus betrachtet, stellt sich die Frage, wie es um die Chance von Vertrauen in Deutschland, in Europa und in der Welt gegenwärtig wirklich bestellt ist. Denn der seit Jahrzehnten anhaltende Vertrauensschwund in den westlichen Demokratien kann ja nicht nur mit der moralischen Qualität der Politiker bzw. überhaupt der Bürger zu tun haben. Wenn zum Beispiel historische Erfahrungen oder politische Handlungen die Misstrauenspotenziale in den Menschen stärken, dann helfen philosophische Klärungen, so notwendig sie sind, in der Praxis nur bedingt weiter. Die Chancen demokratischer freiheitlicher Politik werden in dem Maße steigen, wie es uns gelingt, das Vertrauenspotenzial in der Gesellschaft zu stärken. Das ist nicht die Aufgabe der Politik allein, denn wir sind nicht einfach Konsumenten, die zurückgelehnt das Treiben auf dem Markt der Möglichkeiten betrachten oder schauen können, wie wir die Konkurrenz am besten ausstechen. Wir sind immer auch Bürger (citoyens), denen das Gemeinwohl, wenn es nicht vor die Hunde gehen soll, im wohlverstandenen eigenen Interesse genauso am Herzen liegen muss wie das private... Inhalt: Die philosophische Seite der Politik 01 Gesine ist kritisch 02 Entlang der Geschichte politischer Ideen 03 Schulderfahrungen 04 Rebellion und Schuld Bewährung in der Praxis 05 Präsidentin der Europa-Universität Viadrina 06 Die Kandidatur zur Bundespräsidentin Politik und Vertrauen 07 Grundkonsens als Voraussetzung demokratischen Handelns</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Eigentlich bin ich nur außen alt: Kurzgeschichten für Senioren by Ingrid Huber</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eigentlich bin ich nur außen alt: Kurzgeschichten für Senioren
Author: Ingrid Huber
Narrator: Ingrid Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Berührende, unterhaltsame Kurzgeschichten, die in Lebenswelt und Alltag alter Menschen den Zauber der kleinen Dinge zum Vorschein bringen. Ideal zum Zuhören. Die Geschichten sind ganz nah am Lebensalltag alter, oft vergessener Menschen. Sie lassen mal schmunzeln, sie regen zum Nachdenken an, sogar Krimis sind vertreten - allen gemeinsam ist die Überzeugung: alt sind wir nur von außen!  1. Das soll ein Riesenfest werden 2. 77 rote Rosen 3. Gibt es Gartenzwerge auf Hawaii? 4. Drei Schwestern kämpfen um ihr Erbe 5. Kleiner Ausblick in eine &amp;#039;große&amp;#039; Zukunft 6. Zeit ist Geld 7. Eigentlich Gesamtspielzeit: ca. 55 Min.</description>
      <author>Ingrid Huber</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2013 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451880100.mp3" length="879084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451880100.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eigentlich bin ich nur außen alt: Kurzgeschichten für Senioren
Author: Ingrid Huber
Narrator: Ingrid Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Berührende, unterhaltsame Kurzgeschichten, die in Lebenswelt und Alltag alter Menschen den Zauber der kleinen Dinge zum Vorschein bringen. Ideal zum Zuhören. Die Geschichten sind ganz nah am Lebensalltag alter, oft vergessener Menschen. Sie lassen mal schmunzeln, sie regen zum Nachdenken an, sogar Krimis sind vertreten - allen gemeinsam ist die Überzeugung: alt sind wir nur von außen!  1. Das soll ein Riesenfest werden 2. 77 rote Rosen 3. Gibt es Gartenzwerge auf Hawaii? 4. Drei Schwestern kämpfen um ihr Erbe 5. Kleiner Ausblick in eine &amp;#039;große&amp;#039; Zukunft 6. Zeit ist Geld 7. Eigentlich Gesamtspielzeit: ca. 55 Min.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468746</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Eigentlich bin ich nur außen alt: Kurzgeschichten für Senioren
Author: Ingrid Huber
Narrator: Ingrid Huber
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 54 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Berührende, unterhaltsame Kurzgeschichten, die in Lebenswelt und Alltag alter Menschen den Zauber der kleinen Dinge zum Vorschein bringen. Ideal zum Zuhören. Die Geschichten sind ganz nah am Lebensalltag alter, oft vergessener Menschen. Sie lassen mal schmunzeln, sie regen zum Nachdenken an, sogar Krimis sind vertreten - allen gemeinsam ist die Überzeugung: alt sind wir nur von außen!  1. Das soll ein Riesenfest werden 2. 77 rote Rosen 3. Gibt es Gartenzwerge auf Hawaii? 4. Drei Schwestern kämpfen um ihr Erbe 5. Kleiner Ausblick in eine &amp;#039;große&amp;#039; Zukunft 6. Zeit ist Geld 7. Eigentlich Gesamtspielzeit: ca. 55 Min.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Uwe Ochsenknecht liest: Luthers Tischreden by Martin Luther</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uwe Ochsenknecht liest: Luthers Tischreden
Author: Martin Luther
Narrator: Uwe Ochsenknecht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Die Welt ist ein betrunkener Bauer. Hebt man ihn auf der einen Seite in den Sattel, so fällt er auf der anderen Seite wieder herunter.&amp;#039; Die vielgerühmte Volksnähe und Wortgewandtheit des großen Reformators Martin Luther wird ganz besonders in seinen im Freundeskreis gehaltenen Tischreden deutlich. Spontan und voller Lebensklugheit äußert er sich in kraftvoller und lebendiger Sprache zu den verschiedensten Themen quer durch alle Lebensbereiche. Ein höchst unterhaltsames und dennoch zum Nachdenken anregendes Gedanken-Potpurri eines großen Geistes. Trackliste: 1.-11. Wir fressen uns zu Tode - Das Fleisch ist schwach 12.-26. Der Weiber Mangel an Verstand - Luther und die Frauen 27.-33. Leibesfrüchte - Je mehr Kinder, desto mehr Glück 34.-41. Wie man dem Teufel wehrt - Nichts wird so heiß gegessen, wie es gekocht wird 42.-54. Die Welt ist wie ein betrunkener Bauer</description>
      <author>Martin Luther</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Aug 2013 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451880117.mp3" length="850841" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451880117.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uwe Ochsenknecht liest: Luthers Tischreden
Author: Martin Luther
Narrator: Uwe Ochsenknecht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Die Welt ist ein betrunkener Bauer. Hebt man ihn auf der einen Seite in den Sattel, so fällt er auf der anderen Seite wieder herunter.&amp;#039; Die vielgerühmte Volksnähe und Wortgewandtheit des großen Reformators Martin Luther wird ganz besonders in seinen im Freundeskreis gehaltenen Tischreden deutlich. Spontan und voller Lebensklugheit äußert er sich in kraftvoller und lebendiger Sprache zu den verschiedensten Themen quer durch alle Lebensbereiche. Ein höchst unterhaltsames und dennoch zum Nachdenken anregendes Gedanken-Potpurri eines großen Geistes. Trackliste: 1.-11. Wir fressen uns zu Tode - Das Fleisch ist schwach 12.-26. Der Weiber Mangel an Verstand - Luther und die Frauen 27.-33. Leibesfrüchte - Je mehr Kinder, desto mehr Glück 34.-41. Wie man dem Teufel wehrt - Nichts wird so heiß gegessen, wie es gekocht wird 42.-54. Die Welt ist wie ein betrunkener Bauer</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468744</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Uwe Ochsenknecht liest: Luthers Tischreden
Author: Martin Luther
Narrator: Uwe Ochsenknecht
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 55 minutes
Release date: August 15, 2013
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Die Welt ist ein betrunkener Bauer. Hebt man ihn auf der einen Seite in den Sattel, so fällt er auf der anderen Seite wieder herunter.&amp;#039; Die vielgerühmte Volksnähe und Wortgewandtheit des großen Reformators Martin Luther wird ganz besonders in seinen im Freundeskreis gehaltenen Tischreden deutlich. Spontan und voller Lebensklugheit äußert er sich in kraftvoller und lebendiger Sprache zu den verschiedensten Themen quer durch alle Lebensbereiche. Ein höchst unterhaltsames und dennoch zum Nachdenken anregendes Gedanken-Potpurri eines großen Geistes. Trackliste: 1.-11. Wir fressen uns zu Tode - Das Fleisch ist schwach 12.-26. Der Weiber Mangel an Verstand - Luther und die Frauen 27.-33. Leibesfrüchte - Je mehr Kinder, desto mehr Glück 34.-41. Wie man dem Teufel wehrt - Nichts wird so heiß gegessen, wie es gekocht wird 42.-54. Die Welt ist wie ein betrunkener Bauer</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gottes Zeit ist die allerbeste Zeit: Bachs Trauerkantate in der Auslegung von Notger Wolf - mit dem Thomanerchor Leipzig by Johann Sebastian Bach, Notker Wolf</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gottes Zeit ist die allerbeste Zeit: Bachs Trauerkantate in der Auslegung von Notger Wolf - mit dem Thomanerchor Leipzig
Author: Johann Sebastian Bach, Notker Wolf
Narrator: Notker Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bachs Trauerkantate gilt als Geniewerk, wie es auch großen Meistern selten gelingt. Text und Musik reflektieren die Endlichkeit unserer Daseins. Die zwei Teile des Werkes erschließen den Kern der christlichen Botschaft: Im ersten Teil wird die Sicht des Alten Testaments in Bezug auf das Sterben dargestellt. Der zweite Teil stellt die Hoffnungsbotschaft des Neuen Testamentes gegenüber. Diese Produktion verbindet Bachs Musik mit Meditationen von Abtprimas Notker Wolf.</description>
      <author>Johann Sebastian Bach, Notker Wolf</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Feb 2015 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783451881374.mp3" length="926867" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783451881374.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gottes Zeit ist die allerbeste Zeit: Bachs Trauerkantate in der Auslegung von Notger Wolf - mit dem Thomanerchor Leipzig
Author: Johann Sebastian Bach, Notker Wolf
Narrator: Notker Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bachs Trauerkantate gilt als Geniewerk, wie es auch großen Meistern selten gelingt. Text und Musik reflektieren die Endlichkeit unserer Daseins. Die zwei Teile des Werkes erschließen den Kern der christlichen Botschaft: Im ersten Teil wird die Sicht des Alten Testaments in Bezug auf das Sterben dargestellt. Der zweite Teil stellt die Hoffnungsbotschaft des Neuen Testamentes gegenüber. Diese Produktion verbindet Bachs Musik mit Meditationen von Abtprimas Notker Wolf.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/468497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gottes Zeit ist die allerbeste Zeit: Bachs Trauerkantate in der Auslegung von Notger Wolf - mit dem Thomanerchor Leipzig
Author: Johann Sebastian Bach, Notker Wolf
Narrator: Notker Wolf
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 45 minutes
Release date: February 24, 2015
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Bachs Trauerkantate gilt als Geniewerk, wie es auch großen Meistern selten gelingt. Text und Musik reflektieren die Endlichkeit unserer Daseins. Die zwei Teile des Werkes erschließen den Kern der christlichen Botschaft: Im ersten Teil wird die Sicht des Alten Testaments in Bezug auf das Sterben dargestellt. Der zweite Teil stellt die Hoffnungsbotschaft des Neuen Testamentes gegenüber. Diese Produktion verbindet Bachs Musik mit Meditationen von Abtprimas Notker Wolf.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Gute Nacht Geschichte - Strandtag: Traumreise mit Cubanty mit Musik zum Einschlafen by Cubanty Kuscheltier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gute Nacht Geschichte - Strandtag: Traumreise mit Cubanty mit Musik zum Einschlafen
Author: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Narrator: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen | Hörbuch &amp;#039;Strandtag&amp;#039;| Mit Musik zum Einschlafen   Einschlafen mit Cubanty Kuscheltier, dem neuen Sandmännchen!     (Quelle: amazon.de, Bewertung zur CD Wolkenflausch von Cubanty Kuscheltier)  Höre meinen Gute Nacht Geschichten zu und schlafe glücklich ein.     Hallo, ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier. Meine Hörer sagen ich bin neue Sandmännchen. (Quelle amazon Bewertungen der CD Wolkenflausch) Darüber freue ich mich ganz besonders!    Ich möchte dein Freund sein. Ich bin weich und knuddelig und rieche nach Vanille. Ich bin so kuschelig und weich, dass du dich beim Hören meiner Entspannungsgeschichten in mich hineinkuscheln und dich ausruhen kannst. Gern halte ich dabei deine Hand. Bei mir bist du sicher und geborgen. Beim Zuhören meiner Traumreisen lernst du zur Ruhe zu kommen. So kannst du auch in deinem Alltag ruhig werden, wenn du möchtest, z.B. beim Mittagsschlaf. Mit meinen Gutenachtgeschichten zum Hören schläfst du richtig gerne ein. Ich freue mich schon abends mit dir zu kuscheln und dir eine Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen zu vorzulesen.    Mein Traumstaub    Ich habe ein kleines Geheimnis, dass ich heute mit dir teilen möchte. Möchtest du es wissen? Dann erzähle ich es dir gerne! Mein Fell ist komplett mit glitzerndem Traumstaub bedeckt. Da kommt davon, dass ich vor einiger Zeit einmal komplett rund um den Mond geflogen bin. Seitdem ist mein blaues Fell komplett mit magischem Traumstaub bedeckt. Dieser Zauberstaub entfaltet seine Wirkung, während ich dir eine Traumreise zum Einschlafen erzähle. Schon während du meinen Entspannungsgeschichten lauschst wirst du ruhiger und entspannter und kannst am Schluss der Phantasiereisen glücklich und zufrieden einschlafen.    Bei mir bist du geborgen und sicher    Ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier und dein Freund. Ich möchte, dass es dir gut geht und du glücklich bist. Mit meinen Fantasiereisen möchte ich dir helfen Probleme und Sorgen zu vergessen und dich sicher und geborgen zu fühlen. Ich erzähle dir Gute Nacht Geschichten zum Einschlafen bei denen du mit Hilfe der eingewebten Entspannungstechniken, ruhig und zufrieden wirst. Wir erleben gemeinsam Traumreisen zum Ruhig werden und Einschlafen. Elemente aus dem autogenen Training und andere tolle Entspannungstechniken integriere ich in meine Gutenachtgeschichten. Dabei werden wir immer ruhiger und können den Alltag hinter uns lassen. Wir erleben die Abenteuer in meinen Fantasiereisen gemeinsam. Ich bin immer an deiner Seite.    Zuhören und herrlich schläfrig werden    Komm mit auf unsere gemeinsame Reise ins Traumland. Schlafen ist so schön! Höre einfach meinen Traumreisen zu und schlafe glücklich ein. Du kannst meine Gute Nacht Geschichten als Hörbuch hören oder dir vorlesen lassen.    Meine Gutenachtgeschichten gibt es auch auf CD. Man kann sie unter anderem bei amazon kaufen.</description>
      <author>Cubanty Kuscheltier</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783944698670.mp3" length="644805" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783944698670.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:15:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gute Nacht Geschichte - Strandtag: Traumreise mit Cubanty mit Musik zum Einschlafen
Author: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Narrator: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen | Hörbuch &amp;#039;Strandtag&amp;#039;| Mit Musik zum Einschlafen   Einschlafen mit Cubanty Kuscheltier, dem neuen Sandmännchen!     (Quelle: amazon.de, Bewertung zur CD Wolkenflausch von Cubanty Kuscheltier)  Höre meinen Gute Nacht Geschichten zu und schlafe glücklich ein.     Hallo, ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier. Meine Hörer sagen ich bin neue Sandmännchen. (Quelle amazon Bewertungen der CD Wolkenflausch) Darüber freue ich mich ganz besonders!    Ich möchte dein Freund sein. Ich bin weich und knuddelig und rieche nach Vanille. Ich bin so kuschelig und weich, dass du dich beim Hören meiner Entspannungsgeschichten in mich hineinkuscheln und dich ausruhen kannst. Gern halte ich dabei deine Hand. Bei mir bist du sicher und geborgen. Beim Zuhören meiner Traumreisen lernst du zur Ruhe zu kommen. So kannst du auch in deinem Alltag ruhig werden, wenn du möchtest, z.B. beim Mittagsschlaf. Mit meinen Gutenachtgeschichten zum Hören schläfst du richtig gerne ein. Ich freue mich schon abends mit dir zu kuscheln und dir eine Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen zu vorzulesen.    Mein Traumstaub    Ich habe ein kleines Geheimnis, dass ich heute mit dir teilen möchte. Möchtest du es wissen? Dann erzähle ich es dir gerne! Mein Fell ist komplett mit glitzerndem Traumstaub bedeckt. Da kommt davon, dass ich vor einiger Zeit einmal komplett rund um den Mond geflogen bin. Seitdem ist mein blaues Fell komplett mit magischem Traumstaub bedeckt. Dieser Zauberstaub entfaltet seine Wirkung, während ich dir eine Traumreise zum Einschlafen erzähle. Schon während du meinen Entspannungsgeschichten lauschst wirst du ruhiger und entspannter und kannst am Schluss der Phantasiereisen glücklich und zufrieden einschlafen.    Bei mir bist du geborgen und sicher    Ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier und dein Freund. Ich möchte, dass es dir gut geht und du glücklich bist. Mit meinen Fantasiereisen möchte ich dir helfen Probleme und Sorgen zu vergessen und dich sicher und geborgen zu fühlen. Ich erzähle dir Gute Nacht Geschichten zum Einschlafen bei denen du mit Hilfe der eingewebten Entspannungstechniken, ruhig und zufrieden wirst. Wir erleben gemeinsam Traumreisen zum Ruhig werden und Einschlafen. Elemente aus dem autogenen Training und andere tolle Entspannungstechniken integriere ich in meine Gutenachtgeschichten. Dabei werden wir immer ruhiger und können den Alltag hinter uns lassen. Wir erleben die Abenteuer in meinen Fantasiereisen gemeinsam. Ich bin immer an deiner Seite.    Zuhören und herrlich schläfrig werden    Komm mit auf unsere gemeinsame Reise ins Traumland. Schlafen ist so schön! Höre einfach meinen Traumreisen zu und schlafe glücklich ein. Du kannst meine Gute Nacht Geschichten als Hörbuch hören oder dir vorlesen lassen.    Meine Gutenachtgeschichten gibt es auch auf CD. Man kann sie unter anderem bei amazon kaufen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467974</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Gute Nacht Geschichte - Strandtag: Traumreise mit Cubanty mit Musik zum Einschlafen
Author: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Narrator: Cubanty Kuscheltier
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 15 minutes
Release date: February 25, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen | Hörbuch &amp;#039;Strandtag&amp;#039;| Mit Musik zum Einschlafen   Einschlafen mit Cubanty Kuscheltier, dem neuen Sandmännchen!     (Quelle: amazon.de, Bewertung zur CD Wolkenflausch von Cubanty Kuscheltier)  Höre meinen Gute Nacht Geschichten zu und schlafe glücklich ein.     Hallo, ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier. Meine Hörer sagen ich bin neue Sandmännchen. (Quelle amazon Bewertungen der CD Wolkenflausch) Darüber freue ich mich ganz besonders!    Ich möchte dein Freund sein. Ich bin weich und knuddelig und rieche nach Vanille. Ich bin so kuschelig und weich, dass du dich beim Hören meiner Entspannungsgeschichten in mich hineinkuscheln und dich ausruhen kannst. Gern halte ich dabei deine Hand. Bei mir bist du sicher und geborgen. Beim Zuhören meiner Traumreisen lernst du zur Ruhe zu kommen. So kannst du auch in deinem Alltag ruhig werden, wenn du möchtest, z.B. beim Mittagsschlaf. Mit meinen Gutenachtgeschichten zum Hören schläfst du richtig gerne ein. Ich freue mich schon abends mit dir zu kuscheln und dir eine Gute Nacht Geschichte zum Einschlafen zu vorzulesen.    Mein Traumstaub    Ich habe ein kleines Geheimnis, dass ich heute mit dir teilen möchte. Möchtest du es wissen? Dann erzähle ich es dir gerne! Mein Fell ist komplett mit glitzerndem Traumstaub bedeckt. Da kommt davon, dass ich vor einiger Zeit einmal komplett rund um den Mond geflogen bin. Seitdem ist mein blaues Fell komplett mit magischem Traumstaub bedeckt. Dieser Zauberstaub entfaltet seine Wirkung, während ich dir eine Traumreise zum Einschlafen erzähle. Schon während du meinen Entspannungsgeschichten lauschst wirst du ruhiger und entspannter und kannst am Schluss der Phantasiereisen glücklich und zufrieden einschlafen.    Bei mir bist du geborgen und sicher    Ich bin Cubanty Kuscheltier und dein Freund. Ich möchte, dass es dir gut geht und du glücklich bist. Mit meinen Fantasiereisen möchte ich dir helfen Probleme und Sorgen zu vergessen und dich sicher und geborgen zu fühlen. Ich erzähle dir Gute Nacht Geschichten zum Einschlafen bei denen du mit Hilfe der eingewebten Entspannungstechniken, ruhig und zufrieden wirst. Wir erleben gemeinsam Traumreisen zum Ruhig werden und Einschlafen. Elemente aus dem autogenen Training und andere tolle Entspannungstechniken integriere ich in meine Gutenachtgeschichten. Dabei werden wir immer ruhiger und können den Alltag hinter uns lassen. Wir erleben die Abenteuer in meinen Fantasiereisen gemeinsam. Ich bin immer an deiner Seite.    Zuhören und herrlich schläfrig werden    Komm mit auf unsere gemeinsame Reise ins Traumland. Schlafen ist so schön! Höre einfach meinen Traumreisen zu und schlafe glücklich ein. Du kannst meine Gute Nacht Geschichten als Hörbuch hören oder dir vorlesen lassen.    Meine Gutenachtgeschichten gibt es auch auf CD. Man kann sie unter anderem bei amazon kaufen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Der betrogene Patient: Ein Arzt deckt auf, warum Ihr Leben in Gefahr ist, wenn Sie sich medizinisch behandeln lassen by Gerd Reuther</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der betrogene Patient: Ein Arzt deckt auf, warum Ihr Leben in Gefahr ist, wenn Sie sich medizinisch behandeln lassen
Author: Gerd Reuther
Narrator: Gerd Reuther
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie waren die Heilungsversprechen größer als heute und doch ist die ärztliche Behandlung zu unserer häufigsten Todesursache geworden. Wer den Therapieempfehlungen der Mediziner rückhaltlos vertraut, schadet sich häufiger, als er sich nützt. Erschreckend viele Behandlungen sind ohne nachgewiesene Wirksamkeit und oft wäre das Abwarten des Spontanverlaufs sogar wirksamer und nachhaltiger. Schonungslos ehrlich seziert Dr. med. Gerd Reuther nach 30 Jahren als Arzt seinen Berufsstand. Er deckt auf, dass die Medizin häufig nicht auf das langfristige Wohlergehen der Kranken abzielt, sondern in erster Linie die Kasse der Kliniken und Praxen füllen soll. Seine Abrechnung ist aber nicht hoffnungslos, denn er zeigt auch auf, wie eine neue, bessere Medizin aussehen könnte. Sie müsste mit einer anderen Vergütung medizinischer Dienstleistungen beginnen und Geld dürfte nicht mehr über Leben und Tod bestimmen. Mit der Expertise eines Mediziners geschrieben, verliert das Buch trotzdem nie den Patienten aus dem Blick. Durch seine präzise Analyse der herrschenden Verhältnisse wird es zu einer Überlebensstrategie für Kranke, die ihr Leid nicht durch Medizin vergrößern wollen.</description>
      <author>Gerd Reuther</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2018 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783745301038.mp3" length="922402" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783745301038.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der betrogene Patient: Ein Arzt deckt auf, warum Ihr Leben in Gefahr ist, wenn Sie sich medizinisch behandeln lassen
Author: Gerd Reuther
Narrator: Gerd Reuther
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie waren die Heilungsversprechen größer als heute und doch ist die ärztliche Behandlung zu unserer häufigsten Todesursache geworden. Wer den Therapieempfehlungen der Mediziner rückhaltlos vertraut, schadet sich häufiger, als er sich nützt. Erschreckend viele Behandlungen sind ohne nachgewiesene Wirksamkeit und oft wäre das Abwarten des Spontanverlaufs sogar wirksamer und nachhaltiger. Schonungslos ehrlich seziert Dr. med. Gerd Reuther nach 30 Jahren als Arzt seinen Berufsstand. Er deckt auf, dass die Medizin häufig nicht auf das langfristige Wohlergehen der Kranken abzielt, sondern in erster Linie die Kasse der Kliniken und Praxen füllen soll. Seine Abrechnung ist aber nicht hoffnungslos, denn er zeigt auch auf, wie eine neue, bessere Medizin aussehen könnte. Sie müsste mit einer anderen Vergütung medizinischer Dienstleistungen beginnen und Geld dürfte nicht mehr über Leben und Tod bestimmen. Mit der Expertise eines Mediziners geschrieben, verliert das Buch trotzdem nie den Patienten aus dem Blick. Durch seine präzise Analyse der herrschenden Verhältnisse wird es zu einer Überlebensstrategie für Kranke, die ihr Leid nicht durch Medizin vergrößern wollen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467493</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Der betrogene Patient: Ein Arzt deckt auf, warum Ihr Leben in Gefahr ist, wenn Sie sich medizinisch behandeln lassen
Author: Gerd Reuther
Narrator: Gerd Reuther
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 22, 2018
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nie waren die Heilungsversprechen größer als heute und doch ist die ärztliche Behandlung zu unserer häufigsten Todesursache geworden. Wer den Therapieempfehlungen der Mediziner rückhaltlos vertraut, schadet sich häufiger, als er sich nützt. Erschreckend viele Behandlungen sind ohne nachgewiesene Wirksamkeit und oft wäre das Abwarten des Spontanverlaufs sogar wirksamer und nachhaltiger. Schonungslos ehrlich seziert Dr. med. Gerd Reuther nach 30 Jahren als Arzt seinen Berufsstand. Er deckt auf, dass die Medizin häufig nicht auf das langfristige Wohlergehen der Kranken abzielt, sondern in erster Linie die Kasse der Kliniken und Praxen füllen soll. Seine Abrechnung ist aber nicht hoffnungslos, denn er zeigt auch auf, wie eine neue, bessere Medizin aussehen könnte. Sie müsste mit einer anderen Vergütung medizinischer Dienstleistungen beginnen und Geld dürfte nicht mehr über Leben und Tod bestimmen. Mit der Expertise eines Mediziners geschrieben, verliert das Buch trotzdem nie den Patienten aus dem Blick. Durch seine präzise Analyse der herrschenden Verhältnisse wird es zu einer Überlebensstrategie für Kranke, die ihr Leid nicht durch Medizin vergrößern wollen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Deutschland in Gefahr: Wie ein schwacher Staat unsere Sicherheit aufs Spiel setzt by Rainer Wendt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deutschland in Gefahr: Wie ein schwacher Staat unsere Sicherheit aufs Spiel setzt
Author: Rainer Wendt
Narrator: Rainer Wendt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein schwacher Staat kann die Menschen nicht schützen, die in seinen Grenzen leben. Und deshalb muss Schluss sein damit, Deutschland weiter zu schwächen. Denn unser Land ist längst nicht mehr sicher, deshalb brauchen wir den starken Staat. Denn nur der hat die Macht, die Bürger zu schützen und gegen diejenigen anzutreten, die unsere Demokratie, unsere Verfassung, das Recht und die Gerechtigkeit mit Füßen treten. Rainer Wendt legt mit seinem Buch den Finger in zahlreiche Wunden. Er beschreibt Versäumnisse, die dazu führten, dass Täter heutzutage häufig besseren Schutz genießen als die Opfer. Er erklärt, warum der Staat sich bei der Bekämpfung von Verkehrssündern stark macht, aber im Kampf gegen Vergewaltiger, Totschläger oder andere Schwerkriminelle schwach bleibt. Außerdem nimmt er die Politik ins Visier, die nie vorausschauend handelt, sondern immer erst dann einschreitet, wenn die Probleme unübersehbar geworden sind - etwa dann, wenn bereits 1,5 Millionen Schutzsuchende ins Land gekommen sind. Wendt sagt klar und deutlich, was sich ändern muss, damit wir weiterhin in einem so wohlhabenden, sicheren und freien Land leben können. Ein wichtiges Buch, das zeigt, wie sich Deutschland für die anstehenden Herausforderungen wappnen kann und muss.</description>
      <author>Rainer Wendt</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783959710183.mp3" length="801981" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783959710183.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deutschland in Gefahr: Wie ein schwacher Staat unsere Sicherheit aufs Spiel setzt
Author: Rainer Wendt
Narrator: Rainer Wendt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein schwacher Staat kann die Menschen nicht schützen, die in seinen Grenzen leben. Und deshalb muss Schluss sein damit, Deutschland weiter zu schwächen. Denn unser Land ist längst nicht mehr sicher, deshalb brauchen wir den starken Staat. Denn nur der hat die Macht, die Bürger zu schützen und gegen diejenigen anzutreten, die unsere Demokratie, unsere Verfassung, das Recht und die Gerechtigkeit mit Füßen treten. Rainer Wendt legt mit seinem Buch den Finger in zahlreiche Wunden. Er beschreibt Versäumnisse, die dazu führten, dass Täter heutzutage häufig besseren Schutz genießen als die Opfer. Er erklärt, warum der Staat sich bei der Bekämpfung von Verkehrssündern stark macht, aber im Kampf gegen Vergewaltiger, Totschläger oder andere Schwerkriminelle schwach bleibt. Außerdem nimmt er die Politik ins Visier, die nie vorausschauend handelt, sondern immer erst dann einschreitet, wenn die Probleme unübersehbar geworden sind - etwa dann, wenn bereits 1,5 Millionen Schutzsuchende ins Land gekommen sind. Wendt sagt klar und deutlich, was sich ändern muss, damit wir weiterhin in einem so wohlhabenden, sicheren und freien Land leben können. Ein wichtiges Buch, das zeigt, wie sich Deutschland für die anstehenden Herausforderungen wappnen kann und muss.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467491</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Deutschland in Gefahr: Wie ein schwacher Staat unsere Sicherheit aufs Spiel setzt
Author: Rainer Wendt
Narrator: Rainer Wendt
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 12 minutes
Release date: December  5, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein schwacher Staat kann die Menschen nicht schützen, die in seinen Grenzen leben. Und deshalb muss Schluss sein damit, Deutschland weiter zu schwächen. Denn unser Land ist längst nicht mehr sicher, deshalb brauchen wir den starken Staat. Denn nur der hat die Macht, die Bürger zu schützen und gegen diejenigen anzutreten, die unsere Demokratie, unsere Verfassung, das Recht und die Gerechtigkeit mit Füßen treten. Rainer Wendt legt mit seinem Buch den Finger in zahlreiche Wunden. Er beschreibt Versäumnisse, die dazu führten, dass Täter heutzutage häufig besseren Schutz genießen als die Opfer. Er erklärt, warum der Staat sich bei der Bekämpfung von Verkehrssündern stark macht, aber im Kampf gegen Vergewaltiger, Totschläger oder andere Schwerkriminelle schwach bleibt. Außerdem nimmt er die Politik ins Visier, die nie vorausschauend handelt, sondern immer erst dann einschreitet, wenn die Probleme unübersehbar geworden sind - etwa dann, wenn bereits 1,5 Millionen Schutzsuchende ins Land gekommen sind. Wendt sagt klar und deutlich, was sich ändern muss, damit wir weiterhin in einem so wohlhabenden, sicheren und freien Land leben können. Ein wichtiges Buch, das zeigt, wie sich Deutschland für die anstehenden Herausforderungen wappnen kann und muss.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Das Meer der Tränen: Wie ich als Kapitän des Seenotrettungsschiffes &amp;#039;Lifeline&amp;#039; Hunderte Leben rettete - und dafür angeklagt wurde. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg by Claus-Peter Reisch</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Meer der Tränen: Wie ich als Kapitän des Seenotrettungsschiffes &amp;#039;Lifeline&amp;#039; Hunderte Leben rettete - und dafür angeklagt wurde. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg
Author: Claus-Peter Reisch
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Menschen wissentlich ertrinken zu lassen - das soll mit unseren europäischen Werten vereinbar sein?&amp;#039; Südliches Mittelmeer, Juni 2018. 235 Menschen drohen auf offener See zu ertrinken - ihr viel zu kleines Schlauchboot ist leck geschlagen und verliert seit Stunden an Luft. Claus-Peter Reisch, Kapitän des Schiffes Lifeline, handelt sofort und rettet mit seiner Crew den verzweifelten Flüchtlingen das Leben. Doch seinem Schiff wird überall die Landung verwehrt. Kein europäischer Staat will die Schutzsuchenden aufnehmen. Erst nach fünf langen Tagen, in denen Europa einmal mehr über die Verantwortlichkeiten streitet, darf Reisch endlich in Malta anlegen. Er wird verhaftet, vor Gericht gestellt und verurteilt. Was den selbstständigen Kaufmann und ehrenamtlichen Seenotretter nur noch mehr darin bestärkt, sich für die Rechte der Schwachen einzusetzen. Ein bewegendes, ein aufrüttelndes, ein wichtiges Buch. Ein Buch, dass das Versagen Europas und der Politik anprangert, Rettern wie Geretteten eine Stimme gibt und deutlich macht: Wahre Humanität kennt keine Ländergrenzen. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg</description>
      <author>Claus-Peter Reisch</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783745310689.mp3" length="888163" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783745310689.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:20:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Meer der Tränen: Wie ich als Kapitän des Seenotrettungsschiffes &amp;#039;Lifeline&amp;#039; Hunderte Leben rettete - und dafür angeklagt wurde. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg
Author: Claus-Peter Reisch
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Menschen wissentlich ertrinken zu lassen - das soll mit unseren europäischen Werten vereinbar sein?&amp;#039; Südliches Mittelmeer, Juni 2018. 235 Menschen drohen auf offener See zu ertrinken - ihr viel zu kleines Schlauchboot ist leck geschlagen und verliert seit Stunden an Luft. Claus-Peter Reisch, Kapitän des Schiffes Lifeline, handelt sofort und rettet mit seiner Crew den verzweifelten Flüchtlingen das Leben. Doch seinem Schiff wird überall die Landung verwehrt. Kein europäischer Staat will die Schutzsuchenden aufnehmen. Erst nach fünf langen Tagen, in denen Europa einmal mehr über die Verantwortlichkeiten streitet, darf Reisch endlich in Malta anlegen. Er wird verhaftet, vor Gericht gestellt und verurteilt. Was den selbstständigen Kaufmann und ehrenamtlichen Seenotretter nur noch mehr darin bestärkt, sich für die Rechte der Schwachen einzusetzen. Ein bewegendes, ein aufrüttelndes, ein wichtiges Buch. Ein Buch, dass das Versagen Europas und der Politik anprangert, Rettern wie Geretteten eine Stimme gibt und deutlich macht: Wahre Humanität kennt keine Ländergrenzen. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467492</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Das Meer der Tränen: Wie ich als Kapitän des Seenotrettungsschiffes &amp;#039;Lifeline&amp;#039; Hunderte Leben rettete - und dafür angeklagt wurde. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg
Author: Claus-Peter Reisch
Narrator: Christian Jungwirth
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 20 minutes
Release date: November 26, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;Menschen wissentlich ertrinken zu lassen - das soll mit unseren europäischen Werten vereinbar sein?&amp;#039; Südliches Mittelmeer, Juni 2018. 235 Menschen drohen auf offener See zu ertrinken - ihr viel zu kleines Schlauchboot ist leck geschlagen und verliert seit Stunden an Luft. Claus-Peter Reisch, Kapitän des Schiffes Lifeline, handelt sofort und rettet mit seiner Crew den verzweifelten Flüchtlingen das Leben. Doch seinem Schiff wird überall die Landung verwehrt. Kein europäischer Staat will die Schutzsuchenden aufnehmen. Erst nach fünf langen Tagen, in denen Europa einmal mehr über die Verantwortlichkeiten streitet, darf Reisch endlich in Malta anlegen. Er wird verhaftet, vor Gericht gestellt und verurteilt. Was den selbstständigen Kaufmann und ehrenamtlichen Seenotretter nur noch mehr darin bestärkt, sich für die Rechte der Schwachen einzusetzen. Ein bewegendes, ein aufrüttelndes, ein wichtiges Buch. Ein Buch, dass das Versagen Europas und der Politik anprangert, Rettern wie Geretteten eine Stimme gibt und deutlich macht: Wahre Humanität kennt keine Ländergrenzen. Mit einem Vorwort von Udo Lindenberg</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei by Karl Marx</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: Thorben Odenholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei, auch Das Kommunistische Manifest genannt, wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels um die Jahreswende 1847/48 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst. Es ist am 21. Februar 1848 in London erschienen, kurz vor der Februarrevolution in Frankreich und vor der Märzrevolution im Deutschen Bund und in den größten Staaten dieses Bundes Österreich und Preußen. Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei wurde in mehr als 100 Sprachen übersetzt. Im Juni 2013 wurde es in das UNESCO-Dokumentenerbe aufgenommen.</description>
      <author>Karl Marx</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2016 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4061707088025.mp3" length="827578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4061707088025.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:8:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: Thorben Odenholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei, auch Das Kommunistische Manifest genannt, wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels um die Jahreswende 1847/48 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst. Es ist am 21. Februar 1848 in London erschienen, kurz vor der Februarrevolution in Frankreich und vor der Märzrevolution im Deutschen Bund und in den größten Staaten dieses Bundes Österreich und Preußen. Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei wurde in mehr als 100 Sprachen übersetzt. Im Juni 2013 wurde es in das UNESCO-Dokumentenerbe aufgenommen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei
Author: Karl Marx
Narrator: Thorben Odenholz
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 8 minutes
Release date: August 16, 2016
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei, auch Das Kommunistische Manifest genannt, wurde von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels um die Jahreswende 1847/48 im Auftrag des Bundes der Kommunisten verfasst. Es ist am 21. Februar 1848 in London erschienen, kurz vor der Februarrevolution in Frankreich und vor der Märzrevolution im Deutschen Bund und in den größten Staaten dieses Bundes Österreich und Preußen. Das Manifest der Kommunistischen Partei wurde in mehr als 100 Sprachen übersetzt. Im Juni 2013 wurde es in das UNESCO-Dokumentenerbe aufgenommen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Ein Deutschlandcoaching: Demokratie = Volksherrschaft by Maria Oskar Demos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Deutschlandcoaching: Demokratie = Volksherrschaft
Author: Maria Oskar Demos
Narrator: Maria Oskar Demos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürfen wir von einer Demokratie in unserem Land sprechen? Demokratie heißt Volksherrschaft. Falls wir eine echte Demokratie haben, warum bestimmen dann nur die Parteien unsere Politik? Welche weiteren Probleme sind dadurch von den Parteien und der Politik zu verantworten? Wie könnte eine Lösung aussehen? In diesem Deutschlandcoaching werden ganz neue Wege für unser Land aufgezeigt.</description>
      <author>Maria Oskar Demos</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2017 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/4251177518256.mp3" length="811416" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/4251177518256.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Deutschlandcoaching: Demokratie = Volksherrschaft
Author: Maria Oskar Demos
Narrator: Maria Oskar Demos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürfen wir von einer Demokratie in unserem Land sprechen? Demokratie heißt Volksherrschaft. Falls wir eine echte Demokratie haben, warum bestimmen dann nur die Parteien unsere Politik? Welche weiteren Probleme sind dadurch von den Parteien und der Politik zu verantworten? Wie könnte eine Lösung aussehen? In diesem Deutschlandcoaching werden ganz neue Wege für unser Land aufgezeigt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/467232</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Ein Deutschlandcoaching: Demokratie = Volksherrschaft
Author: Maria Oskar Demos
Narrator: Maria Oskar Demos
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 49 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Dürfen wir von einer Demokratie in unserem Land sprechen? Demokratie heißt Volksherrschaft. Falls wir eine echte Demokratie haben, warum bestimmen dann nur die Parteien unsere Politik? Welche weiteren Probleme sind dadurch von den Parteien und der Politik zu verantworten? Wie könnte eine Lösung aussehen? In diesem Deutschlandcoaching werden ganz neue Wege für unser Land aufgezeigt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - &amp;#039;Ich musste sie kaputt machen&amp;#039;: Anatomie eines Jahrhundert-Mörders by Stephan Harbort</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Ich musste sie kaputt machen&amp;#039;: Anatomie eines Jahrhundert-Mörders
Author: Stephan Harbort
Narrator: Markus Böker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Name Joachim Georg Kroll steht für eines der dunkelsten Kapitel der deutschen Kriminalgeschichte. In mehr als zwei Jahrzehnten tötete der Serienmörder mehrere Frauen und Mädchen, bevor er von der Polizei gefasst wurde. Mit analytischer Schärfe untersucht der bekannte Kriminalist Stephan Harbort den Fall des &amp;#039;Jahrhundertmörders&amp;#039;. Dabei entsteht das beeindruckende Psychogramm eines Mannes, der zeit seines Lebens von seinen Trieben gesteuert wurde.</description>
      <author>Stephan Harbort</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783748401452.mp3" length="887234" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783748401452.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Ich musste sie kaputt machen&amp;#039;: Anatomie eines Jahrhundert-Mörders
Author: Stephan Harbort
Narrator: Markus Böker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Name Joachim Georg Kroll steht für eines der dunkelsten Kapitel der deutschen Kriminalgeschichte. In mehr als zwei Jahrzehnten tötete der Serienmörder mehrere Frauen und Mädchen, bevor er von der Polizei gefasst wurde. Mit analytischer Schärfe untersucht der bekannte Kriminalist Stephan Harbort den Fall des &amp;#039;Jahrhundertmörders&amp;#039;. Dabei entsteht das beeindruckende Psychogramm eines Mannes, der zeit seines Lebens von seinen Trieben gesteuert wurde.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466958</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - &amp;#039;Ich musste sie kaputt machen&amp;#039;: Anatomie eines Jahrhundert-Mörders
Author: Stephan Harbort
Narrator: Markus Böker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 46 minutes
Release date: April  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Der Name Joachim Georg Kroll steht für eines der dunkelsten Kapitel der deutschen Kriminalgeschichte. In mehr als zwei Jahrzehnten tötete der Serienmörder mehrere Frauen und Mädchen, bevor er von der Polizei gefasst wurde. Mit analytischer Schärfe untersucht der bekannte Kriminalist Stephan Harbort den Fall des &amp;#039;Jahrhundertmörders&amp;#039;. Dabei entsteht das beeindruckende Psychogramm eines Mannes, der zeit seines Lebens von seinen Trieben gesteuert wurde.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations by Daniel Yergin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Daniel Yergin</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241518700.mp3" length="1397781" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241518700.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:48:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466858</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Map: Energy, Climate, and the Clash of Nations
Author: Daniel Yergin
Narrator: Robert Petkoff
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 48 minutes
Release date: November 12, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The Pulitzer Prize-winning author of The Prize and The Quest reveals how climate battles and energy revolutions are mapping our future A new type of Cold War is emerging between China and the West. . The global order is being simultaneously shaken by climate change and the shale revolution in oil and gas - and now by the coronavirus. Controversial fracking technology has given America unprecedented leverage as the world&amp;#039;s leading energy powerhouse, ahead of Saudi Arabia and Russia, upending the chessboard of global politics and changing the psychology of the global economy. Despite being weighed down by sanctions, Russia is pivoting east toward China as Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping unite to challenge America and lay claim to almost all of the South China Sea, one of the world&amp;#039;s most critical trade routes. Elsewhere, the map of the Middle East created after World War I is being attacked by ISIS and Iran&amp;#039;s Revolutionary Guards as the region struggles to come to grips with the recent oil price collapse caused by the rise of shale. Oil producers, from the Middle East and Moscow to corporate boardrooms around the world, now fear that peak demand for oil is coming as renewable energy vies with fossil fuels. The New Map tells a sweeping story about how the role of energy in climate change is shaping geopolitical discussions, challenging our industries and our lifestyles, and accelerating a second energy revolution - the quest for renewables. It also brings realism to the debates over the energy transition. © Daniel Yergin 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Demagogue for President: The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump by Jennifer Mercieca</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue for President: The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump
Author: Jennifer Mercieca
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Historic levels of polarization, a disaffected and frustrated electorate, and widespread distrust of government, the news media, and traditional political leadership set the stage in 2016 for an unexpected, unlikely, and unprecedented presidential contest. Donald Trump’s campaign speeches and other rhetoric seemed on the surface to be simplistic, repetitive, and disorganized to many. As Demagogue for President shows, Trump’s campaign strategy was anything but simple. Political communication expert Jennifer Mercieca shows how the Trump campaign expertly used the common rhetorical techniques of a demagogue, a word with two contradictory definitions—“a leader who makes use of popular prejudices and false claims and promises in order to gain power” or “a leader championing the cause of the common people in ancient times” (Merriam-Webster, 2019). These strategies, in conjunction with post-rhetorical public relations techniques, were meant to appeal to a segment of an already distrustful electorate. It was an effective tactic. Mercieca analyzes rhetorical strategies such as argument ad hominem, argument ad baculum, argument ad populum, reification, paralipsis, and more to reveal a campaign that was morally repugnant to some but to others a brilliant appeal to American exceptionalism. By all accounts, it fundamentally changed the discourse of the American public sphere.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Mercieca</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799961017.mp3" length="847131" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799961017.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue for President: The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump
Author: Jennifer Mercieca
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Historic levels of polarization, a disaffected and frustrated electorate, and widespread distrust of government, the news media, and traditional political leadership set the stage in 2016 for an unexpected, unlikely, and unprecedented presidential contest. Donald Trump’s campaign speeches and other rhetoric seemed on the surface to be simplistic, repetitive, and disorganized to many. As Demagogue for President shows, Trump’s campaign strategy was anything but simple. Political communication expert Jennifer Mercieca shows how the Trump campaign expertly used the common rhetorical techniques of a demagogue, a word with two contradictory definitions—“a leader who makes use of popular prejudices and false claims and promises in order to gain power” or “a leader championing the cause of the common people in ancient times” (Merriam-Webster, 2019). These strategies, in conjunction with post-rhetorical public relations techniques, were meant to appeal to a segment of an already distrustful electorate. It was an effective tactic. Mercieca analyzes rhetorical strategies such as argument ad hominem, argument ad baculum, argument ad populum, reification, paralipsis, and more to reveal a campaign that was morally repugnant to some but to others a brilliant appeal to American exceptionalism. By all accounts, it fundamentally changed the discourse of the American public sphere.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466601</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Demagogue for President: The Rhetorical Genius of Donald Trump
Author: Jennifer Mercieca
Narrator: Suzie Althens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Historic levels of polarization, a disaffected and frustrated electorate, and widespread distrust of government, the news media, and traditional political leadership set the stage in 2016 for an unexpected, unlikely, and unprecedented presidential contest. Donald Trump’s campaign speeches and other rhetoric seemed on the surface to be simplistic, repetitive, and disorganized to many. As Demagogue for President shows, Trump’s campaign strategy was anything but simple. Political communication expert Jennifer Mercieca shows how the Trump campaign expertly used the common rhetorical techniques of a demagogue, a word with two contradictory definitions—“a leader who makes use of popular prejudices and false claims and promises in order to gain power” or “a leader championing the cause of the common people in ancient times” (Merriam-Webster, 2019). These strategies, in conjunction with post-rhetorical public relations techniques, were meant to appeal to a segment of an already distrustful electorate. It was an effective tactic. Mercieca analyzes rhetorical strategies such as argument ad hominem, argument ad baculum, argument ad populum, reification, paralipsis, and more to reveal a campaign that was morally repugnant to some but to others a brilliant appeal to American exceptionalism. By all accounts, it fundamentally changed the discourse of the American public sphere.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Always a Soldier: Service, Sacrifice, and Coming Out as America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican by Rob Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always a Soldier: Service, Sacrifice, and Coming Out as America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican
Author: Rob Smith
Narrator: Rob Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An Iraq War memoir and searing political commentary from Fox News regular and “America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican” Rob Smith Moonlight meets American Sniper in this groundbreaking memoir and political commentary from a bold new voice in American politics. Before he became a war veteran and political analyst, he was a young black man who enlisted in the US Army right out of high school, survived the notoriously brutal infantry basic training, and served while remaining a closeted gay man to all but a few of his colleagues. At his first duty station, he finds himself in dangerous territory when the United States declares war on Iraq; in fact, his unit was one of the first called in after the initial invasion. Rob’s experience offers a ground-level view of life on the front lines in the United States Army in an unforgettable coming-of-age story with a military twist. In addition to his memoir, Always a Soldier highlights his thoughts on current hot-button political topics like the new crop of Black Republicans and the escalating tactics of the LGBTQ community, announcing him as a voice in American politics that will be heard for years to come.</description>
      <author>Rob Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799909453.mp3" length="863595" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799909453.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always a Soldier: Service, Sacrifice, and Coming Out as America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican
Author: Rob Smith
Narrator: Rob Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An Iraq War memoir and searing political commentary from Fox News regular and “America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican” Rob Smith Moonlight meets American Sniper in this groundbreaking memoir and political commentary from a bold new voice in American politics. Before he became a war veteran and political analyst, he was a young black man who enlisted in the US Army right out of high school, survived the notoriously brutal infantry basic training, and served while remaining a closeted gay man to all but a few of his colleagues. At his first duty station, he finds himself in dangerous territory when the United States declares war on Iraq; in fact, his unit was one of the first called in after the initial invasion. Rob’s experience offers a ground-level view of life on the front lines in the United States Army in an unforgettable coming-of-age story with a military twist. In addition to his memoir, Always a Soldier highlights his thoughts on current hot-button political topics like the new crop of Black Republicans and the escalating tactics of the LGBTQ community, announcing him as a voice in American politics that will be heard for years to come.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466587</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Always a Soldier: Service, Sacrifice, and Coming Out as America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican
Author: Rob Smith
Narrator: Rob Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 50 minutes
Release date: July 21, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An Iraq War memoir and searing political commentary from Fox News regular and “America’s Favorite Black, Gay Republican” Rob Smith Moonlight meets American Sniper in this groundbreaking memoir and political commentary from a bold new voice in American politics. Before he became a war veteran and political analyst, he was a young black man who enlisted in the US Army right out of high school, survived the notoriously brutal infantry basic training, and served while remaining a closeted gay man to all but a few of his colleagues. At his first duty station, he finds himself in dangerous territory when the United States declares war on Iraq; in fact, his unit was one of the first called in after the initial invasion. Rob’s experience offers a ground-level view of life on the front lines in the United States Army in an unforgettable coming-of-age story with a military twist. In addition to his memoir, Always a Soldier highlights his thoughts on current hot-button political topics like the new crop of Black Republicans and the escalating tactics of the LGBTQ community, announcing him as a voice in American politics that will be heard for years to come.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Rise of the Third Reich by World History</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Third Reich
Series: #2 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The name Adolf Hitler – even half a century after the fall of the Third Reich – continues to evoke disgust, contempt and astonishment. How was it possible for an amateur painter to seduce an entire people? How could he – from an insignificant party with 55 members – create a mass movement of millions? You will find the answers to these questions in this book. You will get the story about the customs officer’s son from Branau who built the Nazi movement and brainwashed the German people into acting out his grotesque fantasies. With violence and with fear. With ice-cold cynicism. And not least with extraordinary oratorical skills.  The truth about Nazi Germany is, however, much more than the story about the twisted mind of a single man. It is the story of an entire population who let themselves be seduced and chose to ignore murder and persecution and, ultimately, willingly followed their Führer into the most brutal and devastating war in history. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</description>
      <author>World History</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726626070.mp3" length="1419282" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726626070.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:31:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Third Reich
Series: #2 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The name Adolf Hitler – even half a century after the fall of the Third Reich – continues to evoke disgust, contempt and astonishment. How was it possible for an amateur painter to seduce an entire people? How could he – from an insignificant party with 55 members – create a mass movement of millions? You will find the answers to these questions in this book. You will get the story about the customs officer’s son from Branau who built the Nazi movement and brainwashed the German people into acting out his grotesque fantasies. With violence and with fear. With ice-cold cynicism. And not least with extraordinary oratorical skills.  The truth about Nazi Germany is, however, much more than the story about the twisted mind of a single man. It is the story of an entire population who let themselves be seduced and chose to ignore murder and persecution and, ultimately, willingly followed their Führer into the most brutal and devastating war in history. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466427</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Rise of the Third Reich
Series: #2 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 31 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The name Adolf Hitler – even half a century after the fall of the Third Reich – continues to evoke disgust, contempt and astonishment. How was it possible for an amateur painter to seduce an entire people? How could he – from an insignificant party with 55 members – create a mass movement of millions? You will find the answers to these questions in this book. You will get the story about the customs officer’s son from Branau who built the Nazi movement and brainwashed the German people into acting out his grotesque fantasies. With violence and with fear. With ice-cold cynicism. And not least with extraordinary oratorical skills.  The truth about Nazi Germany is, however, much more than the story about the twisted mind of a single man. It is the story of an entire population who let themselves be seduced and chose to ignore murder and persecution and, ultimately, willingly followed their Führer into the most brutal and devastating war in history. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A World at War by World History</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World at War
Series: #4 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On 9th August, 1945, American pilot Charles W Sweeney threw a nuclear bomb over the Japanese city of Nagasaki. 43 seconds later, his deadly cargo exploded in the air over the port city and turned the thriving city centre into a molten ruin. Up to 70,000 people lost their lives. The atomic bombs which were dropped on the two Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki were the culmination of six years of horror. Since Nazi Germany’s troops had invaded Poland in 1939 and thus threw the world into another great war, the fighting had evolved into the most ruthless that the world has ever seen. But the brutality did not stop on the battlefield. Hundreds of thousands of civilians lost their lives in random carpet bombings or were victims of bitter soldiers’ revenge, while an entire people were attempted to be wiped out in the Nazi death camps. A World at War is not at all easy reading. It is, like the war, at the same time, in equal measures both awful and fascinating. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</description>
      <author>World History</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 30 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9788726626087.mp3" length="1338026" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9788726626087.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World at War
Series: #4 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On 9th August, 1945, American pilot Charles W Sweeney threw a nuclear bomb over the Japanese city of Nagasaki. 43 seconds later, his deadly cargo exploded in the air over the port city and turned the thriving city centre into a molten ruin. Up to 70,000 people lost their lives. The atomic bombs which were dropped on the two Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki were the culmination of six years of horror. Since Nazi Germany’s troops had invaded Poland in 1939 and thus threw the world into another great war, the fighting had evolved into the most ruthless that the world has ever seen. But the brutality did not stop on the battlefield. Hundreds of thousands of civilians lost their lives in random carpet bombings or were victims of bitter soldiers’ revenge, while an entire people were attempted to be wiped out in the Nazi death camps. A World at War is not at all easy reading. It is, like the war, at the same time, in equal measures both awful and fascinating. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466428</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A World at War
Series: #4 of The Turning Points of History
Author: World History
Narrator: David Bateson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 6 minutes
Release date: October 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On 9th August, 1945, American pilot Charles W Sweeney threw a nuclear bomb over the Japanese city of Nagasaki. 43 seconds later, his deadly cargo exploded in the air over the port city and turned the thriving city centre into a molten ruin. Up to 70,000 people lost their lives. The atomic bombs which were dropped on the two Japanese cities of Hiroshima and Nagasaki were the culmination of six years of horror. Since Nazi Germany’s troops had invaded Poland in 1939 and thus threw the world into another great war, the fighting had evolved into the most ruthless that the world has ever seen. But the brutality did not stop on the battlefield. Hundreds of thousands of civilians lost their lives in random carpet bombings or were victims of bitter soldiers’ revenge, while an entire people were attempted to be wiped out in the Nazi death camps. A World at War is not at all easy reading. It is, like the war, at the same time, in equal measures both awful and fascinating. - World History invites you on a fascinating journey to bygone eras, allowing you to explore the greatest events in history. Take a trip back in time - to the frontlines of World War 2, to the Viking raids, and the religious rituals of ancient Egypt. World History is for everyone who would like to know more about the exciting and dramatic events of the past.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Speak Softly &amp;amp; Carry A Big Stick; Theodore Roosevelt, The Square Deal President by Theodore Roosevelt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speak Softly &amp;amp; Carry A Big Stick; Theodore Roosevelt, The Square Deal President
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Theodore Roosevelt Jr., often referred to as Teddy Roosevelt was an American statesman, politician, conservationist, naturalist, and writer, who served as the 26th president of the United States from 1901 to 1909. He previously served as 33rd governor of New York from 1899 to 1900 and the 25th vice president of the United States from March to September 1901. Roosevelt emerged as a leader of the Republican Party and became a driving force for the anti-trust policy while supporting Progressive Era policies in the early 20th century. His face is depicted on Mount Rushmore alongside George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and Abraham Lincoln. These are his finest thoughts in his own words. Mixing/Mastering by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</description>
      <author>Theodore Roosevelt</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662146886.mp3" length="1478199" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662146886.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speak Softly &amp;amp; Carry A Big Stick; Theodore Roosevelt, The Square Deal President
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Theodore Roosevelt Jr., often referred to as Teddy Roosevelt was an American statesman, politician, conservationist, naturalist, and writer, who served as the 26th president of the United States from 1901 to 1909. He previously served as 33rd governor of New York from 1899 to 1900 and the 25th vice president of the United States from March to September 1901. Roosevelt emerged as a leader of the Republican Party and became a driving force for the anti-trust policy while supporting Progressive Era policies in the early 20th century. His face is depicted on Mount Rushmore alongside George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and Abraham Lincoln. These are his finest thoughts in his own words. Mixing/Mastering by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466010</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Speak Softly &amp;amp; Carry A Big Stick; Theodore Roosevelt, The Square Deal President
Author: Theodore Roosevelt
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 24 minutes
Release date: October 12, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Theodore Roosevelt Jr., often referred to as Teddy Roosevelt was an American statesman, politician, conservationist, naturalist, and writer, who served as the 26th president of the United States from 1901 to 1909. He previously served as 33rd governor of New York from 1899 to 1900 and the 25th vice president of the United States from March to September 1901. Roosevelt emerged as a leader of the Republican Party and became a driving force for the anti-trust policy while supporting Progressive Era policies in the early 20th century. His face is depicted on Mount Rushmore alongside George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and Abraham Lincoln. These are his finest thoughts in his own words. Mixing/Mastering by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Socialism Under The Microscope by Paul L. Williams, Rodney Howard-Browne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism Under The Microscope
Author: Paul L. Williams, Rodney Howard-Browne
Narrator: Christopher Slye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As you journey through the pages of Socialism Under the Microscope, you’ll discover that… • Socialism is the starter to the meal before the main course of communism takes full control • Within the socialist system of Marx and Lenin, hatred of God is the principal driving force • Militant atheism is not merely incidental or marginal to communist policy; it is the central pivot • Socialism places all power in the hands of the government and takes it from the people One hundred years ago, America’s leading socialists, including Eugene V. Debs, were sentenced to prison because their political statements regarding direct democracy and their call for strikes against capitalism represented acts of sedition. In 2020, socialism has emerged as an ideology that is embraced by millions of Americans, even though few are aware of its meaning and implications. Socialism Under the Microscope is an historical-critical analysis of socialism that answers the most pressing questions about the subject. Who are the fathers of socialism? What effects has socialism produced in countries throughout the world? How did socialism become the dominant ideology not only within American colleges and universities but also the country’s mainline denominations? Is the growth of socialism benign or malignant? The answers may shock you to the core. Be forewarned. The contents of this book will force you to reassess the socio-political thought of Martin Luther King Jr., the songs of John Lennon, and the meaning of the poem by Emma Lazarus that is found at the foot of the Statue of Liberty. Get the book and know the truth.</description>
      <author>Paul L. Williams, Rodney Howard-Browne</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662147142.mp3" length="1389253" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662147142.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism Under The Microscope
Author: Paul L. Williams, Rodney Howard-Browne
Narrator: Christopher Slye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As you journey through the pages of Socialism Under the Microscope, you’ll discover that… • Socialism is the starter to the meal before the main course of communism takes full control • Within the socialist system of Marx and Lenin, hatred of God is the principal driving force • Militant atheism is not merely incidental or marginal to communist policy; it is the central pivot • Socialism places all power in the hands of the government and takes it from the people One hundred years ago, America’s leading socialists, including Eugene V. Debs, were sentenced to prison because their political statements regarding direct democracy and their call for strikes against capitalism represented acts of sedition. In 2020, socialism has emerged as an ideology that is embraced by millions of Americans, even though few are aware of its meaning and implications. Socialism Under the Microscope is an historical-critical analysis of socialism that answers the most pressing questions about the subject. Who are the fathers of socialism? What effects has socialism produced in countries throughout the world? How did socialism become the dominant ideology not only within American colleges and universities but also the country’s mainline denominations? Is the growth of socialism benign or malignant? The answers may shock you to the core. Be forewarned. The contents of this book will force you to reassess the socio-political thought of Martin Luther King Jr., the songs of John Lennon, and the meaning of the poem by Emma Lazarus that is found at the foot of the Statue of Liberty. Get the book and know the truth.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466004</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism Under The Microscope
Author: Paul L. Williams, Rodney Howard-Browne
Narrator: Christopher Slye
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 55 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
As you journey through the pages of Socialism Under the Microscope, you’ll discover that… • Socialism is the starter to the meal before the main course of communism takes full control • Within the socialist system of Marx and Lenin, hatred of God is the principal driving force • Militant atheism is not merely incidental or marginal to communist policy; it is the central pivot • Socialism places all power in the hands of the government and takes it from the people One hundred years ago, America’s leading socialists, including Eugene V. Debs, were sentenced to prison because their political statements regarding direct democracy and their call for strikes against capitalism represented acts of sedition. In 2020, socialism has emerged as an ideology that is embraced by millions of Americans, even though few are aware of its meaning and implications. Socialism Under the Microscope is an historical-critical analysis of socialism that answers the most pressing questions about the subject. Who are the fathers of socialism? What effects has socialism produced in countries throughout the world? How did socialism become the dominant ideology not only within American colleges and universities but also the country’s mainline denominations? Is the growth of socialism benign or malignant? The answers may shock you to the core. Be forewarned. The contents of this book will force you to reassess the socio-political thought of Martin Luther King Jr., the songs of John Lennon, and the meaning of the poem by Emma Lazarus that is found at the foot of the Statue of Liberty. Get the book and know the truth.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Color, Communism And Common Sense by Manning Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Color, Communism And Common Sense
Author: Manning Johnson
Narrator: Darnel Stone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Here is the story of one Black American Communist who became disillusioned with Communism and penned this cautionary tale of the perils of his experience. According to the author: &amp;#039;Ten years I labored in the cause of Communism. I was a dedicated &amp;#039;comrade.&amp;#039; All my talents and efforts were zealously used to bring about the triumph of Communism in America and throughout the world. To me, the end of capitalism would mark the beginning of an interminable period of plenty, peace, prosperity and universal comradeship. All racial and class differences and conflicts would end forever after the liquidation of the capitalists, their government and their supporters. ..Little did I realize until I was deeply enmeshed in the Red Conspiracy, that just and seeming grievances are exploited to transform idealism into a cold and ruthless weapon against the capitalist system-that this is the end toward which all the communist efforts among Negroes are directed. Indeed, I had entered the red conspiracy in the vain belief that it was the way to a &amp;#039;new, better and superior&amp;#039; world system of society. Ten years later, thoroughly disillusioned, I abandoned communism.&amp;#039;  From the preface.</description>
      <author>Manning Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662147104.mp3" length="1383987" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662147104.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>2:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Color, Communism And Common Sense
Author: Manning Johnson
Narrator: Darnel Stone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Here is the story of one Black American Communist who became disillusioned with Communism and penned this cautionary tale of the perils of his experience. According to the author: &amp;#039;Ten years I labored in the cause of Communism. I was a dedicated &amp;#039;comrade.&amp;#039; All my talents and efforts were zealously used to bring about the triumph of Communism in America and throughout the world. To me, the end of capitalism would mark the beginning of an interminable period of plenty, peace, prosperity and universal comradeship. All racial and class differences and conflicts would end forever after the liquidation of the capitalists, their government and their supporters. ..Little did I realize until I was deeply enmeshed in the Red Conspiracy, that just and seeming grievances are exploited to transform idealism into a cold and ruthless weapon against the capitalist system-that this is the end toward which all the communist efforts among Negroes are directed. Indeed, I had entered the red conspiracy in the vain belief that it was the way to a &amp;#039;new, better and superior&amp;#039; world system of society. Ten years later, thoroughly disillusioned, I abandoned communism.&amp;#039;  From the preface.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465994</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Color, Communism And Common Sense
Author: Manning Johnson
Narrator: Darnel Stone
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 2 hours 18 minutes
Release date: October 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Here is the story of one Black American Communist who became disillusioned with Communism and penned this cautionary tale of the perils of his experience. According to the author: &amp;#039;Ten years I labored in the cause of Communism. I was a dedicated &amp;#039;comrade.&amp;#039; All my talents and efforts were zealously used to bring about the triumph of Communism in America and throughout the world. To me, the end of capitalism would mark the beginning of an interminable period of plenty, peace, prosperity and universal comradeship. All racial and class differences and conflicts would end forever after the liquidation of the capitalists, their government and their supporters. ..Little did I realize until I was deeply enmeshed in the Red Conspiracy, that just and seeming grievances are exploited to transform idealism into a cold and ruthless weapon against the capitalist system-that this is the end toward which all the communist efforts among Negroes are directed. Indeed, I had entered the red conspiracy in the vain belief that it was the way to a &amp;#039;new, better and superior&amp;#039; world system of society. Ten years later, thoroughly disillusioned, I abandoned communism.&amp;#039;  From the preface.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Truth Trump Doesn’t Want You to Know by Guy Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth Trump Doesn’t Want You to Know
Author: Guy Smith
Narrator: Doug Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you curious how Donald Trump got elected? Do you wander how many mistakes he’s actually made?  Is he incompetent or a monster?  He’s both, and this book will prove it.  President Donald Trump isn’t a man who’s doing the “best he can”. He’s someone who’s built his power on fear mongering, shady businesses dealings and hate. In this book, the tactics that Trump uses to manipulate his audience will be exposed. The words he wishes that he never said will be dissected, and his actions will only serve to prove his inadequacies as a president. Trump cannot accurately represent the United States when he does not speak for the people. You’ll even find out how Donald Trump is exploiting his presidency for personal gain under a thin veil of deception.</description>
      <author>Guy Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662147753.mp3" length="1424673" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662147753.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth Trump Doesn’t Want You to Know
Author: Guy Smith
Narrator: Doug Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you curious how Donald Trump got elected? Do you wander how many mistakes he’s actually made?  Is he incompetent or a monster?  He’s both, and this book will prove it.  President Donald Trump isn’t a man who’s doing the “best he can”. He’s someone who’s built his power on fear mongering, shady businesses dealings and hate. In this book, the tactics that Trump uses to manipulate his audience will be exposed. The words he wishes that he never said will be dissected, and his actions will only serve to prove his inadequacies as a president. Trump cannot accurately represent the United States when he does not speak for the people. You’ll even find out how Donald Trump is exploiting his presidency for personal gain under a thin veil of deception.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465984</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Truth Trump Doesn’t Want You to Know
Author: Guy Smith
Narrator: Doug Greene
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 0 minutes
Release date: October 14, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Are you curious how Donald Trump got elected? Do you wander how many mistakes he’s actually made?  Is he incompetent or a monster?  He’s both, and this book will prove it.  President Donald Trump isn’t a man who’s doing the “best he can”. He’s someone who’s built his power on fear mongering, shady businesses dealings and hate. In this book, the tactics that Trump uses to manipulate his audience will be exposed. The words he wishes that he never said will be dissected, and his actions will only serve to prove his inadequacies as a president. Trump cannot accurately represent the United States when he does not speak for the people. You’ll even find out how Donald Trump is exploiting his presidency for personal gain under a thin veil of deception.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Healing the Heart of Democracy: The Courage to Create a Politics Worthy of the Human Spirit by Parker J. Palmer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Heart of Democracy: The Courage to Create a Politics Worthy of the Human Spirit
Author: Parker J. Palmer
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his newest book, Parker J. Palmer builds on his own extensive  experience as a an inner life explorer and social change activist  to examine the personal and social infrastructure of American  politics. What he did for educators in The Courage to Teach  he does here for citizens by looking at the dynamics of our inner  lives for clues to reclaiming our civic well-being. In Healing  the Heart of Democracy, he points the way to a politics rooted  in the commonwealth of compassion and creativity still found among  We the People.    Democracy, writes Palmer, is a  non-stop experiment in the strengths and weaknesses of our  political institutions, local communities, and the human  heartand its outcome can never be taken for granted. The  experiment is endless, unless we blow up the lab, and the  explosives to do the job are found within us. But so also is the  hearts alchemy that can turn suffering into compassion,  conflict into community, and tension into energy for creativity  amid democracys demands.   Healing the Heart of Democracy names the  habits of the heart we need to revitalize our  politics and shows how they can be formed in the everyday venues of  our lives. Palmer proposes practical and hopeful methods to hold  the tensions of our differences in a manner that can help us  restore a government of the people, by the people, for the  people.</description>
      <author>Parker J. Palmer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663706492.mp3" length="852709" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663706492.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Heart of Democracy: The Courage to Create a Politics Worthy of the Human Spirit
Author: Parker J. Palmer
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his newest book, Parker J. Palmer builds on his own extensive  experience as a an inner life explorer and social change activist  to examine the personal and social infrastructure of American  politics. What he did for educators in The Courage to Teach  he does here for citizens by looking at the dynamics of our inner  lives for clues to reclaiming our civic well-being. In Healing  the Heart of Democracy, he points the way to a politics rooted  in the commonwealth of compassion and creativity still found among  We the People.    Democracy, writes Palmer, is a  non-stop experiment in the strengths and weaknesses of our  political institutions, local communities, and the human  heartand its outcome can never be taken for granted. The  experiment is endless, unless we blow up the lab, and the  explosives to do the job are found within us. But so also is the  hearts alchemy that can turn suffering into compassion,  conflict into community, and tension into energy for creativity  amid democracys demands.   Healing the Heart of Democracy names the  habits of the heart we need to revitalize our  politics and shows how they can be formed in the everyday venues of  our lives. Palmer proposes practical and hopeful methods to hold  the tensions of our differences in a manner that can help us  restore a government of the people, by the people, for the  people.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465850</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Healing the Heart of Democracy: The Courage to Create a Politics Worthy of the Human Spirit
Author: Parker J. Palmer
Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 16 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In his newest book, Parker J. Palmer builds on his own extensive  experience as a an inner life explorer and social change activist  to examine the personal and social infrastructure of American  politics. What he did for educators in The Courage to Teach  he does here for citizens by looking at the dynamics of our inner  lives for clues to reclaiming our civic well-being. In Healing  the Heart of Democracy, he points the way to a politics rooted  in the commonwealth of compassion and creativity still found among  We the People.    Democracy, writes Palmer, is a  non-stop experiment in the strengths and weaknesses of our  political institutions, local communities, and the human  heartand its outcome can never be taken for granted. The  experiment is endless, unless we blow up the lab, and the  explosives to do the job are found within us. But so also is the  hearts alchemy that can turn suffering into compassion,  conflict into community, and tension into energy for creativity  amid democracys demands.   Healing the Heart of Democracy names the  habits of the heart we need to revitalize our  politics and shows how they can be formed in the everyday venues of  our lives. Palmer proposes practical and hopeful methods to hold  the tensions of our differences in a manner that can help us  restore a government of the people, by the people, for the  people.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Restoring the American Dream: The Defining Voice in the Movement for Liberty by Stephen Moore, Robert Ringer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the American Dream: The Defining Voice in the Movement for Liberty
Author: Stephen Moore, Robert Ringer
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Restoring the American Dream is a follow up to Robert  Ringer&amp;#039;s bestselling classic. In Restoring the American  Dream, Ringer continues to expose the myriad of problems  created by big government (including inflation, high taxes, the  energy crisis, and excessive regulation), and prescribed freedom,  individualism, and opportunity as the solution. Ringer dedicated  the book to &amp;#039;men and women throughout the world who practice  individualism and self-responsibility, who do not covet the fruits  of the labor of others, [and] who respect every person&amp;#039;s right to  sovereignty over his own life.&amp;#039;   Ringer points out many of the problems in the financial state of  the government and explores the  basic premise that nothing is  more precious than individual rights. It is a rallying cry to a  return to limited government and individual freedom.</description>
      <author>Stephen Moore, Robert Ringer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781663704719.mp3" length="916560" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781663704719.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the American Dream: The Defining Voice in the Movement for Liberty
Author: Stephen Moore, Robert Ringer
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Restoring the American Dream is a follow up to Robert  Ringer&amp;#039;s bestselling classic. In Restoring the American  Dream, Ringer continues to expose the myriad of problems  created by big government (including inflation, high taxes, the  energy crisis, and excessive regulation), and prescribed freedom,  individualism, and opportunity as the solution. Ringer dedicated  the book to &amp;#039;men and women throughout the world who practice  individualism and self-responsibility, who do not covet the fruits  of the labor of others, [and] who respect every person&amp;#039;s right to  sovereignty over his own life.&amp;#039;   Ringer points out many of the problems in the financial state of  the government and explores the  basic premise that nothing is  more precious than individual rights. It is a rallying cry to a  return to limited government and individual freedom.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465844</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Restoring the American Dream: The Defining Voice in the Movement for Liberty
Author: Stephen Moore, Robert Ringer
Narrator: Peter Ganim
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 46 minutes
Release date: July 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Restoring the American Dream is a follow up to Robert  Ringer&amp;#039;s bestselling classic. In Restoring the American  Dream, Ringer continues to expose the myriad of problems  created by big government (including inflation, high taxes, the  energy crisis, and excessive regulation), and prescribed freedom,  individualism, and opportunity as the solution. Ringer dedicated  the book to &amp;#039;men and women throughout the world who practice  individualism and self-responsibility, who do not covet the fruits  of the labor of others, [and] who respect every person&amp;#039;s right to  sovereignty over his own life.&amp;#039;   Ringer points out many of the problems in the financial state of  the government and explores the  basic premise that nothing is  more precious than individual rights. It is a rallying cry to a  return to limited government and individual freedom.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote by Johanna Neuman</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote
Author: Johanna Neuman
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping history, author Johanna Neuman demonstrates that American women defeated the male patriarchy only after they convinced men that it was in their interests to share political power. Reintegrating the long struggle for the women&amp;#039;s suffrage into the metanarrative of US history, Dr. Neuman sheds new light on such questions as: ● Why it took so long to achieve equal voting rights for women ● How victories in state suffrage campaigns pressured Congress to act ● Why African American women had to fight again for their rights in 1965 ● How the struggle by eight generations of female activists finally succeeded And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote is the ideal text for college courses in women&amp;#039;s studies and history covering the women&amp;#039;s suffrage movement, as well as courses on American History, Political History, Progressive Era reforms, or reform movements in general.</description>
      <author>Johanna Neuman</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705290187.mp3" length="2742975" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705290187.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote
Author: Johanna Neuman
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping history, author Johanna Neuman demonstrates that American women defeated the male patriarchy only after they convinced men that it was in their interests to share political power. Reintegrating the long struggle for the women&amp;#039;s suffrage into the metanarrative of US history, Dr. Neuman sheds new light on such questions as: ● Why it took so long to achieve equal voting rights for women ● How victories in state suffrage campaigns pressured Congress to act ● Why African American women had to fight again for their rights in 1965 ● How the struggle by eight generations of female activists finally succeeded And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote is the ideal text for college courses in women&amp;#039;s studies and history covering the women&amp;#039;s suffrage movement, as well as courses on American History, Political History, Progressive Era reforms, or reform movements in general.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465743</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote
Author: Johanna Neuman
Narrator: Tanya Eby
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 25 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In this sweeping history, author Johanna Neuman demonstrates that American women defeated the male patriarchy only after they convinced men that it was in their interests to share political power. Reintegrating the long struggle for the women&amp;#039;s suffrage into the metanarrative of US history, Dr. Neuman sheds new light on such questions as: ● Why it took so long to achieve equal voting rights for women ● How victories in state suffrage campaigns pressured Congress to act ● Why African American women had to fight again for their rights in 1965 ● How the struggle by eight generations of female activists finally succeeded And Yet They Persisted: How American Women Won the Right to Vote is the ideal text for college courses in women&amp;#039;s studies and history covering the women&amp;#039;s suffrage movement, as well as courses on American History, Political History, Progressive Era reforms, or reform movements in general.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Auschwitz and The Allies: A Devastating Account of How the Allies Responded to the News of Hitler&amp;#039;s Mass Murder by Martin Gilbert</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz and The Allies: A Devastating Account of How the Allies Responded to the News of Hitler&amp;#039;s Mass Murder
Author: Martin Gilbert
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A thorough analysis of Allied actions after learning about the horrors of Nazi concentration camps—includes survivors&amp;#039; firsthand accounts.   Why did they wait so long? Among the myriad questions of what the Allies could have done differently in World War II, understanding why it took them so long to respond to the horrors of the Nazi concentration camps—specifically Auschwitz—remains vital today.   In Auschwitz and the Allies, Martin Gilbert presents a comprehensive look into the series of decisions that helped shape this particular course of the war, and the fate of millions of people, through his eminent blend of exhaustive devotion to the facts and accessible, graceful writing.   Through firsthand accounts by escaped Auschwitz prisoners, Gilbert reconstructs the span of time between Allied awareness and definitive action in the face of overwhelming evidence of Nazi atrocities. Contains mature themes.</description>
      <author>Martin Gilbert</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705281505.mp3" length="8300313" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705281505.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz and The Allies: A Devastating Account of How the Allies Responded to the News of Hitler&amp;#039;s Mass Murder
Author: Martin Gilbert
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A thorough analysis of Allied actions after learning about the horrors of Nazi concentration camps—includes survivors&amp;#039; firsthand accounts.   Why did they wait so long? Among the myriad questions of what the Allies could have done differently in World War II, understanding why it took them so long to respond to the horrors of the Nazi concentration camps—specifically Auschwitz—remains vital today.   In Auschwitz and the Allies, Martin Gilbert presents a comprehensive look into the series of decisions that helped shape this particular course of the war, and the fate of millions of people, through his eminent blend of exhaustive devotion to the facts and accessible, graceful writing.   Through firsthand accounts by escaped Auschwitz prisoners, Gilbert reconstructs the span of time between Allied awareness and definitive action in the face of overwhelming evidence of Nazi atrocities. Contains mature themes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465718</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Auschwitz and The Allies: A Devastating Account of How the Allies Responded to the News of Hitler&amp;#039;s Mass Murder
Author: Martin Gilbert
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A thorough analysis of Allied actions after learning about the horrors of Nazi concentration camps—includes survivors&amp;#039; firsthand accounts.   Why did they wait so long? Among the myriad questions of what the Allies could have done differently in World War II, understanding why it took them so long to respond to the horrors of the Nazi concentration camps—specifically Auschwitz—remains vital today.   In Auschwitz and the Allies, Martin Gilbert presents a comprehensive look into the series of decisions that helped shape this particular course of the war, and the fate of millions of people, through his eminent blend of exhaustive devotion to the facts and accessible, graceful writing.   Through firsthand accounts by escaped Auschwitz prisoners, Gilbert reconstructs the span of time between Allied awareness and definitive action in the face of overwhelming evidence of Nazi atrocities. Contains mature themes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Teetering: Why So Many Live On A Financial Tightrope And What To Do About It by Ken Rees</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teetering: Why So Many Live On A Financial Tightrope And What To Do About It
Author: Ken Rees
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly half of American adults walk a financial tightrope. They live paycheck to paycheck, in constant danger of job loss or unexpected expenses. Following decades of rising income instability and falling savings, they have become the new normal. Rather than treat &amp;#039;Tightropers&amp;#039; as victims or blame them for their financial decisions, Teetering lets them tell their own stories of setbacks, sacrifice, and perseverance, and provides original research into their unique pressures and needs. Tightropers deserve support at all stages of their lives to build savings for both daily emergencies and long-term retirement. Teetering shows how legislators and regulators can make a difference without unintended consequences and how financial technology innovation can help Tightropers manage their money in uncertain times. Teetering makes the case for urgent action by financial institutions, investors, regulators, policymakers, employers, and influencers to recognize and address the financial forces that have pushed the American dream out of reach for so many. It proposes common ground solutions that work regardless of political leaning and provides a roadmap for how innovators can serve this growing need and how banks and others can start saying &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to their customers again.</description>
      <author>Ken Rees</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Mar 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601573.mp3" length="8076327" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601573.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teetering: Why So Many Live On A Financial Tightrope And What To Do About It
Author: Ken Rees
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly half of American adults walk a financial tightrope. They live paycheck to paycheck, in constant danger of job loss or unexpected expenses. Following decades of rising income instability and falling savings, they have become the new normal. Rather than treat &amp;#039;Tightropers&amp;#039; as victims or blame them for their financial decisions, Teetering lets them tell their own stories of setbacks, sacrifice, and perseverance, and provides original research into their unique pressures and needs. Tightropers deserve support at all stages of their lives to build savings for both daily emergencies and long-term retirement. Teetering shows how legislators and regulators can make a difference without unintended consequences and how financial technology innovation can help Tightropers manage their money in uncertain times. Teetering makes the case for urgent action by financial institutions, investors, regulators, policymakers, employers, and influencers to recognize and address the financial forces that have pushed the American dream out of reach for so many. It proposes common ground solutions that work regardless of political leaning and provides a roadmap for how innovators can serve this growing need and how banks and others can start saying &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to their customers again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465647</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Teetering: Why So Many Live On A Financial Tightrope And What To Do About It
Author: Ken Rees
Narrator: Graham Rowat
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 0 minutes
Release date: March  2, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Nearly half of American adults walk a financial tightrope. They live paycheck to paycheck, in constant danger of job loss or unexpected expenses. Following decades of rising income instability and falling savings, they have become the new normal. Rather than treat &amp;#039;Tightropers&amp;#039; as victims or blame them for their financial decisions, Teetering lets them tell their own stories of setbacks, sacrifice, and perseverance, and provides original research into their unique pressures and needs. Tightropers deserve support at all stages of their lives to build savings for both daily emergencies and long-term retirement. Teetering shows how legislators and regulators can make a difference without unintended consequences and how financial technology innovation can help Tightropers manage their money in uncertain times. Teetering makes the case for urgent action by financial institutions, investors, regulators, policymakers, employers, and influencers to recognize and address the financial forces that have pushed the American dream out of reach for so many. It proposes common ground solutions that work regardless of political leaning and provides a roadmap for how innovators can serve this growing need and how banks and others can start saying &amp;#039;yes&amp;#039; to their customers again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Great Dissenter: The Story of John Marshall Harlan, America&amp;#039;s Judicial Hero by Peter S. Canellos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Dissenter: The Story of John Marshall Harlan, America&amp;#039;s Judicial Hero
Author: Peter S. Canellos
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The “superb” (The Guardian) biography of an American who stood against all the forces of Gilded Age America to fight for civil rights and economic freedom: Supreme Court Justice John Marshall Harlan. They say that history is written by the victors. But not in the case of the most famous dissenter on the Supreme Court. Almost a century after his death, John Marshall Harlan’s words helped end segregation and gave us our civil rights and our modern economic freedom.   But his legacy would not have been possible without the courage of Robert Harlan, a slave who John’s father raised like a son in the same household. After the Civil War, Robert emerges as a political leader. With Black people holding power in the Republican Party, it is Robert who helps John land his appointment to the Supreme Court.   At first, John is awed by his fellow justices, but the country is changing. Northern whites are prepared to take away black rights to appease the South. Giant trusts are monopolizing entire industries. Against this onslaught, the Supreme Court seemed all too willing to strip away civil rights and invalidate labor protections. So as case after case comes before the court, challenging his core values, John makes a fateful decision: He breaks with his colleagues in fundamental ways, becoming the nation’s prime defender of the rights of Black people, immigrant laborers, and people in distant lands occupied by the US.   Harlan’s dissents, particularly in Plessy v. Ferguson, were widely read and a source of hope for decades. Thurgood Marshall called Harlan’s Plessy dissent his “Bible”—and his legal roadmap to overturning segregation. In the end, Harlan’s words built the foundations for the legal revolutions of the New Deal and Civil Rights eras.   Spanning from the Civil War to the Civil Rights movement and beyond, The Great Dissenter is a “magnificent” (Douglas Brinkley) and “thoroughly researched” (The New York Times) rendering of the American legal system’s most significant failures and most inspiring successes.</description>
      <author>Peter S. Canellos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124896.mp3" length="811166" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124896.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>19:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Dissenter: The Story of John Marshall Harlan, America&amp;#039;s Judicial Hero
Author: Peter S. Canellos
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The “superb” (The Guardian) biography of an American who stood against all the forces of Gilded Age America to fight for civil rights and economic freedom: Supreme Court Justice John Marshall Harlan. They say that history is written by the victors. But not in the case of the most famous dissenter on the Supreme Court. Almost a century after his death, John Marshall Harlan’s words helped end segregation and gave us our civil rights and our modern economic freedom.   But his legacy would not have been possible without the courage of Robert Harlan, a slave who John’s father raised like a son in the same household. After the Civil War, Robert emerges as a political leader. With Black people holding power in the Republican Party, it is Robert who helps John land his appointment to the Supreme Court.   At first, John is awed by his fellow justices, but the country is changing. Northern whites are prepared to take away black rights to appease the South. Giant trusts are monopolizing entire industries. Against this onslaught, the Supreme Court seemed all too willing to strip away civil rights and invalidate labor protections. So as case after case comes before the court, challenging his core values, John makes a fateful decision: He breaks with his colleagues in fundamental ways, becoming the nation’s prime defender of the rights of Black people, immigrant laborers, and people in distant lands occupied by the US.   Harlan’s dissents, particularly in Plessy v. Ferguson, were widely read and a source of hope for decades. Thurgood Marshall called Harlan’s Plessy dissent his “Bible”—and his legal roadmap to overturning segregation. In the end, Harlan’s words built the foundations for the legal revolutions of the New Deal and Civil Rights eras.   Spanning from the Civil War to the Civil Rights movement and beyond, The Great Dissenter is a “magnificent” (Douglas Brinkley) and “thoroughly researched” (The New York Times) rendering of the American legal system’s most significant failures and most inspiring successes.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465616</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Great Dissenter: The Story of John Marshall Harlan, America&amp;#039;s Judicial Hero
Author: Peter S. Canellos
Narrator: Arthur Morey
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 19 hours 23 minutes
Release date: June  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The “superb” (The Guardian) biography of an American who stood against all the forces of Gilded Age America to fight for civil rights and economic freedom: Supreme Court Justice John Marshall Harlan. They say that history is written by the victors. But not in the case of the most famous dissenter on the Supreme Court. Almost a century after his death, John Marshall Harlan’s words helped end segregation and gave us our civil rights and our modern economic freedom.   But his legacy would not have been possible without the courage of Robert Harlan, a slave who John’s father raised like a son in the same household. After the Civil War, Robert emerges as a political leader. With Black people holding power in the Republican Party, it is Robert who helps John land his appointment to the Supreme Court.   At first, John is awed by his fellow justices, but the country is changing. Northern whites are prepared to take away black rights to appease the South. Giant trusts are monopolizing entire industries. Against this onslaught, the Supreme Court seemed all too willing to strip away civil rights and invalidate labor protections. So as case after case comes before the court, challenging his core values, John makes a fateful decision: He breaks with his colleagues in fundamental ways, becoming the nation’s prime defender of the rights of Black people, immigrant laborers, and people in distant lands occupied by the US.   Harlan’s dissents, particularly in Plessy v. Ferguson, were widely read and a source of hope for decades. Thurgood Marshall called Harlan’s Plessy dissent his “Bible”—and his legal roadmap to overturning segregation. In the end, Harlan’s words built the foundations for the legal revolutions of the New Deal and Civil Rights eras.   Spanning from the Civil War to the Civil Rights movement and beyond, The Great Dissenter is a “magnificent” (Douglas Brinkley) and “thoroughly researched” (The New York Times) rendering of the American legal system’s most significant failures and most inspiring successes.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>State of Emergency: How We Win in the Country We Built by Tamika D. Mallory</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Emergency: How We Win in the Country We Built
Author: Tamika D. Mallory
Narrator: Tamika D. Mallory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Social justice leader Tamika D. Mallory states her case for action and reveals “the power we all have to win transformative change” (Marc Lamont Hill, New York Times bestselling author) in this searing indictment of America’s historical, deadly, and continuing assault on Black and brown lives. Drawn from a lifetime of frontline culture-shifting advocacy, organizing, and fighting for equal justice, State of Emergency makes Mallory’s demand for change and shares the keys to effective activism both for those new to and long-committed to the defense of Black lives.   From Minneapolis to Louisville, to Portland, Kenosha, and Washington, DC, America’s reckoning with its unmet promises on race and class is at a boiling point not seen since the 1960s. While conversations around pathways to progress take place on social media and cable TV, history tells us that meaningful change only comes with radical legislation and boots-on-the-ground activism. Here, Mallory shares her unique personal experience building coalitions, speaking truth to power, and winning over hearts and minds in the struggle for shared prosperity and safety.   Forward-looking, steeped in history, and rich with stories from life on the margins of American life, State of Emergency effortlessly gives us the tools we “need to fight injustice and find a pathway towards true freedom” (Marie Claire).</description>
      <author>Tamika D. Mallory</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797123974.mp3" length="819458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797123974.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Emergency: How We Win in the Country We Built
Author: Tamika D. Mallory
Narrator: Tamika D. Mallory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Social justice leader Tamika D. Mallory states her case for action and reveals “the power we all have to win transformative change” (Marc Lamont Hill, New York Times bestselling author) in this searing indictment of America’s historical, deadly, and continuing assault on Black and brown lives. Drawn from a lifetime of frontline culture-shifting advocacy, organizing, and fighting for equal justice, State of Emergency makes Mallory’s demand for change and shares the keys to effective activism both for those new to and long-committed to the defense of Black lives.   From Minneapolis to Louisville, to Portland, Kenosha, and Washington, DC, America’s reckoning with its unmet promises on race and class is at a boiling point not seen since the 1960s. While conversations around pathways to progress take place on social media and cable TV, history tells us that meaningful change only comes with radical legislation and boots-on-the-ground activism. Here, Mallory shares her unique personal experience building coalitions, speaking truth to power, and winning over hearts and minds in the struggle for shared prosperity and safety.   Forward-looking, steeped in history, and rich with stories from life on the margins of American life, State of Emergency effortlessly gives us the tools we “need to fight injustice and find a pathway towards true freedom” (Marie Claire).</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: State of Emergency: How We Win in the Country We Built
Author: Tamika D. Mallory
Narrator: Tamika D. Mallory
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: May 11, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Social justice leader Tamika D. Mallory states her case for action and reveals “the power we all have to win transformative change” (Marc Lamont Hill, New York Times bestselling author) in this searing indictment of America’s historical, deadly, and continuing assault on Black and brown lives. Drawn from a lifetime of frontline culture-shifting advocacy, organizing, and fighting for equal justice, State of Emergency makes Mallory’s demand for change and shares the keys to effective activism both for those new to and long-committed to the defense of Black lives.   From Minneapolis to Louisville, to Portland, Kenosha, and Washington, DC, America’s reckoning with its unmet promises on race and class is at a boiling point not seen since the 1960s. While conversations around pathways to progress take place on social media and cable TV, history tells us that meaningful change only comes with radical legislation and boots-on-the-ground activism. Here, Mallory shares her unique personal experience building coalitions, speaking truth to power, and winning over hearts and minds in the struggle for shared prosperity and safety.   Forward-looking, steeped in history, and rich with stories from life on the margins of American life, State of Emergency effortlessly gives us the tools we “need to fight injustice and find a pathway towards true freedom” (Marie Claire).</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Freedom by Sebastian Junger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Audie Award Finalist A profound rumination on the concept of freedom from the New York Times bestselling author of Tribe. Throughout history, humans have been driven by the quest for two cherished ideals: community and freedom. The two don’t coexist easily. We value individuality and self-reliance, yet are utterly dependent on community for our most basic needs. In this intricately crafted and thought-provoking book, Sebastian Junger examines the tension that lies at the heart of what it means to be human.   For much of a year, Junger and three friends—a conflict photographer and two Afghan War vets—walked the railroad lines of the East Coast. It was an experiment in personal autonomy, but also in interdependence. Dodging railroad cops, sleeping under bridges, cooking over fires, and drinking from creeks and rivers, the four men forged a unique reliance on one another.   In Freedom, Junger weaves his account of this journey together with primatology and boxing strategy, the history of labor strikes and Apache raiders, the role of women in resistance movements, and the brutal reality of life on the Pennsylvania frontier. Written in exquisite, razor-sharp prose, the result is a powerful examination of the primary desire that defines us.</description>
      <author>Sebastian Junger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797122267.mp3" length="876617" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797122267.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Audie Award Finalist A profound rumination on the concept of freedom from the New York Times bestselling author of Tribe. Throughout history, humans have been driven by the quest for two cherished ideals: community and freedom. The two don’t coexist easily. We value individuality and self-reliance, yet are utterly dependent on community for our most basic needs. In this intricately crafted and thought-provoking book, Sebastian Junger examines the tension that lies at the heart of what it means to be human.   For much of a year, Junger and three friends—a conflict photographer and two Afghan War vets—walked the railroad lines of the East Coast. It was an experiment in personal autonomy, but also in interdependence. Dodging railroad cops, sleeping under bridges, cooking over fires, and drinking from creeks and rivers, the four men forged a unique reliance on one another.   In Freedom, Junger weaves his account of this journey together with primatology and boxing strategy, the history of labor strikes and Apache raiders, the role of women in resistance movements, and the brutal reality of life on the Pennsylvania frontier. Written in exquisite, razor-sharp prose, the result is a powerful examination of the primary desire that defines us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465576</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Freedom
Author: Sebastian Junger
Narrator: Sebastian Junger
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 6 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 6 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A 2022 Audie Award Finalist A profound rumination on the concept of freedom from the New York Times bestselling author of Tribe. Throughout history, humans have been driven by the quest for two cherished ideals: community and freedom. The two don’t coexist easily. We value individuality and self-reliance, yet are utterly dependent on community for our most basic needs. In this intricately crafted and thought-provoking book, Sebastian Junger examines the tension that lies at the heart of what it means to be human.   For much of a year, Junger and three friends—a conflict photographer and two Afghan War vets—walked the railroad lines of the East Coast. It was an experiment in personal autonomy, but also in interdependence. Dodging railroad cops, sleeping under bridges, cooking over fires, and drinking from creeks and rivers, the four men forged a unique reliance on one another.   In Freedom, Junger weaves his account of this journey together with primatology and boxing strategy, the history of labor strikes and Apache raiders, the role of women in resistance movements, and the brutal reality of life on the Pennsylvania frontier. Written in exquisite, razor-sharp prose, the result is a powerful examination of the primary desire that defines us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Assault on Truth: Boris Johnson, Donald Trump and the Emergence of a New Moral Barbarism by Peter Oborne</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Assault on Truth: Boris Johnson, Donald Trump and the Emergence of a New Moral Barbarism
Author: Peter Oborne
Narrator: Peter Oborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
* THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER *  &amp;#039;A clinical and merciless account of Johnson&amp;#039;s mendacity... gripping&amp;#039; Guardian  When Peter Oborne wrote The Rise of Political Lying, looking at the growth of political falsehood under John Major and Tony Blair, he believed things had got as bad as they could be. With the arrival of Boris Johnson at No 10 in 2019 began a new and unprecedented epidemic of deceit.  In The Assault on Truth, a short and powerful new polemic, Oborne shows how Boris Johnson lied again and again in order to secure victory so he could force through Brexit in the face of parliamentary opposition. Johnson and his ministers then lied repeatedly to win the general election in December 2019. The government’s woeful response to the coronavirus pandemic has generated another wave of falsehoods, misrepresentations and fabrications.  The scale and shamelessness of the lying of the Johnson administration far exceeds the lying about Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and other issues under Tony Blair. This book argues that the ruthless use of political deceit under the Johnson government is part of a wider attack on civilised values and traditional institutions across the Western world, especially by Donald Trump in the USA. The Johnson and Trump methodology of deceit is about securing power for its own ends - even when they get exposed for lying, they shrug it off as a matter of no consequence.  It matters because all Western institutions are built around the idea of integrity and accountability. This means that an assault on truth is an assault on the rule of law, state institutions and the fundamental idea of fairness, and even democracy itself.</description>
      <author>Peter Oborne</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398504080.mp3" length="893202" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398504080.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>3:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Assault on Truth: Boris Johnson, Donald Trump and the Emergence of a New Moral Barbarism
Author: Peter Oborne
Narrator: Peter Oborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
* THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER *  &amp;#039;A clinical and merciless account of Johnson&amp;#039;s mendacity... gripping&amp;#039; Guardian  When Peter Oborne wrote The Rise of Political Lying, looking at the growth of political falsehood under John Major and Tony Blair, he believed things had got as bad as they could be. With the arrival of Boris Johnson at No 10 in 2019 began a new and unprecedented epidemic of deceit.  In The Assault on Truth, a short and powerful new polemic, Oborne shows how Boris Johnson lied again and again in order to secure victory so he could force through Brexit in the face of parliamentary opposition. Johnson and his ministers then lied repeatedly to win the general election in December 2019. The government’s woeful response to the coronavirus pandemic has generated another wave of falsehoods, misrepresentations and fabrications.  The scale and shamelessness of the lying of the Johnson administration far exceeds the lying about Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and other issues under Tony Blair. This book argues that the ruthless use of political deceit under the Johnson government is part of a wider attack on civilised values and traditional institutions across the Western world, especially by Donald Trump in the USA. The Johnson and Trump methodology of deceit is about securing power for its own ends - even when they get exposed for lying, they shrug it off as a matter of no consequence.  It matters because all Western institutions are built around the idea of integrity and accountability. This means that an assault on truth is an assault on the rule of law, state institutions and the fundamental idea of fairness, and even democracy itself.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Assault on Truth: Boris Johnson, Donald Trump and the Emergence of a New Moral Barbarism
Author: Peter Oborne
Narrator: Peter Oborne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 3 hours 24 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
* THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER *  &amp;#039;A clinical and merciless account of Johnson&amp;#039;s mendacity... gripping&amp;#039; Guardian  When Peter Oborne wrote The Rise of Political Lying, looking at the growth of political falsehood under John Major and Tony Blair, he believed things had got as bad as they could be. With the arrival of Boris Johnson at No 10 in 2019 began a new and unprecedented epidemic of deceit.  In The Assault on Truth, a short and powerful new polemic, Oborne shows how Boris Johnson lied again and again in order to secure victory so he could force through Brexit in the face of parliamentary opposition. Johnson and his ministers then lied repeatedly to win the general election in December 2019. The government’s woeful response to the coronavirus pandemic has generated another wave of falsehoods, misrepresentations and fabrications.  The scale and shamelessness of the lying of the Johnson administration far exceeds the lying about Iraqi weapons of mass destruction and other issues under Tony Blair. This book argues that the ruthless use of political deceit under the Johnson government is part of a wider attack on civilised values and traditional institutions across the Western world, especially by Donald Trump in the USA. The Johnson and Trump methodology of deceit is about securing power for its own ends - even when they get exposed for lying, they shrug it off as a matter of no consequence.  It matters because all Western institutions are built around the idea of integrity and accountability. This means that an assault on truth is an assault on the rule of law, state institutions and the fundamental idea of fairness, and even democracy itself.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Indigenous Writes: A Guide to First Nations, Métis, and Inuit issues in Canada by Chelsea Vowel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Indigenous Writes: A Guide to First Nations, Métis, and Inuit issues in Canada
Author: Chelsea Vowel
Narrator: Brianne Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Delgamuukw. Sixties Scoop. Bill C-31. Blood quantum. Appropriation. Two-Spirit. Tsilhqot&amp;#039;in. Status. TRC. RCAP. FNPOA. Pass and permit. Numbered Treaties. Terra nullius. The Great Peace... 		Are you familiar with the terms listed above? In Indigenous Writes, Chelsea Vowel, legal scholar, teacher, and intellectual, opens an important dialogue about these (and more) concepts and the wider social beliefs associated with the relationship between Indigenous peoples and Canada. In 31 essays, Chelsea explores the Indigenous experience from the time of contact to the present, through five categories-Terminology of Relationships; Culture and Identity; Myth-Busting; State Violence; and Land, Learning, Law, and Treaties. She answers the questions that many people have on these topics to spark further conversations at home, in the classroom, and in the larger community. 		Indigenous Writes is one title in The Debwe Series.</description>
      <author>Chelsea Vowel</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781553799146.mp3" length="1290301" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781553799146.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Indigenous Writes: A Guide to First Nations, Métis, and Inuit issues in Canada
Author: Chelsea Vowel
Narrator: Brianne Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Delgamuukw. Sixties Scoop. Bill C-31. Blood quantum. Appropriation. Two-Spirit. Tsilhqot&amp;#039;in. Status. TRC. RCAP. FNPOA. Pass and permit. Numbered Treaties. Terra nullius. The Great Peace... 		Are you familiar with the terms listed above? In Indigenous Writes, Chelsea Vowel, legal scholar, teacher, and intellectual, opens an important dialogue about these (and more) concepts and the wider social beliefs associated with the relationship between Indigenous peoples and Canada. In 31 essays, Chelsea explores the Indigenous experience from the time of contact to the present, through five categories-Terminology of Relationships; Culture and Identity; Myth-Busting; State Violence; and Land, Learning, Law, and Treaties. She answers the questions that many people have on these topics to spark further conversations at home, in the classroom, and in the larger community. 		Indigenous Writes is one title in The Debwe Series.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465555</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Indigenous Writes: A Guide to First Nations, Métis, and Inuit issues in Canada
Author: Chelsea Vowel
Narrator: Brianne Tucker
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 1 minute
Release date: November 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Delgamuukw. Sixties Scoop. Bill C-31. Blood quantum. Appropriation. Two-Spirit. Tsilhqot&amp;#039;in. Status. TRC. RCAP. FNPOA. Pass and permit. Numbered Treaties. Terra nullius. The Great Peace... 		Are you familiar with the terms listed above? In Indigenous Writes, Chelsea Vowel, legal scholar, teacher, and intellectual, opens an important dialogue about these (and more) concepts and the wider social beliefs associated with the relationship between Indigenous peoples and Canada. In 31 essays, Chelsea explores the Indigenous experience from the time of contact to the present, through five categories-Terminology of Relationships; Culture and Identity; Myth-Busting; State Violence; and Land, Learning, Law, and Treaties. She answers the questions that many people have on these topics to spark further conversations at home, in the classroom, and in the larger community. 		Indigenous Writes is one title in The Debwe Series.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Need to Talk About Money by Otegha Uwagba</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Need to Talk About Money
Author: Otegha Uwagba
Narrator: Otegha Uwagba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘One of the most original and talented young writers we have.’ Sathnam Sanghera                                                               ‘A must-read.’ Elizabeth Day                                                               ‘A beautiful, searingly personal account of a world defined by money, full of courage and truth telling.’ Owen Jones                                   An extraordinarily candid personal account of the ups and downs wrought by money, We Need To Talk About Money is a vital exploration of stories and issues that will be familiar to most. This is a book about toxic workplaces and misogynist men, about getting payrises and getting evicted. About class and privilege and racism and beauty. About shame and pride, compulsion and fear.           In unpicking the shroud of secrecy surrounding money – who has it, how they got it, and how it shapes our lives – this boldly honest account of one woman’s journey upturns countless social conventions, and uncovers some startling truths about our complex relationships with money in the process.</description>
      <author>Otegha Uwagba</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008350413.mp3" length="1390184" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008350413.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Need to Talk About Money
Author: Otegha Uwagba
Narrator: Otegha Uwagba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘One of the most original and talented young writers we have.’ Sathnam Sanghera                                                               ‘A must-read.’ Elizabeth Day                                                               ‘A beautiful, searingly personal account of a world defined by money, full of courage and truth telling.’ Owen Jones                                   An extraordinarily candid personal account of the ups and downs wrought by money, We Need To Talk About Money is a vital exploration of stories and issues that will be familiar to most. This is a book about toxic workplaces and misogynist men, about getting payrises and getting evicted. About class and privilege and racism and beauty. About shame and pride, compulsion and fear.           In unpicking the shroud of secrecy surrounding money – who has it, how they got it, and how it shapes our lives – this boldly honest account of one woman’s journey upturns countless social conventions, and uncovers some startling truths about our complex relationships with money in the process.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465480</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Need to Talk About Money
Author: Otegha Uwagba
Narrator: Otegha Uwagba
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 13 minutes
Release date: July  8, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘One of the most original and talented young writers we have.’ Sathnam Sanghera                                                               ‘A must-read.’ Elizabeth Day                                                               ‘A beautiful, searingly personal account of a world defined by money, full of courage and truth telling.’ Owen Jones                                   An extraordinarily candid personal account of the ups and downs wrought by money, We Need To Talk About Money is a vital exploration of stories and issues that will be familiar to most. This is a book about toxic workplaces and misogynist men, about getting payrises and getting evicted. About class and privilege and racism and beauty. About shame and pride, compulsion and fear.           In unpicking the shroud of secrecy surrounding money – who has it, how they got it, and how it shapes our lives – this boldly honest account of one woman’s journey upturns countless social conventions, and uncovers some startling truths about our complex relationships with money in the process.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Agentterrorist - Eine Geschichte über Freiheit und Freundschaft, Demokratie und Nichtsodemokratie by Deniz Yücel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Agentterrorist - Eine Geschichte über Freiheit und Freundschaft, Demokratie und Nichtsodemokratie
Author: Deniz Yücel
Narrator: Recai Hallaç, Deniz Yücel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Jahr lang wurde der Journalist Deniz Yücel im Hochsicherheitsgefängnis Silivri Nr. 9 bei Istanbul gefangen gehalten. Ohne Anklage. Seine Inhaftierung sorgte für die größte Belastung der deutsch-türkischen Beziehungen seit dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. Im Februar 2018 wurde er unter abenteuerlichen Umständen freigelassen. In &amp;#039;Agentterrorist&amp;#039; erzählt Yücel, wie er dieses Jahr in Einzelhaft durchlebte und was ihm die &amp;#039;#FreeDeniz&amp;#039;-Kampagne und die Unterstützung seiner Frau bedeuteten. Zugleich zeichnet Yücel die politische Entwicklung der Türkei der vergangenen Jahre nach, vom hoffnungsvollen Aufbruch der Gezi-Revolte bis zum vorläufigen Ende: Erdogans Festigung der Macht mit den Wahlen vom Frühjahr 2018.</description>
      <author>Deniz Yücel</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864845345.mp3" length="817655" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864845345.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Agentterrorist - Eine Geschichte über Freiheit und Freundschaft, Demokratie und Nichtsodemokratie
Author: Deniz Yücel
Narrator: Recai Hallaç, Deniz Yücel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Jahr lang wurde der Journalist Deniz Yücel im Hochsicherheitsgefängnis Silivri Nr. 9 bei Istanbul gefangen gehalten. Ohne Anklage. Seine Inhaftierung sorgte für die größte Belastung der deutsch-türkischen Beziehungen seit dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. Im Februar 2018 wurde er unter abenteuerlichen Umständen freigelassen. In &amp;#039;Agentterrorist&amp;#039; erzählt Yücel, wie er dieses Jahr in Einzelhaft durchlebte und was ihm die &amp;#039;#FreeDeniz&amp;#039;-Kampagne und die Unterstützung seiner Frau bedeuteten. Zugleich zeichnet Yücel die politische Entwicklung der Türkei der vergangenen Jahre nach, vom hoffnungsvollen Aufbruch der Gezi-Revolte bis zum vorläufigen Ende: Erdogans Festigung der Macht mit den Wahlen vom Frühjahr 2018.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465061</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Agentterrorist - Eine Geschichte über Freiheit und Freundschaft, Demokratie und Nichtsodemokratie
Author: Deniz Yücel
Narrator: Recai Hallaç, Deniz Yücel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 13 minutes
Release date: October 10, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ein Jahr lang wurde der Journalist Deniz Yücel im Hochsicherheitsgefängnis Silivri Nr. 9 bei Istanbul gefangen gehalten. Ohne Anklage. Seine Inhaftierung sorgte für die größte Belastung der deutsch-türkischen Beziehungen seit dem Zweiten Weltkrieg. Im Februar 2018 wurde er unter abenteuerlichen Umständen freigelassen. In &amp;#039;Agentterrorist&amp;#039; erzählt Yücel, wie er dieses Jahr in Einzelhaft durchlebte und was ihm die &amp;#039;#FreeDeniz&amp;#039;-Kampagne und die Unterstützung seiner Frau bedeuteten. Zugleich zeichnet Yücel die politische Entwicklung der Türkei der vergangenen Jahre nach, vom hoffnungsvollen Aufbruch der Gezi-Revolte bis zum vorläufigen Ende: Erdogans Festigung der Macht mit den Wahlen vom Frühjahr 2018.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Tausend Zeilen Lüge - Das System Relotius und der deutsche Journalismus (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Juan Moreno</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tausend Zeilen Lüge - Das System Relotius und der deutsche Journalismus (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Juan Moreno
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Es war der größte Fälschungsskandal seit Jahrzehnten: Ein Reporter des &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; hatte Reportagen und Interviews aus dem In- und Ausland geliefert, bewegend und oftmals mit dem Anstrich des Besonderen. Sie alle wurden vom &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; und seiner legendären Dokumentation geprüft und abgenommen, sie wurden gedruckt, und der Autor Claas Relotius wurde mit Preisen geradezu überhäuft.  Aber: Sie waren - ganz oder zum Teil - frei erfunden. Juan Moreno hat, eher unfreiwillig und gegen heftigen Widerstand im &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039;, die Fälschungen aufgedeckt. Hier erzählt er die ganze Geschichte vom Aufstieg und Fall des jungen Starjournalisten, dessen Reportagen so perfekt waren, so stimmig, so schön.  Claas Relotius schrieb immer genau das, was seine Redaktionen haben wollten. Aber dennoch ist zu fragen, wieso diese Fälschungen jahrelang unentdeckt bleiben konnten. Juan Moreno schreibt mehr als die unglaubliche Geschichte einer beispiellosen Täuschung, er fragt, was diese über den Journalismus aussagt.</description>
      <author>Juan Moreno</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732453566.mp3" length="812505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732453566.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:47:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tausend Zeilen Lüge - Das System Relotius und der deutsche Journalismus (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Juan Moreno
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Es war der größte Fälschungsskandal seit Jahrzehnten: Ein Reporter des &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; hatte Reportagen und Interviews aus dem In- und Ausland geliefert, bewegend und oftmals mit dem Anstrich des Besonderen. Sie alle wurden vom &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; und seiner legendären Dokumentation geprüft und abgenommen, sie wurden gedruckt, und der Autor Claas Relotius wurde mit Preisen geradezu überhäuft.  Aber: Sie waren - ganz oder zum Teil - frei erfunden. Juan Moreno hat, eher unfreiwillig und gegen heftigen Widerstand im &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039;, die Fälschungen aufgedeckt. Hier erzählt er die ganze Geschichte vom Aufstieg und Fall des jungen Starjournalisten, dessen Reportagen so perfekt waren, so stimmig, so schön.  Claas Relotius schrieb immer genau das, was seine Redaktionen haben wollten. Aber dennoch ist zu fragen, wieso diese Fälschungen jahrelang unentdeckt bleiben konnten. Juan Moreno schreibt mehr als die unglaubliche Geschichte einer beispiellosen Täuschung, er fragt, was diese über den Journalismus aussagt.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465016</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Tausend Zeilen Lüge - Das System Relotius und der deutsche Journalismus (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Juan Moreno
Narrator: Richard Barenberg
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 47 minutes
Release date: September 17, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Es war der größte Fälschungsskandal seit Jahrzehnten: Ein Reporter des &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; hatte Reportagen und Interviews aus dem In- und Ausland geliefert, bewegend und oftmals mit dem Anstrich des Besonderen. Sie alle wurden vom &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039; und seiner legendären Dokumentation geprüft und abgenommen, sie wurden gedruckt, und der Autor Claas Relotius wurde mit Preisen geradezu überhäuft.  Aber: Sie waren - ganz oder zum Teil - frei erfunden. Juan Moreno hat, eher unfreiwillig und gegen heftigen Widerstand im &amp;#039;Spiegel&amp;#039;, die Fälschungen aufgedeckt. Hier erzählt er die ganze Geschichte vom Aufstieg und Fall des jungen Starjournalisten, dessen Reportagen so perfekt waren, so stimmig, so schön.  Claas Relotius schrieb immer genau das, was seine Redaktionen haben wollten. Aber dennoch ist zu fragen, wieso diese Fälschungen jahrelang unentdeckt bleiben konnten. Juan Moreno schreibt mehr als die unglaubliche Geschichte einer beispiellosen Täuschung, er fragt, was diese über den Journalismus aussagt.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Know Your Price: Valuing Black Lives and Property in America’s Black Cities by Andre M. Perry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Price: Valuing Black Lives and Property in America’s Black Cities
Author: Andre M. Perry
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The deliberate devaluation of Blacks and their communities has had very real, far-reaching, and negative economic and social effects. An enduring white supremacist myth claims brutal conditions in Black communities are mainly the result of Black people&amp;#039;s collective choices and moral failings. &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s just how they are&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;there&amp;#039;s really no excuse&amp;#039;: we&amp;#039;ve all heard those not so subtle digs. But there is nothing wrong with Black people that ending racism can&amp;#039;t solve. We haven&amp;#039;t known how much the country will gain by properly valuing homes and businesses, family structures, voters, and school districts in Black neighborhoods. And we need to know. Noted educator, journalist, and scholar Andre Perry takes listeners on a tour of six Black-majority cities whose assets and strengths are undervalued. Perry begins in his hometown of Wilkinsburg, a small city east of Pittsburgh that, unlike its much larger neighbor, is struggling and failing to attract new jobs and industry. Bringing his own personal story of growing up in Black-majority Wilkinsburg, Perry also spotlights five others where he has deep connections: Detroit, Birmingham, New Orleans, Atlanta, and Washington, DC. He provides an intimate look at the assets that should be of greater value to residents—and that can be if they demand it.</description>
      <author>Andre M. Perry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705276860.mp3" length="7954133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705276860.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Price: Valuing Black Lives and Property in America’s Black Cities
Author: Andre M. Perry
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The deliberate devaluation of Blacks and their communities has had very real, far-reaching, and negative economic and social effects. An enduring white supremacist myth claims brutal conditions in Black communities are mainly the result of Black people&amp;#039;s collective choices and moral failings. &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s just how they are&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;there&amp;#039;s really no excuse&amp;#039;: we&amp;#039;ve all heard those not so subtle digs. But there is nothing wrong with Black people that ending racism can&amp;#039;t solve. We haven&amp;#039;t known how much the country will gain by properly valuing homes and businesses, family structures, voters, and school districts in Black neighborhoods. And we need to know. Noted educator, journalist, and scholar Andre Perry takes listeners on a tour of six Black-majority cities whose assets and strengths are undervalued. Perry begins in his hometown of Wilkinsburg, a small city east of Pittsburgh that, unlike its much larger neighbor, is struggling and failing to attract new jobs and industry. Bringing his own personal story of growing up in Black-majority Wilkinsburg, Perry also spotlights five others where he has deep connections: Detroit, Birmingham, New Orleans, Atlanta, and Washington, DC. He provides an intimate look at the assets that should be of greater value to residents—and that can be if they demand it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464956</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Know Your Price: Valuing Black Lives and Property in America’s Black Cities
Author: Andre M. Perry
Narrator: Leon Nixon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 55 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The deliberate devaluation of Blacks and their communities has had very real, far-reaching, and negative economic and social effects. An enduring white supremacist myth claims brutal conditions in Black communities are mainly the result of Black people&amp;#039;s collective choices and moral failings. &amp;#039;That&amp;#039;s just how they are&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;there&amp;#039;s really no excuse&amp;#039;: we&amp;#039;ve all heard those not so subtle digs. But there is nothing wrong with Black people that ending racism can&amp;#039;t solve. We haven&amp;#039;t known how much the country will gain by properly valuing homes and businesses, family structures, voters, and school districts in Black neighborhoods. And we need to know. Noted educator, journalist, and scholar Andre Perry takes listeners on a tour of six Black-majority cities whose assets and strengths are undervalued. Perry begins in his hometown of Wilkinsburg, a small city east of Pittsburgh that, unlike its much larger neighbor, is struggling and failing to attract new jobs and industry. Bringing his own personal story of growing up in Black-majority Wilkinsburg, Perry also spotlights five others where he has deep connections: Detroit, Birmingham, New Orleans, Atlanta, and Washington, DC. He provides an intimate look at the assets that should be of greater value to residents—and that can be if they demand it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Meddling in the Ballot Box: The Causes and Effects of Partisan Electoral Interventions by Dov H. Levin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meddling in the Ballot Box: The Causes and Effects of Partisan Electoral Interventions
Author: Dov H. Levin
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Great powers have attempted for centuries to intervene in elections occurring in other states through various covert and overt methods, with the American intervention in the 2013 Kenyan elections and the Russian intervention in the 2016 US elections being just two recent examples. Indeed, the Americans and the Soviets/Russians intervened in one out of every nine national-level executive elections between 1946 and 2000. Meddling in the Ballot Box is the first book to provide a comprehensive analysis of foreign meddling in elections from the dawn of the modern era to the 2016 Russian intervention in the US election. Dov Levin shows that partisan electoral interventions are usually an &amp;#039;inside job&amp;#039; occurring only if a significant domestic actor within the target wants it. Likewise, a great power will not intervene unless it fears that its interests are endangered by an opposing party or candidate with very different preferences. He also finds that partisan electoral interventions frequently have significant effects on the results—sufficient in many situations to determine the winner. A revelatory account that explains why major powers have meddled so frequently across the entire postwar era, Meddling in the Ballot Box also provides us with a framework for assessing the cyber-future of interference.</description>
      <author>Dov H. Levin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696603584.mp3" length="8083943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696603584.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meddling in the Ballot Box: The Causes and Effects of Partisan Electoral Interventions
Author: Dov H. Levin
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Great powers have attempted for centuries to intervene in elections occurring in other states through various covert and overt methods, with the American intervention in the 2013 Kenyan elections and the Russian intervention in the 2016 US elections being just two recent examples. Indeed, the Americans and the Soviets/Russians intervened in one out of every nine national-level executive elections between 1946 and 2000. Meddling in the Ballot Box is the first book to provide a comprehensive analysis of foreign meddling in elections from the dawn of the modern era to the 2016 Russian intervention in the US election. Dov Levin shows that partisan electoral interventions are usually an &amp;#039;inside job&amp;#039; occurring only if a significant domestic actor within the target wants it. Likewise, a great power will not intervene unless it fears that its interests are endangered by an opposing party or candidate with very different preferences. He also finds that partisan electoral interventions frequently have significant effects on the results—sufficient in many situations to determine the winner. A revelatory account that explains why major powers have meddled so frequently across the entire postwar era, Meddling in the Ballot Box also provides us with a framework for assessing the cyber-future of interference.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464920</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Meddling in the Ballot Box: The Causes and Effects of Partisan Electoral Interventions
Author: Dov H. Levin
Narrator: Lewis Arlt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 28 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Great powers have attempted for centuries to intervene in elections occurring in other states through various covert and overt methods, with the American intervention in the 2013 Kenyan elections and the Russian intervention in the 2016 US elections being just two recent examples. Indeed, the Americans and the Soviets/Russians intervened in one out of every nine national-level executive elections between 1946 and 2000. Meddling in the Ballot Box is the first book to provide a comprehensive analysis of foreign meddling in elections from the dawn of the modern era to the 2016 Russian intervention in the US election. Dov Levin shows that partisan electoral interventions are usually an &amp;#039;inside job&amp;#039; occurring only if a significant domestic actor within the target wants it. Likewise, a great power will not intervene unless it fears that its interests are endangered by an opposing party or candidate with very different preferences. He also finds that partisan electoral interventions frequently have significant effects on the results—sufficient in many situations to determine the winner. A revelatory account that explains why major powers have meddled so frequently across the entire postwar era, Meddling in the Ballot Box also provides us with a framework for assessing the cyber-future of interference.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Crooked Path to Abolition: Abraham Lincoln and the Antislavery Constitution by James Oakes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crooked Path to Abolition: Abraham Lincoln and the Antislavery Constitution
Author: James Oakes
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning scholar uncovers the guiding principles of Lincoln’s antislavery strategies. Lincoln adopted the antislavery view that the Constitution made freedom the rule in the United States, slavery the exception. Where federal power prevailed, so did freedom. Where state power prevailed, that state determined the status of slavery, and the federal government could not interfere. It would take state action to achieve the final abolition of American slavery. With this understanding, Lincoln and his antislavery allies used every tool available to undermine the institution. Wherever the Constitution empowered direct federal action, they intervened. As a congressman in 1849 Lincoln sponsored a bill to abolish slavery in Washington, DC. He reentered politics in 1854 to oppose what he considered the unconstitutional opening of the territories to slavery by the Kansas–Nebraska Act. President Lincoln took full advantage of the antislavery options opened by the Civil War. The Emancipation Proclamation, a military order of the president, undermined slavery across the South. It led to abolition by six slave states, which then joined the coalition to affect what Lincoln called the &amp;#039;King’s cure&amp;#039;: state ratification of the constitutional amendment that in 1865 finally abolished slavery.</description>
      <author>James Oakes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696603126.mp3" length="9182988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696603126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crooked Path to Abolition: Abraham Lincoln and the Antislavery Constitution
Author: James Oakes
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning scholar uncovers the guiding principles of Lincoln’s antislavery strategies. Lincoln adopted the antislavery view that the Constitution made freedom the rule in the United States, slavery the exception. Where federal power prevailed, so did freedom. Where state power prevailed, that state determined the status of slavery, and the federal government could not interfere. It would take state action to achieve the final abolition of American slavery. With this understanding, Lincoln and his antislavery allies used every tool available to undermine the institution. Wherever the Constitution empowered direct federal action, they intervened. As a congressman in 1849 Lincoln sponsored a bill to abolish slavery in Washington, DC. He reentered politics in 1854 to oppose what he considered the unconstitutional opening of the territories to slavery by the Kansas–Nebraska Act. President Lincoln took full advantage of the antislavery options opened by the Civil War. The Emancipation Proclamation, a military order of the president, undermined slavery across the South. It led to abolition by six slave states, which then joined the coalition to affect what Lincoln called the &amp;#039;King’s cure&amp;#039;: state ratification of the constitutional amendment that in 1865 finally abolished slavery.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464918</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Crooked Path to Abolition: Abraham Lincoln and the Antislavery Constitution
Author: James Oakes
Narrator: Bob Souer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 38 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning scholar uncovers the guiding principles of Lincoln’s antislavery strategies. Lincoln adopted the antislavery view that the Constitution made freedom the rule in the United States, slavery the exception. Where federal power prevailed, so did freedom. Where state power prevailed, that state determined the status of slavery, and the federal government could not interfere. It would take state action to achieve the final abolition of American slavery. With this understanding, Lincoln and his antislavery allies used every tool available to undermine the institution. Wherever the Constitution empowered direct federal action, they intervened. As a congressman in 1849 Lincoln sponsored a bill to abolish slavery in Washington, DC. He reentered politics in 1854 to oppose what he considered the unconstitutional opening of the territories to slavery by the Kansas–Nebraska Act. President Lincoln took full advantage of the antislavery options opened by the Civil War. The Emancipation Proclamation, a military order of the president, undermined slavery across the South. It led to abolition by six slave states, which then joined the coalition to affect what Lincoln called the &amp;#039;King’s cure&amp;#039;: state ratification of the constitutional amendment that in 1865 finally abolished slavery.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Nine Lives of Pakistan: Dispatches from a Precarious State by Declan Walsh</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nine Lives of Pakistan: Dispatches from a Precarious State
Author: Declan Walsh
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Declan Walsh is one of the New York Times&amp;#039;s most distinguished international correspondents. His electrifying portrait of Pakistan over a tumultuous decade captures the sweep of this strange, wondrous, and benighted country through the dramatic lives of nine fascinating individuals. On assignment as the country careened between crises, Walsh traveled from the raucous port of Karachi to the salons of Lahore, and from Baluchistan to the mountains of Waziristan. He met a diverse cast of extraordinary Pakistanis—a chieftain readying for war at his desert fort, a retired spy skulking through the borderlands, and a crusading lawyer risking death for her beliefs, among others. Through these &amp;#039;nine lives&amp;#039; he describes a country on the brink—a place of creeping extremism and political chaos, but also personal bravery and dogged idealism that defy easy stereotypes. Unbeknownst to Walsh, however, an intelligence agent was tracking him. Written in the aftermath of Walsh&amp;#039;s abrupt deportation, The Nine Lives of Pakistan concludes with an astonishing encounter with that agent, and his revelations about Pakistan&amp;#039;s powerful security state. Intimate and complex, attuned to the centrifugal forces of history, identity, and faith, The Nine Lives of Pakistan offers an unflinching account of life in a precarious, vital country.</description>
      <author>Declan Walsh</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696600446.mp3" length="8087783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696600446.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:13:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nine Lives of Pakistan: Dispatches from a Precarious State
Author: Declan Walsh
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Declan Walsh is one of the New York Times&amp;#039;s most distinguished international correspondents. His electrifying portrait of Pakistan over a tumultuous decade captures the sweep of this strange, wondrous, and benighted country through the dramatic lives of nine fascinating individuals. On assignment as the country careened between crises, Walsh traveled from the raucous port of Karachi to the salons of Lahore, and from Baluchistan to the mountains of Waziristan. He met a diverse cast of extraordinary Pakistanis—a chieftain readying for war at his desert fort, a retired spy skulking through the borderlands, and a crusading lawyer risking death for her beliefs, among others. Through these &amp;#039;nine lives&amp;#039; he describes a country on the brink—a place of creeping extremism and political chaos, but also personal bravery and dogged idealism that defy easy stereotypes. Unbeknownst to Walsh, however, an intelligence agent was tracking him. Written in the aftermath of Walsh&amp;#039;s abrupt deportation, The Nine Lives of Pakistan concludes with an astonishing encounter with that agent, and his revelations about Pakistan&amp;#039;s powerful security state. Intimate and complex, attuned to the centrifugal forces of history, identity, and faith, The Nine Lives of Pakistan offers an unflinching account of life in a precarious, vital country.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464915</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Nine Lives of Pakistan: Dispatches from a Precarious State
Author: Declan Walsh
Narrator: Roger Clark
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 13 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Declan Walsh is one of the New York Times&amp;#039;s most distinguished international correspondents. His electrifying portrait of Pakistan over a tumultuous decade captures the sweep of this strange, wondrous, and benighted country through the dramatic lives of nine fascinating individuals. On assignment as the country careened between crises, Walsh traveled from the raucous port of Karachi to the salons of Lahore, and from Baluchistan to the mountains of Waziristan. He met a diverse cast of extraordinary Pakistanis—a chieftain readying for war at his desert fort, a retired spy skulking through the borderlands, and a crusading lawyer risking death for her beliefs, among others. Through these &amp;#039;nine lives&amp;#039; he describes a country on the brink—a place of creeping extremism and political chaos, but also personal bravery and dogged idealism that defy easy stereotypes. Unbeknownst to Walsh, however, an intelligence agent was tracking him. Written in the aftermath of Walsh&amp;#039;s abrupt deportation, The Nine Lives of Pakistan concludes with an astonishing encounter with that agent, and his revelations about Pakistan&amp;#039;s powerful security state. Intimate and complex, attuned to the centrifugal forces of history, identity, and faith, The Nine Lives of Pakistan offers an unflinching account of life in a precarious, vital country.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>After the Fall: Being American in the World We&amp;#039;ve Made by Ben Rhodes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Fall: Being American in the World We&amp;#039;ve Made
Author: Ben Rhodes
Narrator: Ben Rhodes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Vital reading for Americans and people anywhere who seek to understand what is happening ‘after the fall’ of the global system created by the United States” (New York Journal of Books), from the former White House aide, close confidant to President Barack Obama, and author of The World as It Is     At a time when democracy in the United States is endangered as never before, Ben Rhodes spent years traveling the world to understand why. He visited dozens of countries, meeting with politicians and activists confronting the same nationalism and authoritarianism that are tearing America apart. Along the way, he discusses the growing authoritarianism of Vladimir Putin, and his aggression towards Ukraine, with the foremost opposition leader in Russia, who was subsequently poisoned and imprisoned; he profiled Hong Kong protesters who saw their movement snuffed out by China under Xi Jinping; and America itself reached the precipice of losing democracy before giving itself a fragile second chance.  The characters and issues that Rhodes illuminates paint a picture that shows us where we are today—from Barack Obama to a rising generation of international leaders; from the authoritarian playbook endangering democracy to the flood of disinformation enabling authoritarianism. Ultimately, Rhodes writes personally and powerfully about finding hope in the belief that looking squarely at where America has gone wrong can make clear how essential it is to fight for what America is supposed to be, for our own country and the entire world.</description>
      <author>Ben Rhodes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593411988.mp3" length="2645734" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593411988.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Fall: Being American in the World We&amp;#039;ve Made
Author: Ben Rhodes
Narrator: Ben Rhodes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Vital reading for Americans and people anywhere who seek to understand what is happening ‘after the fall’ of the global system created by the United States” (New York Journal of Books), from the former White House aide, close confidant to President Barack Obama, and author of The World as It Is     At a time when democracy in the United States is endangered as never before, Ben Rhodes spent years traveling the world to understand why. He visited dozens of countries, meeting with politicians and activists confronting the same nationalism and authoritarianism that are tearing America apart. Along the way, he discusses the growing authoritarianism of Vladimir Putin, and his aggression towards Ukraine, with the foremost opposition leader in Russia, who was subsequently poisoned and imprisoned; he profiled Hong Kong protesters who saw their movement snuffed out by China under Xi Jinping; and America itself reached the precipice of losing democracy before giving itself a fragile second chance.  The characters and issues that Rhodes illuminates paint a picture that shows us where we are today—from Barack Obama to a rising generation of international leaders; from the authoritarian playbook endangering democracy to the flood of disinformation enabling authoritarianism. Ultimately, Rhodes writes personally and powerfully about finding hope in the belief that looking squarely at where America has gone wrong can make clear how essential it is to fight for what America is supposed to be, for our own country and the entire world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464597</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: After the Fall: Being American in the World We&amp;#039;ve Made
Author: Ben Rhodes
Narrator: Ben Rhodes
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 49 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 30 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.14 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • “Vital reading for Americans and people anywhere who seek to understand what is happening ‘after the fall’ of the global system created by the United States” (New York Journal of Books), from the former White House aide, close confidant to President Barack Obama, and author of The World as It Is     At a time when democracy in the United States is endangered as never before, Ben Rhodes spent years traveling the world to understand why. He visited dozens of countries, meeting with politicians and activists confronting the same nationalism and authoritarianism that are tearing America apart. Along the way, he discusses the growing authoritarianism of Vladimir Putin, and his aggression towards Ukraine, with the foremost opposition leader in Russia, who was subsequently poisoned and imprisoned; he profiled Hong Kong protesters who saw their movement snuffed out by China under Xi Jinping; and America itself reached the precipice of losing democracy before giving itself a fragile second chance.  The characters and issues that Rhodes illuminates paint a picture that shows us where we are today—from Barack Obama to a rising generation of international leaders; from the authoritarian playbook endangering democracy to the flood of disinformation enabling authoritarianism. Ultimately, Rhodes writes personally and powerfully about finding hope in the belief that looking squarely at where America has gone wrong can make clear how essential it is to fight for what America is supposed to be, for our own country and the entire world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>&amp;#039;I Have Nothing to Hide&amp;#039;: And 20 Other Myths About Surveillance and Privacy by Heidi Boghosian</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;I Have Nothing to Hide&amp;#039;: And 20 Other Myths About Surveillance and Privacy
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Charles Hubble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An accessible guide that breaks down the complex issues around mass surveillance and data privacy and explores the negative consequences it can have on individual citizens and their communities. No one is exempt from data mining: by owning a smartphone, or using social media or a credit card, we hand over private data to corporations and the government. We need to understand how surveillance and data collection operates in order to regain control over our digital freedoms—and our lives. Attorney and data privacy expert Heidi Boghosian unpacks widespread myths around the seemingly innocuous nature of surveillance, sets the record straight about what government agencies and corporations do with our personal data, and offers solutions to take back our information. “I Have Nothing to Hide” is both a necessary mass surveillance overview and a reference book. It addresses the misconceptions around tradeoffs between privacy and security, citizen spying, and the ability to design products with privacy protections. Boghosian breaks down misinformation surrounding 21 core myths about data privacy, including:    • “Surveillance makes the nation safer.”     • “No one wants to spy on kids.”     • “Police don’t monitor social media.”     • “Metadata doesn’t reveal much about me.”     • “Congress and the courts protect us from surveillance.”     • “There’s nothing I can do to stop surveillance.”  By dispelling myths related to surveillance, this book helps readers better understand what data is being collected, who is gathering it, how they’re doing it, and why it matters.</description>
      <author>Heidi Boghosian</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807095072.mp3" length="2910533" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807095072.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;I Have Nothing to Hide&amp;#039;: And 20 Other Myths About Surveillance and Privacy
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Charles Hubble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An accessible guide that breaks down the complex issues around mass surveillance and data privacy and explores the negative consequences it can have on individual citizens and their communities. No one is exempt from data mining: by owning a smartphone, or using social media or a credit card, we hand over private data to corporations and the government. We need to understand how surveillance and data collection operates in order to regain control over our digital freedoms—and our lives. Attorney and data privacy expert Heidi Boghosian unpacks widespread myths around the seemingly innocuous nature of surveillance, sets the record straight about what government agencies and corporations do with our personal data, and offers solutions to take back our information. “I Have Nothing to Hide” is both a necessary mass surveillance overview and a reference book. It addresses the misconceptions around tradeoffs between privacy and security, citizen spying, and the ability to design products with privacy protections. Boghosian breaks down misinformation surrounding 21 core myths about data privacy, including:    • “Surveillance makes the nation safer.”     • “No one wants to spy on kids.”     • “Police don’t monitor social media.”     • “Metadata doesn’t reveal much about me.”     • “Congress and the courts protect us from surveillance.”     • “There’s nothing I can do to stop surveillance.”  By dispelling myths related to surveillance, this book helps readers better understand what data is being collected, who is gathering it, how they’re doing it, and why it matters.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464567</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: &amp;#039;I Have Nothing to Hide&amp;#039;: And 20 Other Myths About Surveillance and Privacy
Author: Heidi Boghosian
Narrator: Charles Hubble
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 28 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An accessible guide that breaks down the complex issues around mass surveillance and data privacy and explores the negative consequences it can have on individual citizens and their communities. No one is exempt from data mining: by owning a smartphone, or using social media or a credit card, we hand over private data to corporations and the government. We need to understand how surveillance and data collection operates in order to regain control over our digital freedoms—and our lives. Attorney and data privacy expert Heidi Boghosian unpacks widespread myths around the seemingly innocuous nature of surveillance, sets the record straight about what government agencies and corporations do with our personal data, and offers solutions to take back our information. “I Have Nothing to Hide” is both a necessary mass surveillance overview and a reference book. It addresses the misconceptions around tradeoffs between privacy and security, citizen spying, and the ability to design products with privacy protections. Boghosian breaks down misinformation surrounding 21 core myths about data privacy, including:    • “Surveillance makes the nation safer.”     • “No one wants to spy on kids.”     • “Police don’t monitor social media.”     • “Metadata doesn’t reveal much about me.”     • “Congress and the courts protect us from surveillance.”     • “There’s nothing I can do to stop surveillance.”  By dispelling myths related to surveillance, this book helps readers better understand what data is being collected, who is gathering it, how they’re doing it, and why it matters.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Sovereign Isle: Britain In and Out of Europe by Robert Tombs</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Sovereign Isle: Britain In and Out of Europe
Author: Robert Tombs
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Geography comes before history. Islands cannot have the same history as continental plains. The United Kingdom is a European country, but not the same kind of European country as Germany, Poland or Hungary. For most of the 150 centuries during which Britain has been inhabited it has been on the edge, culturally and literally, of mainland Europe. In this succinct book, Tombs shows that the decision to leave the EU is historically explicable - though not made historically inevitable - by Britain&amp;#039;s very different historical experience, especially in the twentieth century, and because of our more extensive and deeper ties outside Europe. He challenges the orthodox view that Brexit was due solely to British or English exceptionalism: in choosing to leave the EU, the British, he argues, were in many ways voting as typical Europeans. © Robert Tombs 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Robert Tombs</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241517444.mp3" length="1456001" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241517444.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:34:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Sovereign Isle: Britain In and Out of Europe
Author: Robert Tombs
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Geography comes before history. Islands cannot have the same history as continental plains. The United Kingdom is a European country, but not the same kind of European country as Germany, Poland or Hungary. For most of the 150 centuries during which Britain has been inhabited it has been on the edge, culturally and literally, of mainland Europe. In this succinct book, Tombs shows that the decision to leave the EU is historically explicable - though not made historically inevitable - by Britain&amp;#039;s very different historical experience, especially in the twentieth century, and because of our more extensive and deeper ties outside Europe. He challenges the orthodox view that Brexit was due solely to British or English exceptionalism: in choosing to leave the EU, the British, he argues, were in many ways voting as typical Europeans. © Robert Tombs 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464497</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This Sovereign Isle: Britain In and Out of Europe
Author: Robert Tombs
Narrator: Mark Elstob
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 34 minutes
Release date: January 28, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Geography comes before history. Islands cannot have the same history as continental plains. The United Kingdom is a European country, but not the same kind of European country as Germany, Poland or Hungary. For most of the 150 centuries during which Britain has been inhabited it has been on the edge, culturally and literally, of mainland Europe. In this succinct book, Tombs shows that the decision to leave the EU is historically explicable - though not made historically inevitable - by Britain&amp;#039;s very different historical experience, especially in the twentieth century, and because of our more extensive and deeper ties outside Europe. He challenges the orthodox view that Brexit was due solely to British or English exceptionalism: in choosing to leave the EU, the British, he argues, were in many ways voting as typical Europeans. © Robert Tombs 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Generals Have No Clothes: The Untold Story of Our Endless Wars by William M. Arkin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Generals Have No Clothes: The Untold Story of Our Endless Wars
Author: William M. Arkin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive book about America’s perpetual wars and how to end them from bestselling author, military expert, and award-winning journalist William M. Arkin. The first rule of perpetual war is to never stop, a fact which former NBC News analyst William M. Arkin knows better than anyone, having served in the Army and having covered all of America’s wars over the past three decades. He has spent his career investigating how the military throws around the word “war” to justify everything, from physical combat to today’s globe-straddling cyber and intelligence network.   In The Generals Have No Clothes, Arkin traces how we got where we are—bombing ten countries, killing terrorists in dozens more—all without Congressional approval or public knowledge. Starting after the 9/11 attacks, the government put forth a singular idea that perpetual war was the only way to keep the American people safe. Arkin explains why President Obama failed to achieve his national security goal of ending war in Iraq and reducing our military engagements, and shows how President Trump has been frustrated in his attempts to end conflict in Afghanistan and Syria. He also reveals how COVID-19 is a watershed moment for the military, where the country’s civilian and public health needs clash with the demands of future wars against China and Russia, North Korea and Iran.   Proposing bold solutions, Arkin calls for a new era of civilian control over the military. He also calls for a Global Security Index (GSX), the security equivalent to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which would measure the national and international events in real-time to determine whether perpetual war is actually making the nation safer. Arguing that the American people should be empowered by facts rather than spurred by fear, The Generals Have No Clothes “builds a damning case against the status quo” (Publishers Weekly) and outlines how we can take control of the military…before it’s too late.</description>
      <author>William M. Arkin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Apr 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124490.mp3" length="1350825" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124490.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:37:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Generals Have No Clothes: The Untold Story of Our Endless Wars
Author: William M. Arkin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive book about America’s perpetual wars and how to end them from bestselling author, military expert, and award-winning journalist William M. Arkin. The first rule of perpetual war is to never stop, a fact which former NBC News analyst William M. Arkin knows better than anyone, having served in the Army and having covered all of America’s wars over the past three decades. He has spent his career investigating how the military throws around the word “war” to justify everything, from physical combat to today’s globe-straddling cyber and intelligence network.   In The Generals Have No Clothes, Arkin traces how we got where we are—bombing ten countries, killing terrorists in dozens more—all without Congressional approval or public knowledge. Starting after the 9/11 attacks, the government put forth a singular idea that perpetual war was the only way to keep the American people safe. Arkin explains why President Obama failed to achieve his national security goal of ending war in Iraq and reducing our military engagements, and shows how President Trump has been frustrated in his attempts to end conflict in Afghanistan and Syria. He also reveals how COVID-19 is a watershed moment for the military, where the country’s civilian and public health needs clash with the demands of future wars against China and Russia, North Korea and Iran.   Proposing bold solutions, Arkin calls for a new era of civilian control over the military. He also calls for a Global Security Index (GSX), the security equivalent to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which would measure the national and international events in real-time to determine whether perpetual war is actually making the nation safer. Arguing that the American people should be empowered by facts rather than spurred by fear, The Generals Have No Clothes “builds a damning case against the status quo” (Publishers Weekly) and outlines how we can take control of the military…before it’s too late.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463842</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Generals Have No Clothes: The Untold Story of Our Endless Wars
Author: William M. Arkin
Narrator: Mark Bramhall
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 37 minutes
Release date: April 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The definitive book about America’s perpetual wars and how to end them from bestselling author, military expert, and award-winning journalist William M. Arkin. The first rule of perpetual war is to never stop, a fact which former NBC News analyst William M. Arkin knows better than anyone, having served in the Army and having covered all of America’s wars over the past three decades. He has spent his career investigating how the military throws around the word “war” to justify everything, from physical combat to today’s globe-straddling cyber and intelligence network.   In The Generals Have No Clothes, Arkin traces how we got where we are—bombing ten countries, killing terrorists in dozens more—all without Congressional approval or public knowledge. Starting after the 9/11 attacks, the government put forth a singular idea that perpetual war was the only way to keep the American people safe. Arkin explains why President Obama failed to achieve his national security goal of ending war in Iraq and reducing our military engagements, and shows how President Trump has been frustrated in his attempts to end conflict in Afghanistan and Syria. He also reveals how COVID-19 is a watershed moment for the military, where the country’s civilian and public health needs clash with the demands of future wars against China and Russia, North Korea and Iran.   Proposing bold solutions, Arkin calls for a new era of civilian control over the military. He also calls for a Global Security Index (GSX), the security equivalent to the Dow Jones Industrial Average, which would measure the national and international events in real-time to determine whether perpetual war is actually making the nation safer. Arguing that the American people should be empowered by facts rather than spurred by fear, The Generals Have No Clothes “builds a damning case against the status quo” (Publishers Weekly) and outlines how we can take control of the military…before it’s too late.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Right and Fear No One by Leslie Thomas Qc</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do Right and Fear No One
Author: Leslie Thomas Qc
Narrator: Leslie Thomas Qc
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If deaths are not investigated, then the authorities cannot be held to account and democracy is threatened. And if deaths are not investigated, we are not a society that values human life.&amp;#039;  Inspired from a young age to help the marginalised and voiceless, Leslie Thomas KC has dedicated his career to fighting for the underdog and holding the State to account. This intimate and personal record of some of the most significant, controversial and disturbing legal cases of the last fifty years lays bare the very heart of the law enforcement and judicial process.  It&amp;#039;s an unforgettable account of an idealistic and outspoken lawyer&amp;#039;s coming of age as a Black man in London, and a powerful portrait of the lives of those he has fought for. From the Grenfell Tower Inquiry, to the deaths of Christi and Bobby Shepherd by carbon monoxide poisoning, the Birmingham Pub Bombings and the police shooting of Mark Duggan, Do Right and Fear No One present a blistering argument for a level playing field in the pursuit of justice.</description>
      <author>Leslie Thomas Qc</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781398501638.mp3" length="844926" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781398501638.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do Right and Fear No One
Author: Leslie Thomas Qc
Narrator: Leslie Thomas Qc
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If deaths are not investigated, then the authorities cannot be held to account and democracy is threatened. And if deaths are not investigated, we are not a society that values human life.&amp;#039;  Inspired from a young age to help the marginalised and voiceless, Leslie Thomas KC has dedicated his career to fighting for the underdog and holding the State to account. This intimate and personal record of some of the most significant, controversial and disturbing legal cases of the last fifty years lays bare the very heart of the law enforcement and judicial process.  It&amp;#039;s an unforgettable account of an idealistic and outspoken lawyer&amp;#039;s coming of age as a Black man in London, and a powerful portrait of the lives of those he has fought for. From the Grenfell Tower Inquiry, to the deaths of Christi and Bobby Shepherd by carbon monoxide poisoning, the Birmingham Pub Bombings and the police shooting of Mark Duggan, Do Right and Fear No One present a blistering argument for a level playing field in the pursuit of justice.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Do Right and Fear No One
Author: Leslie Thomas Qc
Narrator: Leslie Thomas Qc
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 32 minutes
Release date: April 14, 2022
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;If deaths are not investigated, then the authorities cannot be held to account and democracy is threatened. And if deaths are not investigated, we are not a society that values human life.&amp;#039;  Inspired from a young age to help the marginalised and voiceless, Leslie Thomas KC has dedicated his career to fighting for the underdog and holding the State to account. This intimate and personal record of some of the most significant, controversial and disturbing legal cases of the last fifty years lays bare the very heart of the law enforcement and judicial process.  It&amp;#039;s an unforgettable account of an idealistic and outspoken lawyer&amp;#039;s coming of age as a Black man in London, and a powerful portrait of the lives of those he has fought for. From the Grenfell Tower Inquiry, to the deaths of Christi and Bobby Shepherd by carbon monoxide poisoning, the Birmingham Pub Bombings and the police shooting of Mark Duggan, Do Right and Fear No One present a blistering argument for a level playing field in the pursuit of justice.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe by Niall Ferguson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;All disasters are in some sense man-made.&amp;#039; Setting the annus horribilis of 2020 in historical perspective, Niall Ferguson explains why we are getting worse, not better, at handling disasters. Disasters are inherently hard to predict. Pandemics, like earthquakes, wildfires, financial crises. and wars, are not normally distributed; there is no cycle of history to help us anticipate the next catastrophe. But when disaster strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted, or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet in 2020 the responses of many developed countries, including the United States, to a new virus from China were badly bungled. Why? Why did only a few Asian countries learn the right lessons from SARS and MERS? While populist leaders certainly performed poorly in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work--pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. In books going back nearly twenty years, including Colossus, The Great Degeneration, and The Square and the Tower, Ferguson has studied the foibles of modern America, from imperial hubris to bureaucratic sclerosis and online fragmentation. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics, cliodynamics, and network science, Doom offers not just a history but a general theory of disasters, showing why our ever more bureaucratic and complex systems are getting worse at handling them. Doom is the lesson of history that this country--indeed the West as a whole--urgently needs to learn, if we want to handle the next crisis better, and to avoid the ultimate doom of irreversible decline. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of images and tables from the book.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Niall Ferguson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593413142.mp3" length="2665042" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593413142.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;All disasters are in some sense man-made.&amp;#039; Setting the annus horribilis of 2020 in historical perspective, Niall Ferguson explains why we are getting worse, not better, at handling disasters. Disasters are inherently hard to predict. Pandemics, like earthquakes, wildfires, financial crises. and wars, are not normally distributed; there is no cycle of history to help us anticipate the next catastrophe. But when disaster strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted, or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet in 2020 the responses of many developed countries, including the United States, to a new virus from China were badly bungled. Why? Why did only a few Asian countries learn the right lessons from SARS and MERS? While populist leaders certainly performed poorly in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work--pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. In books going back nearly twenty years, including Colossus, The Great Degeneration, and The Square and the Tower, Ferguson has studied the foibles of modern America, from imperial hubris to bureaucratic sclerosis and online fragmentation. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics, cliodynamics, and network science, Doom offers not just a history but a general theory of disasters, showing why our ever more bureaucratic and complex systems are getting worse at handling them. Doom is the lesson of history that this country--indeed the West as a whole--urgently needs to learn, if we want to handle the next crisis better, and to avoid the ultimate doom of irreversible decline. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of images and tables from the book.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463595</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
&amp;#039;All disasters are in some sense man-made.&amp;#039; Setting the annus horribilis of 2020 in historical perspective, Niall Ferguson explains why we are getting worse, not better, at handling disasters. Disasters are inherently hard to predict. Pandemics, like earthquakes, wildfires, financial crises. and wars, are not normally distributed; there is no cycle of history to help us anticipate the next catastrophe. But when disaster strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted, or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet in 2020 the responses of many developed countries, including the United States, to a new virus from China were badly bungled. Why? Why did only a few Asian countries learn the right lessons from SARS and MERS? While populist leaders certainly performed poorly in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work--pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. In books going back nearly twenty years, including Colossus, The Great Degeneration, and The Square and the Tower, Ferguson has studied the foibles of modern America, from imperial hubris to bureaucratic sclerosis and online fragmentation. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics, cliodynamics, and network science, Doom offers not just a history but a general theory of disasters, showing why our ever more bureaucratic and complex systems are getting worse at handling them. Doom is the lesson of history that this country--indeed the West as a whole--urgently needs to learn, if we want to handle the next crisis better, and to avoid the ultimate doom of irreversible decline. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of images and tables from the book.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Gekürzte Lesung) by Jonathan Safran Foer</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Gekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit.  Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst erhielt unzählige Auszeichnungen, darunter siebenmal den Deutschen Comedypreis. Als Sprecher beherrscht er so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</description>
      <author>Jonathan Safran Foer</author>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732453856.mp3" length="853482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732453856.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Gekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit.  Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst erhielt unzählige Auszeichnungen, darunter siebenmal den Deutschen Comedypreis. Als Sprecher beherrscht er so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463541</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wir sind das Klima! - Wie wir unseren Planeten schon beim Frühstück retten können (Gekürzte Lesung)
Author: Jonathan Safran Foer
Narrator: Christoph Maria Herbst
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 58 minutes
Release date: October  7, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Mit seinem Bestseller &amp;#039;Tiere essen&amp;#039; hat Jonathan Safran Foer weltweit Furore gemacht: Viele seiner Leser wurden nach der Lektüre Vegetarier oder haben zumindest ihre Ernährung überdacht. Nun nimmt Foer sich des größten Themas unserer Zeit an: dem Klimawandel. Der Klimawandel ist zu abstrakt, deshalb lässt er uns kalt. Foer erinnert an die Kraft und Notwendigkeit gemeinsamen Handelns und führt dazu anschaulich viele gelungene Beispiele an, die uns als Ansporn dienen sollen. Wir können die Welt nicht retten, ohne einem der größten CO2- und Methangas-Produzenten zu Leibe zu rücken, der Massentierhaltung. Foer zeigt einen Lösungsansatz auf, der niemandem viel abverlangt, aber extrem wirkungsvoll ist: tierische Produkte nur einmal täglich zur Hauptmahlzeit.  Foer nähert sich diesem wichtigen Thema eloquent, überzeugend, sehr persönlich und mit wachem Blick und großem Herz für die menschliche Unzulänglichkeit. Christoph Maria Herbst erhielt unzählige Auszeichnungen, darunter siebenmal den Deutschen Comedypreis. Als Sprecher beherrscht er so unterschiedliche Stoffe wie &amp;#039;Er ist wieder da&amp;#039; oder die &amp;#039;China Study&amp;#039;. Gnadenlos pointiert macht er sich mit Foers Sache gemein.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Christians Against Christianity: How Right-Wing Evangelicals Are Destroying Our Nation and Our Faith by Obery M. Hendricks</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christians Against Christianity: How Right-Wing Evangelicals Are Destroying Our Nation and Our Faith
Author: Obery M. Hendricks
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A timely and galvanizing work that examines how right-wing evangelical Christians have veered from an admirable faith to a pernicious, destructive ideology. Today’s right-wing Evangelical Christianity stands as the very antithesis of the message of Jesus Christ. In his new book, Christians Against Christianity, best-selling author and religious scholar Obery M. Hendricks Jr. challenges right-wing evangelicals on the terrain of their own religious claims, exposing the falsehoods, contradictions, and misuses of the Bible that are embedded in their rabid homophobia, their poorly veiled racism and demonizing of immigrants and Muslims, and their ungodly alliance with big business against the interests of American workers. He scathingly indicts the religious leaders who helped facilitate the rise of the notoriously unchristian Donald Trump, likening them to the “court jesters” and hypocritical priestly sycophants of bygone eras who unquestioningly supported their sovereigns’ every act, no matter how hateful or destructive to those they were supposed to serve. In the wake of the deadly insurrectionist attack on the US Capitol, Christians Against Christianity is a clarion call to stand up to the hypocrisy of the evangelical Right, as well as a guide for Christians to return their faith to the life-affirming message that Jesus brought and died for. What Hendricks offers is a provocative diagnosis, an urgent warning that right-wing evangelicals’ aspirations for Christian nationalist supremacy are a looming threat, not only to Christian decency but to democracy itself. What they offer to America is anything but good news.</description>
      <author>Obery M. Hendricks</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807057421.mp3" length="2872940" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807057421.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christians Against Christianity: How Right-Wing Evangelicals Are Destroying Our Nation and Our Faith
Author: Obery M. Hendricks
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A timely and galvanizing work that examines how right-wing evangelical Christians have veered from an admirable faith to a pernicious, destructive ideology. Today’s right-wing Evangelical Christianity stands as the very antithesis of the message of Jesus Christ. In his new book, Christians Against Christianity, best-selling author and religious scholar Obery M. Hendricks Jr. challenges right-wing evangelicals on the terrain of their own religious claims, exposing the falsehoods, contradictions, and misuses of the Bible that are embedded in their rabid homophobia, their poorly veiled racism and demonizing of immigrants and Muslims, and their ungodly alliance with big business against the interests of American workers. He scathingly indicts the religious leaders who helped facilitate the rise of the notoriously unchristian Donald Trump, likening them to the “court jesters” and hypocritical priestly sycophants of bygone eras who unquestioningly supported their sovereigns’ every act, no matter how hateful or destructive to those they were supposed to serve. In the wake of the deadly insurrectionist attack on the US Capitol, Christians Against Christianity is a clarion call to stand up to the hypocrisy of the evangelical Right, as well as a guide for Christians to return their faith to the life-affirming message that Jesus brought and died for. What Hendricks offers is a provocative diagnosis, an urgent warning that right-wing evangelicals’ aspirations for Christian nationalist supremacy are a looming threat, not only to Christian decency but to democracy itself. What they offer to America is anything but good news.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463143</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Christians Against Christianity: How Right-Wing Evangelicals Are Destroying Our Nation and Our Faith
Author: Obery M. Hendricks
Narrator: Ron Butler
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 39 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A timely and galvanizing work that examines how right-wing evangelical Christians have veered from an admirable faith to a pernicious, destructive ideology. Today’s right-wing Evangelical Christianity stands as the very antithesis of the message of Jesus Christ. In his new book, Christians Against Christianity, best-selling author and religious scholar Obery M. Hendricks Jr. challenges right-wing evangelicals on the terrain of their own religious claims, exposing the falsehoods, contradictions, and misuses of the Bible that are embedded in their rabid homophobia, their poorly veiled racism and demonizing of immigrants and Muslims, and their ungodly alliance with big business against the interests of American workers. He scathingly indicts the religious leaders who helped facilitate the rise of the notoriously unchristian Donald Trump, likening them to the “court jesters” and hypocritical priestly sycophants of bygone eras who unquestioningly supported their sovereigns’ every act, no matter how hateful or destructive to those they were supposed to serve. In the wake of the deadly insurrectionist attack on the US Capitol, Christians Against Christianity is a clarion call to stand up to the hypocrisy of the evangelical Right, as well as a guide for Christians to return their faith to the life-affirming message that Jesus brought and died for. What Hendricks offers is a provocative diagnosis, an urgent warning that right-wing evangelicals’ aspirations for Christian nationalist supremacy are a looming threat, not only to Christian decency but to democracy itself. What they offer to America is anything but good news.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>False Premise, False Promise: The Disastrous Reality of Medicare for All by Sally C. Pipes</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Premise, False Promise: The Disastrous Reality of Medicare for All
Author: Sally C. Pipes
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A native of Canada with direct experience under a single-payer system, Pipes debunks the Medicare for All plans touted by Democrat contenders. American health care is at a crossroads. Health spending reached $3.5 trillion in 2017. Yet more than 27 million people remain uninsured. And it’s unclear if all that spending is buying higher-quality care.Patients, doctors, insurers, and the government acknowledge that the status quo is unsustainable. America’s last attempt at health care reform—Obamacare—didn’t work. Nearly a decade after its passage, Democrats are calling for a government takeover of the nation’s health care system: Medicare for All.Supporters of Medicare for All assert the right to health care, promising universal, high-quality care to all Americans at no cost. With a sales pitch like that, it’s no wonder the idea has broad support. Democrats, particularly progressive ones, hope to capitalize on this enthusiasm.Here Sally C. Pipes makes a case against Medicare for All. Using evidence from government-run systems in Canada and the UK she explains how single-payer health care makes a litany of promises it can’t possibly keep.Between unpacking the plans under consideration in Congress—including the real costs behind the claims—and detailing the horrors of single-payer care in other countries, Pipes highlights how Americans actually fare better than their peers in Canada and the UK on health outcomes. Included are heart-wrenching stories of the human costs of free, universal, government-run health care systems.Pipes concludes with her vision for delivering the affordable, accessible, quality care the American people are looking for.</description>
      <author>Sally C. Pipes</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094189765.mp3" length="841705" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094189765.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:0:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Premise, False Promise: The Disastrous Reality of Medicare for All
Author: Sally C. Pipes
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A native of Canada with direct experience under a single-payer system, Pipes debunks the Medicare for All plans touted by Democrat contenders. American health care is at a crossroads. Health spending reached $3.5 trillion in 2017. Yet more than 27 million people remain uninsured. And it’s unclear if all that spending is buying higher-quality care.Patients, doctors, insurers, and the government acknowledge that the status quo is unsustainable. America’s last attempt at health care reform—Obamacare—didn’t work. Nearly a decade after its passage, Democrats are calling for a government takeover of the nation’s health care system: Medicare for All.Supporters of Medicare for All assert the right to health care, promising universal, high-quality care to all Americans at no cost. With a sales pitch like that, it’s no wonder the idea has broad support. Democrats, particularly progressive ones, hope to capitalize on this enthusiasm.Here Sally C. Pipes makes a case against Medicare for All. Using evidence from government-run systems in Canada and the UK she explains how single-payer health care makes a litany of promises it can’t possibly keep.Between unpacking the plans under consideration in Congress—including the real costs behind the claims—and detailing the horrors of single-payer care in other countries, Pipes highlights how Americans actually fare better than their peers in Canada and the UK on health outcomes. Included are heart-wrenching stories of the human costs of free, universal, government-run health care systems.Pipes concludes with her vision for delivering the affordable, accessible, quality care the American people are looking for.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: False Premise, False Promise: The Disastrous Reality of Medicare for All
Author: Sally C. Pipes
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 0 minutes
Release date: July  7, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A native of Canada with direct experience under a single-payer system, Pipes debunks the Medicare for All plans touted by Democrat contenders. American health care is at a crossroads. Health spending reached $3.5 trillion in 2017. Yet more than 27 million people remain uninsured. And it’s unclear if all that spending is buying higher-quality care.Patients, doctors, insurers, and the government acknowledge that the status quo is unsustainable. America’s last attempt at health care reform—Obamacare—didn’t work. Nearly a decade after its passage, Democrats are calling for a government takeover of the nation’s health care system: Medicare for All.Supporters of Medicare for All assert the right to health care, promising universal, high-quality care to all Americans at no cost. With a sales pitch like that, it’s no wonder the idea has broad support. Democrats, particularly progressive ones, hope to capitalize on this enthusiasm.Here Sally C. Pipes makes a case against Medicare for All. Using evidence from government-run systems in Canada and the UK she explains how single-payer health care makes a litany of promises it can’t possibly keep.Between unpacking the plans under consideration in Congress—including the real costs behind the claims—and detailing the horrors of single-payer care in other countries, Pipes highlights how Americans actually fare better than their peers in Canada and the UK on health outcomes. Included are heart-wrenching stories of the human costs of free, universal, government-run health care systems.Pipes concludes with her vision for delivering the affordable, accessible, quality care the American people are looking for.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>American Kompromat: How the KGB Cultivated Donald Trump, and Related Tales of Sex, Greed, Power, and Treachery by Craig Unger</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Kompromat: How the KGB Cultivated Donald Trump, and Related Tales of Sex, Greed, Power, and Treachery
Author: Craig Unger
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER**  Kompromat n.—Russian for &amp;#039;compromising information&amp;#039;    This is a story about the dirty secrets of the most powerful people in the     world—including Donald Trump.  It is based on exclusive interviews with dozens of high-level     sources—intelligence officers in the CIA, FBI, and the KGB, thousands of     pages of FBI investigations, police investigations, and news articles in     English, Russian, and Ukrainian. American Kompromat shows     that from Trump to Jeffrey Epstein, kompromat was used in operations far     more sinister than the public could ever imagine.     Among them, the book addresses what may be the single most     important unanswered question of the entire Trump era: Is Donald Trump     a Russian asset?     The answer, American Kompromat says, is yes, and it supports that     conclusion backs with the first richly detailed narrative on how the KGB     allegedly first “spotted” Trump as a potential asset, how they cultivated     him as an asset, arranged his first trip to Moscow, and pumped him full of     KGB talking points that were published in three of America’s most     prestigious newspapers. Among its many revelations, American Kompromat reports for the first     time that: • According to Yuri Shvets, a          former major in the KGB, Trump first did business          over forty years ago with a Manhattan electronics store co-owned by a          Soviet émigré who Shvets believes was working with the KGB. Trump’s          decision to do business there triggered protocols through which the          Soviet spy agency began efforts to cultivate Trump as an asset, thus          launching a decades-long “relationship” of mutual benefit to Russia          and Trump, from real estate to real power. • Trump’s invitation to          Moscow in 1987 was billed as a preliminary scouting trip for a hotel,          but according to Shvets, was actually initiated by a high-level KGB          official, General Ivan Gromakov. These sorts of trips were usually          arranged for ‘deep development,’ recruitment, or for a meeting with          the KGB handlers, even if the potential asset was unaware of it. . • Before Trump’s first trip          to Moscow, he met with Natalia Dubinina, who worked at the United          Nations library in a vital position usually reserved as a cover for KGB          operatives.     And many more...</description>
      <author>Craig Unger</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593343494.mp3" length="2812476" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593343494.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Kompromat: How the KGB Cultivated Donald Trump, and Related Tales of Sex, Greed, Power, and Treachery
Author: Craig Unger
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER**  Kompromat n.—Russian for &amp;#039;compromising information&amp;#039;    This is a story about the dirty secrets of the most powerful people in the     world—including Donald Trump.  It is based on exclusive interviews with dozens of high-level     sources—intelligence officers in the CIA, FBI, and the KGB, thousands of     pages of FBI investigations, police investigations, and news articles in     English, Russian, and Ukrainian. American Kompromat shows     that from Trump to Jeffrey Epstein, kompromat was used in operations far     more sinister than the public could ever imagine.     Among them, the book addresses what may be the single most     important unanswered question of the entire Trump era: Is Donald Trump     a Russian asset?     The answer, American Kompromat says, is yes, and it supports that     conclusion backs with the first richly detailed narrative on how the KGB     allegedly first “spotted” Trump as a potential asset, how they cultivated     him as an asset, arranged his first trip to Moscow, and pumped him full of     KGB talking points that were published in three of America’s most     prestigious newspapers. Among its many revelations, American Kompromat reports for the first     time that: • According to Yuri Shvets, a          former major in the KGB, Trump first did business          over forty years ago with a Manhattan electronics store co-owned by a          Soviet émigré who Shvets believes was working with the KGB. Trump’s          decision to do business there triggered protocols through which the          Soviet spy agency began efforts to cultivate Trump as an asset, thus          launching a decades-long “relationship” of mutual benefit to Russia          and Trump, from real estate to real power. • Trump’s invitation to          Moscow in 1987 was billed as a preliminary scouting trip for a hotel,          but according to Shvets, was actually initiated by a high-level KGB          official, General Ivan Gromakov. These sorts of trips were usually          arranged for ‘deep development,’ recruitment, or for a meeting with          the KGB handlers, even if the potential asset was unaware of it. . • Before Trump’s first trip          to Moscow, he met with Natalia Dubinina, who worked at the United          Nations library in a vital position usually reserved as a cover for KGB          operatives.     And many more...</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462992</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: American Kompromat: How the KGB Cultivated Donald Trump, and Related Tales of Sex, Greed, Power, and Treachery
Author: Craig Unger
Narrator: Jason Culp
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 24 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
**THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER**  Kompromat n.—Russian for &amp;#039;compromising information&amp;#039;    This is a story about the dirty secrets of the most powerful people in the     world—including Donald Trump.  It is based on exclusive interviews with dozens of high-level     sources—intelligence officers in the CIA, FBI, and the KGB, thousands of     pages of FBI investigations, police investigations, and news articles in     English, Russian, and Ukrainian. American Kompromat shows     that from Trump to Jeffrey Epstein, kompromat was used in operations far     more sinister than the public could ever imagine.     Among them, the book addresses what may be the single most     important unanswered question of the entire Trump era: Is Donald Trump     a Russian asset?     The answer, American Kompromat says, is yes, and it supports that     conclusion backs with the first richly detailed narrative on how the KGB     allegedly first “spotted” Trump as a potential asset, how they cultivated     him as an asset, arranged his first trip to Moscow, and pumped him full of     KGB talking points that were published in three of America’s most     prestigious newspapers. Among its many revelations, American Kompromat reports for the first     time that: • According to Yuri Shvets, a          former major in the KGB, Trump first did business          over forty years ago with a Manhattan electronics store co-owned by a          Soviet émigré who Shvets believes was working with the KGB. Trump’s          decision to do business there triggered protocols through which the          Soviet spy agency began efforts to cultivate Trump as an asset, thus          launching a decades-long “relationship” of mutual benefit to Russia          and Trump, from real estate to real power. • Trump’s invitation to          Moscow in 1987 was billed as a preliminary scouting trip for a hotel,          but according to Shvets, was actually initiated by a high-level KGB          official, General Ivan Gromakov. These sorts of trips were usually          arranged for ‘deep development,’ recruitment, or for a meeting with          the KGB handlers, even if the potential asset was unaware of it. . • Before Trump’s first trip          to Moscow, he met with Natalia Dubinina, who worked at the United          Nations library in a vital position usually reserved as a cover for KGB          operatives.     And many more...</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Zero Fail: The Rise and Fall of the Secret Service by Carol Leonnig</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zero Fail: The Rise and Fall of the Secret Service
Author: Carol Leonnig
Narrator: Carol Leonnig, Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The first definitive account of the rise and fall of the Secret Service, from the Kennedy assassination to the alarming lapses of the Obama and Trump years—from Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Carol Leonnig   “This book is a wake-up call, and a valuable study of a critically important agency.”—The New York Times   A WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR   Carol Leonnig reported on the Secret Service for nearly a decade, bringing to light the secrets, scandals, and shortcomings that plague the agency today—from a toxic workplace culture to dangerously outdated equipment to the deep resentment within the ranks at key agency leaders, who put protecting the agency’s once-hallowed image before fixing its flaws. The Secret Service was born in 1865, in the wake of the assassination of Abraham Lincoln, but its story begins in earnest in 1963, with the death of John F. Kennedy. Shocked into reform by its failure to protect the president on that fateful day in Dallas, this once-sleepy agency was radically transformed into an elite, highly trained unit that would redeem itself several times, most famously in 1981 by thwarting an assassination attempt against Ronald Reagan. But by Barack Obama’s presidency, the once-proud Secret Service was running on fumes and beset by mismanagement and mistakes in judgement: break-ins at the White House, an armed gunman firing into the windows of the residence while confused agents stood by, and a massive prostitution scandal among agents in Cartagena, to name just a few. With Donald Trump’s arrival, a series of promised reforms were cast aside, as a president disdainful of public service instead abused the Secret Service to rack up political and personal gains.   To explore these problems in the ranks, Leonnig interviewed dozens of current and former agents, government officials, and whistleblowers who put their jobs on the line to speak out about a hobbled agency that is in desperate need of reform.</description>
      <author>Carol Leonnig</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 18 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593412107.mp3" length="2778520" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593412107.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>20:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zero Fail: The Rise and Fall of the Secret Service
Author: Carol Leonnig
Narrator: Carol Leonnig, Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The first definitive account of the rise and fall of the Secret Service, from the Kennedy assassination to the alarming lapses of the Obama and Trump years—from Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Carol Leonnig   “This book is a wake-up call, and a valuable study of a critically important agency.”—The New York Times   A WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR   Carol Leonnig reported on the Secret Service for nearly a decade, bringing to light the secrets, scandals, and shortcomings that plague the agency today—from a toxic workplace culture to dangerously outdated equipment to the deep resentment within the ranks at key agency leaders, who put protecting the agency’s once-hallowed image before fixing its flaws. The Secret Service was born in 1865, in the wake of the assassination of Abraham Lincoln, but its story begins in earnest in 1963, with the death of John F. Kennedy. Shocked into reform by its failure to protect the president on that fateful day in Dallas, this once-sleepy agency was radically transformed into an elite, highly trained unit that would redeem itself several times, most famously in 1981 by thwarting an assassination attempt against Ronald Reagan. But by Barack Obama’s presidency, the once-proud Secret Service was running on fumes and beset by mismanagement and mistakes in judgement: break-ins at the White House, an armed gunman firing into the windows of the residence while confused agents stood by, and a massive prostitution scandal among agents in Cartagena, to name just a few. With Donald Trump’s arrival, a series of promised reforms were cast aside, as a president disdainful of public service instead abused the Secret Service to rack up political and personal gains.   To explore these problems in the ranks, Leonnig interviewed dozens of current and former agents, government officials, and whistleblowers who put their jobs on the line to speak out about a hobbled agency that is in desperate need of reform.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462987</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Zero Fail: The Rise and Fall of the Secret Service
Author: Carol Leonnig
Narrator: Carol Leonnig, Maggie-Meg Reed
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 20 hours 26 minutes
Release date: May 18, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 43 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The first definitive account of the rise and fall of the Secret Service, from the Kennedy assassination to the alarming lapses of the Obama and Trump years—from Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist Carol Leonnig   “This book is a wake-up call, and a valuable study of a critically important agency.”—The New York Times   A WASHINGTON POST BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR   Carol Leonnig reported on the Secret Service for nearly a decade, bringing to light the secrets, scandals, and shortcomings that plague the agency today—from a toxic workplace culture to dangerously outdated equipment to the deep resentment within the ranks at key agency leaders, who put protecting the agency’s once-hallowed image before fixing its flaws. The Secret Service was born in 1865, in the wake of the assassination of Abraham Lincoln, but its story begins in earnest in 1963, with the death of John F. Kennedy. Shocked into reform by its failure to protect the president on that fateful day in Dallas, this once-sleepy agency was radically transformed into an elite, highly trained unit that would redeem itself several times, most famously in 1981 by thwarting an assassination attempt against Ronald Reagan. But by Barack Obama’s presidency, the once-proud Secret Service was running on fumes and beset by mismanagement and mistakes in judgement: break-ins at the White House, an armed gunman firing into the windows of the residence while confused agents stood by, and a massive prostitution scandal among agents in Cartagena, to name just a few. With Donald Trump’s arrival, a series of promised reforms were cast aside, as a president disdainful of public service instead abused the Secret Service to rack up political and personal gains.   To explore these problems in the ranks, Leonnig interviewed dozens of current and former agents, government officials, and whistleblowers who put their jobs on the line to speak out about a hobbled agency that is in desperate need of reform.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Code Over Country: The Tragedy and Corruption of SEAL Team Six by Matthew Cole</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Code Over Country: The Tragedy and Corruption of SEAL Team Six
Author: Matthew Cole
Narrator: Braden Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting exposé of SEAL Team 6, the US military’s best-known brand, that reveals how the Navy SEALs were formed, then sacrificed, in service of American empire. ​The Navy SEALs are, in the eyes of many Americans, the ultimate heroes. When they killed Osama Bin Laden in 2011, it was celebrated as a massive victory. Former SEALs rake in cash as leadership consultants for corporations, and young military-bound men dream of serving in their ranks. But the SEALs have lost their bearings. Investigative journalist Matthew Cole tells the story of the most lauded unit, SEAL Team 6, revealing a troubling pattern of war crimes and the deep moral rot beneath authorized narratives. From their origins in World War II, the SEALs have trained to be specialized killers with short missions. As the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan became the endless War on Terror, their violence spiraled out of control. Code Over Country details the high-level decisions that unleashed the SEALs’ carnage and the coverups that prevented their crimes from coming to light. It is a necessary and rigorous investigation of the unchecked power of the military—and the harms enacted by and upon soldiers in America’s name.</description>
      <author>Matthew Cole</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135859.mp3" length="839427" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135859.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Code Over Country: The Tragedy and Corruption of SEAL Team Six
Author: Matthew Cole
Narrator: Braden Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting exposé of SEAL Team 6, the US military’s best-known brand, that reveals how the Navy SEALs were formed, then sacrificed, in service of American empire. ​The Navy SEALs are, in the eyes of many Americans, the ultimate heroes. When they killed Osama Bin Laden in 2011, it was celebrated as a massive victory. Former SEALs rake in cash as leadership consultants for corporations, and young military-bound men dream of serving in their ranks. But the SEALs have lost their bearings. Investigative journalist Matthew Cole tells the story of the most lauded unit, SEAL Team 6, revealing a troubling pattern of war crimes and the deep moral rot beneath authorized narratives. From their origins in World War II, the SEALs have trained to be specialized killers with short missions. As the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan became the endless War on Terror, their violence spiraled out of control. Code Over Country details the high-level decisions that unleashed the SEALs’ carnage and the coverups that prevented their crimes from coming to light. It is a necessary and rigorous investigation of the unchecked power of the military—and the harms enacted by and upon soldiers in America’s name.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Code Over Country: The Tragedy and Corruption of SEAL Team Six
Author: Matthew Cole
Narrator: Braden Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 10 minutes
Release date: February 22, 2022
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 17 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 7
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A hard-hitting exposé of SEAL Team 6, the US military’s best-known brand, that reveals how the Navy SEALs were formed, then sacrificed, in service of American empire. ​The Navy SEALs are, in the eyes of many Americans, the ultimate heroes. When they killed Osama Bin Laden in 2011, it was celebrated as a massive victory. Former SEALs rake in cash as leadership consultants for corporations, and young military-bound men dream of serving in their ranks. But the SEALs have lost their bearings. Investigative journalist Matthew Cole tells the story of the most lauded unit, SEAL Team 6, revealing a troubling pattern of war crimes and the deep moral rot beneath authorized narratives. From their origins in World War II, the SEALs have trained to be specialized killers with short missions. As the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan became the endless War on Terror, their violence spiraled out of control. Code Over Country details the high-level decisions that unleashed the SEALs’ carnage and the coverups that prevented their crimes from coming to light. It is a necessary and rigorous investigation of the unchecked power of the military—and the harms enacted by and upon soldiers in America’s name.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>To End a Plague: America&amp;#039;s Fight to Defeat AIDS in Africa by Emily Bass</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To End a Plague: America&amp;#039;s Fight to Defeat AIDS in Africa
Author: Emily Bass
Narrator: Catherine Ho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Randy Shilts and Laurie Garrett told the story of the HIV/AIDS epidemic through the late 1980s and the early 1990s, respectively. Now journalist-historian-activist Emily Bass tells the story of US engagement in HIV/AIDS control in sub-Saharan Africa. There is far to go on the path, but Bass tells us how far we’ve come.” —Sten H. Vermund, professor and dean, Yale School of Public Health   With his 2003 announcement of a program known as PEPFAR, George W. Bush launched an astonishingly successful American war against a global pandemic. PEPFAR played a key role in slashing HIV cases and AIDS deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, leading to the brink of epidemic control. Resilient in the face of flatlined funding and political headwinds, PEPFAR is America’s singular example of how to fight long-term plague—and win.   To End a Plague is not merely the definitive history of this extraordinary program; it traces the lives of the activists who first impelled President Bush to take action, and later sought to prevent AIDS deaths at the whims of American politics. Moving from raucous street protests to the marbled halls of Washington and the clinics and homes where Ugandan people living with HIV fight to survive, it reveals an America that was once capable of real and meaningful change—and illuminates imperatives for future pandemic wars. Exhaustively researched and vividly written, this is the true story of an American moonshot.</description>
      <author>Emily Bass</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135866.mp3" length="1439490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135866.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:19:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To End a Plague: America&amp;#039;s Fight to Defeat AIDS in Africa
Author: Emily Bass
Narrator: Catherine Ho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Randy Shilts and Laurie Garrett told the story of the HIV/AIDS epidemic through the late 1980s and the early 1990s, respectively. Now journalist-historian-activist Emily Bass tells the story of US engagement in HIV/AIDS control in sub-Saharan Africa. There is far to go on the path, but Bass tells us how far we’ve come.” —Sten H. Vermund, professor and dean, Yale School of Public Health   With his 2003 announcement of a program known as PEPFAR, George W. Bush launched an astonishingly successful American war against a global pandemic. PEPFAR played a key role in slashing HIV cases and AIDS deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, leading to the brink of epidemic control. Resilient in the face of flatlined funding and political headwinds, PEPFAR is America’s singular example of how to fight long-term plague—and win.   To End a Plague is not merely the definitive history of this extraordinary program; it traces the lives of the activists who first impelled President Bush to take action, and later sought to prevent AIDS deaths at the whims of American politics. Moving from raucous street protests to the marbled halls of Washington and the clinics and homes where Ugandan people living with HIV fight to survive, it reveals an America that was once capable of real and meaningful change—and illuminates imperatives for future pandemic wars. Exhaustively researched and vividly written, this is the true story of an American moonshot.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462932</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: To End a Plague: America&amp;#039;s Fight to Defeat AIDS in Africa
Author: Emily Bass
Narrator: Catherine Ho
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 19 minutes
Release date: July  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“Randy Shilts and Laurie Garrett told the story of the HIV/AIDS epidemic through the late 1980s and the early 1990s, respectively. Now journalist-historian-activist Emily Bass tells the story of US engagement in HIV/AIDS control in sub-Saharan Africa. There is far to go on the path, but Bass tells us how far we’ve come.” —Sten H. Vermund, professor and dean, Yale School of Public Health   With his 2003 announcement of a program known as PEPFAR, George W. Bush launched an astonishingly successful American war against a global pandemic. PEPFAR played a key role in slashing HIV cases and AIDS deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, leading to the brink of epidemic control. Resilient in the face of flatlined funding and political headwinds, PEPFAR is America’s singular example of how to fight long-term plague—and win.   To End a Plague is not merely the definitive history of this extraordinary program; it traces the lives of the activists who first impelled President Bush to take action, and later sought to prevent AIDS deaths at the whims of American politics. Moving from raucous street protests to the marbled halls of Washington and the clinics and homes where Ugandan people living with HIV fight to survive, it reveals an America that was once capable of real and meaningful change—and illuminates imperatives for future pandemic wars. Exhaustively researched and vividly written, this is the true story of an American moonshot.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision by Barbara Ransby</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision
Author: Barbara Ransby
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important African American leaders of the twentieth century and perhaps the most influential woman in the civil rights movement, Ella Baker (1903-1986) was an activist whose remarkable career spanned fifty years and touched thousands of lives. A gifted grassroots organizer, Baker shunned the spotlight in favor of vital behind-the-scenes work that helped power the black freedom struggle. She was a national officer and key figure in the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, one of the founders of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, and a prime mover in the creation of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee. Baker made a place for herself in predominantly male political circles that included W. E. B. Du Bois, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King Jr., all the while maintaining relationships with a vibrant group of women, students, and activists both black and white. In this deeply researched biography, Barbara Ransby chronicles Baker&amp;#039;s long and rich political career as an organizer, an intellectual, and a teacher. Beyond documenting an extraordinary life, the book paints a vivid picture of the African American fight for justice and its intersections with other progressive struggles worldwide across the twentieth century.</description>
      <author>Barbara Ransby</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705279786.mp3" length="8196977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705279786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision
Author: Barbara Ransby
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important African American leaders of the twentieth century and perhaps the most influential woman in the civil rights movement, Ella Baker (1903-1986) was an activist whose remarkable career spanned fifty years and touched thousands of lives. A gifted grassroots organizer, Baker shunned the spotlight in favor of vital behind-the-scenes work that helped power the black freedom struggle. She was a national officer and key figure in the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, one of the founders of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, and a prime mover in the creation of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee. Baker made a place for herself in predominantly male political circles that included W. E. B. Du Bois, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King Jr., all the while maintaining relationships with a vibrant group of women, students, and activists both black and white. In this deeply researched biography, Barbara Ransby chronicles Baker&amp;#039;s long and rich political career as an organizer, an intellectual, and a teacher. Beyond documenting an extraordinary life, the book paints a vivid picture of the African American fight for justice and its intersections with other progressive struggles worldwide across the twentieth century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462667</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Ella Baker and the Black Freedom Movement: A Radical Democratic Vision
Author: Barbara Ransby
Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 21 minutes
Release date: March 30, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
One of the most important African American leaders of the twentieth century and perhaps the most influential woman in the civil rights movement, Ella Baker (1903-1986) was an activist whose remarkable career spanned fifty years and touched thousands of lives. A gifted grassroots organizer, Baker shunned the spotlight in favor of vital behind-the-scenes work that helped power the black freedom struggle. She was a national officer and key figure in the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People, one of the founders of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, and a prime mover in the creation of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee. Baker made a place for herself in predominantly male political circles that included W. E. B. Du Bois, Thurgood Marshall, and Martin Luther King Jr., all the while maintaining relationships with a vibrant group of women, students, and activists both black and white. In this deeply researched biography, Barbara Ransby chronicles Baker&amp;#039;s long and rich political career as an organizer, an intellectual, and a teacher. Beyond documenting an extraordinary life, the book paints a vivid picture of the African American fight for justice and its intersections with other progressive struggles worldwide across the twentieth century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Around the World in (More Than) 80 Days: Discovering What Makes America Great and Why We Must Fight to Save It by Larry Alex Taunton</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Around the World in (More Than) 80 Days: Discovering What Makes America Great and Why We Must Fight to Save It
Author: Larry Alex Taunton
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A battle rages for the heart and soul of America. For one group, the idea of &amp;#039;American Exceptionalism&amp;#039; is dead. Some never tire of lecturing us about how out-of-step America is with the rest of the world and how she needs to get with it. Worse, America, they say, is bad for the world. Her freedom and prosperity are merely historical accidents. Of course, this narrative presupposes there are better places in the world to live. Are there? Were Alec Baldwin to leave the country permanently as he once promised, where would he go?</description>
      <author>Larry Alex Taunton</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696603164.mp3" length="8888226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696603164.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:32:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Around the World in (More Than) 80 Days: Discovering What Makes America Great and Why We Must Fight to Save It
Author: Larry Alex Taunton
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A battle rages for the heart and soul of America. For one group, the idea of &amp;#039;American Exceptionalism&amp;#039; is dead. Some never tire of lecturing us about how out-of-step America is with the rest of the world and how she needs to get with it. Worse, America, they say, is bad for the world. Her freedom and prosperity are merely historical accidents. Of course, this narrative presupposes there are better places in the world to live. Are there? Were Alec Baldwin to leave the country permanently as he once promised, where would he go?</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462566</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Around the World in (More Than) 80 Days: Discovering What Makes America Great and Why We Must Fight to Save It
Author: Larry Alex Taunton
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 32 minutes
Release date: December  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A battle rages for the heart and soul of America. For one group, the idea of &amp;#039;American Exceptionalism&amp;#039; is dead. Some never tire of lecturing us about how out-of-step America is with the rest of the world and how she needs to get with it. Worse, America, they say, is bad for the world. Her freedom and prosperity are merely historical accidents. Of course, this narrative presupposes there are better places in the world to live. Are there? Were Alec Baldwin to leave the country permanently as he once promised, where would he go?</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The President and Immigration Law by Cristina M. Rodriguez, Adam B. Cox</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The President and Immigration Law
Author: Cristina M. Rodriguez, Adam B. Cox
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Who controls American immigration policy? The biggest immigration controversies of the last decade have all involved policies produced by the President—policies such as President Obama&amp;#039;s decision to protect Dreamers from deportation and President Trump&amp;#039;s proclamation banning immigrants from several majority-Muslim nations. While critics of these policies have been separated by a vast ideological chasm, their broadsides have embodied the same widely shared belief: that Congress, not the President, ought to dictate who may come to the United States and who will be forced to leave. This belief is a myth. In The President and Immigration Law, Adam B. Cox and Cristina M. Rodríguez chronicle the untold story of how, over the course of two centuries, the President became our immigration policymaker-in-chief. Diving deep into the history of American immigration policy, from founding-era disputes over deporting sympathizers with France to contemporary debates about asylum-seekers at the Southern border, they show how migration crises, real or imagined, have empowered presidents. Far more importantly, they also uncover how the Executive&amp;#039;s ordinary power to decide when to enforce the law, and against whom, has become an extraordinarily powerful vehicle for making immigration policy.</description>
      <author>Cristina M. Rodriguez, Adam B. Cox</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781684575404.mp3" length="8718754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781684575404.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The President and Immigration Law
Author: Cristina M. Rodriguez, Adam B. Cox
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Who controls American immigration policy? The biggest immigration controversies of the last decade have all involved policies produced by the President—policies such as President Obama&amp;#039;s decision to protect Dreamers from deportation and President Trump&amp;#039;s proclamation banning immigrants from several majority-Muslim nations. While critics of these policies have been separated by a vast ideological chasm, their broadsides have embodied the same widely shared belief: that Congress, not the President, ought to dictate who may come to the United States and who will be forced to leave. This belief is a myth. In The President and Immigration Law, Adam B. Cox and Cristina M. Rodríguez chronicle the untold story of how, over the course of two centuries, the President became our immigration policymaker-in-chief. Diving deep into the history of American immigration policy, from founding-era disputes over deporting sympathizers with France to contemporary debates about asylum-seekers at the Southern border, they show how migration crises, real or imagined, have empowered presidents. Far more importantly, they also uncover how the Executive&amp;#039;s ordinary power to decide when to enforce the law, and against whom, has become an extraordinarily powerful vehicle for making immigration policy.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462556</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The President and Immigration Law
Author: Cristina M. Rodriguez, Adam B. Cox
Narrator: Gary Tiedemann
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Who controls American immigration policy? The biggest immigration controversies of the last decade have all involved policies produced by the President—policies such as President Obama&amp;#039;s decision to protect Dreamers from deportation and President Trump&amp;#039;s proclamation banning immigrants from several majority-Muslim nations. While critics of these policies have been separated by a vast ideological chasm, their broadsides have embodied the same widely shared belief: that Congress, not the President, ought to dictate who may come to the United States and who will be forced to leave. This belief is a myth. In The President and Immigration Law, Adam B. Cox and Cristina M. Rodríguez chronicle the untold story of how, over the course of two centuries, the President became our immigration policymaker-in-chief. Diving deep into the history of American immigration policy, from founding-era disputes over deporting sympathizers with France to contemporary debates about asylum-seekers at the Southern border, they show how migration crises, real or imagined, have empowered presidents. Far more importantly, they also uncover how the Executive&amp;#039;s ordinary power to decide when to enforce the law, and against whom, has become an extraordinarily powerful vehicle for making immigration policy.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Vom Ende der Klimakrise - Eine Geschichte unserer Zukunft (ungekürzt) by Luisa Neubauer, Alexander Repenning</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Ende der Klimakrise - Eine Geschichte unserer Zukunft (ungekürzt)
Author: Luisa Neubauer, Alexander Repenning
Narrator: Alexander Repenning, Luisa Neubauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie sieht die Zukunft aus? Wird uns die Klimakatastrophe überwältigen? Oder legen wir rechtzeitig los und gestalten den großen Wandel? Wir sind am Scheideweg. Politik, Wirtschaft, Zivilgesellschaft, alle müssen aktiv werden. Aber wie? Die Fridays for Future-Aktivistin Luisa Neubauer und der Politökonom Alexander Repenning bringen Theorie und Praxis zusammen und entwerfen in diesem Buch einen Weg in die Zukunft. Denn es gibt eine Chance auf ein Ende der Klimakrise. Wenn wir sie jetzt ergreifen.</description>
      <author>Luisa Neubauer, Alexander Repenning</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Oct 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864846335.mp3" length="851043" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864846335.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Ende der Klimakrise - Eine Geschichte unserer Zukunft (ungekürzt)
Author: Luisa Neubauer, Alexander Repenning
Narrator: Alexander Repenning, Luisa Neubauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie sieht die Zukunft aus? Wird uns die Klimakatastrophe überwältigen? Oder legen wir rechtzeitig los und gestalten den großen Wandel? Wir sind am Scheideweg. Politik, Wirtschaft, Zivilgesellschaft, alle müssen aktiv werden. Aber wie? Die Fridays for Future-Aktivistin Luisa Neubauer und der Politökonom Alexander Repenning bringen Theorie und Praxis zusammen und entwerfen in diesem Buch einen Weg in die Zukunft. Denn es gibt eine Chance auf ein Ende der Klimakrise. Wenn wir sie jetzt ergreifen.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Vom Ende der Klimakrise - Eine Geschichte unserer Zukunft (ungekürzt)
Author: Luisa Neubauer, Alexander Repenning
Narrator: Alexander Repenning, Luisa Neubauer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 42 minutes
Release date: October 24, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Wie sieht die Zukunft aus? Wird uns die Klimakatastrophe überwältigen? Oder legen wir rechtzeitig los und gestalten den großen Wandel? Wir sind am Scheideweg. Politik, Wirtschaft, Zivilgesellschaft, alle müssen aktiv werden. Aber wie? Die Fridays for Future-Aktivistin Luisa Neubauer und der Politökonom Alexander Repenning bringen Theorie und Praxis zusammen und entwerfen in diesem Buch einen Weg in die Zukunft. Denn es gibt eine Chance auf ein Ende der Klimakrise. Wenn wir sie jetzt ergreifen.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Wolfszeit - Deutschland und die Deutschen 1945 - 1955 (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Harald Jähner</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wolfszeit - Deutschland und die Deutschen 1945 - 1955 (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Harald Jähner
Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Überleben in Ruinen Harald Jähners große Mentalitätsgeschichte der Nachkriegszeit zeigt die Deutschen in ihrer ganzen Vielfalt: etwa den &amp;#039;Umerzieher&amp;#039; Alfred Döblin, der das Vertrauen seiner Landsleute zu gewinnen suchte, oder Beate Uhse, die mit ihrem &amp;#039;Versandgeschäft für Ehehygiene&amp;#039; alle Vorstellungen von Sittlichkeit infrage stellte; aber auch die namenlosen Schwarzmarkthändler, in den Taschen die mythisch aufgeladenen Lucky Strikes, oder die stilsicheren Hausfrauen am nicht weniger symbolhaften Nierentisch der anbrechenden Fünfziger. Das gesellschaftliche Panorama eines Jahrzehnts, das entscheidend war für die Deutschen und in vielem ganz anders, als wir oft glauben.</description>
      <author>Harald Jähner</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 25 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783732418060.mp3" length="853352" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783732418060.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:38:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wolfszeit - Deutschland und die Deutschen 1945 - 1955 (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Harald Jähner
Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Überleben in Ruinen Harald Jähners große Mentalitätsgeschichte der Nachkriegszeit zeigt die Deutschen in ihrer ganzen Vielfalt: etwa den &amp;#039;Umerzieher&amp;#039; Alfred Döblin, der das Vertrauen seiner Landsleute zu gewinnen suchte, oder Beate Uhse, die mit ihrem &amp;#039;Versandgeschäft für Ehehygiene&amp;#039; alle Vorstellungen von Sittlichkeit infrage stellte; aber auch die namenlosen Schwarzmarkthändler, in den Taschen die mythisch aufgeladenen Lucky Strikes, oder die stilsicheren Hausfrauen am nicht weniger symbolhaften Nierentisch der anbrechenden Fünfziger. Das gesellschaftliche Panorama eines Jahrzehnts, das entscheidend war für die Deutschen und in vielem ganz anders, als wir oft glauben.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462148</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Wolfszeit - Deutschland und die Deutschen 1945 - 1955 (Ungekürzte Lesung)
Author: Harald Jähner
Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 38 minutes
Release date: September 25, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Überleben in Ruinen Harald Jähners große Mentalitätsgeschichte der Nachkriegszeit zeigt die Deutschen in ihrer ganzen Vielfalt: etwa den &amp;#039;Umerzieher&amp;#039; Alfred Döblin, der das Vertrauen seiner Landsleute zu gewinnen suchte, oder Beate Uhse, die mit ihrem &amp;#039;Versandgeschäft für Ehehygiene&amp;#039; alle Vorstellungen von Sittlichkeit infrage stellte; aber auch die namenlosen Schwarzmarkthändler, in den Taschen die mythisch aufgeladenen Lucky Strikes, oder die stilsicheren Hausfrauen am nicht weniger symbolhaften Nierentisch der anbrechenden Fünfziger. Das gesellschaftliche Panorama eines Jahrzehnts, das entscheidend war für die Deutschen und in vielem ganz anders, als wir oft glauben.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Kamala&amp;#039;s Way: An American Life by Dan Morain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kamala&amp;#039;s Way: An American Life
Author: Dan Morain
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory biography of the first Black woman to stand for Vice President, charting how the daughter of two immigrants in segregated California became one of this country’s most effective power players. There’s very little that’s conventional about Kamala Harris, and yet her personal story also represents the best of America. She grew up the eldest daughter of a single mother, a no-nonsense cancer researcher who emigrated from India at the age of nineteen in search of a better education. She and her husband, an accomplished economist from Jamaica, split up when Kamala was only five.   The Kamala Harris the public knows today is tough, smart, quick-witted, and demanding. She’s a prosecutor—her one-liners are legendary—but she’s more reticent when it comes to sharing much about herself, even in her memoirs. Fortunately, former Los Angeles Times reporter Dan Morain has been there from the start.   In Kamala’s Way, he charts her career from its beginnings handling child molestation cases and homicides for the Alameda County District Attorney’s office and her relationship as a twenty-nine-year-old with the most powerful man in the state: married Assembly Speaker Willie Brown, a relationship that would prove life-changing. Morain takes readers through Harris’s years in the San Francisco District Attorney’s Office, explores her audacious embrace of the little-known Barack Obama, and shows the sharp elbows she deployed to make it to the US Senate. He analyzes her failure as a presidential candidate and the behind-the-scenes campaign she waged to land the Vice President spot. Along the way, he paints a vivid picture of her values and priorities, the kind of people she brings into her orbit, the sorts of problems she’s good at solving, and the missteps, risks, and bold moves she’s made on her way to the top.   Kamala’s Way is essential reading for all Americans curious about the woman standing by Joe Biden’s side.</description>
      <author>Dan Morain</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797124063.mp3" length="856006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797124063.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:45:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kamala&amp;#039;s Way: An American Life
Author: Dan Morain
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory biography of the first Black woman to stand for Vice President, charting how the daughter of two immigrants in segregated California became one of this country’s most effective power players. There’s very little that’s conventional about Kamala Harris, and yet her personal story also represents the best of America. She grew up the eldest daughter of a single mother, a no-nonsense cancer researcher who emigrated from India at the age of nineteen in search of a better education. She and her husband, an accomplished economist from Jamaica, split up when Kamala was only five.   The Kamala Harris the public knows today is tough, smart, quick-witted, and demanding. She’s a prosecutor—her one-liners are legendary—but she’s more reticent when it comes to sharing much about herself, even in her memoirs. Fortunately, former Los Angeles Times reporter Dan Morain has been there from the start.   In Kamala’s Way, he charts her career from its beginnings handling child molestation cases and homicides for the Alameda County District Attorney’s office and her relationship as a twenty-nine-year-old with the most powerful man in the state: married Assembly Speaker Willie Brown, a relationship that would prove life-changing. Morain takes readers through Harris’s years in the San Francisco District Attorney’s Office, explores her audacious embrace of the little-known Barack Obama, and shows the sharp elbows she deployed to make it to the US Senate. He analyzes her failure as a presidential candidate and the behind-the-scenes campaign she waged to land the Vice President spot. Along the way, he paints a vivid picture of her values and priorities, the kind of people she brings into her orbit, the sorts of problems she’s good at solving, and the missteps, risks, and bold moves she’s made on her way to the top.   Kamala’s Way is essential reading for all Americans curious about the woman standing by Joe Biden’s side.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462054</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Kamala&amp;#039;s Way: An American Life
Author: Dan Morain
Narrator: Soneela Nankani
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 45 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 4
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A revelatory biography of the first Black woman to stand for Vice President, charting how the daughter of two immigrants in segregated California became one of this country’s most effective power players. There’s very little that’s conventional about Kamala Harris, and yet her personal story also represents the best of America. She grew up the eldest daughter of a single mother, a no-nonsense cancer researcher who emigrated from India at the age of nineteen in search of a better education. She and her husband, an accomplished economist from Jamaica, split up when Kamala was only five.   The Kamala Harris the public knows today is tough, smart, quick-witted, and demanding. She’s a prosecutor—her one-liners are legendary—but she’s more reticent when it comes to sharing much about herself, even in her memoirs. Fortunately, former Los Angeles Times reporter Dan Morain has been there from the start.   In Kamala’s Way, he charts her career from its beginnings handling child molestation cases and homicides for the Alameda County District Attorney’s office and her relationship as a twenty-nine-year-old with the most powerful man in the state: married Assembly Speaker Willie Brown, a relationship that would prove life-changing. Morain takes readers through Harris’s years in the San Francisco District Attorney’s Office, explores her audacious embrace of the little-known Barack Obama, and shows the sharp elbows she deployed to make it to the US Senate. He analyzes her failure as a presidential candidate and the behind-the-scenes campaign she waged to land the Vice President spot. Along the way, he paints a vivid picture of her values and priorities, the kind of people she brings into her orbit, the sorts of problems she’s good at solving, and the missteps, risks, and bold moves she’s made on her way to the top.   Kamala’s Way is essential reading for all Americans curious about the woman standing by Joe Biden’s side.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain by Sathnam Sanghera</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain
Author: Sathnam Sanghera
Narrator: Homer Todiwala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An Apple Best Audiobook of 2021 LONGLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE 2021 A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER &amp;#039;This remarkable book shines the brightest of lights into some of the darkest and most misunderstood corners of our shared history&amp;#039; James O&amp;#039;Brien In his brilliantly illuminating new book Sathnam Sanghera demonstrates how so much of what we consider to be modern Britain is actually rooted in our imperial past. In prose that is, at once, both clear-eyed and full of acerbic wit, Sanghera shows how our past is everywhere: from how we live to how we think, from the foundation of the NHS to the nature of our racism, from our distrust of intellectuals in public life to the exceptionalism that imbued the campaign for Brexit and the government&amp;#039;s early response to the Covid crisis. And yet empire is a subject, weirdly hidden from view. The British Empire ran for centuries and covered vast swathes of the world. It is, as Sanghera reveals, fundamental to understanding Britain. However, even among those who celebrate the empire there seems to be a desire not to look at it too closely - not to include the subject in our school history books, not to emphasize it too much in our favourite museums. At a time of great division, when we are arguing about what it means to be British, Sanghera&amp;#039;s book urges us to address this bewildering contradiction. For, it is only by stepping back and seeing where we really come from, that we can begin to understand who we are, and what unites us. &amp;#039;Lucid but never simplistic; entertaining but never frivolous; intensely readable while always mindful of nuance and complexity - Empireland takes a perfectly-judged approach to its contentious but necessary subject&amp;#039; Jonathan Coe © Sathnam Sanghera 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Sathnam Sanghera</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241509821.mp3" length="1398125" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241509821.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:16:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain
Author: Sathnam Sanghera
Narrator: Homer Todiwala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An Apple Best Audiobook of 2021 LONGLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE 2021 A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER &amp;#039;This remarkable book shines the brightest of lights into some of the darkest and most misunderstood corners of our shared history&amp;#039; James O&amp;#039;Brien In his brilliantly illuminating new book Sathnam Sanghera demonstrates how so much of what we consider to be modern Britain is actually rooted in our imperial past. In prose that is, at once, both clear-eyed and full of acerbic wit, Sanghera shows how our past is everywhere: from how we live to how we think, from the foundation of the NHS to the nature of our racism, from our distrust of intellectuals in public life to the exceptionalism that imbued the campaign for Brexit and the government&amp;#039;s early response to the Covid crisis. And yet empire is a subject, weirdly hidden from view. The British Empire ran for centuries and covered vast swathes of the world. It is, as Sanghera reveals, fundamental to understanding Britain. However, even among those who celebrate the empire there seems to be a desire not to look at it too closely - not to include the subject in our school history books, not to emphasize it too much in our favourite museums. At a time of great division, when we are arguing about what it means to be British, Sanghera&amp;#039;s book urges us to address this bewildering contradiction. For, it is only by stepping back and seeing where we really come from, that we can begin to understand who we are, and what unites us. &amp;#039;Lucid but never simplistic; entertaining but never frivolous; intensely readable while always mindful of nuance and complexity - Empireland takes a perfectly-judged approach to its contentious but necessary subject&amp;#039; Jonathan Coe © Sathnam Sanghera 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461806</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Empireland: How Imperialism Has Shaped Modern Britain
Author: Sathnam Sanghera
Narrator: Homer Todiwala
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 16 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An Apple Best Audiobook of 2021 LONGLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE 2021 A SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER &amp;#039;This remarkable book shines the brightest of lights into some of the darkest and most misunderstood corners of our shared history&amp;#039; James O&amp;#039;Brien In his brilliantly illuminating new book Sathnam Sanghera demonstrates how so much of what we consider to be modern Britain is actually rooted in our imperial past. In prose that is, at once, both clear-eyed and full of acerbic wit, Sanghera shows how our past is everywhere: from how we live to how we think, from the foundation of the NHS to the nature of our racism, from our distrust of intellectuals in public life to the exceptionalism that imbued the campaign for Brexit and the government&amp;#039;s early response to the Covid crisis. And yet empire is a subject, weirdly hidden from view. The British Empire ran for centuries and covered vast swathes of the world. It is, as Sanghera reveals, fundamental to understanding Britain. However, even among those who celebrate the empire there seems to be a desire not to look at it too closely - not to include the subject in our school history books, not to emphasize it too much in our favourite museums. At a time of great division, when we are arguing about what it means to be British, Sanghera&amp;#039;s book urges us to address this bewildering contradiction. For, it is only by stepping back and seeing where we really come from, that we can begin to understand who we are, and what unites us. &amp;#039;Lucid but never simplistic; entertaining but never frivolous; intensely readable while always mindful of nuance and complexity - Empireland takes a perfectly-judged approach to its contentious but necessary subject&amp;#039; Jonathan Coe © Sathnam Sanghera 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Stop Fascism: History, Ideology, Resistance by Paul Mason</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stop Fascism: History, Ideology, Resistance
Author: Paul Mason
Narrator: Paul Mason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The far right is on the rise across the world. From Modi&amp;#039;s India to Bolsonaro&amp;#039;s Brazil and Erdogan&amp;#039;s Turkey, fascism is not a horror that we have left in the past; it is a recurring nightmare that is happening again - and we need to find a better way to fight it. In How to Stop Fascism, Paul Mason offers a radical, hopeful blueprint for resisting and defeating the new far right. The book is both a chilling portrait of contemporary fascism, and a compelling history of the fascist phenomenon: its psychological roots, political theories and genocidal logic. Fascism, Mason powerfully argues, is a symptom of capitalist failure, and it has haunted us throughout the twentieth century. History shows us the conditions that breed fascism, and how it can be successfully overcome. But it is up to us in the present to challenge it, and time is running out. From the ashes of Covid-19, we have an opportunity to create a fairer, more equal society. To do so, we must ask ourselves: what kind of world do we want to live in? And what are we going to do about it? © Paul Mason 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Paul Mason</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780141997155.mp3" length="1267568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780141997155.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:5:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stop Fascism: History, Ideology, Resistance
Author: Paul Mason
Narrator: Paul Mason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The far right is on the rise across the world. From Modi&amp;#039;s India to Bolsonaro&amp;#039;s Brazil and Erdogan&amp;#039;s Turkey, fascism is not a horror that we have left in the past; it is a recurring nightmare that is happening again - and we need to find a better way to fight it. In How to Stop Fascism, Paul Mason offers a radical, hopeful blueprint for resisting and defeating the new far right. The book is both a chilling portrait of contemporary fascism, and a compelling history of the fascist phenomenon: its psychological roots, political theories and genocidal logic. Fascism, Mason powerfully argues, is a symptom of capitalist failure, and it has haunted us throughout the twentieth century. History shows us the conditions that breed fascism, and how it can be successfully overcome. But it is up to us in the present to challenge it, and time is running out. From the ashes of Covid-19, we have an opportunity to create a fairer, more equal society. To do so, we must ask ourselves: what kind of world do we want to live in? And what are we going to do about it? © Paul Mason 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461793</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How to Stop Fascism: History, Ideology, Resistance
Author: Paul Mason
Narrator: Paul Mason
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 5 minutes
Release date: August 26, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The far right is on the rise across the world. From Modi&amp;#039;s India to Bolsonaro&amp;#039;s Brazil and Erdogan&amp;#039;s Turkey, fascism is not a horror that we have left in the past; it is a recurring nightmare that is happening again - and we need to find a better way to fight it. In How to Stop Fascism, Paul Mason offers a radical, hopeful blueprint for resisting and defeating the new far right. The book is both a chilling portrait of contemporary fascism, and a compelling history of the fascist phenomenon: its psychological roots, political theories and genocidal logic. Fascism, Mason powerfully argues, is a symptom of capitalist failure, and it has haunted us throughout the twentieth century. History shows us the conditions that breed fascism, and how it can be successfully overcome. But it is up to us in the present to challenge it, and time is running out. From the ashes of Covid-19, we have an opportunity to create a fairer, more equal society. To do so, we must ask ourselves: what kind of world do we want to live in? And what are we going to do about it? © Paul Mason 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Governor: My Life Inside Britain’s Most Notorious Prisons by Vanessa Frake</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Governor: My Life Inside Britain’s Most Notorious Prisons
Author: Vanessa Frake
Narrator: Vanessa Frake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER                                   As seen on This Morning                                    Back in the day, I was Governor of Security and Operations for HMP Wormwood Scrubs. If you’re easily shocked or offended, you best look away now…                      Having worked for 16 years in a high-security women’s prison dealing with the likes of Rosemary West and Myra Hindley, Vanessa Frake thought she’d seen it all. That was until she was transferred to the notorious Wormwood Scrubs.           Thrust into a ‘man’s world’, her no-nonsense approach and fearless attitude saw her swiftly rise through the ranks. From dealing with celebrity criminals and busting drug rings, to recruiting informers and being subject to violent attacks, this hard-hitting but often humorous memoir reveals all about life behind bars in unflinching detail.           Now, for one last time, The Gov opens the prison gates. Prepare for the madness and horror of daily life with the UK’s most ruthless criminals.</description>
      <author>Vanessa Frake</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008390075.mp3" length="1296028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008390075.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Governor: My Life Inside Britain’s Most Notorious Prisons
Author: Vanessa Frake
Narrator: Vanessa Frake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER                                   As seen on This Morning                                    Back in the day, I was Governor of Security and Operations for HMP Wormwood Scrubs. If you’re easily shocked or offended, you best look away now…                      Having worked for 16 years in a high-security women’s prison dealing with the likes of Rosemary West and Myra Hindley, Vanessa Frake thought she’d seen it all. That was until she was transferred to the notorious Wormwood Scrubs.           Thrust into a ‘man’s world’, her no-nonsense approach and fearless attitude saw her swiftly rise through the ranks. From dealing with celebrity criminals and busting drug rings, to recruiting informers and being subject to violent attacks, this hard-hitting but often humorous memoir reveals all about life behind bars in unflinching detail.           Now, for one last time, The Gov opens the prison gates. Prepare for the madness and horror of daily life with the UK’s most ruthless criminals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461778</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Governor: My Life Inside Britain’s Most Notorious Prisons
Author: Vanessa Frake
Narrator: Vanessa Frake
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 7 minutes
Release date: April 15, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER                                   As seen on This Morning                                    Back in the day, I was Governor of Security and Operations for HMP Wormwood Scrubs. If you’re easily shocked or offended, you best look away now…                      Having worked for 16 years in a high-security women’s prison dealing with the likes of Rosemary West and Myra Hindley, Vanessa Frake thought she’d seen it all. That was until she was transferred to the notorious Wormwood Scrubs.           Thrust into a ‘man’s world’, her no-nonsense approach and fearless attitude saw her swiftly rise through the ranks. From dealing with celebrity criminals and busting drug rings, to recruiting informers and being subject to violent attacks, this hard-hitting but often humorous memoir reveals all about life behind bars in unflinching detail.           Now, for one last time, The Gov opens the prison gates. Prepare for the madness and horror of daily life with the UK’s most ruthless criminals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>White Lawyer Black Power: A Memoir of Civil Rights Activism in the Deep South by Donald A. Jelinek</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lawyer Black Power: A Memoir of Civil Rights Activism in the Deep South
Author: Donald A. Jelinek
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by a colleague&amp;#039;s involvement in the Mississippi Summer Project of 1964, Wall Street attorney Donald A. Jelinek traveled to the Deep South to volunteer as a civil rights lawyer during his three-week summer vacation in 1965. He stayed for three years. In White Lawyer, Black Power, Jelinek recounts the battles he fought in defense of militant civil rights activists and rural African Americans, risking his career and his life to further the struggle for racial equality as an organizer for the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and an attorney for the Lawyers Constitutional Defense Committee of the American Civil Liberties Union. Jelinek arrived in the Deep South at a pivotal moment in the movement&amp;#039;s history as frustration over the failure of the 1964 Civil Rights Act to improve the daily lives of southern blacks led increasing numbers of activists to question the doctrine of nonviolence. Replete with sharply etched, complex portraits of the personalities Jelinek encountered, from the rank-and-file civil rights workers who formed the backbone of the movement to the younger, more radical, up-and-coming leaders like Stokely Carmichael and H. &amp;#039;Rap&amp;#039; Brown, White Lawyer, Black Power provides a powerful and sometimes harrowing firsthand account of one of the most significant struggles in American history.</description>
      <author>Donald A. Jelinek</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705286562.mp3" length="8040136" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705286562.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:7:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lawyer Black Power: A Memoir of Civil Rights Activism in the Deep South
Author: Donald A. Jelinek
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by a colleague&amp;#039;s involvement in the Mississippi Summer Project of 1964, Wall Street attorney Donald A. Jelinek traveled to the Deep South to volunteer as a civil rights lawyer during his three-week summer vacation in 1965. He stayed for three years. In White Lawyer, Black Power, Jelinek recounts the battles he fought in defense of militant civil rights activists and rural African Americans, risking his career and his life to further the struggle for racial equality as an organizer for the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and an attorney for the Lawyers Constitutional Defense Committee of the American Civil Liberties Union. Jelinek arrived in the Deep South at a pivotal moment in the movement&amp;#039;s history as frustration over the failure of the 1964 Civil Rights Act to improve the daily lives of southern blacks led increasing numbers of activists to question the doctrine of nonviolence. Replete with sharply etched, complex portraits of the personalities Jelinek encountered, from the rank-and-file civil rights workers who formed the backbone of the movement to the younger, more radical, up-and-coming leaders like Stokely Carmichael and H. &amp;#039;Rap&amp;#039; Brown, White Lawyer, Black Power provides a powerful and sometimes harrowing firsthand account of one of the most significant struggles in American history.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461771</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: White Lawyer Black Power: A Memoir of Civil Rights Activism in the Deep South
Author: Donald A. Jelinek
Narrator: Keith Sellon-Wright
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 7 minutes
Release date: December 22, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Inspired by a colleague&amp;#039;s involvement in the Mississippi Summer Project of 1964, Wall Street attorney Donald A. Jelinek traveled to the Deep South to volunteer as a civil rights lawyer during his three-week summer vacation in 1965. He stayed for three years. In White Lawyer, Black Power, Jelinek recounts the battles he fought in defense of militant civil rights activists and rural African Americans, risking his career and his life to further the struggle for racial equality as an organizer for the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and an attorney for the Lawyers Constitutional Defense Committee of the American Civil Liberties Union. Jelinek arrived in the Deep South at a pivotal moment in the movement&amp;#039;s history as frustration over the failure of the 1964 Civil Rights Act to improve the daily lives of southern blacks led increasing numbers of activists to question the doctrine of nonviolence. Replete with sharply etched, complex portraits of the personalities Jelinek encountered, from the rank-and-file civil rights workers who formed the backbone of the movement to the younger, more radical, up-and-coming leaders like Stokely Carmichael and H. &amp;#039;Rap&amp;#039; Brown, White Lawyer, Black Power provides a powerful and sometimes harrowing firsthand account of one of the most significant struggles in American history.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Cyber Privacy: Who Has Your Data and Why You Should Care by April Falcon Doss</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cyber Privacy: Who Has Your Data and Why You Should Care
Author: April Falcon Doss
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of unprecedented data aggregation, and it&amp;#039;s never been more difficult to navigate the trade-offs between individual privacy, personal convenience, national security, and corporate profits. Technology is evolving quickly, while laws and policies are changing slowly. You shouldn&amp;#039;t have to be a privacy expert to understand what happens to your data. April Falcon Doss, a privacy expert and former NSA and Senate lawyer, has seen this imbalance in action. In Cyber Privacy, Doss demystifies the digital footprints we leave in our daily lives and reveals how our data is being used—sometimes against us—by the private sector, the government, and even our employers and schools. She explains the trends in data science, technology, and the law that impact our everyday privacy. She tackles big questions: how data aggregation undermines personal autonomy, how to measure what privacy is worth, and how society can benefit from big data while managing its risks and being clear-eyed about its cost. It’s high time to rethink notions of privacy and what, if anything, limits the power of those who are constantly watching, listening, and learning about us.</description>
      <author>April Falcon Doss</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705283745.mp3" length="8431659" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705283745.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:49:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cyber Privacy: Who Has Your Data and Why You Should Care
Author: April Falcon Doss
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of unprecedented data aggregation, and it&amp;#039;s never been more difficult to navigate the trade-offs between individual privacy, personal convenience, national security, and corporate profits. Technology is evolving quickly, while laws and policies are changing slowly. You shouldn&amp;#039;t have to be a privacy expert to understand what happens to your data. April Falcon Doss, a privacy expert and former NSA and Senate lawyer, has seen this imbalance in action. In Cyber Privacy, Doss demystifies the digital footprints we leave in our daily lives and reveals how our data is being used—sometimes against us—by the private sector, the government, and even our employers and schools. She explains the trends in data science, technology, and the law that impact our everyday privacy. She tackles big questions: how data aggregation undermines personal autonomy, how to measure what privacy is worth, and how society can benefit from big data while managing its risks and being clear-eyed about its cost. It’s high time to rethink notions of privacy and what, if anything, limits the power of those who are constantly watching, listening, and learning about us.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461752</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Cyber Privacy: Who Has Your Data and Why You Should Care
Author: April Falcon Doss
Narrator: Chloe Cannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 49 minutes
Release date: December 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
We live in an era of unprecedented data aggregation, and it&amp;#039;s never been more difficult to navigate the trade-offs between individual privacy, personal convenience, national security, and corporate profits. Technology is evolving quickly, while laws and policies are changing slowly. You shouldn&amp;#039;t have to be a privacy expert to understand what happens to your data. April Falcon Doss, a privacy expert and former NSA and Senate lawyer, has seen this imbalance in action. In Cyber Privacy, Doss demystifies the digital footprints we leave in our daily lives and reveals how our data is being used—sometimes against us—by the private sector, the government, and even our employers and schools. She explains the trends in data science, technology, and the law that impact our everyday privacy. She tackles big questions: how data aggregation undermines personal autonomy, how to measure what privacy is worth, and how society can benefit from big data while managing its risks and being clear-eyed about its cost. It’s high time to rethink notions of privacy and what, if anything, limits the power of those who are constantly watching, listening, and learning about us.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama: The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution by Diane Mcwhorter</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama: The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution
Author: Diane Mcwhorter
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pulitzer Prize-winning dramatic account of the Civil Rights Era&amp;#039;s climactic battle in Birmingham as the movement, led by Martin Luther King, Jr., brought down the institutions of segregation. &amp;#039;The Year of Birmingham,&amp;#039; 1963, was a cataclysmic turning point in America&amp;#039;s long civil rights struggle. Child demonstrators faced down police dogs and fire hoses in huge nonviolent marches against segregation. Ku Klux Klansmen retaliated by bombing the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church, killing four young black girls. Diane McWhorter, daughter of a prominent Birmingham family, weaves together police and FBI records, archival documents, interviews with black activists and Klansmen, and personal memories into an extraordinary narrative of the personalities and events that brought about America&amp;#039;s second emancipation.</description>
      <author>Diane Mcwhorter</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705264126.mp3" length="8206499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705264126.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>28:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama: The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution
Author: Diane Mcwhorter
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pulitzer Prize-winning dramatic account of the Civil Rights Era&amp;#039;s climactic battle in Birmingham as the movement, led by Martin Luther King, Jr., brought down the institutions of segregation. &amp;#039;The Year of Birmingham,&amp;#039; 1963, was a cataclysmic turning point in America&amp;#039;s long civil rights struggle. Child demonstrators faced down police dogs and fire hoses in huge nonviolent marches against segregation. Ku Klux Klansmen retaliated by bombing the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church, killing four young black girls. Diane McWhorter, daughter of a prominent Birmingham family, weaves together police and FBI records, archival documents, interviews with black activists and Klansmen, and personal memories into an extraordinary narrative of the personalities and events that brought about America&amp;#039;s second emancipation.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461717</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama: The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution
Author: Diane Mcwhorter
Narrator: Xe Sands
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 28 hours 46 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The Pulitzer Prize-winning dramatic account of the Civil Rights Era&amp;#039;s climactic battle in Birmingham as the movement, led by Martin Luther King, Jr., brought down the institutions of segregation. &amp;#039;The Year of Birmingham,&amp;#039; 1963, was a cataclysmic turning point in America&amp;#039;s long civil rights struggle. Child demonstrators faced down police dogs and fire hoses in huge nonviolent marches against segregation. Ku Klux Klansmen retaliated by bombing the Sixteenth Street Baptist Church, killing four young black girls. Diane McWhorter, daughter of a prominent Birmingham family, weaves together police and FBI records, archival documents, interviews with black activists and Klansmen, and personal memories into an extraordinary narrative of the personalities and events that brought about America&amp;#039;s second emancipation.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Irreversible Damage: The Transgender Craze Seducing Our Daughters by Abigail Shrier</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irreversible Damage: The Transgender Craze Seducing Our Daughters
Author: Abigail Shrier
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 80 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.82 of Total 33
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Irreversible Damage is an exploration of a mystery: Why, in the last decade, has the diagnosis “gender dysphoria,” transformed from a vanishingly rare affliction, applying almost exclusively to boys and men, to an epidemic among teenage girls? Author Abigail Shrier presents shocking statistics and stories from real families to show that America and the West have become fertile ground for a “transgender craze” that has nothing to do with real gender dysphoria and everything to do with our cultural frailty. Teenage girls are taking courses of testosterone and disfiguring their bodies. Parents are undermined; experts are over-relied upon; dissenters in science and medicine are intimidated; free speech truckles under renewed attack; socialized medicine bears hidden consequences; and an intersectional era has arisen in which the desire to escape a dominant identity encourages individuals to take cover in victim groups. Every person who has ever had a skeptical thought about the sudden rush toward a non-binary future but been afraid to express it—this book is for you.</description>
      <author>Abigail Shrier</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781094175560.mp3" length="781988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781094175560.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irreversible Damage: The Transgender Craze Seducing Our Daughters
Author: Abigail Shrier
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 80 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.82 of Total 33
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Irreversible Damage is an exploration of a mystery: Why, in the last decade, has the diagnosis “gender dysphoria,” transformed from a vanishingly rare affliction, applying almost exclusively to boys and men, to an epidemic among teenage girls? Author Abigail Shrier presents shocking statistics and stories from real families to show that America and the West have become fertile ground for a “transgender craze” that has nothing to do with real gender dysphoria and everything to do with our cultural frailty. Teenage girls are taking courses of testosterone and disfiguring their bodies. Parents are undermined; experts are over-relied upon; dissenters in science and medicine are intimidated; free speech truckles under renewed attack; socialized medicine bears hidden consequences; and an intersectional era has arisen in which the desire to escape a dominant identity encourages individuals to take cover in victim groups. Every person who has ever had a skeptical thought about the sudden rush toward a non-binary future but been afraid to express it—this book is for you.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461486</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Irreversible Damage: The Transgender Craze Seducing Our Daughters
Author: Abigail Shrier
Narrator: Pamela Almand
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 1 minute
Release date: June 30, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.74 of Total 80 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.82 of Total 33
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Irreversible Damage is an exploration of a mystery: Why, in the last decade, has the diagnosis “gender dysphoria,” transformed from a vanishingly rare affliction, applying almost exclusively to boys and men, to an epidemic among teenage girls? Author Abigail Shrier presents shocking statistics and stories from real families to show that America and the West have become fertile ground for a “transgender craze” that has nothing to do with real gender dysphoria and everything to do with our cultural frailty. Teenage girls are taking courses of testosterone and disfiguring their bodies. Parents are undermined; experts are over-relied upon; dissenters in science and medicine are intimidated; free speech truckles under renewed attack; socialized medicine bears hidden consequences; and an intersectional era has arisen in which the desire to escape a dominant identity encourages individuals to take cover in victim groups. Every person who has ever had a skeptical thought about the sudden rush toward a non-binary future but been afraid to express it—this book is for you.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This is Not Normal: The Collapse of Liberal Britain by William Davies</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is Not Normal: The Collapse of Liberal Britain
Author: William Davies
Narrator: Toby Longworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What just happened and how did we get into this mess? Since 2016, the UK has been in a crisis of its own making; this is not the fault of Brexit but of a larger problem of our politics. The status of political parties, the mainstream media, public experts and officials have all been disrupted. Along the way, there have been shocking and exhilarating events: the unforeseen 2017 election result, the horrific details of Grenfell Tower and the Windrush scandal, the sudden rise and fall of the Brexit Party. As the ‘mainstream&amp;#039; of politics and media has come under attack, the basic norms of public life have been thrown into question. This Is Not Normal takes stock of a historical moment that no longer recognises itself. Davies tells the story of the apparently chaotic and irrational events, and extracts their underlying logic and long-term causes. What we are seeing are the effects of the 2008 financial crash, the failure of the British neoliberal project, the dying of Empire, and the impact of the changes that technology and communications have had on the idea of the public sphere as well as the power of information. This is an essential book for anyone who wants to make sense of this current moment.</description>
      <author>William Davies</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 10 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004028269.mp3" length="901582" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004028269.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is Not Normal: The Collapse of Liberal Britain
Author: William Davies
Narrator: Toby Longworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What just happened and how did we get into this mess? Since 2016, the UK has been in a crisis of its own making; this is not the fault of Brexit but of a larger problem of our politics. The status of political parties, the mainstream media, public experts and officials have all been disrupted. Along the way, there have been shocking and exhilarating events: the unforeseen 2017 election result, the horrific details of Grenfell Tower and the Windrush scandal, the sudden rise and fall of the Brexit Party. As the ‘mainstream&amp;#039; of politics and media has come under attack, the basic norms of public life have been thrown into question. This Is Not Normal takes stock of a historical moment that no longer recognises itself. Davies tells the story of the apparently chaotic and irrational events, and extracts their underlying logic and long-term causes. What we are seeing are the effects of the 2008 financial crash, the failure of the British neoliberal project, the dying of Empire, and the impact of the changes that technology and communications have had on the idea of the public sphere as well as the power of information. This is an essential book for anyone who wants to make sense of this current moment.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461196</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: This is Not Normal: The Collapse of Liberal Britain
Author: William Davies
Narrator: Toby Longworth
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 22 minutes
Release date: December 10, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
What just happened and how did we get into this mess? Since 2016, the UK has been in a crisis of its own making; this is not the fault of Brexit but of a larger problem of our politics. The status of political parties, the mainstream media, public experts and officials have all been disrupted. Along the way, there have been shocking and exhilarating events: the unforeseen 2017 election result, the horrific details of Grenfell Tower and the Windrush scandal, the sudden rise and fall of the Brexit Party. As the ‘mainstream&amp;#039; of politics and media has come under attack, the basic norms of public life have been thrown into question. This Is Not Normal takes stock of a historical moment that no longer recognises itself. Davies tells the story of the apparently chaotic and irrational events, and extracts their underlying logic and long-term causes. What we are seeing are the effects of the 2008 financial crash, the failure of the British neoliberal project, the dying of Empire, and the impact of the changes that technology and communications have had on the idea of the public sphere as well as the power of information. This is an essential book for anyone who wants to make sense of this current moment.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Consequences of Capitalism: Manufacturing Discontent and Resistance by Noam Chomsky, Marv Waterstone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consequences of Capitalism: Manufacturing Discontent and Resistance
Author: Noam Chomsky, Marv Waterstone
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An essential primer on capitalism, politics and how the world works, based on the hugely popular undergraduate lecture series &amp;#039;What is Politics?&amp;#039; Is there an alternative to capitalism? In this landmark text Chomsky and Waterstone chart a critical map for a more just and sustainable society. &amp;#039;Covid-19 has revealed glaring failures and monstrous brutalities in the current capitalist system. It represents both a crisis and an opportunity. Everything depends on the actions that people take into their own hands.&amp;#039; How does politics shape our world, our lives and our perceptions? How much of &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; is actually driven by the ruling classes&amp;#039; needs and interests? And how are we to challenge the capitalist structures that now threaten all life on the planet? Consequences of Capitalism exposes the deep, often unseen connections between neoliberal &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; and structural power. In making these linkages, we see how the current hegemony keeps social justice movements divided and marginalized. And, most importantly, we see how we can fight to overcome these divisions. © Noam Chomsky, Marv Watersone 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Noam Chomsky, Marv Waterstone</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241992616.mp3" length="1416838" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241992616.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>14:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consequences of Capitalism: Manufacturing Discontent and Resistance
Author: Noam Chomsky, Marv Waterstone
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An essential primer on capitalism, politics and how the world works, based on the hugely popular undergraduate lecture series &amp;#039;What is Politics?&amp;#039; Is there an alternative to capitalism? In this landmark text Chomsky and Waterstone chart a critical map for a more just and sustainable society. &amp;#039;Covid-19 has revealed glaring failures and monstrous brutalities in the current capitalist system. It represents both a crisis and an opportunity. Everything depends on the actions that people take into their own hands.&amp;#039; How does politics shape our world, our lives and our perceptions? How much of &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; is actually driven by the ruling classes&amp;#039; needs and interests? And how are we to challenge the capitalist structures that now threaten all life on the planet? Consequences of Capitalism exposes the deep, often unseen connections between neoliberal &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; and structural power. In making these linkages, we see how the current hegemony keeps social justice movements divided and marginalized. And, most importantly, we see how we can fight to overcome these divisions. © Noam Chomsky, Marv Watersone 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460658</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Consequences of Capitalism: Manufacturing Discontent and Resistance
Author: Noam Chomsky, Marv Waterstone
Narrator: Donald Corren
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 14 hours 10 minutes
Release date: January  5, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin. An essential primer on capitalism, politics and how the world works, based on the hugely popular undergraduate lecture series &amp;#039;What is Politics?&amp;#039; Is there an alternative to capitalism? In this landmark text Chomsky and Waterstone chart a critical map for a more just and sustainable society. &amp;#039;Covid-19 has revealed glaring failures and monstrous brutalities in the current capitalist system. It represents both a crisis and an opportunity. Everything depends on the actions that people take into their own hands.&amp;#039; How does politics shape our world, our lives and our perceptions? How much of &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; is actually driven by the ruling classes&amp;#039; needs and interests? And how are we to challenge the capitalist structures that now threaten all life on the planet? Consequences of Capitalism exposes the deep, often unseen connections between neoliberal &amp;#039;common sense&amp;#039; and structural power. In making these linkages, we see how the current hegemony keeps social justice movements divided and marginalized. And, most importantly, we see how we can fight to overcome these divisions. © Noam Chomsky, Marv Watersone 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>First Platoon: A Story of Modern War in the Age of Identity Dominance by Annie Jacobsen</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Platoon: A Story of Modern War in the Age of Identity Dominance
Author: Annie Jacobsen
Narrator: Annie Jacobsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful story of war in our time, of love of country, the experience of tragedy, and a platoon at the center of it all.    This is a story that starts off close and goes very big. The initial part of the story might sound familiar at first: it is about a platoon of mostly nineteen-year-old boys sent to Afghanistan, and an experience that ends abruptly in catastrophe. Their part of the story folds into the next: inexorably linked to those soldiers and never comprehensively reported before is the U.S. Department of Defense’s quest to build the world’s most powerful biometrics database, with the ability to identify, monitor, catalog, and police people all over the world.     First Platoon is an American saga that illuminates a transformation of society made possible by this new technology. Part war story, part legal drama, it is about identity in the age of identification. About humanity—physical bravery, trauma, PTSD, a yearning to do right and good—in the age of biometrics, which reduce people to iris scans, fingerprint scans, voice patterning, detection by odor, gait, and more. And about the power of point of view in a burgeoning surveillance state.     Based on hundreds of formerly classified documents, FOIA requests, and exclusive interviews, First Platoon is an investigative exposé by a master chronicler of government secrets. First Platoon reveals a post–9/11 Pentagon whose identification machines have grown more capable than the humans who must make sense of them. A Pentagon so powerful it can cover up its own internal mistakes in pursuit of endless wars. And a people at its mercy, in its last moments before a fundamental change so complete it might be impossible to take back.</description>
      <author>Annie Jacobsen</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593401996.mp3" length="2574556" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593401996.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Platoon: A Story of Modern War in the Age of Identity Dominance
Author: Annie Jacobsen
Narrator: Annie Jacobsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful story of war in our time, of love of country, the experience of tragedy, and a platoon at the center of it all.    This is a story that starts off close and goes very big. The initial part of the story might sound familiar at first: it is about a platoon of mostly nineteen-year-old boys sent to Afghanistan, and an experience that ends abruptly in catastrophe. Their part of the story folds into the next: inexorably linked to those soldiers and never comprehensively reported before is the U.S. Department of Defense’s quest to build the world’s most powerful biometrics database, with the ability to identify, monitor, catalog, and police people all over the world.     First Platoon is an American saga that illuminates a transformation of society made possible by this new technology. Part war story, part legal drama, it is about identity in the age of identification. About humanity—physical bravery, trauma, PTSD, a yearning to do right and good—in the age of biometrics, which reduce people to iris scans, fingerprint scans, voice patterning, detection by odor, gait, and more. And about the power of point of view in a burgeoning surveillance state.     Based on hundreds of formerly classified documents, FOIA requests, and exclusive interviews, First Platoon is an investigative exposé by a master chronicler of government secrets. First Platoon reveals a post–9/11 Pentagon whose identification machines have grown more capable than the humans who must make sense of them. A Pentagon so powerful it can cover up its own internal mistakes in pursuit of endless wars. And a people at its mercy, in its last moments before a fundamental change so complete it might be impossible to take back.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460655</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: First Platoon: A Story of Modern War in the Age of Identity Dominance
Author: Annie Jacobsen
Narrator: Annie Jacobsen
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 59 minutes
Release date: January 12, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 8 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A powerful story of war in our time, of love of country, the experience of tragedy, and a platoon at the center of it all.    This is a story that starts off close and goes very big. The initial part of the story might sound familiar at first: it is about a platoon of mostly nineteen-year-old boys sent to Afghanistan, and an experience that ends abruptly in catastrophe. Their part of the story folds into the next: inexorably linked to those soldiers and never comprehensively reported before is the U.S. Department of Defense’s quest to build the world’s most powerful biometrics database, with the ability to identify, monitor, catalog, and police people all over the world.     First Platoon is an American saga that illuminates a transformation of society made possible by this new technology. Part war story, part legal drama, it is about identity in the age of identification. About humanity—physical bravery, trauma, PTSD, a yearning to do right and good—in the age of biometrics, which reduce people to iris scans, fingerprint scans, voice patterning, detection by odor, gait, and more. And about the power of point of view in a burgeoning surveillance state.     Based on hundreds of formerly classified documents, FOIA requests, and exclusive interviews, First Platoon is an investigative exposé by a master chronicler of government secrets. First Platoon reveals a post–9/11 Pentagon whose identification machines have grown more capable than the humans who must make sense of them. A Pentagon so powerful it can cover up its own internal mistakes in pursuit of endless wars. And a people at its mercy, in its last moments before a fundamental change so complete it might be impossible to take back.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Battle for the Soul: Inside the Democrats&amp;#039; Campaigns to Defeat Trump by Edward-Isaac Dovere</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle for the Soul: Inside the Democrats&amp;#039; Campaigns to Defeat Trump
Author: Edward-Isaac Dovere
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning political journalist for The Atlantic tells the inside story of how the embattled Democratic Party, seeking a direction for its future during the Trump years, successfully regained the White House. The 2020 presidential campaign was a defining moment for America. As Donald Trump and his nativist populism cowed the Republican Party into submission, many Democrats—haunted by Hillary Clinton’s shocking loss in 2016 and the resulting four-year-long identity crisis—were convinced that he would be unbeatable. Their party and the country, it seemed, might never recover.   How, then, did Democrats manage to win the presidency, especially after the longest primary race with the biggest field ever? How did they keep themselves united through an internal struggle between newly empowered progressives and establishment forces—playing out against a pandemic, an economic crisis, and a new racial reckoning?    Edward-Isaac Dovere’s Battle for the Soul is the searing, fly-on-the-wall account of the Democrats’ journey through recalibration and rebirth. Dovere traces this process: from the early days in the wilderness of the post-Obama era to the jockeying of potential candidates; from the backroom battles and exhausting campaigns to the unlikely triumph of the man few expected to win; and on through the inauguration and the insurrection at the Capitol.   Dovere draws on years of on-the-ground reporting and contemporaneous conversations with the key players—whether with Pete Buttigieg in his hotel suite in Des Moines an hour before he won the Iowa caucuses or with Joe Biden in his first-ever interview in the Oval Office—as well as with aides, advisors, and voters. Offering unparalleled access and an insider’s command of the campaign, Battle for the Soul takes a compelling look at the policies, politics, and people, as well as the often absurd process of running for president. This fresh and timely story brings you on the trail, into the private rooms, and along to eavesdrop on critical conversations. You will never see campaigns or this turning point in our history the same way again.</description>
      <author>Edward-Isaac Dovere</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593394786.mp3" length="2797284" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593394786.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>21:55:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle for the Soul: Inside the Democrats&amp;#039; Campaigns to Defeat Trump
Author: Edward-Isaac Dovere
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning political journalist for The Atlantic tells the inside story of how the embattled Democratic Party, seeking a direction for its future during the Trump years, successfully regained the White House. The 2020 presidential campaign was a defining moment for America. As Donald Trump and his nativist populism cowed the Republican Party into submission, many Democrats—haunted by Hillary Clinton’s shocking loss in 2016 and the resulting four-year-long identity crisis—were convinced that he would be unbeatable. Their party and the country, it seemed, might never recover.   How, then, did Democrats manage to win the presidency, especially after the longest primary race with the biggest field ever? How did they keep themselves united through an internal struggle between newly empowered progressives and establishment forces—playing out against a pandemic, an economic crisis, and a new racial reckoning?    Edward-Isaac Dovere’s Battle for the Soul is the searing, fly-on-the-wall account of the Democrats’ journey through recalibration and rebirth. Dovere traces this process: from the early days in the wilderness of the post-Obama era to the jockeying of potential candidates; from the backroom battles and exhausting campaigns to the unlikely triumph of the man few expected to win; and on through the inauguration and the insurrection at the Capitol.   Dovere draws on years of on-the-ground reporting and contemporaneous conversations with the key players—whether with Pete Buttigieg in his hotel suite in Des Moines an hour before he won the Iowa caucuses or with Joe Biden in his first-ever interview in the Oval Office—as well as with aides, advisors, and voters. Offering unparalleled access and an insider’s command of the campaign, Battle for the Soul takes a compelling look at the policies, politics, and people, as well as the often absurd process of running for president. This fresh and timely story brings you on the trail, into the private rooms, and along to eavesdrop on critical conversations. You will never see campaigns or this turning point in our history the same way again.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460652</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Battle for the Soul: Inside the Democrats&amp;#039; Campaigns to Defeat Trump
Author: Edward-Isaac Dovere
Narrator: Holter Graham
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 21 hours 55 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 7 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An award-winning political journalist for The Atlantic tells the inside story of how the embattled Democratic Party, seeking a direction for its future during the Trump years, successfully regained the White House. The 2020 presidential campaign was a defining moment for America. As Donald Trump and his nativist populism cowed the Republican Party into submission, many Democrats—haunted by Hillary Clinton’s shocking loss in 2016 and the resulting four-year-long identity crisis—were convinced that he would be unbeatable. Their party and the country, it seemed, might never recover.   How, then, did Democrats manage to win the presidency, especially after the longest primary race with the biggest field ever? How did they keep themselves united through an internal struggle between newly empowered progressives and establishment forces—playing out against a pandemic, an economic crisis, and a new racial reckoning?    Edward-Isaac Dovere’s Battle for the Soul is the searing, fly-on-the-wall account of the Democrats’ journey through recalibration and rebirth. Dovere traces this process: from the early days in the wilderness of the post-Obama era to the jockeying of potential candidates; from the backroom battles and exhausting campaigns to the unlikely triumph of the man few expected to win; and on through the inauguration and the insurrection at the Capitol.   Dovere draws on years of on-the-ground reporting and contemporaneous conversations with the key players—whether with Pete Buttigieg in his hotel suite in Des Moines an hour before he won the Iowa caucuses or with Joe Biden in his first-ever interview in the Oval Office—as well as with aides, advisors, and voters. Offering unparalleled access and an insider’s command of the campaign, Battle for the Soul takes a compelling look at the policies, politics, and people, as well as the often absurd process of running for president. This fresh and timely story brings you on the trail, into the private rooms, and along to eavesdrop on critical conversations. You will never see campaigns or this turning point in our history the same way again.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Action and Activism by Sophie Williams</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Action and Activism
Author: Sophie Williams
Narrator: Sophie Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Gives you the information you need to begin, or continue, your understanding of what it means to be a true anti-racist ally’ Pippa Vosper                        Do you want to be an anti-racist ally?                       This punchy, bite-sized audio guide shows you how, whether you’re using your voice for the first time, or are looking for ways to keep the momentum and make long lasting change.           Sophie Williams’ no-holds-barred posts about racism and Black Lives Matter on @officialmillennialblack have taken the online world by storm. Sharp, simple and insightful, they get to the heart of anti-racist principles and show us all how to truly be better allies.           Now, in her iconic style, this concise audio book unpacks complex topics into their most important concepts, and provides a crucial starting block for every anti-racist ally.                         This audio book comes with a bonus PDF of additional resources</description>
      <author>Sophie Williams</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 15 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008458546.mp3" length="1371545" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008458546.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:25:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Action and Activism
Author: Sophie Williams
Narrator: Sophie Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Gives you the information you need to begin, or continue, your understanding of what it means to be a true anti-racist ally’ Pippa Vosper                        Do you want to be an anti-racist ally?                       This punchy, bite-sized audio guide shows you how, whether you’re using your voice for the first time, or are looking for ways to keep the momentum and make long lasting change.           Sophie Williams’ no-holds-barred posts about racism and Black Lives Matter on @officialmillennialblack have taken the online world by storm. Sharp, simple and insightful, they get to the heart of anti-racist principles and show us all how to truly be better allies.           Now, in her iconic style, this concise audio book unpacks complex topics into their most important concepts, and provides a crucial starting block for every anti-racist ally.                         This audio book comes with a bonus PDF of additional resources</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Action and Activism
Author: Sophie Williams
Narrator: Sophie Williams
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 25 minutes
Release date: October 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
‘Gives you the information you need to begin, or continue, your understanding of what it means to be a true anti-racist ally’ Pippa Vosper                        Do you want to be an anti-racist ally?                       This punchy, bite-sized audio guide shows you how, whether you’re using your voice for the first time, or are looking for ways to keep the momentum and make long lasting change.           Sophie Williams’ no-holds-barred posts about racism and Black Lives Matter on @officialmillennialblack have taken the online world by storm. Sharp, simple and insightful, they get to the heart of anti-racist principles and show us all how to truly be better allies.           Now, in her iconic style, this concise audio book unpacks complex topics into their most important concepts, and provides a crucial starting block for every anti-racist ally.                         This audio book comes with a bonus PDF of additional resources</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Finding My Place: Making My Parents&amp;#039; American Dream Come True by Elizabeth Pipko</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding My Place: Making My Parents&amp;#039; American Dream Come True
Author: Elizabeth Pipko
Narrator: Elizabeth Pipko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Think you know Elizabeth Pipko? Guess again. She&amp;#039;s been described by many as a rising star in the Conservative movement, but how did she get here? And more importantly, did she ever plan to? In Finding My Place, Elizabeth takes us back to the beginning. As the daughter of immigrants and a proud religious Jew, Elizabeth dives into the core of what drives her: the sacrifices of her parents and grandparents and all that they had to endure to make sure that she had the opportunity to live the American dream. With an emphasis on her faith and her upbringing, where she pinpoints the lessons and moments that she knew would dictate her future, Elizabeth takes us on a journey that started long before she was even born. From heartbreak and injury, to triumph and recognition, to her start as a figure skater, a writer, a model, and eventually a political activist, Elizabeth takes us along on her journey of finding her place in the world of sports, fashion, Judaism, politics, and so much more. Finding My Place is the behind-the-scenes look at everything she has yet to tell the world.</description>
      <author>Elizabeth Pipko</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696602372.mp3" length="7621929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696602372.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:50:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding My Place: Making My Parents&amp;#039; American Dream Come True
Author: Elizabeth Pipko
Narrator: Elizabeth Pipko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Think you know Elizabeth Pipko? Guess again. She&amp;#039;s been described by many as a rising star in the Conservative movement, but how did she get here? And more importantly, did she ever plan to? In Finding My Place, Elizabeth takes us back to the beginning. As the daughter of immigrants and a proud religious Jew, Elizabeth dives into the core of what drives her: the sacrifices of her parents and grandparents and all that they had to endure to make sure that she had the opportunity to live the American dream. With an emphasis on her faith and her upbringing, where she pinpoints the lessons and moments that she knew would dictate her future, Elizabeth takes us on a journey that started long before she was even born. From heartbreak and injury, to triumph and recognition, to her start as a figure skater, a writer, a model, and eventually a political activist, Elizabeth takes us along on her journey of finding her place in the world of sports, fashion, Judaism, politics, and so much more. Finding My Place is the behind-the-scenes look at everything she has yet to tell the world.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460278</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Finding My Place: Making My Parents&amp;#039; American Dream Come True
Author: Elizabeth Pipko
Narrator: Elizabeth Pipko
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 50 minutes
Release date: October 20, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Think you know Elizabeth Pipko? Guess again. She&amp;#039;s been described by many as a rising star in the Conservative movement, but how did she get here? And more importantly, did she ever plan to? In Finding My Place, Elizabeth takes us back to the beginning. As the daughter of immigrants and a proud religious Jew, Elizabeth dives into the core of what drives her: the sacrifices of her parents and grandparents and all that they had to endure to make sure that she had the opportunity to live the American dream. With an emphasis on her faith and her upbringing, where she pinpoints the lessons and moments that she knew would dictate her future, Elizabeth takes us on a journey that started long before she was even born. From heartbreak and injury, to triumph and recognition, to her start as a figure skater, a writer, a model, and eventually a political activist, Elizabeth takes us along on her journey of finding her place in the world of sports, fashion, Judaism, politics, and so much more. Finding My Place is the behind-the-scenes look at everything she has yet to tell the world.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Changing World: Patriotism Against a Globalist Agenda by César Vidal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Changing World: Patriotism Against a Globalist Agenda
Author: César Vidal
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 26, 1991, an event of extraordinary importance in universal history took place. It involved the dissolution of the Soviet Union, an event of enormous repercussions that almost no one had anticipated. In fact, only the historian Andrei Amalrík and Nobel laureate and writer Alexander Solzhenitsyn, two Russian dissidents, had enough courage and vision to forecast that such a seismic event would take place.  Although it is indisputable that the Cold War had come to an end, there are more than a few who intend to continue analyzing the current global situation from the perspective of a historical period that ended four decades ago. Claiming to understand the present with the paradigms of the Cold War—even to a large extent with those espoused by the Left and Right—is a very serious mistake with consequences that are extremely harmful. History has continued to move forward, and just as it would have been foolish to claim to understand Europe of the end of the nineteenth century on the basis of what life was like for Napoleon, who was finally dethroned in 1815; it is absurd, and even ridiculous, to try to understand our world on the basis of what the Cold War entailed.</description>
      <author>César Vidal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666554144.mp3" length="917502" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666554144.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Changing World: Patriotism Against a Globalist Agenda
Author: César Vidal
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 26, 1991, an event of extraordinary importance in universal history took place. It involved the dissolution of the Soviet Union, an event of enormous repercussions that almost no one had anticipated. In fact, only the historian Andrei Amalrík and Nobel laureate and writer Alexander Solzhenitsyn, two Russian dissidents, had enough courage and vision to forecast that such a seismic event would take place.  Although it is indisputable that the Cold War had come to an end, there are more than a few who intend to continue analyzing the current global situation from the perspective of a historical period that ended four decades ago. Claiming to understand the present with the paradigms of the Cold War—even to a large extent with those espoused by the Left and Right—is a very serious mistake with consequences that are extremely harmful. History has continued to move forward, and just as it would have been foolish to claim to understand Europe of the end of the nineteenth century on the basis of what life was like for Napoleon, who was finally dethroned in 1815; it is absurd, and even ridiculous, to try to understand our world on the basis of what the Cold War entailed.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460256</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Changing World: Patriotism Against a Globalist Agenda
Author: César Vidal
Narrator: John Pruden
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 35 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
On December 26, 1991, an event of extraordinary importance in universal history took place. It involved the dissolution of the Soviet Union, an event of enormous repercussions that almost no one had anticipated. In fact, only the historian Andrei Amalrík and Nobel laureate and writer Alexander Solzhenitsyn, two Russian dissidents, had enough courage and vision to forecast that such a seismic event would take place.  Although it is indisputable that the Cold War had come to an end, there are more than a few who intend to continue analyzing the current global situation from the perspective of a historical period that ended four decades ago. Claiming to understand the present with the paradigms of the Cold War—even to a large extent with those espoused by the Left and Right—is a very serious mistake with consequences that are extremely harmful. History has continued to move forward, and just as it would have been foolish to claim to understand Europe of the end of the nineteenth century on the basis of what life was like for Napoleon, who was finally dethroned in 1815; it is absurd, and even ridiculous, to try to understand our world on the basis of what the Cold War entailed.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Foxocracy: Inside the Network&amp;#039;s Playbook of Tribal Warfare by Tobin Smith</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foxocracy: Inside the Network&amp;#039;s Playbook of Tribal Warfare
Author: Tobin Smith
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a 14-year Fox News contributor, guest anchor, and two-time New York Times bestselling author comes an unprecedented insider’s account of the Fox News playbook―the production secrets and manipulation strategies Fox uses to influence viewers, divide families, weaponize the daily discourse of news and public opinion, and addict a core audience on right-wing rage and fear. Fox News did not start America’s culture war―but they have the manipulative and destructive genius to exploit it. For the first time, a Fox News veteran―fourteen years as contributor and guest anchor―exposes and diagrams the pages within the Fox News playbook that the liberal and progressive candidates will be fighting against in 2020. This is the very same playbook that Fox News used to move 12% of Independents to vote Trump in 2016 and win previous the Democrat strongholds of Ohio, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania. Author Tobin Smith takes readers behind the scenes of the actual production of the “Fair and Balanced” opinion pieces and panel segments that feed a ravenous right-wing audience. How are these productions rigged so that right-wing pundits always win? What techniques does Fox News use in manipulating its viewers’ tribal right-wing instincts: to addict them, to activate a hatred toward partisan enemies; and to hook them on feelings of intellectual and cultural superiority? Filled with never revealed conversations with Fox News executives and opinion programming producers, breaking down the collateral damage among friends and family caused by the waging of an endless culture war, Foxocracy brings incendiary proof from an insider and on-air talent of audience manipulation psychology and production tactics. And perhaps even more frightening, this book reveals how that the playbook is now being used by Fox News rivals like MSNBC and CNN.</description>
      <author>Tobin Smith</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799751038.mp3" length="804173" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799751038.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foxocracy: Inside the Network&amp;#039;s Playbook of Tribal Warfare
Author: Tobin Smith
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a 14-year Fox News contributor, guest anchor, and two-time New York Times bestselling author comes an unprecedented insider’s account of the Fox News playbook―the production secrets and manipulation strategies Fox uses to influence viewers, divide families, weaponize the daily discourse of news and public opinion, and addict a core audience on right-wing rage and fear. Fox News did not start America’s culture war―but they have the manipulative and destructive genius to exploit it. For the first time, a Fox News veteran―fourteen years as contributor and guest anchor―exposes and diagrams the pages within the Fox News playbook that the liberal and progressive candidates will be fighting against in 2020. This is the very same playbook that Fox News used to move 12% of Independents to vote Trump in 2016 and win previous the Democrat strongholds of Ohio, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania. Author Tobin Smith takes readers behind the scenes of the actual production of the “Fair and Balanced” opinion pieces and panel segments that feed a ravenous right-wing audience. How are these productions rigged so that right-wing pundits always win? What techniques does Fox News use in manipulating its viewers’ tribal right-wing instincts: to addict them, to activate a hatred toward partisan enemies; and to hook them on feelings of intellectual and cultural superiority? Filled with never revealed conversations with Fox News executives and opinion programming producers, breaking down the collateral damage among friends and family caused by the waging of an endless culture war, Foxocracy brings incendiary proof from an insider and on-air talent of audience manipulation psychology and production tactics. And perhaps even more frightening, this book reveals how that the playbook is now being used by Fox News rivals like MSNBC and CNN.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460051</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Foxocracy: Inside the Network&amp;#039;s Playbook of Tribal Warfare
Author: Tobin Smith
Narrator: Danny Campbell
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 30 minutes
Release date: October 29, 2019
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From a 14-year Fox News contributor, guest anchor, and two-time New York Times bestselling author comes an unprecedented insider’s account of the Fox News playbook―the production secrets and manipulation strategies Fox uses to influence viewers, divide families, weaponize the daily discourse of news and public opinion, and addict a core audience on right-wing rage and fear. Fox News did not start America’s culture war―but they have the manipulative and destructive genius to exploit it. For the first time, a Fox News veteran―fourteen years as contributor and guest anchor―exposes and diagrams the pages within the Fox News playbook that the liberal and progressive candidates will be fighting against in 2020. This is the very same playbook that Fox News used to move 12% of Independents to vote Trump in 2016 and win previous the Democrat strongholds of Ohio, Wisconsin, and Pennsylvania. Author Tobin Smith takes readers behind the scenes of the actual production of the “Fair and Balanced” opinion pieces and panel segments that feed a ravenous right-wing audience. How are these productions rigged so that right-wing pundits always win? What techniques does Fox News use in manipulating its viewers’ tribal right-wing instincts: to addict them, to activate a hatred toward partisan enemies; and to hook them on feelings of intellectual and cultural superiority? Filled with never revealed conversations with Fox News executives and opinion programming producers, breaking down the collateral damage among friends and family caused by the waging of an endless culture war, Foxocracy brings incendiary proof from an insider and on-air talent of audience manipulation psychology and production tactics. And perhaps even more frightening, this book reveals how that the playbook is now being used by Fox News rivals like MSNBC and CNN.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Becoming Kim Jong Un by Jung H. Pak</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un
Author: Jung H. Pak
Narrator: Jung H. Pak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The mysterious, brutal, and calculating Kim Jong Un has risen to become the unchallenged dictator of a nuclear rogue state. He now possesses weaponry capable of threatening America and its allies, and his actions have already significantly changed global politics. It&amp;#039;s believed that Kim Jong Un is in his thirties, only a few years into what will likely be decades of leadership. He is in the news almost every day, and yet we still know almost nothing about him and how he became the supreme leader of the hermit kingdom. Former CIA analyst and North Korea expert Jung H. Pak reveals the explosive story of Kim Jong Il&amp;#039;s third son: the spoilt and impetuous child, the mediocre student, the ruthless murderer, the shrewd grand strategist.</description>
      <author>Jung H. Pak</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 18 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781004027200.mp3" length="1295469" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781004027200.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:59:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un
Author: Jung H. Pak
Narrator: Jung H. Pak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The mysterious, brutal, and calculating Kim Jong Un has risen to become the unchallenged dictator of a nuclear rogue state. He now possesses weaponry capable of threatening America and its allies, and his actions have already significantly changed global politics. It&amp;#039;s believed that Kim Jong Un is in his thirties, only a few years into what will likely be decades of leadership. He is in the news almost every day, and yet we still know almost nothing about him and how he became the supreme leader of the hermit kingdom. Former CIA analyst and North Korea expert Jung H. Pak reveals the explosive story of Kim Jong Il&amp;#039;s third son: the spoilt and impetuous child, the mediocre student, the ruthless murderer, the shrewd grand strategist.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459594</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Becoming Kim Jong Un
Author: Jung H. Pak
Narrator: Jung H. Pak
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 59 minutes
Release date: February 18, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The mysterious, brutal, and calculating Kim Jong Un has risen to become the unchallenged dictator of a nuclear rogue state. He now possesses weaponry capable of threatening America and its allies, and his actions have already significantly changed global politics. It&amp;#039;s believed that Kim Jong Un is in his thirties, only a few years into what will likely be decades of leadership. He is in the news almost every day, and yet we still know almost nothing about him and how he became the supreme leader of the hermit kingdom. Former CIA analyst and North Korea expert Jung H. Pak reveals the explosive story of Kim Jong Il&amp;#039;s third son: the spoilt and impetuous child, the mediocre student, the ruthless murderer, the shrewd grand strategist.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Estados Unidos: en la intimidad y a la distancia by Jorge G. Castañeda</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos: en la intimidad y a la distancia
Author: Jorge G. Castañeda
Narrator: Bern Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  Termina la segunda década del siglo XXI y la cultura estadounidense es globalmente omnipresente, lo mismo que su injerencia política. Estados Unidos es la primera economía del mundo, la principal potencia militar y el país líder en innovación tecnológica. ¿Cómo es posible que un país tan relativamente joven se haya vuelto así de dominante? ¿Por qué es tan excepcional la trayectoria de Estados Unidos? ¿O... lo es realmente?  En este libro, Jorge G. Castañeda presenta una revisión analítica e intuitiva de su experiencia en el país durante el último medio siglo y deja claro por qué los extranjeros pueden ayudar a desentrañar la verdadera naturaleza de Estados Unidos. Basado en su experiencia directa y en un amplio conocimiento de las más diversas fuentes, Castañeda examina los aspectos fundamentales de la historia y la cultura estadounidenses, tanto los luminosos como los problemáticos: el surgimiento de la primera clase media del mundo, la democracia y sus descontentos, el sincretismo cultural, el humor autocrítico, el genio innovador, la hipocresía de sus políticas migratorias y antidrogas, la pena de muerte, el racismo, la religión y el diseño inteligente. Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  «Este libro es el resultado de muchos años de vivir, estudiar, madurar, dar clases y conversar en Estados Unidos. Surge de tratar con las autoridades estadounidenses de gobierno a gobierno, y de sociedad civil a sociedad civil. Durante el último medio siglo, he disfrutado la amistad cercana y duradera de muchos norteamericanos, y he observado con ellos la evolución de su país en la intimidad y a la distancia.»</description>
      <author>Jorge G. Castañeda</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9786073197953.mp3" length="1308155" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9786073197953.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:23:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos: en la intimidad y a la distancia
Author: Jorge G. Castañeda
Narrator: Bern Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  Termina la segunda década del siglo XXI y la cultura estadounidense es globalmente omnipresente, lo mismo que su injerencia política. Estados Unidos es la primera economía del mundo, la principal potencia militar y el país líder en innovación tecnológica. ¿Cómo es posible que un país tan relativamente joven se haya vuelto así de dominante? ¿Por qué es tan excepcional la trayectoria de Estados Unidos? ¿O... lo es realmente?  En este libro, Jorge G. Castañeda presenta una revisión analítica e intuitiva de su experiencia en el país durante el último medio siglo y deja claro por qué los extranjeros pueden ayudar a desentrañar la verdadera naturaleza de Estados Unidos. Basado en su experiencia directa y en un amplio conocimiento de las más diversas fuentes, Castañeda examina los aspectos fundamentales de la historia y la cultura estadounidenses, tanto los luminosos como los problemáticos: el surgimiento de la primera clase media del mundo, la democracia y sus descontentos, el sincretismo cultural, el humor autocrítico, el genio innovador, la hipocresía de sus políticas migratorias y antidrogas, la pena de muerte, el racismo, la religión y el diseño inteligente. Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  «Este libro es el resultado de muchos años de vivir, estudiar, madurar, dar clases y conversar en Estados Unidos. Surge de tratar con las autoridades estadounidenses de gobierno a gobierno, y de sociedad civil a sociedad civil. Durante el último medio siglo, he disfrutado la amistad cercana y duradera de muchos norteamericanos, y he observado con ellos la evolución de su país en la intimidad y a la distancia.»</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459324</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Estados Unidos: en la intimidad y a la distancia
Author: Jorge G. Castañeda
Narrator: Bern Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 23 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  Termina la segunda década del siglo XXI y la cultura estadounidense es globalmente omnipresente, lo mismo que su injerencia política. Estados Unidos es la primera economía del mundo, la principal potencia militar y el país líder en innovación tecnológica. ¿Cómo es posible que un país tan relativamente joven se haya vuelto así de dominante? ¿Por qué es tan excepcional la trayectoria de Estados Unidos? ¿O... lo es realmente?  En este libro, Jorge G. Castañeda presenta una revisión analítica e intuitiva de su experiencia en el país durante el último medio siglo y deja claro por qué los extranjeros pueden ayudar a desentrañar la verdadera naturaleza de Estados Unidos. Basado en su experiencia directa y en un amplio conocimiento de las más diversas fuentes, Castañeda examina los aspectos fundamentales de la historia y la cultura estadounidenses, tanto los luminosos como los problemáticos: el surgimiento de la primera clase media del mundo, la democracia y sus descontentos, el sincretismo cultural, el humor autocrítico, el genio innovador, la hipocresía de sus políticas migratorias y antidrogas, la pena de muerte, el racismo, la religión y el diseño inteligente. Pensado y escrito originalmente para el público estadounidense, este libro ofrece una radiografía y, a la vez, una pintura de paisaje de Estados Unidos, una obra clave para entender a ese país en un momento crítico de su historia.  «Este libro es el resultado de muchos años de vivir, estudiar, madurar, dar clases y conversar en Estados Unidos. Surge de tratar con las autoridades estadounidenses de gobierno a gobierno, y de sociedad civil a sociedad civil. Durante el último medio siglo, he disfrutado la amistad cercana y duradera de muchos norteamericanos, y he observado con ellos la evolución de su país en la intimidad y a la distancia.»</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Rake&amp;#039;s Progress: The Madcap True Tale of My Political Midlife Crisis by Rachel Johnson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rake&amp;#039;s Progress: The Madcap True Tale of My Political Midlife Crisis
Author: Rachel Johnson
Narrator: Rachel Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The madcap true story of how Rachel Johnson—born into one of Britain&amp;#039;s most famous political families and known since childhood as &amp;#039;Rake&amp;#039;—tries and fails to get elected in the 2019 hard-fought effort to stop Brexit, running against her older brother, Boris, and what she learns in the process about politics, ambition, family, marriage, and winning and losing. In this fast-paced, irresistible tale, part comic memoir, part diary, part manifesto, Rachel Johnson, daughter of one of England&amp;#039;s most brilliant and idiosyncratic families, tells the story of how, in a fit of righteous fury about how the 2019 Brexit vote to leave the EU would affect her own children in their freedom to live, learn, travel, and love, brought about by men she has known either since school or birth, she decides to become the lead candidate for the newly organized pro-Europe Change UK party, running against her older brother, Alexander, known to the world as Boris, who as a child of six claimed he wanted to be &amp;#039;World King&amp;#039;; with Rachel, a year younger,  wanting to be &amp;#039;wife and mother.&amp;#039;  Johnson writes how she set out to attain the slight victory needed to win her district, crisscrossing its 28,000 square miles on trains, speaking at rallies, handing out leaflets to retirees in freezing supermarket parking lots . . . She writes of the betrayals, the egos, the broken promises, the tensions, the pulls and pushes of campaigning. And she writes of what it is to be a candidate, and female and a mother, of the challenges faced by women in public life, and the reality that for women in the UK, despite having had two female prime ministers, not that much has changed . . . and in the midst of it all, she tells the riveting story of the Johnson family itself, as curious, recognizable and compelling as the Mitfords of England; as famous and lionized as the Kennedys in the U.S. . . .</description>
      <author>Rachel Johnson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593410752.mp3" length="2724642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593410752.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:21:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rake&amp;#039;s Progress: The Madcap True Tale of My Political Midlife Crisis
Author: Rachel Johnson
Narrator: Rachel Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The madcap true story of how Rachel Johnson—born into one of Britain&amp;#039;s most famous political families and known since childhood as &amp;#039;Rake&amp;#039;—tries and fails to get elected in the 2019 hard-fought effort to stop Brexit, running against her older brother, Boris, and what she learns in the process about politics, ambition, family, marriage, and winning and losing. In this fast-paced, irresistible tale, part comic memoir, part diary, part manifesto, Rachel Johnson, daughter of one of England&amp;#039;s most brilliant and idiosyncratic families, tells the story of how, in a fit of righteous fury about how the 2019 Brexit vote to leave the EU would affect her own children in their freedom to live, learn, travel, and love, brought about by men she has known either since school or birth, she decides to become the lead candidate for the newly organized pro-Europe Change UK party, running against her older brother, Alexander, known to the world as Boris, who as a child of six claimed he wanted to be &amp;#039;World King&amp;#039;; with Rachel, a year younger,  wanting to be &amp;#039;wife and mother.&amp;#039;  Johnson writes how she set out to attain the slight victory needed to win her district, crisscrossing its 28,000 square miles on trains, speaking at rallies, handing out leaflets to retirees in freezing supermarket parking lots . . . She writes of the betrayals, the egos, the broken promises, the tensions, the pulls and pushes of campaigning. And she writes of what it is to be a candidate, and female and a mother, of the challenges faced by women in public life, and the reality that for women in the UK, despite having had two female prime ministers, not that much has changed . . . and in the midst of it all, she tells the riveting story of the Johnson family itself, as curious, recognizable and compelling as the Mitfords of England; as famous and lionized as the Kennedys in the U.S. . . .</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459305</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Rake&amp;#039;s Progress: The Madcap True Tale of My Political Midlife Crisis
Author: Rachel Johnson
Narrator: Rachel Johnson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 21 minutes
Release date: July 13, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The madcap true story of how Rachel Johnson—born into one of Britain&amp;#039;s most famous political families and known since childhood as &amp;#039;Rake&amp;#039;—tries and fails to get elected in the 2019 hard-fought effort to stop Brexit, running against her older brother, Boris, and what she learns in the process about politics, ambition, family, marriage, and winning and losing. In this fast-paced, irresistible tale, part comic memoir, part diary, part manifesto, Rachel Johnson, daughter of one of England&amp;#039;s most brilliant and idiosyncratic families, tells the story of how, in a fit of righteous fury about how the 2019 Brexit vote to leave the EU would affect her own children in their freedom to live, learn, travel, and love, brought about by men she has known either since school or birth, she decides to become the lead candidate for the newly organized pro-Europe Change UK party, running against her older brother, Alexander, known to the world as Boris, who as a child of six claimed he wanted to be &amp;#039;World King&amp;#039;; with Rachel, a year younger,  wanting to be &amp;#039;wife and mother.&amp;#039;  Johnson writes how she set out to attain the slight victory needed to win her district, crisscrossing its 28,000 square miles on trains, speaking at rallies, handing out leaflets to retirees in freezing supermarket parking lots . . . She writes of the betrayals, the egos, the broken promises, the tensions, the pulls and pushes of campaigning. And she writes of what it is to be a candidate, and female and a mother, of the challenges faced by women in public life, and the reality that for women in the UK, despite having had two female prime ministers, not that much has changed . . . and in the midst of it all, she tells the riveting story of the Johnson family itself, as curious, recognizable and compelling as the Mitfords of England; as famous and lionized as the Kennedys in the U.S. . . .</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Joe Biden: The Life, the Presidency, and What Matters Now by Evan Osnos</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joe Biden: The Life, the Presidency, and What Matters Now
Author: Evan Osnos
Narrator: Evan Osnos, David Remnick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
*A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR*  A concise, brilliant, and trenchant examination of Joseph R. Biden Jr.’s successful lifelong quest for the presidency by National Book Award winner Evan Osnos.  President Joseph R. Biden Jr. has been called both the luckiest man and the unluckiest—fortunate to have sustained a fifty-year political career that reached the White House, but also marked by deep personal losses and disappointments that he has suffered.   Yet even as Biden’s life has been shaped by drama, it has also been powered by a willingness, rare at the top ranks of politics, to confront his shortcomings, errors, and reversals of fortune. As he says, “Failure at some point in your life is inevitable, but giving up is unforgivable.” His trials have forged in him a deep empathy for others in hardship—an essential quality as he leads America toward recovery and renewal.    Blending up-close journalism and broader context, Evan Osnos, who won the National Book Award in 2014, draws on nearly a decade of reporting for The New Yorker to capture the characters and meaning of 2020’s extraordinary presidential election. It is based on lengthy interviews with Biden and on revealing conversations with more than a hundred others, including President Barack Obama, Cory Booker, Amy Klobuchar, Pete Buttigieg, and a range of activists, advisers, opponents, and Biden family members.   This portrayal illuminates Biden’s long and eventful career in the Senate, his eight years as Obama’s vice president, his sojourn in the political wilderness after being passed over for Hillary Clinton in 2016, his decision to challenge Donald Trump for the presidency, and his choice of Vice President Kamala Harris as his running mate.   Osnos ponders the difficulties Biden faces as his presidency begins and weighs how a changing country, a deep well of experiences, and a rigorous approach to the issues, have altered his positions. In this nuanced portrait, Biden emerges as flawed, yet resolute, and tempered by the flame of tragedy—a man who just may be uncannily suited for his moment in history. The audiobook includes Evan Osnos&amp;#039;s conversation with David Remnick on The New Yorker Radio Hour.</description>
      <author>Evan Osnos</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781797122663.mp3" length="847755" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781797122663.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joe Biden: The Life, the Presidency, and What Matters Now
Author: Evan Osnos
Narrator: Evan Osnos, David Remnick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
*A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR*  A concise, brilliant, and trenchant examination of Joseph R. Biden Jr.’s successful lifelong quest for the presidency by National Book Award winner Evan Osnos.  President Joseph R. Biden Jr. has been called both the luckiest man and the unluckiest—fortunate to have sustained a fifty-year political career that reached the White House, but also marked by deep personal losses and disappointments that he has suffered.   Yet even as Biden’s life has been shaped by drama, it has also been powered by a willingness, rare at the top ranks of politics, to confront his shortcomings, errors, and reversals of fortune. As he says, “Failure at some point in your life is inevitable, but giving up is unforgivable.” His trials have forged in him a deep empathy for others in hardship—an essential quality as he leads America toward recovery and renewal.    Blending up-close journalism and broader context, Evan Osnos, who won the National Book Award in 2014, draws on nearly a decade of reporting for The New Yorker to capture the characters and meaning of 2020’s extraordinary presidential election. It is based on lengthy interviews with Biden and on revealing conversations with more than a hundred others, including President Barack Obama, Cory Booker, Amy Klobuchar, Pete Buttigieg, and a range of activists, advisers, opponents, and Biden family members.   This portrayal illuminates Biden’s long and eventful career in the Senate, his eight years as Obama’s vice president, his sojourn in the political wilderness after being passed over for Hillary Clinton in 2016, his decision to challenge Donald Trump for the presidency, and his choice of Vice President Kamala Harris as his running mate.   Osnos ponders the difficulties Biden faces as his presidency begins and weighs how a changing country, a deep well of experiences, and a rigorous approach to the issues, have altered his positions. In this nuanced portrait, Biden emerges as flawed, yet resolute, and tempered by the flame of tragedy—a man who just may be uncannily suited for his moment in history. The audiobook includes Evan Osnos&amp;#039;s conversation with David Remnick on The New Yorker Radio Hour.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459255</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Joe Biden: The Life, the Presidency, and What Matters Now
Author: Evan Osnos
Narrator: Evan Osnos, David Remnick
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 26 minutes
Release date: October  6, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.36 of Total 11 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
*A FINANCIAL TIMES BEST BOOK OF THE YEAR*  A concise, brilliant, and trenchant examination of Joseph R. Biden Jr.’s successful lifelong quest for the presidency by National Book Award winner Evan Osnos.  President Joseph R. Biden Jr. has been called both the luckiest man and the unluckiest—fortunate to have sustained a fifty-year political career that reached the White House, but also marked by deep personal losses and disappointments that he has suffered.   Yet even as Biden’s life has been shaped by drama, it has also been powered by a willingness, rare at the top ranks of politics, to confront his shortcomings, errors, and reversals of fortune. As he says, “Failure at some point in your life is inevitable, but giving up is unforgivable.” His trials have forged in him a deep empathy for others in hardship—an essential quality as he leads America toward recovery and renewal.    Blending up-close journalism and broader context, Evan Osnos, who won the National Book Award in 2014, draws on nearly a decade of reporting for The New Yorker to capture the characters and meaning of 2020’s extraordinary presidential election. It is based on lengthy interviews with Biden and on revealing conversations with more than a hundred others, including President Barack Obama, Cory Booker, Amy Klobuchar, Pete Buttigieg, and a range of activists, advisers, opponents, and Biden family members.   This portrayal illuminates Biden’s long and eventful career in the Senate, his eight years as Obama’s vice president, his sojourn in the political wilderness after being passed over for Hillary Clinton in 2016, his decision to challenge Donald Trump for the presidency, and his choice of Vice President Kamala Harris as his running mate.   Osnos ponders the difficulties Biden faces as his presidency begins and weighs how a changing country, a deep well of experiences, and a rigorous approach to the issues, have altered his positions. In this nuanced portrait, Biden emerges as flawed, yet resolute, and tempered by the flame of tragedy—a man who just may be uncannily suited for his moment in history. The audiobook includes Evan Osnos&amp;#039;s conversation with David Remnick on The New Yorker Radio Hour.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Feminist City: A Field Guide by Leslie Kern</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feminist City: A Field Guide
Author: Leslie Kern
Narrator: Nathalie Toriel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Feminist City: A Field Guide combines memoir, feminist theory, pop culture, and geography to expose what is hidden in plain sight: the social inequalities built right into our cities, homes, and neighbourhoods. Focusing on gendered experiences of the city, the books grapples with the challenge of claiming urban space amongst barriers designed to keep women &amp;quot;in their place.&amp;quot; From the geography of rape culture to the politics of snow removal, the city is an ongoing site of gendered struggle. Yet the city is perhaps also our best hope for shaping new social relations based around care and justice. 		Taking on fear, motherhood, friendship, activism, and the joys and perils of being alone, Kern maps the city from new vantage points, laying out a feminist intersectional approach to urban histories and pathways towards different urban futures. Feminist questions about safety and fear, paid and unpaid work, and rights and representation prompt us to dismantle what we take for granted about cities and open space to ask how we can build more just, sustainable, and care-full cities together.</description>
      <author>Leslie Kern</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771135337.mp3" length="1373993" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771135337.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:18:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feminist City: A Field Guide
Author: Leslie Kern
Narrator: Nathalie Toriel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Feminist City: A Field Guide combines memoir, feminist theory, pop culture, and geography to expose what is hidden in plain sight: the social inequalities built right into our cities, homes, and neighbourhoods. Focusing on gendered experiences of the city, the books grapples with the challenge of claiming urban space amongst barriers designed to keep women &amp;quot;in their place.&amp;quot; From the geography of rape culture to the politics of snow removal, the city is an ongoing site of gendered struggle. Yet the city is perhaps also our best hope for shaping new social relations based around care and justice. 		Taking on fear, motherhood, friendship, activism, and the joys and perils of being alone, Kern maps the city from new vantage points, laying out a feminist intersectional approach to urban histories and pathways towards different urban futures. Feminist questions about safety and fear, paid and unpaid work, and rights and representation prompt us to dismantle what we take for granted about cities and open space to ask how we can build more just, sustainable, and care-full cities together.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459057</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Feminist City: A Field Guide
Author: Leslie Kern
Narrator: Nathalie Toriel
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 18 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Feminist City: A Field Guide combines memoir, feminist theory, pop culture, and geography to expose what is hidden in plain sight: the social inequalities built right into our cities, homes, and neighbourhoods. Focusing on gendered experiences of the city, the books grapples with the challenge of claiming urban space amongst barriers designed to keep women &amp;quot;in their place.&amp;quot; From the geography of rape culture to the politics of snow removal, the city is an ongoing site of gendered struggle. Yet the city is perhaps also our best hope for shaping new social relations based around care and justice. 		Taking on fear, motherhood, friendship, activism, and the joys and perils of being alone, Kern maps the city from new vantage points, laying out a feminist intersectional approach to urban histories and pathways towards different urban futures. Feminist questions about safety and fear, paid and unpaid work, and rights and representation prompt us to dismantle what we take for granted about cities and open space to ask how we can build more just, sustainable, and care-full cities together.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Unsettling Canada: A National Wake-Up Call by Grand Chief Ronald M. Derrickson, Arthur Manuel</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Canada: A National Wake-Up Call
Author: Grand Chief Ronald M. Derrickson, Arthur Manuel
Narrator: Darrell Dennis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unsettling Canada, a Canadian bestseller, is built on a unique collaboration between two First Nations leaders, Arthur Manuel and Grand Chief Ron Derrickson. 		Both men have served as chiefs of their bands in the B.C. interior and both have gone on to establish important national and international reputations. But the differences between them are in many ways even more interesting. Arthur Manuel is one of the most forceful advocates for Aboriginal title and rights in Canada and comes from the activist wing of the movement. Grand Chief Ron Derrickson is one of the most successful Indigenous businessmen in the country. 		Together the Secwepemc activist intellectual and the Syilx (Okanagan) businessman bring a fresh perspective and new ideas to Canada&amp;#039;s most glaring piece of unfinished business: the place of Indigenous peoples within the country&amp;#039;s political and economic space. The story is told through Arthur&amp;#039;s voice but he traces both of their individual struggles against the colonialist and often racist structures that have been erected to keep Indigenous peoples in their place in Canada. 		In the final chapters and in the Grand Chief&amp;#039;s afterword, they not only set out a plan for a new sustainable indigenous economy, but lay out a roadmap for getting there.</description>
      <author>Grand Chief Ronald M. Derrickson, Arthur Manuel</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781771135344.mp3" length="1405377" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781771135344.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Canada: A National Wake-Up Call
Author: Grand Chief Ronald M. Derrickson, Arthur Manuel
Narrator: Darrell Dennis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unsettling Canada, a Canadian bestseller, is built on a unique collaboration between two First Nations leaders, Arthur Manuel and Grand Chief Ron Derrickson. 		Both men have served as chiefs of their bands in the B.C. interior and both have gone on to establish important national and international reputations. But the differences between them are in many ways even more interesting. Arthur Manuel is one of the most forceful advocates for Aboriginal title and rights in Canada and comes from the activist wing of the movement. Grand Chief Ron Derrickson is one of the most successful Indigenous businessmen in the country. 		Together the Secwepemc activist intellectual and the Syilx (Okanagan) businessman bring a fresh perspective and new ideas to Canada&amp;#039;s most glaring piece of unfinished business: the place of Indigenous peoples within the country&amp;#039;s political and economic space. The story is told through Arthur&amp;#039;s voice but he traces both of their individual struggles against the colonialist and often racist structures that have been erected to keep Indigenous peoples in their place in Canada. 		In the final chapters and in the Grand Chief&amp;#039;s afterword, they not only set out a plan for a new sustainable indigenous economy, but lay out a roadmap for getting there.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459058</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Unsettling Canada: A National Wake-Up Call
Author: Grand Chief Ronald M. Derrickson, Arthur Manuel
Narrator: Darrell Dennis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 12 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Unsettling Canada, a Canadian bestseller, is built on a unique collaboration between two First Nations leaders, Arthur Manuel and Grand Chief Ron Derrickson. 		Both men have served as chiefs of their bands in the B.C. interior and both have gone on to establish important national and international reputations. But the differences between them are in many ways even more interesting. Arthur Manuel is one of the most forceful advocates for Aboriginal title and rights in Canada and comes from the activist wing of the movement. Grand Chief Ron Derrickson is one of the most successful Indigenous businessmen in the country. 		Together the Secwepemc activist intellectual and the Syilx (Okanagan) businessman bring a fresh perspective and new ideas to Canada&amp;#039;s most glaring piece of unfinished business: the place of Indigenous peoples within the country&amp;#039;s political and economic space. The story is told through Arthur&amp;#039;s voice but he traces both of their individual struggles against the colonialist and often racist structures that have been erected to keep Indigenous peoples in their place in Canada. 		In the final chapters and in the Grand Chief&amp;#039;s afterword, they not only set out a plan for a new sustainable indigenous economy, but lay out a roadmap for getting there.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Original Politics: Making America Sacred Again by Glenn Aparicio Parry</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Original Politics: Making America Sacred Again
Author: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Narrator: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
To recreate a whole and sacred America, it is important to piece together the forgotten fragments of history that are currently keeping the country divided. Just as a traditional Native American potter begins a new pot with shards of old pots—honoring the ancestors, bringing the energies of the past into the present—Original Politics reconstellates the nation as a whole out of the seemingly disparate shards from our origins. The most significant forgotten piece is the profound effect Native America had on the founding values of this nation. Original Politics convincingly demonstrates how the best aspects of the founding vision of America were inspired, or directly appropriated, from living, Native American cultures: concepts such as natural rights, liberty, and egalitarian justice. Further, Parry traces the influence of Native America not only on the founding fathers, but on the ‘founding mothers’ of the nineteenth century women’s movement; as well as the nineteenth century abolitionist and modern ecological movements. Native America has inspired what Parry sees as the sacred purpose of the nation: bringing all the world’s peoples together on one soil in a harmonious cultural mosaic of unity in diversity. While there have been periodic setbacks (devolution) in our nation’s history, including today, these only serve as catalysts reigniting our sacred purpose. America is creating a new melting pot, and like the original vision, it will be a creation from the many into the one—only this time it must not leave anyone out. This includes the natural world. Original Politics is ultimately about respecting all forms of life and all forms of political expression as different aspects of one whole. It is a reclamation project that brings people, land, and nation together as one. The overall effect of the book is profoundly healing.</description>
      <author>Glenn Aparicio Parry</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781799931416.mp3" length="834872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781799931416.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>11:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Original Politics: Making America Sacred Again
Author: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Narrator: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
To recreate a whole and sacred America, it is important to piece together the forgotten fragments of history that are currently keeping the country divided. Just as a traditional Native American potter begins a new pot with shards of old pots—honoring the ancestors, bringing the energies of the past into the present—Original Politics reconstellates the nation as a whole out of the seemingly disparate shards from our origins. The most significant forgotten piece is the profound effect Native America had on the founding values of this nation. Original Politics convincingly demonstrates how the best aspects of the founding vision of America were inspired, or directly appropriated, from living, Native American cultures: concepts such as natural rights, liberty, and egalitarian justice. Further, Parry traces the influence of Native America not only on the founding fathers, but on the ‘founding mothers’ of the nineteenth century women’s movement; as well as the nineteenth century abolitionist and modern ecological movements. Native America has inspired what Parry sees as the sacred purpose of the nation: bringing all the world’s peoples together on one soil in a harmonious cultural mosaic of unity in diversity. While there have been periodic setbacks (devolution) in our nation’s history, including today, these only serve as catalysts reigniting our sacred purpose. America is creating a new melting pot, and like the original vision, it will be a creation from the many into the one—only this time it must not leave anyone out. This includes the natural world. Original Politics is ultimately about respecting all forms of life and all forms of political expression as different aspects of one whole. It is a reclamation project that brings people, land, and nation together as one. The overall effect of the book is profoundly healing.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458670</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Original Politics: Making America Sacred Again
Author: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Narrator: Glenn Aparicio Parry
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 11 hours 57 minutes
Release date: June 16, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
To recreate a whole and sacred America, it is important to piece together the forgotten fragments of history that are currently keeping the country divided. Just as a traditional Native American potter begins a new pot with shards of old pots—honoring the ancestors, bringing the energies of the past into the present—Original Politics reconstellates the nation as a whole out of the seemingly disparate shards from our origins. The most significant forgotten piece is the profound effect Native America had on the founding values of this nation. Original Politics convincingly demonstrates how the best aspects of the founding vision of America were inspired, or directly appropriated, from living, Native American cultures: concepts such as natural rights, liberty, and egalitarian justice. Further, Parry traces the influence of Native America not only on the founding fathers, but on the ‘founding mothers’ of the nineteenth century women’s movement; as well as the nineteenth century abolitionist and modern ecological movements. Native America has inspired what Parry sees as the sacred purpose of the nation: bringing all the world’s peoples together on one soil in a harmonious cultural mosaic of unity in diversity. While there have been periodic setbacks (devolution) in our nation’s history, including today, these only serve as catalysts reigniting our sacred purpose. America is creating a new melting pot, and like the original vision, it will be a creation from the many into the one—only this time it must not leave anyone out. This includes the natural world. Original Politics is ultimately about respecting all forms of life and all forms of political expression as different aspects of one whole. It is a reclamation project that brings people, land, and nation together as one. The overall effect of the book is profoundly healing.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Western Politics Vs African Politics by Chukwunedum Amajioyi</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Western Politics Vs African Politics
Author: Chukwunedum Amajioyi
Narrator: Josh Lebrun
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The senseless killings of innocent people and children, bad governance, bribery and corruption have taken over the politics of Africans. Today, Africans are dwelling in poverty and backwardness while other countries and continents are doing well. The reason I wrote this audiobook while on a weeklong vacation in Nigeria was to compare Western politics to African politics - to find out what has gone wrong in African political systems. Africans are not doing well because the polity is a mess and needs immediate attention before it is too late. Western Politics vs. African Politics compares the American and European political systems to Nigerian and West African politics. It explains in great detail the differences, mistakes, similarities and difficulties of these two continents in terms of good governance.</description>
      <author>Chukwunedum Amajioyi</author>
      <pubDate>Sun, 13 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662141874.mp3" length="861037" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662141874.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>0:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Western Politics Vs African Politics
Author: Chukwunedum Amajioyi
Narrator: Josh Lebrun
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The senseless killings of innocent people and children, bad governance, bribery and corruption have taken over the politics of Africans. Today, Africans are dwelling in poverty and backwardness while other countries and continents are doing well. The reason I wrote this audiobook while on a weeklong vacation in Nigeria was to compare Western politics to African politics - to find out what has gone wrong in African political systems. Africans are not doing well because the polity is a mess and needs immediate attention before it is too late. Western Politics vs. African Politics compares the American and European political systems to Nigerian and West African politics. It explains in great detail the differences, mistakes, similarities and difficulties of these two continents in terms of good governance.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458385</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Western Politics Vs African Politics
Author: Chukwunedum Amajioyi
Narrator: Josh Lebrun
Format: Abridged Audiobook
Length: 0 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September 13, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The senseless killings of innocent people and children, bad governance, bribery and corruption have taken over the politics of Africans. Today, Africans are dwelling in poverty and backwardness while other countries and continents are doing well. The reason I wrote this audiobook while on a weeklong vacation in Nigeria was to compare Western politics to African politics - to find out what has gone wrong in African political systems. Africans are not doing well because the polity is a mess and needs immediate attention before it is too late. Western Politics vs. African Politics compares the American and European political systems to Nigerian and West African politics. It explains in great detail the differences, mistakes, similarities and difficulties of these two continents in terms of good governance.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - Declaracion de Independencia y Constitucion de los Estados Unidos de America by Thomas Jefferson, James Madison</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Declaracion de Independencia y Constitucion de los Estados Unidos de America
Author: Thomas Jefferson, James Madison
Narrator: Marcelo Russo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Declaración de Independencia es uno de los documentos más importantes en la historia de los Estados Unidos. Fue un acto oficial tomado por las 13 colonias americanas al declarar su independencia del dominio británico. ... La guerra entre las colonias y Gran Bretaña se llamó Guerra Revolucionaria Americana (1775-1783). La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la ley suprema de los Estados Unidos de América. Fue adoptada en su forma original el 17 de septiembre de 1787 por la Convención Constitucional de Filadelfia (Pensilvania) y luego ratificada por el pueblo en convenciones en cada estado en el nombre de «Nosotros el Pueblo» (We the People).​ La Constitución tiene un lugar central en el derecho y la cultura política estadounidense.​ La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la constitución federal más antigua que se encuentra en vigor actualmente en el mundo.</description>
      <author>Thomas Jefferson, James Madison</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662140440.mp3" length="1229944" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662140440.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:11:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Declaracion de Independencia y Constitucion de los Estados Unidos de America
Author: Thomas Jefferson, James Madison
Narrator: Marcelo Russo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Declaración de Independencia es uno de los documentos más importantes en la historia de los Estados Unidos. Fue un acto oficial tomado por las 13 colonias americanas al declarar su independencia del dominio británico. ... La guerra entre las colonias y Gran Bretaña se llamó Guerra Revolucionaria Americana (1775-1783). La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la ley suprema de los Estados Unidos de América. Fue adoptada en su forma original el 17 de septiembre de 1787 por la Convención Constitucional de Filadelfia (Pensilvania) y luego ratificada por el pueblo en convenciones en cada estado en el nombre de «Nosotros el Pueblo» (We the People).​ La Constitución tiene un lugar central en el derecho y la cultura política estadounidense.​ La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la constitución federal más antigua que se encuentra en vigor actualmente en el mundo.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457931</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - Declaracion de Independencia y Constitucion de los Estados Unidos de America
Author: Thomas Jefferson, James Madison
Narrator: Marcelo Russo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 11 minutes
Release date: September  1, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
La Declaración de Independencia es uno de los documentos más importantes en la historia de los Estados Unidos. Fue un acto oficial tomado por las 13 colonias americanas al declarar su independencia del dominio británico. ... La guerra entre las colonias y Gran Bretaña se llamó Guerra Revolucionaria Americana (1775-1783). La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la ley suprema de los Estados Unidos de América. Fue adoptada en su forma original el 17 de septiembre de 1787 por la Convención Constitucional de Filadelfia (Pensilvania) y luego ratificada por el pueblo en convenciones en cada estado en el nombre de «Nosotros el Pueblo» (We the People).​ La Constitución tiene un lugar central en el derecho y la cultura política estadounidense.​ La Constitución de los Estados Unidos es la constitución federal más antigua que se encuentra en vigor actualmente en el mundo.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[Spanish] - ESTATUTOS DE LA UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA by Aprende La Ley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ESTATUTOS DE LA UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA
Author: Aprende La Ley
Narrator: Aprende La Ley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro contiene el Decreto 231/2011, de 12 de julio, por el que aprueban los Estatutos de la Universidad de Granada. Incluye todos los artículos y disposiciones, así como un audio en el que se describe la estructura y otro con el índice sistemático (resumen por encabezados)</description>
      <author>Aprende La Ley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 08 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662140853.mp3" length="1380647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662140853.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:28:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ESTATUTOS DE LA UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA
Author: Aprende La Ley
Narrator: Aprende La Ley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro contiene el Decreto 231/2011, de 12 de julio, por el que aprueban los Estatutos de la Universidad de Granada. Incluye todos los artículos y disposiciones, así como un audio en el que se describe la estructura y otro con el índice sistemático (resumen por encabezados)</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457916</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [Spanish] - ESTATUTOS DE LA UNIVERSIDAD DE GRANADA
Author: Aprende La Ley
Narrator: Aprende La Ley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 28 minutes
Release date: September  8, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Este audiolibro contiene el Decreto 231/2011, de 12 de julio, por el que aprueban los Estatutos de la Universidad de Granada. Incluye todos los artículos y disposiciones, así como un audio en el que se describe la estructura y otro con el índice sistemático (resumen por encabezados)</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investing To Save The Planet: How Your Money Can Make a Difference by Alice Ross</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Investing To Save The Planet: How Your Money Can Make a Difference
Author: Alice Ross
Narrator: Alice Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Your money, and how you invest it, could help solve the global climate crisis. In Investing to Save the Planet, Alice Ross reveals why green investing is an untapped opportunity for you to make a positive impact on the health of the planet and your portfolio. The world is changing. The climate crisis has given rise to a wave of companies that are developing cutting-edge, technological solutions to climate change; from improving energy efficiency to engineering alternative meat. These companies, part of an increasingly-popular investment segment collectively known as Environmental, Social and Governance strategies (ESG), are helping tackle our environmental challenges and reshaping the investment landscape. Urgent and indispensable, this investor&amp;#039;s guide will provide you with the vital information you need to build your successful ESG investment strategy to secure a positive future for you and the planet. © Alice Ross 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</description>
      <author>Alice Ross</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 19 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241992463.mp3" length="1433593" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241992463.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>4:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Investing To Save The Planet: How Your Money Can Make a Difference
Author: Alice Ross
Narrator: Alice Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Your money, and how you invest it, could help solve the global climate crisis. In Investing to Save the Planet, Alice Ross reveals why green investing is an untapped opportunity for you to make a positive impact on the health of the planet and your portfolio. The world is changing. The climate crisis has given rise to a wave of companies that are developing cutting-edge, technological solutions to climate change; from improving energy efficiency to engineering alternative meat. These companies, part of an increasingly-popular investment segment collectively known as Environmental, Social and Governance strategies (ESG), are helping tackle our environmental challenges and reshaping the investment landscape. Urgent and indispensable, this investor&amp;#039;s guide will provide you with the vital information you need to build your successful ESG investment strategy to secure a positive future for you and the planet. © Alice Ross 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457893</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Investing To Save The Planet: How Your Money Can Make a Difference
Author: Alice Ross
Narrator: Alice Ross
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 4 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 19, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Your money, and how you invest it, could help solve the global climate crisis. In Investing to Save the Planet, Alice Ross reveals why green investing is an untapped opportunity for you to make a positive impact on the health of the planet and your portfolio. The world is changing. The climate crisis has given rise to a wave of companies that are developing cutting-edge, technological solutions to climate change; from improving energy efficiency to engineering alternative meat. These companies, part of an increasingly-popular investment segment collectively known as Environmental, Social and Governance strategies (ESG), are helping tackle our environmental challenges and reshaping the investment landscape. Urgent and indispensable, this investor&amp;#039;s guide will provide you with the vital information you need to build your successful ESG investment strategy to secure a positive future for you and the planet. © Alice Ross 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make Your Case: Finding Your Win in Civil Court by Tanya Acker</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make Your Case: Finding Your Win in Civil Court
Author: Tanya Acker
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Millions of people end up in civil court each year. They assume going to court is the next logical step in their fight, but they often have little idea about how the court system works or what they can reasonably expect of it. They make poorly informed judgments about whether court is the best option for solving a problem, what kind of solutions it can provide, and why it proceeds in the (sometimes) counterintuitive way it does. They think &amp;#039;winning&amp;#039; is only about the judgment or verdict rendered by judge or jury. Those &amp;#039;wins&amp;#039; are great—but if you don&amp;#039;t know what the process can exact from you or why it works as it does, that blind procession to victory can end up costing you your real win. In Make Your Case, Tanya Acker cuts straight to the essentials, providing curated, targeted information based on her extensive experience regarding exactly what people want to know: what happens during court proceedings and why, and how to best prepare for it—or how to avoid court entirely and find a better way. Be smart. Be ready. Make your case.</description>
      <author>Tanya Acker</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 17 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705279342.mp3" length="8445223" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705279342.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make Your Case: Finding Your Win in Civil Court
Author: Tanya Acker
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Millions of people end up in civil court each year. They assume going to court is the next logical step in their fight, but they often have little idea about how the court system works or what they can reasonably expect of it. They make poorly informed judgments about whether court is the best option for solving a problem, what kind of solutions it can provide, and why it proceeds in the (sometimes) counterintuitive way it does. They think &amp;#039;winning&amp;#039; is only about the judgment or verdict rendered by judge or jury. Those &amp;#039;wins&amp;#039; are great—but if you don&amp;#039;t know what the process can exact from you or why it works as it does, that blind procession to victory can end up costing you your real win. In Make Your Case, Tanya Acker cuts straight to the essentials, providing curated, targeted information based on her extensive experience regarding exactly what people want to know: what happens during court proceedings and why, and how to best prepare for it—or how to avoid court entirely and find a better way. Be smart. Be ready. Make your case.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Make Your Case: Finding Your Win in Civil Court
Author: Tanya Acker
Narrator: Mia Ellis
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: December 17, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Millions of people end up in civil court each year. They assume going to court is the next logical step in their fight, but they often have little idea about how the court system works or what they can reasonably expect of it. They make poorly informed judgments about whether court is the best option for solving a problem, what kind of solutions it can provide, and why it proceeds in the (sometimes) counterintuitive way it does. They think &amp;#039;winning&amp;#039; is only about the judgment or verdict rendered by judge or jury. Those &amp;#039;wins&amp;#039; are great—but if you don&amp;#039;t know what the process can exact from you or why it works as it does, that blind procession to victory can end up costing you your real win. In Make Your Case, Tanya Acker cuts straight to the essentials, providing curated, targeted information based on her extensive experience regarding exactly what people want to know: what happens during court proceedings and why, and how to best prepare for it—or how to avoid court entirely and find a better way. Be smart. Be ready. Make your case.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement by Akinyele Omowale Umoja</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement
Author: Akinyele Omowale Umoja
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold and exciting historical narrative of the armed resistance of Black soldiers of the Mississippi Freedom Movement In We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement, Akinyele Omowale Umoja argues that armed resistance was critical to the Southern freedom struggle and the dismantling of segregation and Black disenfranchisement. Intimidation and fear were central to the system of oppression in most of the Deep South. To overcome the system of segregation, Black people had to overcome fear to present a significant challenge to White domination. As the civil rights movement developed, armed self-defense and resistance became a significant means by which the descendants of enslaved Africans overturned fear and intimidation and developed different political and social relationships between Black and White Mississippians. This riveting historical narrative reconstructs the armed resistance of Black activists, their challenge of racist terrorism, and their fight for human rights.</description>
      <author>Akinyele Omowale Umoja</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705275283.mp3" length="7890977" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705275283.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>12:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement
Author: Akinyele Omowale Umoja
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold and exciting historical narrative of the armed resistance of Black soldiers of the Mississippi Freedom Movement In We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement, Akinyele Omowale Umoja argues that armed resistance was critical to the Southern freedom struggle and the dismantling of segregation and Black disenfranchisement. Intimidation and fear were central to the system of oppression in most of the Deep South. To overcome the system of segregation, Black people had to overcome fear to present a significant challenge to White domination. As the civil rights movement developed, armed self-defense and resistance became a significant means by which the descendants of enslaved Africans overturned fear and intimidation and developed different political and social relationships between Black and White Mississippians. This riveting historical narrative reconstructs the armed resistance of Black activists, their challenge of racist terrorism, and their fight for human rights.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457696</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement
Author: Akinyele Omowale Umoja
Narrator: David Sadzin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 12 hours 40 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A bold and exciting historical narrative of the armed resistance of Black soldiers of the Mississippi Freedom Movement In We Will Shoot Back: Armed Resistance in the Mississippi Freedom Movement, Akinyele Omowale Umoja argues that armed resistance was critical to the Southern freedom struggle and the dismantling of segregation and Black disenfranchisement. Intimidation and fear were central to the system of oppression in most of the Deep South. To overcome the system of segregation, Black people had to overcome fear to present a significant challenge to White domination. As the civil rights movement developed, armed self-defense and resistance became a significant means by which the descendants of enslaved Africans overturned fear and intimidation and developed different political and social relationships between Black and White Mississippians. This riveting historical narrative reconstructs the armed resistance of Black activists, their challenge of racist terrorism, and their fight for human rights.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>[German] - Nochmal Deutschboden - Meine Rückkehr in die brandenburgische Provinz (ungekürzt) by Moritz Von Uslar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nochmal Deutschboden - Meine Rückkehr in die brandenburgische Provinz (ungekürzt)
Author: Moritz Von Uslar
Narrator: Moritz Von Uslar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deutschland im Sommer 2019: Die AfD wird zur Volkspartei im Osten. Merkel hat Zitteranfälle. Vor zehn Jahren stattete der Reporter Moritz von Uslar der Kleinstadt Zehdenick im Landkreis Oberhavel in der brandenburgischen Provinz einen Besuch ab. Nun kehrt er zurück, er bleibt vier Monate und - wie schon in seinem damaligen Buch Deutschboden - lässt er die Geschichte und die Einwohner des Städtchens auf sich zukommen. Anders als vor zehn Jahren ist der Reporter in der Kleinstadt aber kein Fremder mehr, und sehr schnell wird klar: Das ist hier nicht mehr das Deutschland, das es vor zehn Jahren war.</description>
      <author>Moritz Von Uslar</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9783864846359.mp3" length="862025" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9783864846359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:12:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nochmal Deutschboden - Meine Rückkehr in die brandenburgische Provinz (ungekürzt)
Author: Moritz Von Uslar
Narrator: Moritz Von Uslar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deutschland im Sommer 2019: Die AfD wird zur Volkspartei im Osten. Merkel hat Zitteranfälle. Vor zehn Jahren stattete der Reporter Moritz von Uslar der Kleinstadt Zehdenick im Landkreis Oberhavel in der brandenburgischen Provinz einen Besuch ab. Nun kehrt er zurück, er bleibt vier Monate und - wie schon in seinem damaligen Buch Deutschboden - lässt er die Geschichte und die Einwohner des Städtchens auf sich zukommen. Anders als vor zehn Jahren ist der Reporter in der Kleinstadt aber kein Fremder mehr, und sehr schnell wird klar: Das ist hier nicht mehr das Deutschland, das es vor zehn Jahren war.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457623</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: [German] - Nochmal Deutschboden - Meine Rückkehr in die brandenburgische Provinz (ungekürzt)
Author: Moritz Von Uslar
Narrator: Moritz Von Uslar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 12 minutes
Release date: March  5, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Deutschland im Sommer 2019: Die AfD wird zur Volkspartei im Osten. Merkel hat Zitteranfälle. Vor zehn Jahren stattete der Reporter Moritz von Uslar der Kleinstadt Zehdenick im Landkreis Oberhavel in der brandenburgischen Provinz einen Besuch ab. Nun kehrt er zurück, er bleibt vier Monate und - wie schon in seinem damaligen Buch Deutschboden - lässt er die Geschichte und die Einwohner des Städtchens auf sich zukommen. Anders als vor zehn Jahren ist der Reporter in der Kleinstadt aber kein Fremder mehr, und sehr schnell wird klar: Das ist hier nicht mehr das Deutschland, das es vor zehn Jahren war.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Democracy for Sale: Dark Money and Dirty Politics by Peter Geoghegan</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy for Sale: Dark Money and Dirty Politics
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Narrator: Peter Geoghegan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Democracy for Sale is the story of how money, vested interests and digital skulduggery are eroding trust in democracy - and a powerful account of what must be done about it. Democracy is in crisis. Politicians lie gleefully, making wild claims that can be shared instantly with millions of people on social media. Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, Jair Bolsonaro and populists in many other countries are the beneficiaries. Democracy for Sale is a diligent, brilliant guide through a shadowy world of dark money and digital disinformation stretching from Westminster to Washington, and far beyond. Peter Geoghegan shows how antiquated electoral laws are broken with impunity, how secretive lobbying bends our politics out of shape, and how Silicon Valley tech giants have colluded in selling out democracy. He investigates politicians, fabulously well-funded partisan think tanks, propagandists who know how to game a rigged system, and the campaigners and regulators valiantly trying to stop them. “Thorough, gripping and vitally important.” OLIVER BULLOUGH, author of Moneyland.</description>
      <author>Peter Geoghegan</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781800249141.mp3" length="746486" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781800249141.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:51:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy for Sale: Dark Money and Dirty Politics
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Narrator: Peter Geoghegan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Democracy for Sale is the story of how money, vested interests and digital skulduggery are eroding trust in democracy - and a powerful account of what must be done about it. Democracy is in crisis. Politicians lie gleefully, making wild claims that can be shared instantly with millions of people on social media. Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, Jair Bolsonaro and populists in many other countries are the beneficiaries. Democracy for Sale is a diligent, brilliant guide through a shadowy world of dark money and digital disinformation stretching from Westminster to Washington, and far beyond. Peter Geoghegan shows how antiquated electoral laws are broken with impunity, how secretive lobbying bends our politics out of shape, and how Silicon Valley tech giants have colluded in selling out democracy. He investigates politicians, fabulously well-funded partisan think tanks, propagandists who know how to game a rigged system, and the campaigners and regulators valiantly trying to stop them. “Thorough, gripping and vitally important.” OLIVER BULLOUGH, author of Moneyland.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457410</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Democracy for Sale: Dark Money and Dirty Politics
Author: Peter Geoghegan
Narrator: Peter Geoghegan
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 51 minutes
Release date: December 24, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Democracy for Sale is the story of how money, vested interests and digital skulduggery are eroding trust in democracy - and a powerful account of what must be done about it. Democracy is in crisis. Politicians lie gleefully, making wild claims that can be shared instantly with millions of people on social media. Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, Jair Bolsonaro and populists in many other countries are the beneficiaries. Democracy for Sale is a diligent, brilliant guide through a shadowy world of dark money and digital disinformation stretching from Westminster to Washington, and far beyond. Peter Geoghegan shows how antiquated electoral laws are broken with impunity, how secretive lobbying bends our politics out of shape, and how Silicon Valley tech giants have colluded in selling out democracy. He investigates politicians, fabulously well-funded partisan think tanks, propagandists who know how to game a rigged system, and the campaigners and regulators valiantly trying to stop them. “Thorough, gripping and vitally important.” OLIVER BULLOUGH, author of Moneyland.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Post Corona: From Crisis to Opportunity by Scott Galloway</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Post Corona: From Crisis to Opportunity
Author: Scott Galloway
Narrator: Scott Galloway
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestseller!    &amp;#039;Few are better positioned to illuminate the vagaries of this transformation than Galloway, a tech entrepreneur, author and professor at New York University’s Stern School. In brisk prose and catchy illustrations, he vividly demonstrates how the largest technology companies turned the crisis of the pandemic into the market-share-grabbing opportunity of a lifetime.&amp;#039; --The New York Times   &amp;#039;As good an analysis as you could wish to read.&amp;#039; --The Financial Times From bestselling author and NYU Business School professor Scott Galloway comes a keenly insightful, urgent analysis of who stands to win and who&amp;#039;s at risk to lose in a post-pandemic world The COVID-19 outbreak has turned bedrooms into offices, pitted young against old, and widened the gaps between rich and poor, red and blue, the mask wearers and the mask haters. Some businesses--like home exercise company Peloton, video conference software maker Zoom, and Amazon--woke up to find themselves crushed under an avalanche of consumer demand. Others--like the restaurant, travel, hospitality, and live entertainment industries--scrambled to escape obliteration. But as New York Times bestselling author Scott Galloway argues, the pandemic has not been a change agent so much as an accelerant of trends already well underway. In Post Corona, he outlines the contours of the crisis and the opportunities that lie ahead. Some businesses, like the powerful tech monopolies, will thrive as a result of the disruption. Other industries, like higher education, will struggle to maintain a value proposition that no longer makes sense when we can&amp;#039;t stand shoulder to shoulder. And the pandemic has accelerated deeper trends in government and society, exposing a widening gap between our vision of America as a land of opportunity, and the troubling realities of our declining wellbeing. Combining his signature humor and brash style with sharp business insights and the occasional dose of righteous anger, Galloway offers both warning and hope in equal measure. As he writes, &amp;#039;Our commonwealth didn&amp;#039;t just happen, it was shaped. We chose this path--no trend is permanent and can&amp;#039;t be made worse or corrected.&amp;#039;  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</description>
      <author>Scott Galloway</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593400227.mp3" length="2703084" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593400227.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>5:39:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Post Corona: From Crisis to Opportunity
Author: Scott Galloway
Narrator: Scott Galloway
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestseller!    &amp;#039;Few are better positioned to illuminate the vagaries of this transformation than Galloway, a tech entrepreneur, author and professor at New York University’s Stern School. In brisk prose and catchy illustrations, he vividly demonstrates how the largest technology companies turned the crisis of the pandemic into the market-share-grabbing opportunity of a lifetime.&amp;#039; --The New York Times   &amp;#039;As good an analysis as you could wish to read.&amp;#039; --The Financial Times From bestselling author and NYU Business School professor Scott Galloway comes a keenly insightful, urgent analysis of who stands to win and who&amp;#039;s at risk to lose in a post-pandemic world The COVID-19 outbreak has turned bedrooms into offices, pitted young against old, and widened the gaps between rich and poor, red and blue, the mask wearers and the mask haters. Some businesses--like home exercise company Peloton, video conference software maker Zoom, and Amazon--woke up to find themselves crushed under an avalanche of consumer demand. Others--like the restaurant, travel, hospitality, and live entertainment industries--scrambled to escape obliteration. But as New York Times bestselling author Scott Galloway argues, the pandemic has not been a change agent so much as an accelerant of trends already well underway. In Post Corona, he outlines the contours of the crisis and the opportunities that lie ahead. Some businesses, like the powerful tech monopolies, will thrive as a result of the disruption. Other industries, like higher education, will struggle to maintain a value proposition that no longer makes sense when we can&amp;#039;t stand shoulder to shoulder. And the pandemic has accelerated deeper trends in government and society, exposing a widening gap between our vision of America as a land of opportunity, and the troubling realities of our declining wellbeing. Combining his signature humor and brash style with sharp business insights and the occasional dose of righteous anger, Galloway offers both warning and hope in equal measure. As he writes, &amp;#039;Our commonwealth didn&amp;#039;t just happen, it was shaped. We chose this path--no trend is permanent and can&amp;#039;t be made worse or corrected.&amp;#039;  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457102</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Post Corona: From Crisis to Opportunity
Author: Scott Galloway
Narrator: Scott Galloway
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 5 hours 39 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 15 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
New York Times bestseller!    &amp;#039;Few are better positioned to illuminate the vagaries of this transformation than Galloway, a tech entrepreneur, author and professor at New York University’s Stern School. In brisk prose and catchy illustrations, he vividly demonstrates how the largest technology companies turned the crisis of the pandemic into the market-share-grabbing opportunity of a lifetime.&amp;#039; --The New York Times   &amp;#039;As good an analysis as you could wish to read.&amp;#039; --The Financial Times From bestselling author and NYU Business School professor Scott Galloway comes a keenly insightful, urgent analysis of who stands to win and who&amp;#039;s at risk to lose in a post-pandemic world The COVID-19 outbreak has turned bedrooms into offices, pitted young against old, and widened the gaps between rich and poor, red and blue, the mask wearers and the mask haters. Some businesses--like home exercise company Peloton, video conference software maker Zoom, and Amazon--woke up to find themselves crushed under an avalanche of consumer demand. Others--like the restaurant, travel, hospitality, and live entertainment industries--scrambled to escape obliteration. But as New York Times bestselling author Scott Galloway argues, the pandemic has not been a change agent so much as an accelerant of trends already well underway. In Post Corona, he outlines the contours of the crisis and the opportunities that lie ahead. Some businesses, like the powerful tech monopolies, will thrive as a result of the disruption. Other industries, like higher education, will struggle to maintain a value proposition that no longer makes sense when we can&amp;#039;t stand shoulder to shoulder. And the pandemic has accelerated deeper trends in government and society, exposing a widening gap between our vision of America as a land of opportunity, and the troubling realities of our declining wellbeing. Combining his signature humor and brash style with sharp business insights and the occasional dose of righteous anger, Galloway offers both warning and hope in equal measure. As he writes, &amp;#039;Our commonwealth didn&amp;#039;t just happen, it was shaped. We chose this path--no trend is permanent and can&amp;#039;t be made worse or corrected.&amp;#039;  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Hype: How Scammers, Grifters, Con Artists and Influencers Are Taking Over the Internet – and Why We&amp;#039;re Following by Gabrielle Bluestone</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hype: How Scammers, Grifters, Con Artists and Influencers Are Taking Over the Internet – and Why We&amp;#039;re Following
Author: Gabrielle Bluestone
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Vice journalist and executive producer of hit Netflix documentary Fyre comes an eye-opening look at the con artists, grifters and snake oil salesmen of the digital age—and why we can’t stop falling for them.                                   &amp;#039;Scams are hot right now, and Bluestone covers the hottest here.&amp;#039; –                             Booklist                                   We live in an age where scams are the new normal. A charismatic entrepreneur sells thousands of tickets to a festival that never happened. Respected investors pour millions into a start-up centered around fake blood tests. Reviewers and celebrities flock to London’s top-rated restaurant that’s little more than a backyard shed. These unsettling stories of today’s viral grifters have risen to fame and hit the front-page headlines, yet the curious conundrum remains: Why do these scams happen?           Drawing from scientific research, marketing campaigns, and exclusive documents and interviews, Vice reporter Gabrielle Bluestone delves into the irresistible hype that fuels our social media ecosystem, whether it’s from the trusted influencers that peddled Fyre or the consumer reviews that sold Juicero. A cultural examination that is as revelatory as it is relevant, Hype pulls back the curtain on the manipulation game behind the never-ending scam season—and how we as consumers can stop getting played.           “Juicy, sharp, savage and wildly entertaining” – Cat Marnell, New York Times-bestselling author of How to Murder Your Life</description>
      <author>Gabrielle Bluestone</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008382674.mp3" length="1435000" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008382674.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:2:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hype: How Scammers, Grifters, Con Artists and Influencers Are Taking Over the Internet – and Why We&amp;#039;re Following
Author: Gabrielle Bluestone
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Vice journalist and executive producer of hit Netflix documentary Fyre comes an eye-opening look at the con artists, grifters and snake oil salesmen of the digital age—and why we can’t stop falling for them.                                   &amp;#039;Scams are hot right now, and Bluestone covers the hottest here.&amp;#039; –                             Booklist                                   We live in an age where scams are the new normal. A charismatic entrepreneur sells thousands of tickets to a festival that never happened. Respected investors pour millions into a start-up centered around fake blood tests. Reviewers and celebrities flock to London’s top-rated restaurant that’s little more than a backyard shed. These unsettling stories of today’s viral grifters have risen to fame and hit the front-page headlines, yet the curious conundrum remains: Why do these scams happen?           Drawing from scientific research, marketing campaigns, and exclusive documents and interviews, Vice reporter Gabrielle Bluestone delves into the irresistible hype that fuels our social media ecosystem, whether it’s from the trusted influencers that peddled Fyre or the consumer reviews that sold Juicero. A cultural examination that is as revelatory as it is relevant, Hype pulls back the curtain on the manipulation game behind the never-ending scam season—and how we as consumers can stop getting played.           “Juicy, sharp, savage and wildly entertaining” – Cat Marnell, New York Times-bestselling author of How to Murder Your Life</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457095</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Hype: How Scammers, Grifters, Con Artists and Influencers Are Taking Over the Internet – and Why We&amp;#039;re Following
Author: Gabrielle Bluestone
Narrator: Eileen Stevens
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 2 minutes
Release date: April 29, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From Vice journalist and executive producer of hit Netflix documentary Fyre comes an eye-opening look at the con artists, grifters and snake oil salesmen of the digital age—and why we can’t stop falling for them.                                   &amp;#039;Scams are hot right now, and Bluestone covers the hottest here.&amp;#039; –                             Booklist                                   We live in an age where scams are the new normal. A charismatic entrepreneur sells thousands of tickets to a festival that never happened. Respected investors pour millions into a start-up centered around fake blood tests. Reviewers and celebrities flock to London’s top-rated restaurant that’s little more than a backyard shed. These unsettling stories of today’s viral grifters have risen to fame and hit the front-page headlines, yet the curious conundrum remains: Why do these scams happen?           Drawing from scientific research, marketing campaigns, and exclusive documents and interviews, Vice reporter Gabrielle Bluestone delves into the irresistible hype that fuels our social media ecosystem, whether it’s from the trusted influencers that peddled Fyre or the consumer reviews that sold Juicero. A cultural examination that is as revelatory as it is relevant, Hype pulls back the curtain on the manipulation game behind the never-ending scam season—and how we as consumers can stop getting played.           “Juicy, sharp, savage and wildly entertaining” – Cat Marnell, New York Times-bestselling author of How to Murder Your Life</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Nice Racism: How Progressive White People Perpetuate Racial Harm by Robin DiAngelo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nice Racism: How Progressive White People Perpetuate Racial Harm
Author: Robin DiAngelo
Narrator: Robin Diangelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Building on the groundwork laid in the New York Times bestseller White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explores how a culture of niceness inadvertently promotes racism. In White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explained how racism is a system into which all white people are socialized and challenged the belief that racism is a simple matter of good people versus bad. DiAngelo also made a provocative claim: white progressives cause the most daily harm to people of color. In Nice Racism, her follow-up work, she explains how they do so. Drawing on her background as a sociologist and over 25 years working as an anti-racist educator, she picks up where White Fragility left off and moves the conversation forward. Writing directly to white people as a white person, DiAngelo identifies many common white racial patterns and breaks down how well-intentioned white people unknowingly perpetuate racial harm. These patterns include: -rushing to prove that we are “not racist”; -downplaying white advantage; -romanticizing Black, Indigenous and other peoples of color (BIPOC); -pretending white segregation “just happens”; -expecting BIPOC people to teach us about racism; -carefulness; -and feeling immobilized by shame. DiAngelo explains how spiritual white progressives seeking community by co-opting Indigenous and other groups’ rituals create separation, not connection. She challenges the ideology of individualism and explains why it is OK to generalize about white people, and she demonstrates how white people who experience other oppressions still benefit from systemic racism. Writing candidly about her own missteps and struggles, she models a path forward, encouraging white readers to continually face their complicity and embrace courage, lifelong commitment, and accountability. Nice Racism is an essential work for any white person who recognizes the existence of systemic racism and white supremacy and wants to take steps to align their values with their actual practice. BIPOC readers may also find the “insiders” perspective useful for navigating whiteness. Includes a study guide.</description>
      <author>Robin DiAngelo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807095164.mp3" length="2770697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807095164.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:40:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nice Racism: How Progressive White People Perpetuate Racial Harm
Author: Robin DiAngelo
Narrator: Robin Diangelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Building on the groundwork laid in the New York Times bestseller White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explores how a culture of niceness inadvertently promotes racism. In White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explained how racism is a system into which all white people are socialized and challenged the belief that racism is a simple matter of good people versus bad. DiAngelo also made a provocative claim: white progressives cause the most daily harm to people of color. In Nice Racism, her follow-up work, she explains how they do so. Drawing on her background as a sociologist and over 25 years working as an anti-racist educator, she picks up where White Fragility left off and moves the conversation forward. Writing directly to white people as a white person, DiAngelo identifies many common white racial patterns and breaks down how well-intentioned white people unknowingly perpetuate racial harm. These patterns include: -rushing to prove that we are “not racist”; -downplaying white advantage; -romanticizing Black, Indigenous and other peoples of color (BIPOC); -pretending white segregation “just happens”; -expecting BIPOC people to teach us about racism; -carefulness; -and feeling immobilized by shame. DiAngelo explains how spiritual white progressives seeking community by co-opting Indigenous and other groups’ rituals create separation, not connection. She challenges the ideology of individualism and explains why it is OK to generalize about white people, and she demonstrates how white people who experience other oppressions still benefit from systemic racism. Writing candidly about her own missteps and struggles, she models a path forward, encouraging white readers to continually face their complicity and embrace courage, lifelong commitment, and accountability. Nice Racism is an essential work for any white person who recognizes the existence of systemic racism and white supremacy and wants to take steps to align their values with their actual practice. BIPOC readers may also find the “insiders” perspective useful for navigating whiteness. Includes a study guide.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457083</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Nice Racism: How Progressive White People Perpetuate Racial Harm
Author: Robin DiAngelo
Narrator: Robin Diangelo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 40 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 25 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3.17 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER Building on the groundwork laid in the New York Times bestseller White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explores how a culture of niceness inadvertently promotes racism. In White Fragility, Robin DiAngelo explained how racism is a system into which all white people are socialized and challenged the belief that racism is a simple matter of good people versus bad. DiAngelo also made a provocative claim: white progressives cause the most daily harm to people of color. In Nice Racism, her follow-up work, she explains how they do so. Drawing on her background as a sociologist and over 25 years working as an anti-racist educator, she picks up where White Fragility left off and moves the conversation forward. Writing directly to white people as a white person, DiAngelo identifies many common white racial patterns and breaks down how well-intentioned white people unknowingly perpetuate racial harm. These patterns include: -rushing to prove that we are “not racist”; -downplaying white advantage; -romanticizing Black, Indigenous and other peoples of color (BIPOC); -pretending white segregation “just happens”; -expecting BIPOC people to teach us about racism; -carefulness; -and feeling immobilized by shame. DiAngelo explains how spiritual white progressives seeking community by co-opting Indigenous and other groups’ rituals create separation, not connection. She challenges the ideology of individualism and explains why it is OK to generalize about white people, and she demonstrates how white people who experience other oppressions still benefit from systemic racism. Writing candidly about her own missteps and struggles, she models a path forward, encouraging white readers to continually face their complicity and embrace courage, lifelong commitment, and accountability. Nice Racism is an essential work for any white person who recognizes the existence of systemic racism and white supremacy and wants to take steps to align their values with their actual practice. BIPOC readers may also find the “insiders” perspective useful for navigating whiteness. Includes a study guide.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Land: How the Hunger for Ownership Shaped the Modern World by Simon Winchester</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land: How the Hunger for Ownership Shaped the Modern World
Author: Simon Winchester
Narrator: Simon Winchester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author Simon Winchester, a human history of land around the world: who mapped it, owned it, stole it, cared for it, fought for it and gave it back.                      In 1889, thousands of hopeful people raced southward from the Kansas state line and westward from the Arkansas boundary to stake claims on the thousands of acres of unclaimed pastures and meadows. Across the twentieth century, water was dammed and drained in Holland so that a new province, Flevoland, rose up, unchartered and requiring new thinking. In 1850, California legislated the theft of land from Native Americans. An apology came in 2019 from the governor, but what of the call for reparations or return? What of government confiscation of land in India, or questions of fairness when it comes to New Zealand’s Maori population and the legacy of settlers?           The ownership of land has always been complicated, opaque, and more than a little anarchic when viewed from the outside. In this book, Simon Winchester explores the the stewardship of land, the ways it is delineated and changes hands, the great disputes, and the questions of restoration – particularly in the light of climate change and colonialist reparation.           A global study, this is an exquisite exploration of what the ownership of land might really mean – not in dry-as-dust legal terms, but for the people who live on it.</description>
      <author>Simon Winchester</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780008359140.mp3" length="1339890" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780008359140.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:46:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land: How the Hunger for Ownership Shaped the Modern World
Author: Simon Winchester
Narrator: Simon Winchester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author Simon Winchester, a human history of land around the world: who mapped it, owned it, stole it, cared for it, fought for it and gave it back.                      In 1889, thousands of hopeful people raced southward from the Kansas state line and westward from the Arkansas boundary to stake claims on the thousands of acres of unclaimed pastures and meadows. Across the twentieth century, water was dammed and drained in Holland so that a new province, Flevoland, rose up, unchartered and requiring new thinking. In 1850, California legislated the theft of land from Native Americans. An apology came in 2019 from the governor, but what of the call for reparations or return? What of government confiscation of land in India, or questions of fairness when it comes to New Zealand’s Maori population and the legacy of settlers?           The ownership of land has always been complicated, opaque, and more than a little anarchic when viewed from the outside. In this book, Simon Winchester explores the the stewardship of land, the ways it is delineated and changes hands, the great disputes, and the questions of restoration – particularly in the light of climate change and colonialist reparation.           A global study, this is an exquisite exploration of what the ownership of land might really mean – not in dry-as-dust legal terms, but for the people who live on it.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457076</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Land: How the Hunger for Ownership Shaped the Modern World
Author: Simon Winchester
Narrator: Simon Winchester
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 46 minutes
Release date: January 19, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the bestselling author Simon Winchester, a human history of land around the world: who mapped it, owned it, stole it, cared for it, fought for it and gave it back.                      In 1889, thousands of hopeful people raced southward from the Kansas state line and westward from the Arkansas boundary to stake claims on the thousands of acres of unclaimed pastures and meadows. Across the twentieth century, water was dammed and drained in Holland so that a new province, Flevoland, rose up, unchartered and requiring new thinking. In 1850, California legislated the theft of land from Native Americans. An apology came in 2019 from the governor, but what of the call for reparations or return? What of government confiscation of land in India, or questions of fairness when it comes to New Zealand’s Maori population and the legacy of settlers?           The ownership of land has always been complicated, opaque, and more than a little anarchic when viewed from the outside. In this book, Simon Winchester explores the the stewardship of land, the ways it is delineated and changes hands, the great disputes, and the questions of restoration – particularly in the light of climate change and colonialist reparation.           A global study, this is an exquisite exploration of what the ownership of land might really mean – not in dry-as-dust legal terms, but for the people who live on it.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How China Loses: The Pushback against Chinese Global Ambitions by Luke Patey</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How China Loses: The Pushback against Chinese Global Ambitions
Author: Luke Patey
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China is advancing its own interests with increasing aggression. From its Belt and Road Initiative linking Asia and Europe, to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Made in China 2025&amp;#039;&amp;#039; strategy to dominate high-tech industries, to its significant economic reach into Africa and Latin America, the regime is rapidly expanding its influence around the globe. Many fear that China&amp;#039;s economic clout, tech innovations, and military power will allow it to remake the world in its own authoritarian image. But despite all these strengths, a future with China in charge is far from certain. Rich and poor, big and small, countries around the world are recognizing that engaging China produces new strategic vulnerabilities to their independence and competitiveness.How China Loses tells the story of China&amp;#039;s struggles to overcome new risks and endure the global backlash against its assertive reach. Combining on-the-ground reportage with incisive analysis, Luke Patey argues that China&amp;#039;s predatory economic agenda, headstrong diplomacy, and military expansion undermine its global ambitions to dominate the global economy and world affairs. In travels to Africa, Latin America, East Asia and Europe, his encounters with activists, business managers, diplomats, and thinkers reveal the challenges threatening to ground China&amp;#039;s rising power.At a time when views are fixated on the strategic competition between China and the United States, Patey&amp;#039;s work shows how the rest of the world will shape the twenty-first century in pushing back against China&amp;#039;s overreach and domineering behavior. Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries began to confront their political differences and economic and security challenges with China and realize the diversity and possibility for cooperation in the world today.</description>
      <author>Luke Patey</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705008980.mp3" length="1389645" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705008980.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How China Loses: The Pushback against Chinese Global Ambitions
Author: Luke Patey
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China is advancing its own interests with increasing aggression. From its Belt and Road Initiative linking Asia and Europe, to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Made in China 2025&amp;#039;&amp;#039; strategy to dominate high-tech industries, to its significant economic reach into Africa and Latin America, the regime is rapidly expanding its influence around the globe. Many fear that China&amp;#039;s economic clout, tech innovations, and military power will allow it to remake the world in its own authoritarian image. But despite all these strengths, a future with China in charge is far from certain. Rich and poor, big and small, countries around the world are recognizing that engaging China produces new strategic vulnerabilities to their independence and competitiveness.How China Loses tells the story of China&amp;#039;s struggles to overcome new risks and endure the global backlash against its assertive reach. Combining on-the-ground reportage with incisive analysis, Luke Patey argues that China&amp;#039;s predatory economic agenda, headstrong diplomacy, and military expansion undermine its global ambitions to dominate the global economy and world affairs. In travels to Africa, Latin America, East Asia and Europe, his encounters with activists, business managers, diplomats, and thinkers reveal the challenges threatening to ground China&amp;#039;s rising power.At a time when views are fixated on the strategic competition between China and the United States, Patey&amp;#039;s work shows how the rest of the world will shape the twenty-first century in pushing back against China&amp;#039;s overreach and domineering behavior. Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries began to confront their political differences and economic and security challenges with China and realize the diversity and possibility for cooperation in the world today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456870</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: How China Loses: The Pushback against Chinese Global Ambitions
Author: Luke Patey
Narrator: Tim Fannon
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 33 minutes
Release date: January 26, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
China is advancing its own interests with increasing aggression. From its Belt and Road Initiative linking Asia and Europe, to its &amp;#039;&amp;#039;Made in China 2025&amp;#039;&amp;#039; strategy to dominate high-tech industries, to its significant economic reach into Africa and Latin America, the regime is rapidly expanding its influence around the globe. Many fear that China&amp;#039;s economic clout, tech innovations, and military power will allow it to remake the world in its own authoritarian image. But despite all these strengths, a future with China in charge is far from certain. Rich and poor, big and small, countries around the world are recognizing that engaging China produces new strategic vulnerabilities to their independence and competitiveness.How China Loses tells the story of China&amp;#039;s struggles to overcome new risks and endure the global backlash against its assertive reach. Combining on-the-ground reportage with incisive analysis, Luke Patey argues that China&amp;#039;s predatory economic agenda, headstrong diplomacy, and military expansion undermine its global ambitions to dominate the global economy and world affairs. In travels to Africa, Latin America, East Asia and Europe, his encounters with activists, business managers, diplomats, and thinkers reveal the challenges threatening to ground China&amp;#039;s rising power.At a time when views are fixated on the strategic competition between China and the United States, Patey&amp;#039;s work shows how the rest of the world will shape the twenty-first century in pushing back against China&amp;#039;s overreach and domineering behavior. Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, many countries began to confront their political differences and economic and security challenges with China and realize the diversity and possibility for cooperation in the world today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Maverick: A Biography of Thomas Sowell by Jason L. Riley</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maverick: A Biography of Thomas Sowell
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of Thomas Sowell, one of America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative thinkers. Thomas Sowell is one of the great social theorists of our age. In a career spanning more than a half century, he has written over thirty books, covering topics from economic history and social inequality to political theory, race, and culture. His bold and unsentimental assaults on liberal orthodoxy have endeared him to many readers but have also enraged fellow intellectuals, the civil-rights establishment, and much of the mainstream media. The result has been a lack of acknowledgment of his scholarship among critics who prioritize political correctness. In the first-ever biography of Sowell, Jason L. Riley gives this iconic thinker his due and responds to the detractors. Maverick showcases Sowell&amp;#039;s most significant writings and traces the life events that shaped his ideas and resulted in a Black orphan from the Jim Crow South becoming one of our foremost public intellectuals.</description>
      <author>Jason L. Riley</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549190650.mp3" length="915028" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549190650.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:33:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maverick: A Biography of Thomas Sowell
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of Thomas Sowell, one of America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative thinkers. Thomas Sowell is one of the great social theorists of our age. In a career spanning more than a half century, he has written over thirty books, covering topics from economic history and social inequality to political theory, race, and culture. His bold and unsentimental assaults on liberal orthodoxy have endeared him to many readers but have also enraged fellow intellectuals, the civil-rights establishment, and much of the mainstream media. The result has been a lack of acknowledgment of his scholarship among critics who prioritize political correctness. In the first-ever biography of Sowell, Jason L. Riley gives this iconic thinker his due and responds to the detractors. Maverick showcases Sowell&amp;#039;s most significant writings and traces the life events that shaped his ideas and resulted in a Black orphan from the Jim Crow South becoming one of our foremost public intellectuals.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456845</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Maverick: A Biography of Thomas Sowell
Author: Jason L. Riley
Narrator: Brad Sanders
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 33 minutes
Release date: May 25, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 14 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.6 of Total 5
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A biography of Thomas Sowell, one of America&amp;#039;s most influential conservative thinkers. Thomas Sowell is one of the great social theorists of our age. In a career spanning more than a half century, he has written over thirty books, covering topics from economic history and social inequality to political theory, race, and culture. His bold and unsentimental assaults on liberal orthodoxy have endeared him to many readers but have also enraged fellow intellectuals, the civil-rights establishment, and much of the mainstream media. The result has been a lack of acknowledgment of his scholarship among critics who prioritize political correctness. In the first-ever biography of Sowell, Jason L. Riley gives this iconic thinker his due and responds to the detractors. Maverick showcases Sowell&amp;#039;s most significant writings and traces the life events that shaped his ideas and resulted in a Black orphan from the Jim Crow South becoming one of our foremost public intellectuals.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bad Lawyer: A Memoir of Law and Disorder by Anna Dorn</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Lawyer: A Memoir of Law and Disorder
Author: Anna Dorn
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Law school was never Anna Dorn&amp;#039;s dream. It was a profession pushed on her by her parents, teachers, society... whatever. It&amp;#039;s not the worst thing that can happen to a person; as Dorn says, law school was pretty &amp;#039;cushy&amp;#039; and mostly entailed wearing leggings every day to her classes at Berkeley and playing beer pong with her friends at night. The hardest part was imagining what it would be like to actually be a lawyer one day. But then she&amp;#039;d think of Glenn Close on Damages and Reese Witherspoon in Legally Blonde, and hoped for the best. After graduation, however, Dorn realized that there was nothing sexy about being a lawyer. Between the unflattering suits, sucking up to old men, and spending her days sequestered in a soul-sucking cubicle, Dorn quickly learned that being a lawyer wasn&amp;#039;t everything Hollywood made it out to be. Oh, and she sucked at it. Not because she wasn&amp;#039;t smart enough, but because she couldn&amp;#039;t get herself to care enough to play by the rules. Bad Lawyer is more than just a memoir of Dorn&amp;#039;s experiences as a less-than-stellar lawyer; it&amp;#039;s about the less-than-stellar legal reality that exists for all of us in this country, hidden just out of sight. It&amp;#039;s about prosecutors lying and filing inane briefs that lack any semblance of logic or reason; it&amp;#039;s about defense attorneys sworn to secrecy-until the drinks come out and the stories start flying; and it&amp;#039;s about judges who drink in their chambers, sexually harass the younger clerks, and shop on eBay instead of listening to homicide testimony. More than anything, this book aims to counteract the fetishization of the law as a universe based entirely on logic and reason. Exposing everything from law school to law in the media, and drawing on Dorn&amp;#039;s personal experiences as well as her journalistic research, Bad Lawyer ultimately provides us with a fresh perspective on our justice system and the people in it, and gives young lawyers advice going forward into the 21st century.</description>
      <author>Anna Dorn</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 04 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549154119.mp3" length="891361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549154119.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Lawyer: A Memoir of Law and Disorder
Author: Anna Dorn
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Law school was never Anna Dorn&amp;#039;s dream. It was a profession pushed on her by her parents, teachers, society... whatever. It&amp;#039;s not the worst thing that can happen to a person; as Dorn says, law school was pretty &amp;#039;cushy&amp;#039; and mostly entailed wearing leggings every day to her classes at Berkeley and playing beer pong with her friends at night. The hardest part was imagining what it would be like to actually be a lawyer one day. But then she&amp;#039;d think of Glenn Close on Damages and Reese Witherspoon in Legally Blonde, and hoped for the best. After graduation, however, Dorn realized that there was nothing sexy about being a lawyer. Between the unflattering suits, sucking up to old men, and spending her days sequestered in a soul-sucking cubicle, Dorn quickly learned that being a lawyer wasn&amp;#039;t everything Hollywood made it out to be. Oh, and she sucked at it. Not because she wasn&amp;#039;t smart enough, but because she couldn&amp;#039;t get herself to care enough to play by the rules. Bad Lawyer is more than just a memoir of Dorn&amp;#039;s experiences as a less-than-stellar lawyer; it&amp;#039;s about the less-than-stellar legal reality that exists for all of us in this country, hidden just out of sight. It&amp;#039;s about prosecutors lying and filing inane briefs that lack any semblance of logic or reason; it&amp;#039;s about defense attorneys sworn to secrecy-until the drinks come out and the stories start flying; and it&amp;#039;s about judges who drink in their chambers, sexually harass the younger clerks, and shop on eBay instead of listening to homicide testimony. More than anything, this book aims to counteract the fetishization of the law as a universe based entirely on logic and reason. Exposing everything from law school to law in the media, and drawing on Dorn&amp;#039;s personal experiences as well as her journalistic research, Bad Lawyer ultimately provides us with a fresh perspective on our justice system and the people in it, and gives young lawyers advice going forward into the 21st century.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456833</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Bad Lawyer: A Memoir of Law and Disorder
Author: Anna Dorn
Narrator: Alex Mckenna
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 30 minutes
Release date: May  4, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Law school was never Anna Dorn&amp;#039;s dream. It was a profession pushed on her by her parents, teachers, society... whatever. It&amp;#039;s not the worst thing that can happen to a person; as Dorn says, law school was pretty &amp;#039;cushy&amp;#039; and mostly entailed wearing leggings every day to her classes at Berkeley and playing beer pong with her friends at night. The hardest part was imagining what it would be like to actually be a lawyer one day. But then she&amp;#039;d think of Glenn Close on Damages and Reese Witherspoon in Legally Blonde, and hoped for the best. After graduation, however, Dorn realized that there was nothing sexy about being a lawyer. Between the unflattering suits, sucking up to old men, and spending her days sequestered in a soul-sucking cubicle, Dorn quickly learned that being a lawyer wasn&amp;#039;t everything Hollywood made it out to be. Oh, and she sucked at it. Not because she wasn&amp;#039;t smart enough, but because she couldn&amp;#039;t get herself to care enough to play by the rules. Bad Lawyer is more than just a memoir of Dorn&amp;#039;s experiences as a less-than-stellar lawyer; it&amp;#039;s about the less-than-stellar legal reality that exists for all of us in this country, hidden just out of sight. It&amp;#039;s about prosecutors lying and filing inane briefs that lack any semblance of logic or reason; it&amp;#039;s about defense attorneys sworn to secrecy-until the drinks come out and the stories start flying; and it&amp;#039;s about judges who drink in their chambers, sexually harass the younger clerks, and shop on eBay instead of listening to homicide testimony. More than anything, this book aims to counteract the fetishization of the law as a universe based entirely on logic and reason. Exposing everything from law school to law in the media, and drawing on Dorn&amp;#039;s personal experiences as well as her journalistic research, Bad Lawyer ultimately provides us with a fresh perspective on our justice system and the people in it, and gives young lawyers advice going forward into the 21st century.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Perfect Police State: An Undercover Odyssey into China&amp;#039;s Terrifying Surveillance Dystopia of the Future by Geoffrey Cain</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Police State: An Undercover Odyssey into China&amp;#039;s Terrifying Surveillance Dystopia of the Future
Author: Geoffrey Cain
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting investigation into how a restive region of China became the site of a nightmare Orwellian social experiment—the definitive police state—and the global technology giants that made it possible   Blocked from facts and truth, under constant surveillance, surrounded by a hostile alien police force: Xinjiang’s Uyghur population has become cursed, oppressed, outcast. Most citizens cannot discern between enemy and friend. Social trust has been destroyed systematically. Friends betray each other, bosses snitch on employees, teachers expose their students, and children turn on their parents. Everyone is dependent on a government that nonetheless treats them with suspicion and contempt. Welcome to the Perfect Police State.   Using the haunting story of one young woman’s attempt to escape the vicious technological dystopia, his own reporting from Xinjiang, and extensive firsthand testimony from exiles, Geoffrey Cain reveals the extraordinary intrusiveness and power of the tech surveillance giants and the chilling implications for all our futures.</description>
      <author>Geoffrey Cain</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135644.mp3" length="916909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135644.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:30:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Police State: An Undercover Odyssey into China&amp;#039;s Terrifying Surveillance Dystopia of the Future
Author: Geoffrey Cain
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting investigation into how a restive region of China became the site of a nightmare Orwellian social experiment—the definitive police state—and the global technology giants that made it possible   Blocked from facts and truth, under constant surveillance, surrounded by a hostile alien police force: Xinjiang’s Uyghur population has become cursed, oppressed, outcast. Most citizens cannot discern between enemy and friend. Social trust has been destroyed systematically. Friends betray each other, bosses snitch on employees, teachers expose their students, and children turn on their parents. Everyone is dependent on a government that nonetheless treats them with suspicion and contempt. Welcome to the Perfect Police State.   Using the haunting story of one young woman’s attempt to escape the vicious technological dystopia, his own reporting from Xinjiang, and extensive firsthand testimony from exiles, Geoffrey Cain reveals the extraordinary intrusiveness and power of the tech surveillance giants and the chilling implications for all our futures.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456824</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Perfect Police State: An Undercover Odyssey into China&amp;#039;s Terrifying Surveillance Dystopia of the Future
Author: Geoffrey Cain
Narrator: Feodor Chin
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 30 minutes
Release date: June 29, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting investigation into how a restive region of China became the site of a nightmare Orwellian social experiment—the definitive police state—and the global technology giants that made it possible   Blocked from facts and truth, under constant surveillance, surrounded by a hostile alien police force: Xinjiang’s Uyghur population has become cursed, oppressed, outcast. Most citizens cannot discern between enemy and friend. Social trust has been destroyed systematically. Friends betray each other, bosses snitch on employees, teachers expose their students, and children turn on their parents. Everyone is dependent on a government that nonetheless treats them with suspicion and contempt. Welcome to the Perfect Police State.   Using the haunting story of one young woman’s attempt to escape the vicious technological dystopia, his own reporting from Xinjiang, and extensive firsthand testimony from exiles, Geoffrey Cain reveals the extraordinary intrusiveness and power of the tech surveillance giants and the chilling implications for all our futures.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Words that Made Us: America&amp;#039;s Constitutional Conversation, 1760-1840 by Akhil Reed Amar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Words that Made Us: America&amp;#039;s Constitutional Conversation, 1760-1840
Author: Akhil Reed Amar
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A history of the American Constitution&amp;#039;s formative decades from a preeminent legal scholar When the US Constitution won popular approval in 1788, it was the culmination of thirty years of passionate argument over the nature of government. But ratification hardly ended the conversation. For the next half century, ordinary Americans and statesmen alike continued to wrestle with weighty questions in the halls of government and in the pages of newspapers. Should the nation&amp;#039;s borders be expanded? Should America allow slavery to spread westward? What rights should Indian nations hold? What was the proper role of the judicial branch?  In The Words that Made Us, Akhil Reed Amar unites history and law in a vivid narrative of the biggest constitutional questions early Americans confronted, and he expertly assesses the answers they offered. His account of the document&amp;#039;s origins and consolidation is a guide for anyone seeking to properly understand America&amp;#039;s Constitution today.</description>
      <author>Akhil Reed Amar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781549135514.mp3" length="891204" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781549135514.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>27:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Words that Made Us: America&amp;#039;s Constitutional Conversation, 1760-1840
Author: Akhil Reed Amar
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A history of the American Constitution&amp;#039;s formative decades from a preeminent legal scholar When the US Constitution won popular approval in 1788, it was the culmination of thirty years of passionate argument over the nature of government. But ratification hardly ended the conversation. For the next half century, ordinary Americans and statesmen alike continued to wrestle with weighty questions in the halls of government and in the pages of newspapers. Should the nation&amp;#039;s borders be expanded? Should America allow slavery to spread westward? What rights should Indian nations hold? What was the proper role of the judicial branch?  In The Words that Made Us, Akhil Reed Amar unites history and law in a vivid narrative of the biggest constitutional questions early Americans confronted, and he expertly assesses the answers they offered. His account of the document&amp;#039;s origins and consolidation is a guide for anyone seeking to properly understand America&amp;#039;s Constitution today.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456814</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Words that Made Us: America&amp;#039;s Constitutional Conversation, 1760-1840
Author: Akhil Reed Amar
Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 27 hours 6 minutes
Release date: June  1, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A history of the American Constitution&amp;#039;s formative decades from a preeminent legal scholar When the US Constitution won popular approval in 1788, it was the culmination of thirty years of passionate argument over the nature of government. But ratification hardly ended the conversation. For the next half century, ordinary Americans and statesmen alike continued to wrestle with weighty questions in the halls of government and in the pages of newspapers. Should the nation&amp;#039;s borders be expanded? Should America allow slavery to spread westward? What rights should Indian nations hold? What was the proper role of the judicial branch?  In The Words that Made Us, Akhil Reed Amar unites history and law in a vivid narrative of the biggest constitutional questions early Americans confronted, and he expertly assesses the answers they offered. His account of the document&amp;#039;s origins and consolidation is a guide for anyone seeking to properly understand America&amp;#039;s Constitution today.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Netocrats by Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Netocrats
Series: #1 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
History is always written from the perspective of the ruling or rising elite at the time of writing. Concepts like The Stone Age, The Bronze Age, et cetera, were of course unknown during those periods that used to be called the stone age and the bronze age. They were invented during the 19th century to make sense of a development that seemed to reach its climax with industrialisation and the modern factory.  The Netocrats is a history of the world from the perspective of the netocrats, the rising elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity. And it also looks beyond the past and the present, far into the future of all the central aspects of society: politics, culture, economy, consumption, creation of social identity, et cetera. Why do these dramatic changes occur? How do they compare with information-technological revolutions in the past like speech, writing and print? Who will benefit? Which, of course, makes The Netocrats not only the most penetrating but also the most indispensable guide to the digital future. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy.  About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity. The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</description>
      <author>Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Jan 2017 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9789176394250.mp3" length="1483384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9789176394250.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:22:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Netocrats
Series: #1 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
History is always written from the perspective of the ruling or rising elite at the time of writing. Concepts like The Stone Age, The Bronze Age, et cetera, were of course unknown during those periods that used to be called the stone age and the bronze age. They were invented during the 19th century to make sense of a development that seemed to reach its climax with industrialisation and the modern factory.  The Netocrats is a history of the world from the perspective of the netocrats, the rising elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity. And it also looks beyond the past and the present, far into the future of all the central aspects of society: politics, culture, economy, consumption, creation of social identity, et cetera. Why do these dramatic changes occur? How do they compare with information-technological revolutions in the past like speech, writing and print? Who will benefit? Which, of course, makes The Netocrats not only the most penetrating but also the most indispensable guide to the digital future. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy.  About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity. The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456233</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Netocrats
Series: #1 of Svenska Ljud Classica
Author: Jan Söderqvist, Alexander Bard
Narrator: Bert Deivert
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 22 minutes
Release date: January  4, 2017
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
History is always written from the perspective of the ruling or rising elite at the time of writing. Concepts like The Stone Age, The Bronze Age, et cetera, were of course unknown during those periods that used to be called the stone age and the bronze age. They were invented during the 19th century to make sense of a development that seemed to reach its climax with industrialisation and the modern factory.  The Netocrats is a history of the world from the perspective of the netocrats, the rising elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity. And it also looks beyond the past and the present, far into the future of all the central aspects of society: politics, culture, economy, consumption, creation of social identity, et cetera. Why do these dramatic changes occur? How do they compare with information-technological revolutions in the past like speech, writing and print? Who will benefit? Which, of course, makes The Netocrats not only the most penetrating but also the most indispensable guide to the digital future. This book is part 1 of 3 in the Futurica Trilogy.  About the triology: The Futurica Trilogy is a work of philosophy, sociology and futurology in three closely related movements. The first volume, The Netocrats, deals with human history from the perspective of the new elite of Informationalism, the emerging society of information networks, shaped by digital interactivity, making prophecies about the digital future of politics, culture, economy, et cetera. The second volume, The Global Empire, explores the near future of political globalisation and the struggle to form new, functioning ideologies for a world where global decision making is a necessity. The third volume, The Body Machines, deals with the sad demise of the Cartesian subject. It discusses the implications of a materialist image of humanity and explains how it relates to the new, emerging hypertechnological paradigm. It explains why we are all nothing but body machines, and why this is actually good news. - -</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World by Kehinde Andrews</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World
Author: Kehinde Andrews
Narrator: Kehinde Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The New Age of Empire takes us back to the beginning of the European Empires, outlining the deliberate terror and suffering wrought during every stage of the expansion, and destroys the self-congratulatory myth that the West was founded on the three great revolutions of science, industry and politics. Instead, genocide, slavery and colonialism are the key foundation stones upon which the West was built, and we are still living under this system today: America is now at the helm, perpetuating global inequality through business, government, and institutions like the UN, the IMF, the World Bank and the WTO. The West is rich because the Rest is poor. Capitalism is racism. The West congratulations itself on raising poverty by increments in the developing world while ignoring the fact that it created these conditions in the first place, and continues to perpetuate them. The Enlightenment, which underlies every part of our foundational philosophy today, was and is profoundly racist. This colonial logic was and is used to justify the ransacking of Black and brown bodies and their land. The fashionable solutions offered by the white Left in recent years fall far short of even beginning to tackle the West&amp;#039;s place at the helm of a racist global order. Offering no easy answers, The New Age of Empire is essential reading to understand our profoundly corrupt global system. A work of essential clarity, The New Age of Empire is a groundbreaking new blueprint for taking Black Radical thought into the twenty-first century and beyond. © Kehinde Andrews 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Kehinde Andrews</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241511145.mp3" length="1245217" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241511145.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World
Author: Kehinde Andrews
Narrator: Kehinde Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The New Age of Empire takes us back to the beginning of the European Empires, outlining the deliberate terror and suffering wrought during every stage of the expansion, and destroys the self-congratulatory myth that the West was founded on the three great revolutions of science, industry and politics. Instead, genocide, slavery and colonialism are the key foundation stones upon which the West was built, and we are still living under this system today: America is now at the helm, perpetuating global inequality through business, government, and institutions like the UN, the IMF, the World Bank and the WTO. The West is rich because the Rest is poor. Capitalism is racism. The West congratulations itself on raising poverty by increments in the developing world while ignoring the fact that it created these conditions in the first place, and continues to perpetuate them. The Enlightenment, which underlies every part of our foundational philosophy today, was and is profoundly racist. This colonial logic was and is used to justify the ransacking of Black and brown bodies and their land. The fashionable solutions offered by the white Left in recent years fall far short of even beginning to tackle the West&amp;#039;s place at the helm of a racist global order. Offering no easy answers, The New Age of Empire is essential reading to understand our profoundly corrupt global system. A work of essential clarity, The New Age of Empire is a groundbreaking new blueprint for taking Black Radical thought into the twenty-first century and beyond. © Kehinde Andrews 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456125</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The New Age of Empire: How Racism and Colonialism Still Rule the World
Author: Kehinde Andrews
Narrator: Kehinde Andrews
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February  4, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 
 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  The New Age of Empire takes us back to the beginning of the European Empires, outlining the deliberate terror and suffering wrought during every stage of the expansion, and destroys the self-congratulatory myth that the West was founded on the three great revolutions of science, industry and politics. Instead, genocide, slavery and colonialism are the key foundation stones upon which the West was built, and we are still living under this system today: America is now at the helm, perpetuating global inequality through business, government, and institutions like the UN, the IMF, the World Bank and the WTO. The West is rich because the Rest is poor. Capitalism is racism. The West congratulations itself on raising poverty by increments in the developing world while ignoring the fact that it created these conditions in the first place, and continues to perpetuate them. The Enlightenment, which underlies every part of our foundational philosophy today, was and is profoundly racist. This colonial logic was and is used to justify the ransacking of Black and brown bodies and their land. The fashionable solutions offered by the white Left in recent years fall far short of even beginning to tackle the West&amp;#039;s place at the helm of a racist global order. Offering no easy answers, The New Age of Empire is essential reading to understand our profoundly corrupt global system. A work of essential clarity, The New Age of Empire is a groundbreaking new blueprint for taking Black Radical thought into the twenty-first century and beyond. © Kehinde Andrews 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe by Niall Ferguson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Disasters are inherently hard to predict. But when catastrophe strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet the responses of many developed countries to a new pathogen from China were badly bungled. Why? While populist rulers certainly performed poorly in the face of the pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work - pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics and network science, Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe offers not just a history but a general theory of disaster. As Ferguson shows, governments must learn to become less bureaucratic and more &amp;#039;antifragile&amp;#039; if we are to avoid the impending doom of irreversible decline. © Niall Ferguson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Niall Ferguson</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780241510674.mp3" length="1307071" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780241510674.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>16:35:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Disasters are inherently hard to predict. But when catastrophe strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet the responses of many developed countries to a new pathogen from China were badly bungled. Why? While populist rulers certainly performed poorly in the face of the pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work - pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics and network science, Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe offers not just a history but a general theory of disaster. As Ferguson shows, governments must learn to become less bureaucratic and more &amp;#039;antifragile&amp;#039; if we are to avoid the impending doom of irreversible decline. © Niall Ferguson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456124</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe
Author: Niall Ferguson
Narrator: Niall Ferguson
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 16 hours 35 minutes
Release date: May  6, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 
 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  Disasters are inherently hard to predict. But when catastrophe strikes, we ought to be better prepared than the Romans were when Vesuvius erupted or medieval Italians when the Black Death struck. We have science on our side, after all. Yet the responses of many developed countries to a new pathogen from China were badly bungled. Why? While populist rulers certainly performed poorly in the face of the pandemic, Niall Ferguson argues that more profound pathologies were at work - pathologies already visible in our responses to earlier disasters. Drawing from multiple disciplines, including economics and network science, Doom: The Politics of Catastrophe offers not just a history but a general theory of disaster. As Ferguson shows, governments must learn to become less bureaucratic and more &amp;#039;antifragile&amp;#039; if we are to avoid the impending doom of irreversible decline. © Niall Ferguson 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>X Troop: The Secret Jewish Commandos Who Helped Defeat the Nazis by Leah Garrett</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: X Troop: The Secret Jewish Commandos Who Helped Defeat the Nazis
Author: Leah Garrett
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  June 1942. The Third Reich is victorious everywhere. In desperation, Winston Churchill and his chief of staff form an unusual plan: a new commando unit made up of Jewish refugees from Germany and Austria who escaped to Britain just before the War. Many have lost their families, their homes - their whole worlds. And now, in the crucial final battles against the Nazis, they will stop at nothing to defeat them. Trained in counterintelligence and advanced combat, this top secret unit becomes known as X Troop. Some simply call them a suicide squad. Drawing on extensive original research, including interviews with the last surviving members, Leah Garrett follows this unique band of brothers from Europe to England and back again, with stops at British internment camps, the beaches of Normandy, the battlefields of Italy and Holland, and the hellscape of Terezin concentration camp - the scene of one of the most dramatic, untold rescues of the war. For the first time, X Troop tells the astonishing story of these secret shock troops and their devastating blows against the Nazis. © Leah Garrett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Leah Garrett</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473590359.mp3" length="1480455" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473590359.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: X Troop: The Secret Jewish Commandos Who Helped Defeat the Nazis
Author: Leah Garrett
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  June 1942. The Third Reich is victorious everywhere. In desperation, Winston Churchill and his chief of staff form an unusual plan: a new commando unit made up of Jewish refugees from Germany and Austria who escaped to Britain just before the War. Many have lost their families, their homes - their whole worlds. And now, in the crucial final battles against the Nazis, they will stop at nothing to defeat them. Trained in counterintelligence and advanced combat, this top secret unit becomes known as X Troop. Some simply call them a suicide squad. Drawing on extensive original research, including interviews with the last surviving members, Leah Garrett follows this unique band of brothers from Europe to England and back again, with stops at British internment camps, the beaches of Normandy, the battlefields of Italy and Holland, and the hellscape of Terezin concentration camp - the scene of one of the most dramatic, untold rescues of the war. For the first time, X Troop tells the astonishing story of these secret shock troops and their devastating blows against the Nazis. © Leah Garrett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456122</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: X Troop: The Secret Jewish Commandos Who Helped Defeat the Nazis
Author: Leah Garrett
Narrator: John Lee
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 54 minutes
Release date: May 27, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  June 1942. The Third Reich is victorious everywhere. In desperation, Winston Churchill and his chief of staff form an unusual plan: a new commando unit made up of Jewish refugees from Germany and Austria who escaped to Britain just before the War. Many have lost their families, their homes - their whole worlds. And now, in the crucial final battles against the Nazis, they will stop at nothing to defeat them. Trained in counterintelligence and advanced combat, this top secret unit becomes known as X Troop. Some simply call them a suicide squad. Drawing on extensive original research, including interviews with the last surviving members, Leah Garrett follows this unique band of brothers from Europe to England and back again, with stops at British internment camps, the beaches of Normandy, the battlefields of Italy and Holland, and the hellscape of Terezin concentration camp - the scene of one of the most dramatic, untold rescues of the war. For the first time, X Troop tells the astonishing story of these secret shock troops and their devastating blows against the Nazis. © Leah Garrett 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Exponential: How Accelerating Technology Is Leaving Us Behind and What to Do About It by Azeem Azhar</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exponential: How Accelerating Technology Is Leaving Us Behind and What to Do About It
Author: Azeem Azhar
Narrator: Azeem Azhar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A revelatory guide to how technology is changing the world, from the creator of Exponential View We are entering the Exponential Age. Between faster computers, better software and bigger data, ours is the first era in human history in which technology is constantly accelerating. Azeem Azhar - writer, technologist, and creator of the acclaimed Exponential View newsletter - understands this shift better than anyone. Technology, he argues, is developing at an increasing, exponential rate. But human society - from our businesses to our political institutions - can only ever adapt at a slower, incremental pace. The result is an &amp;#039;exponential gap&amp;#039; - between the power of new technology and humans&amp;#039; ability to keep up. In Exponential, Azhar shows how this exponential gap can explain our society&amp;#039;s most pressing problems. The gulf between established businesses and fast-growing digital platforms. The inability of nation states to deal with new forms of cyberwarfare. And the sclerotic response of liberal democracies to fast-moving social problems. But the exponential gap is not inevitable. Drawing on fields as varied as economics, political science and psychology, Azhar sketches out how we can harness the power of tech to serve our real needs - fostering new ways of doing business, innovative forms of politics, and fresh approaches to national defence. The result is a holistic new way to make sense of the modern world. Exponential technology is transforming all of our lives. This book explains how. &amp;#039;Comprehensive but lively . . . An essential addition to the ongoing discourse about where remarkable new technologies can take us, and where we should be aiming to go. Highly recommended!&amp;#039; Reid Hoffman, co-founder of LinkedIn and author of Blitzscaling &amp;#039;Read this book if you are interested in how we can design a more inclusive and sustainable system with a re-direction of technological change at its centre.&amp;#039; Mariana Mazzucato, UCL professor and author of The Value of Everything &amp;#039;A powerful argument . . . Azeem Azhar&amp;#039;s writing is informative and accessible, and his prescient ideas are only going to become more important as time goes on.&amp;#039; Hannah Fry, BBC Radio 4 presenter and author of Hello World &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . Demystifies exponentially fast changes and - importantly - shows how the chronic volatility can be harnessed for good. Essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how to reclaim a good society from the snapping jaws of looming chaos.&amp;#039; Robert Peston, ITV Political Editor and author of WTF &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is one of the best-regarded thought leaders in the industry . . . He has a broad understanding of the ways technology can be used to solve our biggest problems, shape our society, and bridge cultural divides.&amp;#039; Daniel Ek, co-founder and CEO of Spotify &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is a globally recognised voice on technology and its impact. He has written a fascinating and important book, required reading for anyone seeking to understand the new economy and the massive global corporations that seek to dominate that economy.&amp;#039; Matthew Taylor, Chief Executive, Royal Society of Arts © Azeem Azhar 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</description>
      <author>Azeem Azhar</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781473590991.mp3" length="1471707" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781473590991.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:43:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exponential: How Accelerating Technology Is Leaving Us Behind and What to Do About It
Author: Azeem Azhar
Narrator: Azeem Azhar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A revelatory guide to how technology is changing the world, from the creator of Exponential View We are entering the Exponential Age. Between faster computers, better software and bigger data, ours is the first era in human history in which technology is constantly accelerating. Azeem Azhar - writer, technologist, and creator of the acclaimed Exponential View newsletter - understands this shift better than anyone. Technology, he argues, is developing at an increasing, exponential rate. But human society - from our businesses to our political institutions - can only ever adapt at a slower, incremental pace. The result is an &amp;#039;exponential gap&amp;#039; - between the power of new technology and humans&amp;#039; ability to keep up. In Exponential, Azhar shows how this exponential gap can explain our society&amp;#039;s most pressing problems. The gulf between established businesses and fast-growing digital platforms. The inability of nation states to deal with new forms of cyberwarfare. And the sclerotic response of liberal democracies to fast-moving social problems. But the exponential gap is not inevitable. Drawing on fields as varied as economics, political science and psychology, Azhar sketches out how we can harness the power of tech to serve our real needs - fostering new ways of doing business, innovative forms of politics, and fresh approaches to national defence. The result is a holistic new way to make sense of the modern world. Exponential technology is transforming all of our lives. This book explains how. &amp;#039;Comprehensive but lively . . . An essential addition to the ongoing discourse about where remarkable new technologies can take us, and where we should be aiming to go. Highly recommended!&amp;#039; Reid Hoffman, co-founder of LinkedIn and author of Blitzscaling &amp;#039;Read this book if you are interested in how we can design a more inclusive and sustainable system with a re-direction of technological change at its centre.&amp;#039; Mariana Mazzucato, UCL professor and author of The Value of Everything &amp;#039;A powerful argument . . . Azeem Azhar&amp;#039;s writing is informative and accessible, and his prescient ideas are only going to become more important as time goes on.&amp;#039; Hannah Fry, BBC Radio 4 presenter and author of Hello World &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . Demystifies exponentially fast changes and - importantly - shows how the chronic volatility can be harnessed for good. Essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how to reclaim a good society from the snapping jaws of looming chaos.&amp;#039; Robert Peston, ITV Political Editor and author of WTF &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is one of the best-regarded thought leaders in the industry . . . He has a broad understanding of the ways technology can be used to solve our biggest problems, shape our society, and bridge cultural divides.&amp;#039; Daniel Ek, co-founder and CEO of Spotify &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is a globally recognised voice on technology and its impact. He has written a fascinating and important book, required reading for anyone seeking to understand the new economy and the massive global corporations that seek to dominate that economy.&amp;#039; Matthew Taylor, Chief Executive, Royal Society of Arts © Azeem Azhar 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456088</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Exponential: How Accelerating Technology Is Leaving Us Behind and What to Do About It
Author: Azeem Azhar
Narrator: Azeem Azhar
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 43 minutes
Release date: September  7, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Brought to you by Penguin.  A revelatory guide to how technology is changing the world, from the creator of Exponential View We are entering the Exponential Age. Between faster computers, better software and bigger data, ours is the first era in human history in which technology is constantly accelerating. Azeem Azhar - writer, technologist, and creator of the acclaimed Exponential View newsletter - understands this shift better than anyone. Technology, he argues, is developing at an increasing, exponential rate. But human society - from our businesses to our political institutions - can only ever adapt at a slower, incremental pace. The result is an &amp;#039;exponential gap&amp;#039; - between the power of new technology and humans&amp;#039; ability to keep up. In Exponential, Azhar shows how this exponential gap can explain our society&amp;#039;s most pressing problems. The gulf between established businesses and fast-growing digital platforms. The inability of nation states to deal with new forms of cyberwarfare. And the sclerotic response of liberal democracies to fast-moving social problems. But the exponential gap is not inevitable. Drawing on fields as varied as economics, political science and psychology, Azhar sketches out how we can harness the power of tech to serve our real needs - fostering new ways of doing business, innovative forms of politics, and fresh approaches to national defence. The result is a holistic new way to make sense of the modern world. Exponential technology is transforming all of our lives. This book explains how. &amp;#039;Comprehensive but lively . . . An essential addition to the ongoing discourse about where remarkable new technologies can take us, and where we should be aiming to go. Highly recommended!&amp;#039; Reid Hoffman, co-founder of LinkedIn and author of Blitzscaling &amp;#039;Read this book if you are interested in how we can design a more inclusive and sustainable system with a re-direction of technological change at its centre.&amp;#039; Mariana Mazzucato, UCL professor and author of The Value of Everything &amp;#039;A powerful argument . . . Azeem Azhar&amp;#039;s writing is informative and accessible, and his prescient ideas are only going to become more important as time goes on.&amp;#039; Hannah Fry, BBC Radio 4 presenter and author of Hello World &amp;#039;Brilliant . . . Demystifies exponentially fast changes and - importantly - shows how the chronic volatility can be harnessed for good. Essential reading for anyone who wants to understand how to reclaim a good society from the snapping jaws of looming chaos.&amp;#039; Robert Peston, ITV Political Editor and author of WTF &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is one of the best-regarded thought leaders in the industry . . . He has a broad understanding of the ways technology can be used to solve our biggest problems, shape our society, and bridge cultural divides.&amp;#039; Daniel Ek, co-founder and CEO of Spotify &amp;#039;Azeem Azhar is a globally recognised voice on technology and its impact. He has written a fascinating and important book, required reading for anyone seeking to understand the new economy and the massive global corporations that seek to dominate that economy.&amp;#039; Matthew Taylor, Chief Executive, Royal Society of Arts © Azeem Azhar 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What’s it Like to be Chased by a Cassowary? Fascinating answers to perplexing questions: The most informative and entertaining explainers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald by Felicity Lewis (ed.)</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What’s it Like to be Chased by a Cassowary? Fascinating answers to perplexing questions: The most informative and entertaining explainers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald
Author: Felicity Lewis (ed.)
Narrator: Caz Prescott, Sam Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what happens to us as we die? Or how the Esky became an Aussie cultural icon? Or why we have leap years? Then look no further - and even if you haven&amp;#039;t wondered, you&amp;#039;ll want to find out. This anthology is a diverse collection of explainers by some of the finest writers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald. It tackles quintessentially Australian topics (where does the term &amp;#039;mate&amp;#039; come from?) as well as questions being grappled with around the world (what will our homes be powered by in the future?).  Inquisitive readers love the explainer columns for their strong and surprising storytelling, deeply researched reporting and inventive illustrations. They have become some of the most popular content articles in The Age and Herald, and reader requests have inspired explainers about exploring everything from think tanks to tennis racquets, from quantitative easing to why cicadas sing at dusk. Explainers offer a rich understanding of how and why - rather than just who, what, when and where. Within these pages you will find an absorbing and illuminating selection of some of the most popular explainers, as well as never before published pieces especially written for this book. There are surprising facts about all aspects of life and information about all kinds of investigations from throughout history and around the world. Prepare to be enlightened, enthralled and educated - you&amp;#039;ll never ponder how to evade that rampaging cassowary again!</description>
      <author>Felicity Lewis (ed.)</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781761041679.mp3" length="909211" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781761041679.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:52:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What’s it Like to be Chased by a Cassowary? Fascinating answers to perplexing questions: The most informative and entertaining explainers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald
Author: Felicity Lewis (ed.)
Narrator: Caz Prescott, Sam Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what happens to us as we die? Or how the Esky became an Aussie cultural icon? Or why we have leap years? Then look no further - and even if you haven&amp;#039;t wondered, you&amp;#039;ll want to find out. This anthology is a diverse collection of explainers by some of the finest writers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald. It tackles quintessentially Australian topics (where does the term &amp;#039;mate&amp;#039; come from?) as well as questions being grappled with around the world (what will our homes be powered by in the future?).  Inquisitive readers love the explainer columns for their strong and surprising storytelling, deeply researched reporting and inventive illustrations. They have become some of the most popular content articles in The Age and Herald, and reader requests have inspired explainers about exploring everything from think tanks to tennis racquets, from quantitative easing to why cicadas sing at dusk. Explainers offer a rich understanding of how and why - rather than just who, what, when and where. Within these pages you will find an absorbing and illuminating selection of some of the most popular explainers, as well as never before published pieces especially written for this book. There are surprising facts about all aspects of life and information about all kinds of investigations from throughout history and around the world. Prepare to be enlightened, enthralled and educated - you&amp;#039;ll never ponder how to evade that rampaging cassowary again!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456078</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: What’s it Like to be Chased by a Cassowary? Fascinating answers to perplexing questions: The most informative and entertaining explainers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald
Author: Felicity Lewis (ed.)
Narrator: Caz Prescott, Sam Smith
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 52 minutes
Release date: December  1, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Ever wondered what happens to us as we die? Or how the Esky became an Aussie cultural icon? Or why we have leap years? Then look no further - and even if you haven&amp;#039;t wondered, you&amp;#039;ll want to find out. This anthology is a diverse collection of explainers by some of the finest writers from The Age and The Sydney Morning Herald. It tackles quintessentially Australian topics (where does the term &amp;#039;mate&amp;#039; come from?) as well as questions being grappled with around the world (what will our homes be powered by in the future?).  Inquisitive readers love the explainer columns for their strong and surprising storytelling, deeply researched reporting and inventive illustrations. They have become some of the most popular content articles in The Age and Herald, and reader requests have inspired explainers about exploring everything from think tanks to tennis racquets, from quantitative easing to why cicadas sing at dusk. Explainers offer a rich understanding of how and why - rather than just who, what, when and where. Within these pages you will find an absorbing and illuminating selection of some of the most popular explainers, as well as never before published pieces especially written for this book. There are surprising facts about all aspects of life and information about all kinds of investigations from throughout history and around the world. Prepare to be enlightened, enthralled and educated - you&amp;#039;ll never ponder how to evade that rampaging cassowary again!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada by Lorna Poplak</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada
Author: Lorna Poplak
Narrator: Rebecca Auerbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shining a light on the dark history of hangings in Canada. 		Take a journey through notable cases in Canada&amp;#039;s criminal justice history, featuring well-known and some less-well-known figures from the past. You&amp;#039;ll meet Arthur Ellis, Canada&amp;#039;s most famous hangman, whose work outfit was a frock coat and striped trousers, often with a flower pinned to his lapel. And you will also encounter other memorable characters, including the man who was hanged twice and the gun-toting bootlegger who was the only woman every executed in Alberta. 		Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada illustrates how trial, sentencing, and punishment operated in Canada&amp;#039;s first century, and examines the relevance of capital punishment today. Along the way, learn about the mathematics and physics behind hangings, as well as disturbing facts about bungled executions and wrongful convictions.</description>
      <author>Lorna Poplak</author>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781459747975.mp3" length="1465488" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781459747975.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:54:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada
Author: Lorna Poplak
Narrator: Rebecca Auerbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shining a light on the dark history of hangings in Canada. 		Take a journey through notable cases in Canada&amp;#039;s criminal justice history, featuring well-known and some less-well-known figures from the past. You&amp;#039;ll meet Arthur Ellis, Canada&amp;#039;s most famous hangman, whose work outfit was a frock coat and striped trousers, often with a flower pinned to his lapel. And you will also encounter other memorable characters, including the man who was hanged twice and the gun-toting bootlegger who was the only woman every executed in Alberta. 		Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada illustrates how trial, sentencing, and punishment operated in Canada&amp;#039;s first century, and examines the relevance of capital punishment today. Along the way, learn about the mathematics and physics behind hangings, as well as disturbing facts about bungled executions and wrongful convictions.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456048</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada
Author: Lorna Poplak
Narrator: Rebecca Auerbach
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 54 minutes
Release date: September 30, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Shining a light on the dark history of hangings in Canada. 		Take a journey through notable cases in Canada&amp;#039;s criminal justice history, featuring well-known and some less-well-known figures from the past. You&amp;#039;ll meet Arthur Ellis, Canada&amp;#039;s most famous hangman, whose work outfit was a frock coat and striped trousers, often with a flower pinned to his lapel. And you will also encounter other memorable characters, including the man who was hanged twice and the gun-toting bootlegger who was the only woman every executed in Alberta. 		Drop Dead: A Horrible History of Hanging in Canada illustrates how trial, sentencing, and punishment operated in Canada&amp;#039;s first century, and examines the relevance of capital punishment today. Along the way, learn about the mathematics and physics behind hangings, as well as disturbing facts about bungled executions and wrongful convictions.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Use the Power You Have: A Brown Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Politics and Political Change by Pramila Jayapal</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Use the Power You Have: A Brown Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Politics and Political Change
Author: Pramila Jayapal
Narrator: Pramila Jayapal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 2016, Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) was elected to the U.S. House of Representatives, the first Indian American woman to serve in that role. Two years later, the “fast-rising Democratic star and determined critic of President Donald Trump,” according to Politico’s Playbook 2017 “Power List,” won reelection with more votes than any other member of the House. Jayapal, co-chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, proved her progressive bonafides when she introduced the most comprehensive Medicare-for-All bill to Congress in February. Behind the story of Jayapal’s rise to political prominence lie over two decades of devoted advocacy on behalf of immigrants and progressive causes—and years of learning how to turn activism into public policy that serves all Americans. Use the Power You Have is Jayapal’s account of the path from sixteen-year-old Indian immigrant to grassroots activist, state senator, and now progressive powerhouse in Washington, DC. Written with passion and insight, Use the Power You Have offers a wealth of ideas and inspiration for a new generation of engaged citizens interested in fighting back and making change, whether in Washington or in their own communities.</description>
      <author>Pramila Jayapal</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781666553512.mp3" length="806421" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781666553512.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Use the Power You Have: A Brown Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Politics and Political Change
Author: Pramila Jayapal
Narrator: Pramila Jayapal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 2016, Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) was elected to the U.S. House of Representatives, the first Indian American woman to serve in that role. Two years later, the “fast-rising Democratic star and determined critic of President Donald Trump,” according to Politico’s Playbook 2017 “Power List,” won reelection with more votes than any other member of the House. Jayapal, co-chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, proved her progressive bonafides when she introduced the most comprehensive Medicare-for-All bill to Congress in February. Behind the story of Jayapal’s rise to political prominence lie over two decades of devoted advocacy on behalf of immigrants and progressive causes—and years of learning how to turn activism into public policy that serves all Americans. Use the Power You Have is Jayapal’s account of the path from sixteen-year-old Indian immigrant to grassroots activist, state senator, and now progressive powerhouse in Washington, DC. Written with passion and insight, Use the Power You Have offers a wealth of ideas and inspiration for a new generation of engaged citizens interested in fighting back and making change, whether in Washington or in their own communities.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455899</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Use the Power You Have: A Brown Woman&amp;#039;s Guide to Politics and Political Change
Author: Pramila Jayapal
Narrator: Pramila Jayapal
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 42 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In November 2016, Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) was elected to the U.S. House of Representatives, the first Indian American woman to serve in that role. Two years later, the “fast-rising Democratic star and determined critic of President Donald Trump,” according to Politico’s Playbook 2017 “Power List,” won reelection with more votes than any other member of the House. Jayapal, co-chair of the Congressional Progressive Caucus, proved her progressive bonafides when she introduced the most comprehensive Medicare-for-All bill to Congress in February. Behind the story of Jayapal’s rise to political prominence lie over two decades of devoted advocacy on behalf of immigrants and progressive causes—and years of learning how to turn activism into public policy that serves all Americans. Use the Power You Have is Jayapal’s account of the path from sixteen-year-old Indian immigrant to grassroots activist, state senator, and now progressive powerhouse in Washington, DC. Written with passion and insight, Use the Power You Have offers a wealth of ideas and inspiration for a new generation of engaged citizens interested in fighting back and making change, whether in Washington or in their own communities.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Liberal Privilege: Joe Biden and the Democrats&amp;#039; Defense of the Indefensible by Donald Trump</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberal Privilege: Joe Biden and the Democrats&amp;#039; Defense of the Indefensible
Author: Donald Trump
Narrator: Kimberly Guilfoyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.37 of Total 41 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.7 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While everyday Americans strive to make an honest living by working hard, liberals within the swamp have perfected a way of barely working while elevating themselves above all of us. LIBERAL PRIVILEGE will take you behind the scenes of the swamp, just as the nation gears up for the next presidential election. In his second book, #1 New York Times best selling author, Donald Trump Jr reveals the truth the media has long refused to cover. Read about the countless liberal scandals, years of entrenched racism in the democrat party and decades of failed polices that will paint a stark picture of LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. As President Donald J. Trump seeks a second term based on real accomplishments, learn about the facts the media refuses to cover. As woke liberals attempt to burn our cities, abolish capitalism and rewrite history, liberals stand idly by encased by political correctness and guilt. Donald Trump Jr masterfully eviscerates critics in LIBERAL PRIVILEGE in a raw, witty and very direct way. Few American families have accomplished so little and benefited so much as the Biden’s. Through corruption, grift, and sheer greed - Joe Biden, Hunter, and the rest of the clan have exemplified LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. No other book will paint a sharper contrast this election season. A must read for anyone this election season!</description>
      <author>Donald Trump</author>
      <pubDate>Fri, 28 Aug 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781646892488.mp3" length="1429849" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781646892488.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:26:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberal Privilege: Joe Biden and the Democrats&amp;#039; Defense of the Indefensible
Author: Donald Trump
Narrator: Kimberly Guilfoyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.37 of Total 41 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.7 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While everyday Americans strive to make an honest living by working hard, liberals within the swamp have perfected a way of barely working while elevating themselves above all of us. LIBERAL PRIVILEGE will take you behind the scenes of the swamp, just as the nation gears up for the next presidential election. In his second book, #1 New York Times best selling author, Donald Trump Jr reveals the truth the media has long refused to cover. Read about the countless liberal scandals, years of entrenched racism in the democrat party and decades of failed polices that will paint a stark picture of LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. As President Donald J. Trump seeks a second term based on real accomplishments, learn about the facts the media refuses to cover. As woke liberals attempt to burn our cities, abolish capitalism and rewrite history, liberals stand idly by encased by political correctness and guilt. Donald Trump Jr masterfully eviscerates critics in LIBERAL PRIVILEGE in a raw, witty and very direct way. Few American families have accomplished so little and benefited so much as the Biden’s. Through corruption, grift, and sheer greed - Joe Biden, Hunter, and the rest of the clan have exemplified LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. No other book will paint a sharper contrast this election season. A must read for anyone this election season!</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455890</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Liberal Privilege: Joe Biden and the Democrats&amp;#039; Defense of the Indefensible
Author: Donald Trump
Narrator: Kimberly Guilfoyle
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 26 minutes
Release date: August 28, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.37 of Total 41 
 Ratings of Narrator: 2.7 of Total 10
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
While everyday Americans strive to make an honest living by working hard, liberals within the swamp have perfected a way of barely working while elevating themselves above all of us. LIBERAL PRIVILEGE will take you behind the scenes of the swamp, just as the nation gears up for the next presidential election. In his second book, #1 New York Times best selling author, Donald Trump Jr reveals the truth the media has long refused to cover. Read about the countless liberal scandals, years of entrenched racism in the democrat party and decades of failed polices that will paint a stark picture of LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. As President Donald J. Trump seeks a second term based on real accomplishments, learn about the facts the media refuses to cover. As woke liberals attempt to burn our cities, abolish capitalism and rewrite history, liberals stand idly by encased by political correctness and guilt. Donald Trump Jr masterfully eviscerates critics in LIBERAL PRIVILEGE in a raw, witty and very direct way. Few American families have accomplished so little and benefited so much as the Biden’s. Through corruption, grift, and sheer greed - Joe Biden, Hunter, and the rest of the clan have exemplified LIBERAL PRIVILEGE. No other book will paint a sharper contrast this election season. A must read for anyone this election season!</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A Promised Land by Barack Obama</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promised Land
Author: Barack Obama
Narrator: Barack Obama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 1752 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 321
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting, deeply personal account of history in the making—from the president who inspired us to believe in the power of democracy #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NAACP IMAGE AWARD NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND PEOPLE NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times • NPR • The Guardian • Slate • Vox • The Economist • Marie Claire   In the stirring first volume of his presidential memoirs, Barack Obama tells the story of his improbable odyssey from young man searching for his identity to leader of the free world, describing in strikingly personal detail both his political education and the landmark moments of the first term of his historic presidency—a time of dramatic transformation and turmoil. Obama takes readers on a compelling journey from his earliest political aspirations to the pivotal Iowa caucus victory that demonstrated the power of grassroots activism to the watershed night of November 4, 2008, when he was elected 44th president of the United States, becoming the first African American to hold the nation’s highest office. Reflecting on the presidency, he offers a unique and thoughtful exploration of both the awesome reach and the limits of presidential power, as well as singular insights into the dynamics of U.S. partisan politics and international diplomacy. Obama brings readers inside the Oval Office and the White House Situation Room, and to Moscow, Cairo, Beijing, and points beyond. We are privy to his thoughts as he assembles his cabinet, wrestles with a global financial crisis, takes the measure of Vladimir Putin, overcomes seemingly insurmountable odds to secure passage of the Affordable Care Act, clashes with generals about U.S. strategy in Afghanistan, tackles Wall Street reform, responds to the devastating Deepwater Horizon blowout, and authorizes Operation Neptune’s Spear, which leads to the death of Osama bin Laden. A Promised Land is extraordinarily intimate and introspective—the story of one man’s bet with history, the faith of a community organizer tested on the world stage. Obama is candid about the balancing act of running for office as a Black American, bearing the expectations of a generation buoyed by messages of “hope and change,” and meeting the moral challenges of high-stakes decision-making. He is frank about the forces that opposed him at home and abroad, open about how living in the White House affected his wife and daughters, and unafraid to reveal self-doubt and disappointment. Yet he never wavers from his belief that inside the great, ongoing American experiment, progress is always possible. This beautifully written and powerful book captures Barack Obama’s conviction that democracy is not a gift from on high but something founded on empathy and common understanding and built together, day by day.</description>
      <author>Barack Obama</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 17 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780525633723.mp3" length="2576454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780525633723.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>29:10:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promised Land
Author: Barack Obama
Narrator: Barack Obama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 1752 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 321
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting, deeply personal account of history in the making—from the president who inspired us to believe in the power of democracy #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NAACP IMAGE AWARD NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND PEOPLE NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times • NPR • The Guardian • Slate • Vox • The Economist • Marie Claire   In the stirring first volume of his presidential memoirs, Barack Obama tells the story of his improbable odyssey from young man searching for his identity to leader of the free world, describing in strikingly personal detail both his political education and the landmark moments of the first term of his historic presidency—a time of dramatic transformation and turmoil. Obama takes readers on a compelling journey from his earliest political aspirations to the pivotal Iowa caucus victory that demonstrated the power of grassroots activism to the watershed night of November 4, 2008, when he was elected 44th president of the United States, becoming the first African American to hold the nation’s highest office. Reflecting on the presidency, he offers a unique and thoughtful exploration of both the awesome reach and the limits of presidential power, as well as singular insights into the dynamics of U.S. partisan politics and international diplomacy. Obama brings readers inside the Oval Office and the White House Situation Room, and to Moscow, Cairo, Beijing, and points beyond. We are privy to his thoughts as he assembles his cabinet, wrestles with a global financial crisis, takes the measure of Vladimir Putin, overcomes seemingly insurmountable odds to secure passage of the Affordable Care Act, clashes with generals about U.S. strategy in Afghanistan, tackles Wall Street reform, responds to the devastating Deepwater Horizon blowout, and authorizes Operation Neptune’s Spear, which leads to the death of Osama bin Laden. A Promised Land is extraordinarily intimate and introspective—the story of one man’s bet with history, the faith of a community organizer tested on the world stage. Obama is candid about the balancing act of running for office as a Black American, bearing the expectations of a generation buoyed by messages of “hope and change,” and meeting the moral challenges of high-stakes decision-making. He is frank about the forces that opposed him at home and abroad, open about how living in the White House affected his wife and daughters, and unafraid to reveal self-doubt and disappointment. Yet he never wavers from his belief that inside the great, ongoing American experiment, progress is always possible. This beautifully written and powerful book captures Barack Obama’s conviction that democracy is not a gift from on high but something founded on empathy and common understanding and built together, day by day.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455882</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: A Promised Land
Author: Barack Obama
Narrator: Barack Obama
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 29 hours 10 minutes
Release date: November 17, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.06 of Total 1752 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4.46 of Total 321
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
A riveting, deeply personal account of history in the making—from the president who inspired us to believe in the power of democracy #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • NAACP IMAGE AWARD NOMINEE • NAMED ONE OF THE TEN BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOK REVIEW AND PEOPLE NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY The Washington Post • Jennifer Szalai, The New York Times • NPR • The Guardian • Slate • Vox • The Economist • Marie Claire   In the stirring first volume of his presidential memoirs, Barack Obama tells the story of his improbable odyssey from young man searching for his identity to leader of the free world, describing in strikingly personal detail both his political education and the landmark moments of the first term of his historic presidency—a time of dramatic transformation and turmoil. Obama takes readers on a compelling journey from his earliest political aspirations to the pivotal Iowa caucus victory that demonstrated the power of grassroots activism to the watershed night of November 4, 2008, when he was elected 44th president of the United States, becoming the first African American to hold the nation’s highest office. Reflecting on the presidency, he offers a unique and thoughtful exploration of both the awesome reach and the limits of presidential power, as well as singular insights into the dynamics of U.S. partisan politics and international diplomacy. Obama brings readers inside the Oval Office and the White House Situation Room, and to Moscow, Cairo, Beijing, and points beyond. We are privy to his thoughts as he assembles his cabinet, wrestles with a global financial crisis, takes the measure of Vladimir Putin, overcomes seemingly insurmountable odds to secure passage of the Affordable Care Act, clashes with generals about U.S. strategy in Afghanistan, tackles Wall Street reform, responds to the devastating Deepwater Horizon blowout, and authorizes Operation Neptune’s Spear, which leads to the death of Osama bin Laden. A Promised Land is extraordinarily intimate and introspective—the story of one man’s bet with history, the faith of a community organizer tested on the world stage. Obama is candid about the balancing act of running for office as a Black American, bearing the expectations of a generation buoyed by messages of “hope and change,” and meeting the moral challenges of high-stakes decision-making. He is frank about the forces that opposed him at home and abroad, open about how living in the White House affected his wife and daughters, and unafraid to reveal self-doubt and disappointment. Yet he never wavers from his belief that inside the great, ongoing American experiment, progress is always possible. This beautifully written and powerful book captures Barack Obama’s conviction that democracy is not a gift from on high but something founded on empathy and common understanding and built together, day by day.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song by Henry Louis Gates</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song
Author: Henry Louis Gates
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community&amp;#039;s abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community&amp;#039;s true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road&amp;#039;s end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community&amp;#039;s most important issues, down to today.  In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it&amp;#039;s been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery&amp;#039;s formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn&amp;#039;t even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston&amp;#039;s Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion.  But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church  has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book.</description>
      <author>Henry Louis Gates</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780593402115.mp3" length="2705011" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780593402115.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>7:1:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song
Author: Henry Louis Gates
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community&amp;#039;s abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community&amp;#039;s true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road&amp;#039;s end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community&amp;#039;s most important issues, down to today.  In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it&amp;#039;s been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery&amp;#039;s formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn&amp;#039;t even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston&amp;#039;s Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion.  But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church  has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455871</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Black Church: This Is Our Story, This Is Our Song
Author: Henry Louis Gates
Narrator: Dominic Hoffman
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 7 hours 1 minute
Release date: February 16, 2021
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 9
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
From the New York Times-bestselling author of Stony the Road and one of our most important voices on the African-American experience, a powerful new history of the Black church in America as the Black community&amp;#039;s abiding rock and its fortress. The companion book to the upcoming PBS series. For the young Henry Louis Gates, Jr., growing up in a small, segregated West Virginia town, the church was his family and his community&amp;#039;s true center of gravity. Within those walls, voices were lifted up in song to call forth the best in each other, and to comfort each other when times were at their worst. In this book, his tender and magisterial reckoning with the meaning of the Black church in American history, Gates takes us from his own experience onto a journey across more than four hundred years and spanning the entire country. At road&amp;#039;s end, we emerge with a new understanding of the centrality of the Black church to the American story--as a cultural and political force, as the center of resistance to slavery and white supremacy, as an unparalleled incubator of talent, and as a crucible for working through the community&amp;#039;s most important issues, down to today.  In a country that has historically afforded its citizens from the African diaspora tragically few safe spaces, the Black church has always been more than a sanctuary; it&amp;#039;s been a place to nourish the deepest human needs and dreams of the African-American community. This fact was never lost on white supremacists: from the earliest days of slavery, when enslaved people were allowed to worship at all, their meeting houses were subject to surveillance, and often destruction. So it continued, long after slavery&amp;#039;s formal eradication; church burnings and church bombings by the Ku Klux Klan and others have always been a hallmark of the violent effort to suppress the struggle for equality for the African-American community. The past often isn&amp;#039;t even past--Dylann Roof committed his slaughter in Charleston&amp;#039;s Emanuel AME Church 193 years after the church was first burned down by whites following a thwarted slave rebellion.  But as Gates brilliantly shows, the Black church  has never been only one thing. Its story lies at the vital center of the civil rights movement, and produced many of its leaders, from the Reverend Martin Luther King, Jr. on, but at the same time there have always been churches and sects that eschewed a more activist stance, even eschewed worldly political engagement altogether. That tension can be felt all the way to the Black Lives Matter movement and the work of today. Still and all, as a source of strength and a force for change, the Black church is at the center of the action at every stage of the American story, as this enthralling history makes vividly clear. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the Appendix and Acknowledgments from the book.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Young Crusaders: The Untold Story of the Children and Teenagers Who Galvanized the Civil Rights Movement by V.P. Franklin</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Young Crusaders: The Untold Story of the Children and Teenagers Who Galvanized the Civil Rights Movement
Author: V.P. Franklin
Narrator: Jonathan Horne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history of the overlooked youth activists that spearheaded the largest protests of the Civil Rights Movement and set the blueprint for future generations of activists to follow. Some of the most iconic images of the Civil Rights Movement are those of young people engaged in social activism, such as children and teenagers in 1963 being attacked by police in Birmingham with dogs and water hoses. But their contributions have not been well documented or prioritized. The Young Crusaders is the first book dedicated to telling the story of the hundreds of thousands of children and teenagers who engaged in sit-ins, school strikes, boycotts, marches, and demonstrations in which Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and other national civil rights leaders played little or no part. It was these young activists who joined in the largest civil rights demonstration in US history: the system-wide school boycott in New York City on February 3, 1964, where over 360,000 elementary and secondary school students went on strike and thousands attended freedom schools. Later that month, tens of thousands of children and teenagers participated in the “Freedom Day” boycotts in Boston and Chicago, also demanding “quality integrated education.” Distinguished historian V. P. Franklin illustrates how their ingenuity made these and numerous other campaigns across the country successful in bringing about the end to legalized racial discrimination. It was these unheralded young people who set the blueprint for today’s youth activists and their campaigns to address poverty, joblessness, educational inequality, and racialized violence and discrimination. Understanding the role of children and teenagers transforms how we understand the Civil Rights Movement and the broader part young people have played in shepherding social and educational progress, and it serves as a model for the youth-led “reparatory justice” campaigns seen today mounted by Black Lives Matter, March for Our Lives, and the Sunrise Movement. Highlighting the voices of the young people themselves, Franklin offers a redefining narrative, complemented by arresting archival images. The Young Crusaders reveals a radical history that both challenges and expands our understanding of the Civil Rights Movement.</description>
      <author>V.P. Franklin</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9780807039939.mp3" length="2946075" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9780807039939.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>9:57:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Young Crusaders: The Untold Story of the Children and Teenagers Who Galvanized the Civil Rights Movement
Author: V.P. Franklin
Narrator: Jonathan Horne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history of the overlooked youth activists that spearheaded the largest protests of the Civil Rights Movement and set the blueprint for future generations of activists to follow. Some of the most iconic images of the Civil Rights Movement are those of young people engaged in social activism, such as children and teenagers in 1963 being attacked by police in Birmingham with dogs and water hoses. But their contributions have not been well documented or prioritized. The Young Crusaders is the first book dedicated to telling the story of the hundreds of thousands of children and teenagers who engaged in sit-ins, school strikes, boycotts, marches, and demonstrations in which Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and other national civil rights leaders played little or no part. It was these young activists who joined in the largest civil rights demonstration in US history: the system-wide school boycott in New York City on February 3, 1964, where over 360,000 elementary and secondary school students went on strike and thousands attended freedom schools. Later that month, tens of thousands of children and teenagers participated in the “Freedom Day” boycotts in Boston and Chicago, also demanding “quality integrated education.” Distinguished historian V. P. Franklin illustrates how their ingenuity made these and numerous other campaigns across the country successful in bringing about the end to legalized racial discrimination. It was these unheralded young people who set the blueprint for today’s youth activists and their campaigns to address poverty, joblessness, educational inequality, and racialized violence and discrimination. Understanding the role of children and teenagers transforms how we understand the Civil Rights Movement and the broader part young people have played in shepherding social and educational progress, and it serves as a model for the youth-led “reparatory justice” campaigns seen today mounted by Black Lives Matter, March for Our Lives, and the Sunrise Movement. Highlighting the voices of the young people themselves, Franklin offers a redefining narrative, complemented by arresting archival images. The Young Crusaders reveals a radical history that both challenges and expands our understanding of the Civil Rights Movement.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455856</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Young Crusaders: The Untold Story of the Children and Teenagers Who Galvanized the Civil Rights Movement
Author: V.P. Franklin
Narrator: Jonathan Horne
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 9 hours 57 minutes
Release date: February 23, 2021
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
An authoritative history of the overlooked youth activists that spearheaded the largest protests of the Civil Rights Movement and set the blueprint for future generations of activists to follow. Some of the most iconic images of the Civil Rights Movement are those of young people engaged in social activism, such as children and teenagers in 1963 being attacked by police in Birmingham with dogs and water hoses. But their contributions have not been well documented or prioritized. The Young Crusaders is the first book dedicated to telling the story of the hundreds of thousands of children and teenagers who engaged in sit-ins, school strikes, boycotts, marches, and demonstrations in which Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. and other national civil rights leaders played little or no part. It was these young activists who joined in the largest civil rights demonstration in US history: the system-wide school boycott in New York City on February 3, 1964, where over 360,000 elementary and secondary school students went on strike and thousands attended freedom schools. Later that month, tens of thousands of children and teenagers participated in the “Freedom Day” boycotts in Boston and Chicago, also demanding “quality integrated education.” Distinguished historian V. P. Franklin illustrates how their ingenuity made these and numerous other campaigns across the country successful in bringing about the end to legalized racial discrimination. It was these unheralded young people who set the blueprint for today’s youth activists and their campaigns to address poverty, joblessness, educational inequality, and racialized violence and discrimination. Understanding the role of children and teenagers transforms how we understand the Civil Rights Movement and the broader part young people have played in shepherding social and educational progress, and it serves as a model for the youth-led “reparatory justice” campaigns seen today mounted by Black Lives Matter, March for Our Lives, and the Sunrise Movement. Highlighting the voices of the young people themselves, Franklin offers a redefining narrative, complemented by arresting archival images. The Young Crusaders reveals a radical history that both challenges and expands our understanding of the Civil Rights Movement.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism by Steve Davis</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism
Author: Steve Davis
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Improve your knowledge of the ways global trends shape activism with this insightful volume that will supercharge your impact on communities and organizations Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism brings the perspective of experienced global social innovation leader, scholar and speaker, Steve Davis, to bear on some of the most powerful and helpful macrotrends rippling through society today. The book teaches listeners how to harness their outrage and capitalize on global trends to instigate and encourage change across the world. The author identifies five global undercurrents with outsized importance that are shaping our world: Global economies are moving away from the old pyramid model into a diamond, bringing powerful new possibilities for human well-being; communities are becoming the customer—rather than passive beneficiaries—as social change is increasingly led by local voices and activists; equity is leveling and reshaping the field of social change and activism; digital disruption, through the power of data and digital tools, impacts almost everything; and the middle of the journey to social change is becoming surprisingly sexy, as we focus on adapting innovation for widespread impact at scale.</description>
      <author>Steve Davis</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696602259.mp3" length="7867385" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696602259.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>6:24:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism
Author: Steve Davis
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Improve your knowledge of the ways global trends shape activism with this insightful volume that will supercharge your impact on communities and organizations Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism brings the perspective of experienced global social innovation leader, scholar and speaker, Steve Davis, to bear on some of the most powerful and helpful macrotrends rippling through society today. The book teaches listeners how to harness their outrage and capitalize on global trends to instigate and encourage change across the world. The author identifies five global undercurrents with outsized importance that are shaping our world: Global economies are moving away from the old pyramid model into a diamond, bringing powerful new possibilities for human well-being; communities are becoming the customer—rather than passive beneficiaries—as social change is increasingly led by local voices and activists; equity is leveling and reshaping the field of social change and activism; digital disruption, through the power of data and digital tools, impacts almost everything; and the middle of the journey to social change is becoming surprisingly sexy, as we focus on adapting innovation for widespread impact at scale.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455825</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism
Author: Steve Davis
Narrator: Christopher Grove
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 6 hours 24 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 
 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Improve your knowledge of the ways global trends shape activism with this insightful volume that will supercharge your impact on communities and organizations Undercurrents: Channeling Outrage to Spark Practical Activism brings the perspective of experienced global social innovation leader, scholar and speaker, Steve Davis, to bear on some of the most powerful and helpful macrotrends rippling through society today. The book teaches listeners how to harness their outrage and capitalize on global trends to instigate and encourage change across the world. The author identifies five global undercurrents with outsized importance that are shaping our world: Global economies are moving away from the old pyramid model into a diamond, bringing powerful new possibilities for human well-being; communities are becoming the customer—rather than passive beneficiaries—as social change is increasingly led by local voices and activists; equity is leveling and reshaping the field of social change and activism; digital disruption, through the power of data and digital tools, impacts almost everything; and the middle of the journey to social change is becoming surprisingly sexy, as we focus on adapting innovation for widespread impact at scale.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Abuse of Power: The Three-Year Campaign to Impeach Donald Trump by Fred V. Lucas</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse of Power: The Three-Year Campaign to Impeach Donald Trump
Author: Fred V. Lucas
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump&amp;#039;s enemies set out to remove him from office even before his inauguration—which culminated in an election-year impeachment trial. Abuse of Power exposes: how Elizabeth Warren tried to set an impeachment trap for Trump even before the inauguration; why the depths of the Biden family&amp;#039;s international conflict of interests are worthy of a federal investigation; why Nancy Pelosi caved to The Squad to remain leadership; how Adam Schiff pushed Jerry Nadler out of the key spot to lead the impeachment; how Democrats abandoned what would have been a crowning left-wing achievement in gun control legislation in order to pursue an impeachment that was destined to fail in the Senate; and how Mitt Romney&amp;#039;s vote to convict likely prevented three moderate Democrats from rebelling against party leaders.</description>
      <author>Fred V. Lucas</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601931.mp3" length="8283473" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601931.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:58:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse of Power: The Three-Year Campaign to Impeach Donald Trump
Author: Fred V. Lucas
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump&amp;#039;s enemies set out to remove him from office even before his inauguration—which culminated in an election-year impeachment trial. Abuse of Power exposes: how Elizabeth Warren tried to set an impeachment trap for Trump even before the inauguration; why the depths of the Biden family&amp;#039;s international conflict of interests are worthy of a federal investigation; why Nancy Pelosi caved to The Squad to remain leadership; how Adam Schiff pushed Jerry Nadler out of the key spot to lead the impeachment; how Democrats abandoned what would have been a crowning left-wing achievement in gun control legislation in order to pursue an impeachment that was destined to fail in the Senate; and how Mitt Romney&amp;#039;s vote to convict likely prevented three moderate Democrats from rebelling against party leaders.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455822</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Abuse of Power: The Three-Year Campaign to Impeach Donald Trump
Author: Fred V. Lucas
Narrator: John Mclain
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 58 minutes
Release date: November 10, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Trump&amp;#039;s enemies set out to remove him from office even before his inauguration—which culminated in an election-year impeachment trial. Abuse of Power exposes: how Elizabeth Warren tried to set an impeachment trap for Trump even before the inauguration; why the depths of the Biden family&amp;#039;s international conflict of interests are worthy of a federal investigation; why Nancy Pelosi caved to The Squad to remain leadership; how Adam Schiff pushed Jerry Nadler out of the key spot to lead the impeachment; how Democrats abandoned what would have been a crowning left-wing achievement in gun control legislation in order to pursue an impeachment that was destined to fail in the Senate; and how Mitt Romney&amp;#039;s vote to convict likely prevented three moderate Democrats from rebelling against party leaders.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Deacons for Defense: Armed Resistance and the Civil Rights Movement by Lance Hill</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deacons for Defense: Armed Resistance and the Civil Rights Movement
Author: Lance Hill
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1964 a small group of African American men in Jonesboro, Louisiana, defied the nonviolence policy of the mainstream civil rights movement and formed an armed self-defense organization—the Deacons for Defense and Justice—to protect movement workers from vigilante and police violence. With their largest and most famous chapter at the center of a bloody campaign in the Ku Klux Klan stronghold of Bogalusa, Louisiana, the Deacons became a popular symbol of the growing frustration with Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s nonviolent strategy and a rallying point for a militant working-class movement in the South. Lance Hill offers the first detailed history of the Deacons for Defense and Justice. In his analysis of this important yet long-overlooked organization, Hill challenges what he calls &amp;#039;the myth of nonviolence&amp;#039;—the idea that a united civil rights movement achieved its goals through nonviolent direct action led by middle-class and religious leaders. In contrast, Hill constructs a compelling historical narrative of a working-class armed self-defense movement that defied the entrenched nonviolent leadership and played a crucial role in compelling the federal government to neutralize the Klan and uphold civil rights and liberties.</description>
      <author>Lance Hill</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Dec 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705276785.mp3" length="8673256" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705276785.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>13:3:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deacons for Defense: Armed Resistance and the Civil Rights Movement
Author: Lance Hill
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1964 a small group of African American men in Jonesboro, Louisiana, defied the nonviolence policy of the mainstream civil rights movement and formed an armed self-defense organization—the Deacons for Defense and Justice—to protect movement workers from vigilante and police violence. With their largest and most famous chapter at the center of a bloody campaign in the Ku Klux Klan stronghold of Bogalusa, Louisiana, the Deacons became a popular symbol of the growing frustration with Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s nonviolent strategy and a rallying point for a militant working-class movement in the South. Lance Hill offers the first detailed history of the Deacons for Defense and Justice. In his analysis of this important yet long-overlooked organization, Hill challenges what he calls &amp;#039;the myth of nonviolence&amp;#039;—the idea that a united civil rights movement achieved its goals through nonviolent direct action led by middle-class and religious leaders. In contrast, Hill constructs a compelling historical narrative of a working-class armed self-defense movement that defied the entrenched nonviolent leadership and played a crucial role in compelling the federal government to neutralize the Klan and uphold civil rights and liberties.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455801</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Deacons for Defense: Armed Resistance and the Civil Rights Movement
Author: Lance Hill
Narrator: William Andrew Quinn
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 13 hours 3 minutes
Release date: December 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
In 1964 a small group of African American men in Jonesboro, Louisiana, defied the nonviolence policy of the mainstream civil rights movement and formed an armed self-defense organization—the Deacons for Defense and Justice—to protect movement workers from vigilante and police violence. With their largest and most famous chapter at the center of a bloody campaign in the Ku Klux Klan stronghold of Bogalusa, Louisiana, the Deacons became a popular symbol of the growing frustration with Martin Luther King Jr.&amp;#039;s nonviolent strategy and a rallying point for a militant working-class movement in the South. Lance Hill offers the first detailed history of the Deacons for Defense and Justice. In his analysis of this important yet long-overlooked organization, Hill challenges what he calls &amp;#039;the myth of nonviolence&amp;#039;—the idea that a united civil rights movement achieved its goals through nonviolent direct action led by middle-class and religious leaders. In contrast, Hill constructs a compelling historical narrative of a working-class armed self-defense movement that defied the entrenched nonviolent leadership and played a crucial role in compelling the federal government to neutralize the Klan and uphold civil rights and liberties.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Human Condition: Second Edition by Hannah Arendt</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Condition: Second Edition
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The past year has seen a resurgence of interest in the political thinker Hannah Arendt, &amp;#039;the theorist of beginnings,&amp;#039; whose work probes the logics underlying unexpected transformations—from totalitarianism to revolution. A work of striking originality, The Human Condition is in many respects more relevant now than when it first appeared in 1958. In her study of the state of modern humanity, Hannah Arendt considers humankind from the perspective of the actions of which it is capable. The problems Arendt identified then—diminishing human agency and political freedom, the paradox that as human powers increase through technological and humanistic inquiry, we are less equipped to control the consequences of our actions—continue to confront us today. This new edition, published to coincide with the sixtieth anniversary of its original publication, contains Margaret Canovan&amp;#039;s 1998 introduction and a new foreword by Danielle Allen. A classic in political and social theory, The Human Condition is a work that has proved both timeless and perpetually timely.</description>
      <author>Hannah Arendt</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 24 Nov 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781705275306.mp3" length="8107129" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781705275306.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>15:42:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Condition: Second Edition
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The past year has seen a resurgence of interest in the political thinker Hannah Arendt, &amp;#039;the theorist of beginnings,&amp;#039; whose work probes the logics underlying unexpected transformations—from totalitarianism to revolution. A work of striking originality, The Human Condition is in many respects more relevant now than when it first appeared in 1958. In her study of the state of modern humanity, Hannah Arendt considers humankind from the perspective of the actions of which it is capable. The problems Arendt identified then—diminishing human agency and political freedom, the paradox that as human powers increase through technological and humanistic inquiry, we are less equipped to control the consequences of our actions—continue to confront us today. This new edition, published to coincide with the sixtieth anniversary of its original publication, contains Margaret Canovan&amp;#039;s 1998 introduction and a new foreword by Danielle Allen. A classic in political and social theory, The Human Condition is a work that has proved both timeless and perpetually timely.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455787</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: The Human Condition: Second Edition
Author: Hannah Arendt
Narrator: Elizabeth Wiley
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 15 hours 42 minutes
Release date: November 24, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The past year has seen a resurgence of interest in the political thinker Hannah Arendt, &amp;#039;the theorist of beginnings,&amp;#039; whose work probes the logics underlying unexpected transformations—from totalitarianism to revolution. A work of striking originality, The Human Condition is in many respects more relevant now than when it first appeared in 1958. In her study of the state of modern humanity, Hannah Arendt considers humankind from the perspective of the actions of which it is capable. The problems Arendt identified then—diminishing human agency and political freedom, the paradox that as human powers increase through technological and humanistic inquiry, we are less equipped to control the consequences of our actions—continue to confront us today. This new edition, published to coincide with the sixtieth anniversary of its original publication, contains Margaret Canovan&amp;#039;s 1998 introduction and a new foreword by Danielle Allen. A classic in political and social theory, The Human Condition is a work that has proved both timeless and perpetually timely.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Socialism: Utopian, Scientific by Friedrich Engels</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: Utopian, Scientific
Author: Friedrich Engels
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 56 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Socialism: Utopian and Scientific is a short book first published in 1880 by German-born socialist Friedrich Engels. The work was primarily extracted from a longer polemic work published in 1876, Anti-Dühring. It first appeared in the French language. Produced by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</description>
      <author>Friedrich Engels</author>
      <pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781662138430.mp3" length="1366442" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781662138430.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1:56:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: Utopian, Scientific
Author: Friedrich Engels
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 56 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Socialism: Utopian and Scientific is a short book first published in 1880 by German-born socialist Friedrich Engels. The work was primarily extracted from a longer polemic work published in 1876, Anti-Dühring. It first appeared in the French language. Produced by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455637</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Socialism: Utopian, Scientific
Author: Friedrich Engels
Narrator: The Icon Players, Geoffrey Giuliano
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 1 hour 56 minutes
Release date: August 27, 2020
Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
Socialism: Utopian and Scientific is a short book first published in 1880 by German-born socialist Friedrich Engels. The work was primarily extracted from a longer polemic work published in 1876, Anti-Dühring. It first appeared in the French language. Produced by Devin Lawrence  Edited by Macc Kay  Production executive Avalon Giuliano  ICON Intern Eden Giuliano  Music By AudioNautix With Their Kind Permission ©2020 Eden Garret Giuliano (P) Eden Garret Giuliano Geoffrey Giuliano is the author of over thirty internationally bestselling biographies, including the London Sunday Times bestseller Blackbird: The Life and Times of Paul McCartney and Dark Horse: The Private Life of George Harrison. He can be heard on the Westwood One Radio Network and has written and produced over seven hundred original spoken-word albums and video documentaries on various aspects of popular culture. He is also a well known movie actor.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Policing the Second Amendment: Guns, Law Enforcement, and the Politics of Race by Jennifer Carlson</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Second Amendment: Guns, Law Enforcement, and the Politics of Race
Author: Jennifer Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is steeped in debates about guns. As discussions rage on, one issue has been overlooked—Americans who support gun control turn to the police as enforcers of their preferred policies, but the police themselves disproportionately support gun rights over gun control. How does this perspective shape what is considered lawful force? Who can engage in violence and who is punished for it? Linking the politics of guns with the politics of policing, Policing the Second Amendment unravels the complex relationship between public law enforcement, legitimate violence, and race. Jennifer Carlson shows how racial dynamics shape police thinking about gun laws and how racial ideologies of violence profoundly influence arguments about gun use, whether by the police or civilians. Drawing on a variety of sources, Carlson explores the ways the police make sense of guns and looks at how guns are regulated in different states. She describes a troubling paradox that characterizes the state of guns today—alongside unprecedented civilian access to own, carry, and use guns, there exists an all-too-visible system of gun criminalization aimed primarily at people of color. This framework informs and justifies how law enforcement pursue public safety and understand their roles in today&amp;#039;s policed society.</description>
      <author>Jennifer Carlson</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781696601771.mp3" length="8686082" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781696601771.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>8:6:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Second Amendment: Guns, Law Enforcement, and the Politics of Race
Author: Jennifer Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is steeped in debates about guns. As discussions rage on, one issue has been overlooked—Americans who support gun control turn to the police as enforcers of their preferred policies, but the police themselves disproportionately support gun rights over gun control. How does this perspective shape what is considered lawful force? Who can engage in violence and who is punished for it? Linking the politics of guns with the politics of policing, Policing the Second Amendment unravels the complex relationship between public law enforcement, legitimate violence, and race. Jennifer Carlson shows how racial dynamics shape police thinking about gun laws and how racial ideologies of violence profoundly influence arguments about gun use, whether by the police or civilians. Drawing on a variety of sources, Carlson explores the ways the police make sense of guns and looks at how guns are regulated in different states. She describes a troubling paradox that characterizes the state of guns today—alongside unprecedented civilian access to own, carry, and use guns, there exists an all-too-visible system of gun criminalization aimed primarily at people of color. This framework informs and justifies how law enforcement pursue public safety and understand their roles in today&amp;#039;s policed society.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455590</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: Policing the Second Amendment: Guns, Law Enforcement, and the Politics of Race
Author: Jennifer Carlson
Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 8 hours 6 minutes
Release date: September 15, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
The United States is steeped in debates about guns. As discussions rage on, one issue has been overlooked—Americans who support gun control turn to the police as enforcers of their preferred policies, but the police themselves disproportionately support gun rights over gun control. How does this perspective shape what is considered lawful force? Who can engage in violence and who is punished for it? Linking the politics of guns with the politics of policing, Policing the Second Amendment unravels the complex relationship between public law enforcement, legitimate violence, and race. Jennifer Carlson shows how racial dynamics shape police thinking about gun laws and how racial ideologies of violence profoundly influence arguments about gun use, whether by the police or civilians. Drawing on a variety of sources, Carlson explores the ways the police make sense of guns and looks at how guns are regulated in different states. She describes a troubling paradox that characterizes the state of guns today—alongside unprecedented civilian access to own, carry, and use guns, there exists an all-too-visible system of gun criminalization aimed primarily at people of color. This framework informs and justifies how law enforcement pursue public safety and understand their roles in today&amp;#039;s policed society.</content:encoded>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change by Lee Van Der Voo</title>
      <link>https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</link>
      <description>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</description>
      <author>Lee Van Der Voo</author>
      <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2020 01:22:22 GMT</pubDate>
      <enclosure url="https://s3.thebookvoice.com/9781649040350.mp3" length="834906" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <guid isPermaLink="true">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</guid>
      <itunes:author>thebookvoice.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://covers.audiobooks.com/images/covers/full/9781649040350.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>10:41:00</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:explicit>no</itunes:explicit>
      <itunes:subtitle>Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:summary>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</itunes:summary>
      <content:encoded>Please visit <![CDATA[<a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455589</a>]]> to listen full audiobooks.
Title: As the World Burns: The New Generation of Activists and the Landmark Legal Fight Against Climate Change
Author: Lee Van Der Voo
Narrator: Lee Van Der Voo
Format: Unabridged Audiobook
Length: 10 hours 41 minutes
Release date: September 29, 2020
Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics
Publisher's Summary: 
“The story of Juliana v. United States and the committed young people behind it will give you hope in the next generation.” —Elizabeth Kolbert, author of The Sixth Extinction  Do our children have a right to inherit a livable planet? Is the government obliged to protect it? Twenty-one young people from across America have sued the federal government over climate change, charging that actions promoting a fossil fuel economy violate their constitutional rights to life, liberty, and property. Their trial could be the civil rights trial of the century, but the government has used arcane legal tactics to stymie its progress at every turn.     As the World Burns by investigative reporter Lee van der Voo follows the plight of the young plaintiffs, chronicling their legal battle as their childhoods are consumed by another year of drought and wildfire, floods and hurricanes, and the most tumultuous political season in modern history. As the World Burns is climate breakdown like you’ve never seen it—through the eyes of the young.</content:encoded>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
